Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/readme.txt
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/readme.txt	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/readme.txt	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+The purpose of this component is to provide an environment for using docbook-xsl-1.76.1 to transform OFBiz Help Files.
+Note: Java Help Source License: is GPL-2.0 Not sure just what is covered by the license. Is it ok to use the jh.jar? The jsp code has no mention of a license type.
+
+Active Contents: 
+
+data
+--helpdata
+----docbook
+------accounting - OFBiz Accounting help files in the file structure conforming to the current help display. docbook-xsl-1.77.1 will chunk the files so Help Master (below) can create a TOC  
+------hemanres - Docbook book with Human Resource help. docbook-xsl-1.77.1 will create a usable Java Help implementation
+------images - source file for all help images.
+----html
+------accounting - destination director for transformed accounting xml files.
+------images - images for by accounting files (currently no images are used, they are copied for future use from a unified image file)  
+
+docbook-xsl-1.77.1 - For xml > html/java help translation latest download from http://sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl/1.77.1/docbook-xsl-1.77.1.zip 
+                                       
+webapp
+- ofbizhelp
+--images - copied by ant from data.helpdata.docbook.images  
+--javahelpacct - Java Help file for accounting created in Help Master tool using source files from data.helpdata.html
+--javahelphumanres  - JavaHelp files generated by ant target build-javahelp    
+--javahelpmaster - master file for merging accounting and human resource help sets (not working yet)
+--pdf - pdf version of human resource help
+--rtr - rtf version of human resource help (working but verbose)
+--other files under ofbizhelp - these are supporting files for invoking java help in a browser (not working at this time in ofbiz context)  
+
+Development Resources:
+JavaHelp System http://java.net/projects/javahelp/content
+DocBook 5: The Definitive Guide http://www.docbook.org/tdg5/en/html/docbook.html
+DocBook XSL: The Complete Guide http://www.sagehill.net/docbookxsl/index.html
+Help Master - FE for managing java help files. Best feature d&d TOC creates TOC matching file folder structure. Convenient launcher for viewing & testing. http://www.halogenware.com/software/helpmaster.html
+XML Mind XML Editor - Free Personal Edition is far better then editing in Eclipse. download from http://www.xmlmind.com/xmleditor/download.shtml
+Tutorial - Docbook editing with XML Mind XML Editor. Worth going through   http://www.xmlmind.com/xmleditor/tutorial.html
+
+Usage build.xml
+1. Download from http://sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl/1.77.1/docbook-xsl-1.77.1.zip and unzip into ofbizhelp
+2. Run ant build_all
+3. Use a Java Help viewer to inspect Java Help files in ofbizhelp > webapp > ofbizhelp > javahelphumanres or javahelpacct 
+
+To view java help with Help Master:
+1. Install Help Master as per http://www.halogenware.com/software/helpmaster.html
+2. Start Help Master
+3. Click the icon for "Open Existing help project"
+4. Navigate to hot-deploy > ofbizhelp > webapp > ofbizhelp > javahelphumanres or hot-deploy > ofbizhelp > webapp > ofbizhelp > javahelpacct
+5. Click Open javahelphumanres or javahelpacct
+6. Click View current help project icon
+
+ 
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/WEB-INF/loading.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/WEB-INF/loading.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/WEB-INF/loading.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
+<P>
+One Moment please loading ...
+</P>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/WEB-INF/navigator.jsp
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/WEB-INF/navigator.jsp	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/WEB-INF/navigator.jsp	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<%--
+ @(#)navigator.jsp	1.4 06/10/30
+ 
+ Copyright (c) 2006 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All Rights Reserved.
+ 
+ Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ are met:
+ 
+ - Redistribution of source code must retain the above copyright
+   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ 
+ - Redistribution in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+   the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+   distribution.
+ 
+ Neither the name of Sun Microsystems, Inc. or the names of
+ contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ 
+ This software is provided "AS IS," without a warranty of any
+ kind. ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED CONDITIONS, REPRESENTATIONS AND
+ WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, ARE HEREBY
+ EXCLUDED. SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC. ("SUN") AND ITS LICENSORS SHALL
+ NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES SUFFERED BY LICENSEE AS A RESULT OF
+ USING, MODIFYING OR DISTRIBUTING THIS SOFTWARE OR ITS
+ DERIVATIVES. IN NO EVENT WILL SUN OR ITS LICENSORS BE LIABLE FOR
+ ANY LOST REVENUE, PROFIT OR DATA, OR FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
+ CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR
+ INABILITY TO USE THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF SUN HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+ POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+ 
+ You acknowledge that this software is not designed, licensed or
+ intended for use in the design, construction, operation or
+ maintenance of any nuclear facility. 
+--%>
+
+<jsp:useBean id="helpBroker" class="javax.help.ServletHelpBroker" scope="session" />
+<%@ page import="javax.help.NavigatorView" %>
+<%@ taglib uri="/jhlib.tld" prefix="jh" %>
+<HTML>
+<STYLE type="text/css">
+    .tabbedBodyStyle { margin-left:-2; margin-right:-2; margin-top:-2; margin-bottom:-2; background-color:white; }
+    .tableStyle {border-width:10 10 0 10; border-color:#CCCCCC; border-style:solid; }
+    .tabbedAnchorStyle { text-decoration:none; color:black;}
+    .tableDefStyle {padding-top:5; padding-left:5; padding-right:5; padding-bottom:0;}
+</STYLE>
+<BODY CLASS="tabbedBodyStyle">
+    <TABLE CLASS="tableStyle" WIDTH=100% BORDER=1 CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=5>
+      <TR BGCOLOR="#CCCCCC">
+
+<jh:navigators helpBroker="<%= helpBroker %>" >
+<td classtableDefStyle BGCOLOR="<%= isCurrentNav.booleanValue() ? "white" : "#E5E5E5" %>" ALIGN="center">
+<A class=tabbedAnchorStyle HREF="navigator.jsp?nav=<%= name %>">
+<IMG src="<%= iconURL!=""? iconURL : "images/" + className +".gif" %>" Alt="<%= tip %>" border=0>
+</A>
+</td>
+</jh:navigators>
+      </TR>
+    </TABLE>
+<%@ page import="javax.help.HelpSet,javax.help.NavigatorView" %>
+<%
+NavigatorView curNav = helpBroker.getCurrentNavigatorView();
+if (curNav != null) {
+%>
+<SCRIPT>
+     top.treeframe.location = "<%= curNav.getClass().getName() %>.jsp"
+</SCRIPT
+<%
+} else {
+%>
+<SCRIPT> 
+    top.treeframe.location = "nonavigator.jsp"
+</SCRIPT>
+<%
+}
+%>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/WEB-INF/ofbizhelop.jsp
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/WEB-INF/ofbizhelop.jsp	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/WEB-INF/ofbizhelop.jsp	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+<%--
+ @(#)index.jsp	1.4 06/10/30
+ 
+ Copyright (c) 2006 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All Rights Reserved.
+ 
+ Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ are met:
+ 
+ - Redistribution of source code must retain the above copyright
+   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ 
+ - Redistribution in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+   the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+   distribution.
+ 
+ Neither the name of Sun Microsystems, Inc. or the names of
+ contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ 
+ This software is provided "AS IS," without a warranty of any
+ kind. ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED CONDITIONS, REPRESENTATIONS AND
+ WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, ARE HEREBY
+ EXCLUDED. SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC. ("SUN") AND ITS LICENSORS SHALL
+ NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES SUFFERED BY LICENSEE AS A RESULT OF
+ USING, MODIFYING OR DISTRIBUTING THIS SOFTWARE OR ITS
+ DERIVATIVES. IN NO EVENT WILL SUN OR ITS LICENSORS BE LIABLE FOR
+ ANY LOST REVENUE, PROFIT OR DATA, OR FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
+ CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR
+ INABILITY TO USE THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF SUN HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+ POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+ 
+ You acknowledge that this software is not designed, licensed or
+ intended for use in the design, construction, operation or
+ maintenance of any nuclear facility. 
+<jh:validate helpBroker="<%= helpBroker %>" helpSetName="OFBizHelpDemo/OFBizHelp/Animals.hs"/>
+<jh:validate merge="<%= true %>" helpSetName="JavaHelpDemo/invertebrates/Invertebrates.hs" helpBroker="<%= helpBroker %>" />
+<jh:validate merge="<%= true %>" helpSetName="JavaHelpDemo/vertebrates/Vertebrates.hs" helpBroker="<%= helpBroker %>" />
+--%>
+
+<jsp:useBean id="helpBroker" class="javax.help.ServletHelpBroker" scope="session" />
+<%@ taglib uri="/jhlib.tld" prefix="jh" %>
+<html>
+<head>
+<jh:validate helpBroker="<%= helpBroker %>" helpSetName="helpset.hs"/> 
+<title>Sample JavaHelpServer Application</title>
+<SCRIPT>
+      function openNewWindow (URL, windowName, windowOptions)
+      {
+          var window = getWindow (URL, windowName, windowOptions);
+      }
+
+      function getWindow(URL, windowName, windowOptions)
+      {
+          var newWindow = open (URL, windowName, windowOptions)
+          newWindow.focus();
+          top.allOpenWindows[top.allOpenWindows.length] = newWindow;
+          return window;
+      }
+</SCRIPT>
+</head>
+<body bgcolor=white>
+
+<table border="0">
+<tr>
+<td>
+<img src="images/tomcat.gif">
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<h1>Sample JavaHelp JSP Application for OFBiz</h1>
+<p>This is a POC for using Java Help to host the current OFBiz Help files.</p>
+<p>It implements the complete OFBiz Accounting help along with a stub to illustrate the addition of other help sets.</p>
+<p>Accounting was chosen because it is the most complete and complex of the OFBiz Help Sets.</p>
+
+<b>The advantages of using OFBiz Help are:</b>
+<ul>
+<li>No external system required for documentation</li>
+<li>The content of the internal help files can be used within the documentation</li>
+<li>The documentation always has the same version as the system (It is part of it)</li>
+<li>The content is stored in a internationally accepted format</li>
+<li>The content can be easily presented in the selected visual schemas</li>
+</ul>
+
+<b>Problems with Current Help Implementation</b>
+<ul>
+<li>Poor Control of Display Elements - Java Help has Toolbar, Navigation and Content frames which, unlike the OFBiz display, do not let content flow into and around other screen elements.</li>
+<li>Limited set of features. No facility to easly implement search, printing, index, glossary or favorites.</li>
+<li>Does not take advantage of featrue rich DocBook transformations.</li>
+<li>Poor support for context sensitive help. (User is driven to a page that is outside of the main help section.)</li>
+<li>Limited documentation on help usage - 1 page vs 134 pages for JavaHelp.</li>
+<li>Creating doc hirearchy is tidious using ContentAssoc. DocBook transformatin creates hierachy based on content folder hiraerchy.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>While it would be nice to implement all of the features of Java Help in the OFBiz Help system this would be reinventing the wheel.</p>
+<p>All of the advantages of using OFBiz Help would be true in a Java Help implementation. 
+<p>Time would be better spent developing Help content then upgrading the OFBiz Help System</p>
+
+<h2>Open <a href="javascript: openNewWindow('help.jsp?id=top', 'helpWindow', 'WIDTH=700,HEIGHT=500,resizable=yes');">OFBiz Help</a></h2>
+<h2>Open Context-Sensitive Help HR Main <a href="javascript: openNewWindow('help.jsp?id=OFBiz_Human Resources_Human Rersources Main_html', 'helpWindow', 'WIDTH=700,HEIGHT=500,resizable=yes');">OFBiz Help</a></h2>
+<h2>Open Context-Sensitive HelpThe Billing Account Invoices <a href="javascript: openNewWindow('help.jsp?id=OFBiz_Accounting_Billing Accounts_Billing Account Invoices_html', 'helpWindow', 'WIDTH=700,HEIGHT=500,resizable=yes');">OFBiz Help</a></h2>
+
+
+</body>
+</html>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/WEB-INF/nonavigator.jsp
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/WEB-INF/nonavigator.jsp	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/WEB-INF/nonavigator.jsp	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<%--
+ @(#)nonavigator.jsp	1.2 06/10/30
+ 
+ Copyright (c) 2006 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All Rights Reserved.
+ 
+ Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ are met:
+ 
+ - Redistribution of source code must retain the above copyright
+   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ 
+ - Redistribution in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+   the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+   distribution.
+ 
+ Neither the name of Sun Microsystems, Inc. or the names of
+ contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ 
+ This software is provided "AS IS," without a warranty of any
+ kind. ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED CONDITIONS, REPRESENTATIONS AND
+ WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, ARE HEREBY
+ EXCLUDED. SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC. ("SUN") AND ITS LICENSORS SHALL
+ NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES SUFFERED BY LICENSEE AS A RESULT OF
+ USING, MODIFYING OR DISTRIBUTING THIS SOFTWARE OR ITS
+ DERIVATIVES. IN NO EVENT WILL SUN OR ITS LICENSORS BE LIABLE FOR
+ ANY LOST REVENUE, PROFIT OR DATA, OR FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
+ CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR
+ INABILITY TO USE THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF SUN HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+ POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+ 
+ You acknowledge that this software is not designed, licensed or
+ intended for use in the design, construction, operation or
+ maintenance of any nuclear facility. 
+--%>
+
+<jsp:useBean id="helpBroker" class="javax.help.ServletHelpBroker" scope="session" />
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
+
+</BODY>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/WEB-INF/xweb.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/WEB-INF/xweb.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/WEB-INF/xweb.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE web-app PUBLIC "-//Sun Microsystems, Inc.//DTD Web Application 2.3//EN" "http://java.sun.com/dtd/web-app_2_3.dtd">
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
+or more contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file
+distributed with this work for additional information
+regarding copyright ownership.  The ASF licenses this file
+to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
+"License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
+software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+"AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
+KIND, either express or implied.  See the License for the
+specific language governing permissions and limitations
+under the License.
+-->
+
+<web-app>
+    <display-name>Open For Business - Java Help Application</display-name>
+    <description>Java Help for the Open For Business Human Resource App</description>
+
+  <display-name>OFBizHelp</display-name>
+  <welcome-file-list>
+    <welcome-file>index.html</welcome-file>
+    <welcome-file>index.htm</welcome-file>
+    <welcome-file>index.jsp</welcome-file>
+    <welcome-file>default.html</welcome-file>
+    <welcome-file>default.htm</welcome-file>
+    <welcome-file>default.jsp</welcome-file>
+  </welcome-file-list>
+  
+</web-app>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javax.help.IndexView.jsp
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javax.help.IndexView.jsp	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javax.help.IndexView.jsp	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+<%--
+ @(#)javax.help.IndexView.jsp	1.4 06/10/30
+ 
+ Copyright (c) 2006 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All Rights Reserved.
+ 
+ Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ are met:
+ 
+ - Redistribution of source code must retain the above copyright
+   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ 
+ - Redistribution in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+   the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+   distribution.
+ 
+ Neither the name of Sun Microsystems, Inc. or the names of
+ contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ 
+ This software is provided "AS IS," without a warranty of any
+ kind. ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED CONDITIONS, REPRESENTATIONS AND
+ WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, ARE HEREBY
+ EXCLUDED. SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC. ("SUN") AND ITS LICENSORS SHALL
+ NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES SUFFERED BY LICENSEE AS A RESULT OF
+ USING, MODIFYING OR DISTRIBUTING THIS SOFTWARE OR ITS
+ DERIVATIVES. IN NO EVENT WILL SUN OR ITS LICENSORS BE LIABLE FOR
+ ANY LOST REVENUE, PROFIT OR DATA, OR FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
+ CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR
+ INABILITY TO USE THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF SUN HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+ POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+ 
+ You acknowledge that this software is not designed, licensed or
+ intended for use in the design, construction, operation or
+ maintenance of any nuclear facility. 
+--%>
+
+<jsp:useBean id="helpBroker" class="javax.help.ServletHelpBroker" scope="session" />
+<%@ page import="javax.help.IndexView, javax.help.Map.ID" %>
+<%@ taglib uri="/jhlib.tld" prefix="jh" %>
+<HTML>
+<STYLE type="text/css">
+    .anchorStyle { text-decoration:none; color:black; }
+</STYLE>
+<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
+<SCRIPT LANGUAGE="JavaScript1.3" src="tree.js">
+</SCRIPT>
+
+<SCRIPT>
+indexTree = new Tree("indexTree", 22, "ccccff", false, true);
+<% IndexView curNav = (IndexView)helpBroker.getCurrentNavigatorView(); %>
+<jh:indexItem indexView="<%= curNav %>" helpBroker="<%= helpBroker %>" >
+indexTree.addTreeNode("<%= parentID %>", "<%= nodeID %>", "null", "<%= name %>","<%= helpID %>","<%= contentURL!=""?contentURL:"null" %>", "<%= expansionType%>");
+</jh:indexItem>
+indexTree.drawTree();
+indexTree.refreshTree();
+<% 
+ID id = helpBroker.getCurrentID();
+if (id != null) {
+%> 
+    indexTree.selectFromHelpID("<%= id.id%>");
+<%
+}
+%>
+</SCRIPT>
+</BODY>
+
+
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/toolbar.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/toolbar.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/toolbar.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<HTML>
+<STYLE type="text/css">
+    .anchorStyle { text-decoration:none; color:black;}
+    .anchorSunBlueStyle { text-decoration:none; color:white; background-color:594FBF; }
+    .boldStyle { margin-left:-2; margin-right:-2; margin-top:-2; margin-bottom:-2; background-color:white; }
+</STYLE>
+<BODY  CLASS="boldStyle">
+    <table cellspacing=10 >
+      <tr>
+	<td>
+          <A class='anchorStyle' HREF="javascript:top.contentsFrame.history.back();"update.jsp?>
+            <IMG src="images/back.gif" ALT="Back" BORDER=0>
+          </A>
+        </td>
+	<td> 
+          <A class='anchorStyle' HREF="javascript:top.contentsFrame.history.forward();"update.jsp?>
+             <IMG src="images/forward.gif" ALT="Forward" BORDER=0>
+          </A>
+        </td>
+	<td> 
+          <A class='anchorStyle' HREF="javascript:top.contentsFrame.print();">
+             <IMG src="images/print.gif" ALT="Print" BORDER=0>
+          </A>
+        </td>
+	<td align="right" width=99%> 
+           <A class='anchorSunBlueStyle' HREF="javascript:top.close();" >
+             Close
+           </A>
+        </td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/update.jsp
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/update.jsp	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/update.jsp	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+<%--
+ @(#)update.jsp	1.4 06/10/30
+ 
+ Copyright (c) 2006 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All Rights Reserved.
+ 
+ Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ are met:
+ 
+ - Redistribution of source code must retain the above copyright
+   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ 
+ - Redistribution in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+   the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+   distribution.
+ 
+ Neither the name of Sun Microsystems, Inc. or the names of
+ contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ 
+ This software is provided "AS IS," without a warranty of any
+ kind. ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED CONDITIONS, REPRESENTATIONS AND
+ WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, ARE HEREBY
+ EXCLUDED. SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC. ("SUN") AND ITS LICENSORS SHALL
+ NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES SUFFERED BY LICENSEE AS A RESULT OF
+ USING, MODIFYING OR DISTRIBUTING THIS SOFTWARE OR ITS
+ DERIVATIVES. IN NO EVENT WILL SUN OR ITS LICENSORS BE LIABLE FOR
+ ANY LOST REVENUE, PROFIT OR DATA, OR FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
+ CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR
+ INABILITY TO USE THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF SUN HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+ POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+ 
+ You acknowledge that this software is not designed, licensed or
+ intended for use in the design, construction, operation or
+ maintenance of any nuclear facility. 
+--%>
+
+<jsp:useBean id="helpBroker" class="javax.help.ServletHelpBroker" scope="session" />
+<%@ page import="java.net.URL, javax.help.HelpSet, javax.help.Map.ID" %>
+<HTML>
+<BODY STYLE="margin-left:-2;margin-right:-2;margin-top:-2;margin-bottom:-2" BGCOLOR=white>
+<SCRIPT>
+<%
+// only a "url" or an "id" should be set.
+// If for some reason both are set the url overrides the id 
+String url = request.getParameter("url");
+String id = request.getParameter("id");
+if (url == null && id == null) {
+    // nothing to do
+    // in regular java code we would return.
+    // we'll just else here
+} else {
+    // Try the URL first.
+    // If a parameter has been past then there has been
+    // a change in the contentframe that needs to be reflected in the
+    // helpBroker and the navigator
+    if (url != null) {
+	URL curURL = helpBroker.getCurrentURL();
+	URL testURL = new URL(url);
+	if (!testURL.sameFile(curURL)) {
+	    ID currentid = helpBroker.getCurrentID();
+	    helpBroker.setCurrentURL(testURL);
+	    ID mapid = helpBroker.getCurrentID();
+	    // if the changed url translates into an id'
+	    // update the navigatorframe 
+	    // otherwise make sure that nothing is selected
+	    // in the navigator frame
+	    if (mapid != null && mapid != currentid) {
+		%>
+                top.findHelpID("<%= mapid.id %>");
+		<%
+	    } else {
+		if (currentid != null) {
+		    %>
+ 		    top.setSelected("<%= currentid.id %>", false);
+		    <%
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {
+	// no URL was specified how about an id?
+	if (id != null) {
+	    // Yep, just update the helpBroker
+	    // The contentsframe has already been updated
+	    helpBroker.setCurrentID(id);
+	}
+    }
+}
+%>
+    top.setTimeout("top.checkContentsFrame( );", 2000);
+</SCRIPT>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/index.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/index.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/index.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<!--
+  Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+  contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file distributed with
+  this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+  The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
+  (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+  the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+      http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+  limitations under the License.
+-->
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
+<HTML><HEAD><TITLE>Apache Tomcat Examples</TITLE>
+<META http-equiv=Content-Type content="text/html">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<P>
+<H3>Apache Tomcat Examples</H3>
+<P></P>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="servlets/index.html">Servlets examples</a></li>
+<li><a href="jsp/index.html">JSP Examples</a></li>
+</ul>
+</BODY></HTML>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javax.help.TOCView.jsp
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javax.help.TOCView.jsp	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javax.help.TOCView.jsp	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+<%--
+ @(#)javax.help.TOCView.jsp	1.4 06/10/30
+ 
+ Copyright (c) 2006 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All Rights Reserved.
+ 
+ Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ are met:
+ 
+ - Redistribution of source code must retain the above copyright
+   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ 
+ - Redistribution in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+   the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+   distribution.
+ 
+ Neither the name of Sun Microsystems, Inc. or the names of
+ contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ 
+ This software is provided "AS IS," without a warranty of any
+ kind. ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED CONDITIONS, REPRESENTATIONS AND
+ WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, ARE HEREBY
+ EXCLUDED. SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC. ("SUN") AND ITS LICENSORS SHALL
+ NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES SUFFERED BY LICENSEE AS A RESULT OF
+ USING, MODIFYING OR DISTRIBUTING THIS SOFTWARE OR ITS
+ DERIVATIVES. IN NO EVENT WILL SUN OR ITS LICENSORS BE LIABLE FOR
+ ANY LOST REVENUE, PROFIT OR DATA, OR FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
+ CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR
+ INABILITY TO USE THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF SUN HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+ POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+ 
+ You acknowledge that this software is not designed, licensed or
+ intended for use in the design, construction, operation or
+ maintenance of any nuclear facility. 
+--%>
+
+<jsp:useBean id="helpBroker" class="javax.help.ServletHelpBroker" scope="session" />
+<%@ page import="javax.help.TOCView, javax.help.Map.ID" %>
+<%@ taglib uri="/jhlib.tld" prefix="jh" %>
+<HTML>
+<STYLE type="text/css">
+    .anchorStyle { text-decoration:none; color:black;}
+    .anchorBoldStyle { text-decoration:none; color:black; font-weight: bold;}
+</STYLE>
+<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
+<SCRIPT LANGUAGE="JavaScript1.3" src="tree.js">
+</SCRIPT>
+
+<SCRIPT>
+tocTree = new Tree("tocTree", 22, "ccccff", true, false);
+<% TOCView curNav = (TOCView)helpBroker.getCurrentNavigatorView(); %>
+<jh:tocItem helpBroker="<%= helpBroker %>" tocView="<%= curNav %>" >
+tocTree.addTreeNode("<%= parentID %>","<%= nodeID %>","<%= iconURL!=""?iconURL:"null" %>","<%= name %>","<%= helpID %>","<%= contentURL!=""?contentURL:"null" %>","<%= expansionType%>" );
+</jh:tocItem>
+tocTree.drawTree();
+tocTree.refreshTree();
+<% 
+ID id = helpBroker.getCurrentID();
+if (id != null) {
+%> 
+    tocTree.selectFromHelpID("<%= id.id%>");
+<%
+}
+%>
+</SCRIPT>
+</BODY>
+
+
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/navigator.jsp
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/navigator.jsp	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/navigator.jsp	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<%--
+ @(#)navigator.jsp	1.4 06/10/30
+ 
+ Copyright (c) 2006 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All Rights Reserved.
+ 
+ Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ are met:
+ 
+ - Redistribution of source code must retain the above copyright
+   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ 
+ - Redistribution in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+   the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+   distribution.
+ 
+ Neither the name of Sun Microsystems, Inc. or the names of
+ contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ 
+ This software is provided "AS IS," without a warranty of any
+ kind. ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED CONDITIONS, REPRESENTATIONS AND
+ WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, ARE HEREBY
+ EXCLUDED. SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC. ("SUN") AND ITS LICENSORS SHALL
+ NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES SUFFERED BY LICENSEE AS A RESULT OF
+ USING, MODIFYING OR DISTRIBUTING THIS SOFTWARE OR ITS
+ DERIVATIVES. IN NO EVENT WILL SUN OR ITS LICENSORS BE LIABLE FOR
+ ANY LOST REVENUE, PROFIT OR DATA, OR FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
+ CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR
+ INABILITY TO USE THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF SUN HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+ POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+ 
+ You acknowledge that this software is not designed, licensed or
+ intended for use in the design, construction, operation or
+ maintenance of any nuclear facility. 
+--%>
+
+<jsp:useBean id="helpBroker" class="javax.help.ServletHelpBroker" scope="session" />
+<%@ page import="javax.help.NavigatorView" %>
+<%@ taglib uri="/jhlib.tld" prefix="jh" %>
+<HTML>
+<STYLE type="text/css">
+    .tabbedBodyStyle { margin-left:-2; margin-right:-2; margin-top:-2; margin-bottom:-2; background-color:white; }
+    .tableStyle {border-width:10 10 0 10; border-color:#CCCCCC; border-style:solid; }
+    .tabbedAnchorStyle { text-decoration:none; color:black;}
+    .tableDefStyle {padding-top:5; padding-left:5; padding-right:5; padding-bottom:0;}
+</STYLE>
+<BODY CLASS="tabbedBodyStyle">
+    <TABLE CLASS="tableStyle" WIDTH=100% BORDER=1 CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=5>
+      <TR BGCOLOR="#CCCCCC">
+
+<jh:navigators helpBroker="<%= helpBroker %>" >
+<td classtableDefStyle BGCOLOR="<%= isCurrentNav.booleanValue() ? "white" : "#E5E5E5" %>" ALIGN="center">
+<A class=tabbedAnchorStyle HREF="navigator.jsp?nav=<%= name %>">
+<IMG src="<%= iconURL!=""? iconURL : "images/" + className +".gif" %>" Alt="<%= tip %>" border=0>
+</A>
+</td>
+</jh:navigators>
+      </TR>
+    </TABLE>
+<%@ page import="javax.help.HelpSet,javax.help.NavigatorView" %>
+<%
+NavigatorView curNav = helpBroker.getCurrentNavigatorView();
+if (curNav != null) {
+%>
+<SCRIPT>
+     top.treeframe.location = "<%= curNav.getClass().getName() %>.jsp"
+</SCRIPT
+<%
+} else {
+%>
+<SCRIPT> 
+    top.treeframe.location = "nonavigator.jsp"
+</SCRIPT>
+<%
+}
+%>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/jhlib.tld
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/jhlib.tld	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/jhlib.tld	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1" ?>
+
+<!--
+ @(#)jhlib.tld	1.2 06/10/30
+ 
+ Copyright (c) 2006 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All Rights Reserved.
+ 
+ Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ are met:
+ 
+ - Redistribution of source code must retain the above copyright
+   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ 
+ - Redistribution in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+   the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+   distribution.
+ 
+ Neither the name of Sun Microsystems, Inc. or the names of
+ contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ 
+ This software is provided "AS IS," without a warranty of any
+ kind. ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED CONDITIONS, REPRESENTATIONS AND
+ WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, ARE HEREBY
+ EXCLUDED. SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC. ("SUN") AND ITS LICENSORS SHALL
+ NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES SUFFERED BY LICENSEE AS A RESULT OF
+ USING, MODIFYING OR DISTRIBUTING THIS SOFTWARE OR ITS
+ DERIVATIVES. IN NO EVENT WILL SUN OR ITS LICENSORS BE LIABLE FOR
+ ANY LOST REVENUE, PROFIT OR DATA, OR FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
+ CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR
+ INABILITY TO USE THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF SUN HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+ POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+ 
+ You acknowledge that this software is not designed, licensed or
+ intended for use in the design, construction, operation or
+ maintenance of any nuclear facility. 
+-->
+
+<!DOCTYPE taglib
+        PUBLIC "-//Sun Microsystems, Inc.//DTD JSP Tag Library 1.1//EN"
+        "http://java.sun.com/j2ee/dtds/web-jsptaglibrary_1_1.dtd">
+<taglib>
+  <tlibversion>1.0</tlibversion>
+  <jspversion>1.1</jspversion>
+  <shortname>JavaHelp</shortname>
+  <tag>
+    <name>validate</name>
+    <tagclass>javax.help.tagext.ValidateTag</tagclass>
+    <bodycontent>empty</bodycontent>
+    <info>
+	Validate a helpBroker with the various parameters. Allows for
+	easy setup of a helpbroker with a new HelpSet. Also provides for
+	merging HelpSets and the setting of the current ID.
+    </info> 
+    <attribute>
+      <name>helpBroker</name>
+      <required>true</required>
+      <rtexprvalue>true</rtexprvalue>
+    </attribute>
+    <attribute>
+      <name>setInvalidURL</name>
+      <required>false</required>
+      <rtexprvalue>true</rtexprvalue>
+    </attribute>
+    <attribute>
+      <name>helpSetName</name>
+      <required>false</required>
+      <rtexprvalue>true</rtexprvalue>
+    </attribute>
+    <attribute>
+      <name>currentID</name>
+      <required>false</required>
+      <rtexprvalue>true</rtexprvalue>
+    </attribute>
+    <attribute>
+      <name>merge</name>
+      <required>false</required>
+      <rtexprvalue>true</rtexprvalue>
+    </attribute>
+  </tag>
+  <tag>
+    <name>navigators</name>
+    <tagclass>javax.help.tagext.NavigatorsTag</tagclass>
+    <teiclass>javax.help.tagext.NavigatorsTEI</teiclass>
+    <bodycontent>JSP</bodycontent>
+    <info>
+        Returns NavigatorView info for a HelpBroker
+    </info> 
+    <attribute>
+      <name>helpBroker</name>
+      <required>true</required>
+      <rtexprvalue>true</rtexprvalue>
+    </attribute>
+    <attribute>
+      <name>currentNav</name>
+      <required>false</required>
+      <rtexprvalue>true</rtexprvalue>
+    </attribute>
+  </tag>
+  <tag>
+    <name>tocItem</name>
+    <tagclass>javax.help.tagext.TOCItemTag</tagclass>
+    <teiclass>javax.help.tagext.TOCItemTEI</teiclass>
+    <bodycontent>JSP</bodycontent>
+    <info>
+        Provided with a TOCView, returns TOCItem info
+    </info> 
+    <attribute>
+      <name>tocView</name>
+      <required>true</required>
+      <rtexprvalue>true</rtexprvalue>
+    </attribute>
+    <attribute>
+      <name>helpBroker</name>
+      <required>true</required>
+      <rtexprvalue>true</rtexprvalue>
+    </attribute>
+    <attribute>
+      <name>baseID</name>
+      <required>false</required>
+      <rtexprvalue>false</rtexprvalue>
+    </attribute>
+  </tag>
+  <tag>
+    <name>indexItem</name>
+    <tagclass>javax.help.tagext.IndexItemTag</tagclass>
+    <teiclass>javax.help.tagext.IndexItemTEI</teiclass>
+    <bodycontent>JSP</bodycontent>
+    <info>
+        Provided with a IndexView, returns IndexItem info
+    </info> 
+    <attribute>
+      <name>indexView</name>
+      <required>true</required>
+      <rtexprvalue>true</rtexprvalue>
+    </attribute>
+    <attribute>
+      <name>helpBroker</name>
+      <required>true</required>
+      <rtexprvalue>true</rtexprvalue>
+    </attribute>
+    <attribute>
+      <name>baseID</name>
+      <required>false</required>
+      <rtexprvalue>false</rtexprvalue>
+    </attribute>
+  </tag>
+  <tag>
+    <name>searchTOCItem</name>
+    <tagclass>javax.help.tagext.SearchTOCItemTag</tagclass>
+    <teiclass>javax.help.tagext.SearchTOCItemTEI</teiclass>
+    <bodycontent>JSP</bodycontent>
+    <info>
+        Provided with a SearchView, returns SearchTOCItem info
+    </info> 
+    <attribute>
+      <name>searchView</name>
+      <required>true</required>
+      <rtexprvalue>true</rtexprvalue>
+    </attribute>
+    <attribute>
+      <name>helpBroker</name>
+      <required>true</required>
+      <rtexprvalue>true</rtexprvalue>
+    </attribute>
+    <attribute>
+      <name>query</name>
+      <required>true</required>
+      <rtexprvalue>true</rtexprvalue>
+    </attribute>
+  </tag>
+</taglib>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/map.jhm
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/map.jhm	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/map.jhm	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?><!DOCTYPE map PUBLIC "-//Sun Microsystems Inc.//DTD JavaHelp Map Version 2.0//EN" "http://java.sun.com/products/javahelp/map_2_0.dtd">
+<map version="2.0"><mapID target="Accounting_html" url="Accounting.html"/><mapID target="Accounting Features_Accounting Features_html" url="Accounting Features/Accounting Features.html"/><mapID target="Accounting Main_Accounting Main Screen_html" url="Accounting Main/Accounting Main Screen.html"/><mapID target="Accounting Maintenance_Accounting Main_html" url="Accounting Maintenance/Accounting Main.html"/><mapID target="Agreements_Agreements_html" url="Agreements/Agreements.html"/><mapID target="Agreements_Edit Agreement Roles_html" url="Agreements/Edit Agreement Roles.html"/><mapID target="Agreements_Edit Agreement Terms_html" url="Agreements/Edit Agreement Terms.html"/><mapID target="Agreements_Edit Agreement Workeffort_html" url="Agreements/Edit Agreement Workeffort.html"/><mapID target="Agreements_Edit Agreements_html" url="Agreements/Edit Agreements.html"/><mapID target="Agreements_Find Agreements_html" url="Agreements/Find Agreements.html"/><mapID target="Agreements_List Agreement Items_Edit Agreement Item Geo_html" url="Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Item Geo.html"/><mapID target="Agreements_List Agreement Items_Edit Agreement Item Parties_html" url="Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Item Parties.html"/><mapID target="Agreements_List Agreement Items_Edit Agreement Item Products_html" url="Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Item Products.html"/><mapID target="Agreements_List Agreement Items_Edit Agreement Item Supplier Products_html" url="Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Item Supplier Products.html"/><mapID target="Agreements_List Agreement Items_Edit Agreement Items_html" url="Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Items.html"/><mapID target="Agreements_List Agreement Items_Edit Agreement ItemTerms_html" url="Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement ItemTerms.html"/><mapID target="Agreements_List Agreement Items_List Agreement Item Geo_html" url="Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Geo.html"/><mapID target="Agreements_List Agreement Items_List Agreement Item Parties_html" url="Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Parties.html"/><mapID target="Agreements_List Agreement Items_List Agreement Item Products_html" url="Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Products.html"/><mapID target="Agreements_List Agreement Items_List Agreement Item Supplier Products_html" url="Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Supplier Products.html"/><mapID target="Agreements_List Agreement Items_List Agreement Item Terms_html" url="Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Terms.html"/><mapID target="Agreements_List Agreement Items_List Agreement Items_html" url="Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Items.html"/><mapID target="Agreements_List Agreement Items_List Agreement Promotions_html" url="Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Promotions.html"/><mapID target="Billing Accounts_Billing Account Invoices_html" url="Billing Accounts/Billing Account Invoices.html"/><mapID target="Billing Accounts_Billing Account Orders_html" url="Billing Accounts/Billing Account Orders.html"/><mapID target="Billing Accounts_Billing Account Payments_html" url="Billing Accounts/Billing Account Payments.html"/><mapID target="Billing Accounts_Billing Accounts_html" url="Billing Accounts/Billing Accounts.html"/><mapID target="Billing Accounts_Edit Billing Account Roles_html" url="Billing Accounts/Edit Billing Account Roles.html"/><mapID target="Billing Accounts_Edit Billing Account Terms_html" url="Billing Accounts/Edit Billing Account Terms.html"/><mapID target="Billing Accounts_Edit Billing Account_html" url="Billing Accounts/Edit Billing Account.html"/><mapID target="Billing Accounts_Find Billing Account_html" url="Billing Accounts/Find Billing Account.html"/><mapID target="Financial Accounts_Create - Edit Financial Account_html" url="Financial Accounts/Create - Edit Financial Account.html"/><mapID target="Financial Accounts_Edit Financial Account Reconciliations_html" url="Financial Accounts/Edit Financial Account Reconciliations.html"/><mapID target="Financial Accounts_Edit Financial Account Roles_html" url="Financial Accounts/Edit Financial Account Roles.html"/><mapID target="Financial Accounts_Financial Account authorizations_html" url="Financial Accounts/Financial Account authorizations.html"/><mapID target="Financial Accounts_Financial Account Main_html" url="Financial Accounts/Financial Account Main.html"/><mapID target="Financial Accounts_Financial Accounts_html" url="Financial Accounts/Financial Accounts.html"/><mapID target="Financial Accounts_Find Deposit Slips_Edit Deposit Slip_html" url="Financial Accounts/Find Deposit Slips/Edit Deposit Slip.html"/><mapID target="Financial Accounts_Find Deposit Slips_Find Deposit Slips_html" url="Financial Accounts/Find Deposit Slips/Find Deposit Slips.html"/><mapID target="Financial Accounts_Find Deposit Slips_New Deposit Slip_html" url="Financial Accounts/Find Deposit Slips/New Deposit Slip.html"/><mapID target="Financial Accounts_Find Financial Account Reconciliations_html" url="Financial Accounts/Find Financial Account Reconciliations.html"/><mapID target="Financial Accounts_Find Financial Accounts_html" url="Financial Accounts/Find Financial Accounts.html"/><mapID target="Financial Accounts_Help Portlet List Bank Account_html" url="Financial Accounts/Help Portlet List Bank Account.html"/><mapID target="Financial Accounts_Transactions_Bank Reconciliation_html" url="Financial Accounts/Transactions/Bank Reconciliation.html"/><mapID target="Financial Accounts_Transactions_Edit Financial Account Transactions_html" url="Financial Accounts/Transactions/Edit Financial Account Transactions.html"/><mapID target="Financial Accounts_Transactions_Find Financial Account Transactions_html" url="Financial Accounts/Transactions/Find Financial Account Transactions.html"/><mapID target="Financial Accounts_View Gl Reconciliation_html" url="Financial Accounts/View Gl Reconciliation.html"/><mapID target="Financial Accounts_Withdraw_Financial Accout Deposit Withdraw_html" url="Financial Accounts/Withdraw/Financial Accout Deposit Withdraw.html"/><mapID target="Financial Accounts_Withdraw_New Deposit Payment_html" url="Financial Accounts/Withdraw/New Deposit Payment.html"/><mapID target="Financial Accounts_Withdraw_New Withdrawal Payment_html" url="Financial Accounts/Withdraw/New Withdrawal Payment.html"/><mapID target="Global GL Settings_Cost Centers_html" url="Global GL Settings/Cost Centers.html"/><mapID target="Global GL Settings_Edit Cost Calculations_html" url="Global GL Settings/Edit Cost Calculations.html"/><mapID target="Global GL Settings_Edit Custom Time Period _html" url="Global GL Settings/Edit Custom Time Period .html"/><mapID target="Global GL Settings_Edit Invoice Item Type_html" url="Global GL Settings/Edit Invoice Item Type.html"/><mapID target="Global GL Settings_Edit Payment Method Type_html" url="Global GL Settings/Edit Payment Method Type.html"/><mapID target="Global GL Settings_Find GL Account Category_Edit Category Member_html" url="Global GL Settings/Find GL Account Category/Edit Category Member.html"/><mapID target="Global GL Settings_Find GL Account Category_Edit Category_html" url="Global GL Settings/Find GL Account Category/Edit Category.html"/><mapID target="Global GL Settings_Find GL Account Category_Find GL Account Category_html" url="Global GL Settings/Find GL Account Category/Find GL Account Category.html"/><mapID target="Global GL Settings_Find Global GL Account_Assign GL Account_html" url="Global GL Settings/Find Global GL Account/Assign GL Account.html"/><mapID target="Global GL Settings_Find Global GL Account_Find Global GL Account_html" url="Global GL Settings/Find Global GL Account/Find Global GL Account.html"/><mapID target="Global GL Settings_Find Global GL Account_Navigate Accounts_html" url="Global GL Settings/Find Global GL Account/Navigate Accounts.html"/><mapID target="Global GL Settings_Global Gl Settings_html" url="Global GL Settings/Global Gl Settings.html"/><mapID target="Global GL Settings_View Foreign Exchange Rates_html" url="Global GL Settings/View Foreign Exchange Rates.html"/><mapID target="Global GL Settings_View Rates_html" url="Global GL Settings/View Rates.html"/><mapID target="Invoices_Edit Invoice Applications_html" url="Invoices/Edit Invoice Applications.html"/><mapID target="Invoices_Edit Invoice Time Entries_html" url="Invoices/Edit Invoice Time Entries.html"/><mapID target="Invoices_Edit Invoice_html" url="Invoices/Edit Invoice.html"/><mapID target="Invoices_Find Invoices_html" url="Invoices/Find Invoices.html"/><mapID target="Invoices_Invoice Overview_html" url="Invoices/Invoice Overview.html"/><mapID target="Invoices_Invoice Roles_html" url="Invoices/Invoice Roles.html"/><mapID target="Invoices_Invoice Send Per Email_html" url="Invoices/Invoice Send Per Email.html"/><mapID target="Invoices_Invoices_html" url="Invoices/Invoices.html"/><mapID target="Invoices_List Invoice Items_html" url="Invoices/List Invoice Items.html"/><mapID target="Invoices_New Invoice_html" url="Invoices/New Invoice.html"/><mapID target="Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_Acctounting Preferences_html" url="Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/Acctounting Preferences.html"/><mapID target="Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_Chart of Accounts_html" url="Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/Chart of Accounts.html"/><mapID target="Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_GL Account Type Defaults_Credit Card Type GL Accounts_html" url="Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Credit Card Type GL Accounts.html"/><mapID target="Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_GL Account Type Defaults_Fin Account Type GL Accounts_html" url="Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Fin Account Type GL Accounts.html"/><mapID target="Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_GL Account Type Defaults_GL Account Type Defaults_html" url="Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/GL Account Type Defaults.html"/><mapID target="Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_GL Account Type Defaults_Party GL Accounts_html" url="Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Party GL Accounts.html"/><mapID target="Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_GL Account Type Defaults_Payment Method Id GL Accounts_html" url="Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Payment Method Id GL Accounts.html"/><mapID target="Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_GL Account Type Defaults_Payment Type GL Accounts_html" url="Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Payment Type GL Accounts.html"/><mapID target="Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_GL Account Type Defaults_Product Category GL Accounts_html" url="Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Product Category GL Accounts.html"/><mapID target="Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_GL Account Type Defaults_Product GL Accounts_html" url="Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Product GL Accounts.html"/><mapID target="Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_GL Account Type Defaults_Purchase Invoice_html" url="Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Purchase Invoice.html"/><mapID target="Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_GL Account Type Defaults_Sales Invoice_html" url="Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Sales Invoice.html"/><mapID target="Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_GL Account Type Defaults_Tax Authority GL Accounts_html" url="Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Tax Authority GL Accounts.html"/><mapID target="Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_GL Account Type Defaults_Variance Reason GL Accounts_html" url="Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Variance Reason GL Accounts.html"/><mapID target="Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_Journals_html" url="Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/Journals.html"/><mapID target="Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_Time Periods_html" url="Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/Time Periods.html"/><mapID target="Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounts Summary_html" url="Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounts Summary.html"/><mapID target="Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Available Internal Organizations_html" url="Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Available Internal Organizations.html"/><mapID target="Organizatin GL Settings_Organization GL Settings_html" url="Organizatin GL Settings/Organization GL Settings.html"/><mapID target="Payment Gateway Config_Edit Payment Gateway Config Type_html" url="Payment Gateway Config/Edit Payment Gateway Config Type.html"/><mapID target="Payment Gateway Config_Edit Payment Gateway Config_html" url="Payment Gateway Config/Edit Payment Gateway Config.html"/><mapID target="Payment Gateway Config_Find Payment Gateway Config Types_html" url="Payment Gateway Config/Find Payment Gateway Config Types.html"/><mapID target="Payment Gateway Config_Find Payment Gateway Config_html" url="Payment Gateway Config/Find Payment Gateway Config.html"/><mapID target="Payment Gateway Config_Payment Gateway Config_html" url="Payment Gateway Config/Payment Gateway Config.html"/><mapID target="Payment Gateway Transactions_Authorize Transactions_html" url="Payment Gateway Transactions/Authorize Transactions.html"/><mapID target="Payment Gateway Transactions_Capture Transaction_html" url="Payment Gateway Transactions/Capture Transaction.html"/><mapID target="Payment Gateway Transactions_Find Gateway Responses_html" url="Payment Gateway Transactions/Find Gateway Responses.html"/><mapID target="Payment Gateway Transactions_Manual Transaction_html" url="Payment Gateway Transactions/Manual Transaction.html"/><mapID target="Payment Gateway Transactions_Payment Gateway Transactions_html" url="Payment Gateway Transactions/Payment Gateway Transactions.html"/><mapID target="Payment Gateway Transactions_View Gateway Response_html" url="Payment Gateway Transactions/View Gateway Response.html"/><mapID target="Payments_Create New Payment_html" url="Payments/Create New Payment.html"/><mapID target="Payments_Edit Payment_html" url="Payments/Edit Payment.html"/><mapID target="Payments_Find Payments_html" url="Payments/Find Payments.html"/><mapID target="Payments_Find Purchase Invoices By Due Date_html" url="Payments/Find Purchase Invoices By Due Date.html"/><mapID target="Payments_Find Sales Invoices By Due Date_html" url="Payments/Find Sales Invoices By Due Date.html"/><mapID target="Payments_Payment Applications_html" url="Payments/Payment Applications.html"/><mapID target="Payments_Payment Overview_html" url="Payments/Payment Overview.html"/><mapID target="Payments_Payments_html" url="Payments/Payments.html"/><mapID target="Tax Authorities_Edit Tax Authority Assocsiations_html" url="Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority Assocsiations.html"/><mapID target="Tax Authorities_Edit Tax Authority Categories_html" url="Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority Categories.html"/><mapID target="Tax Authorities_Edit Tax Authority GL Accounts_html" url="Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority GL Accounts.html"/><mapID target="Tax Authorities_Edit Tax Authority Party Information_html" url="Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority Party Information.html"/><mapID target="Tax Authorities_Edit Tax Authority Product Rates_html" url="Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority Product Rates.html"/><mapID target="Tax Authorities_Edit Tax Authority_html" url="Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority.html"/><mapID target="Tax Authorities_Find Tax Authority_html" url="Tax Authorities/Find Tax Authority.html"/><mapID target="Tax Authorities_List Tax Authority Parties_html" url="Tax Authorities/List Tax Authority Parties.html"/><mapID target="Tax Authorities_Tax Authorities_html" url="Tax Authorities/Tax Authorities.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Accounting Features_Accounting Features_html" url="Accounting/Accounting Features/Accounting Features.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Accounting Main_Accounting Main Screen_html" url="Accounting/Accounting Main/Accounting Main Screen.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Accounting Maintenance_Accounting Main_html" url="Accounting/Accounting Maintenance/Accounting Main.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Accounting_html" url="Accounting/Accounting.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Agreements_Agreements_html" url="Accounting/Agreements/Agreements.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Agreements_Edit Agreement Roles_html" url="Accounting/Agreements/Edit Agreement Roles.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Agreements_Edit Agreement Terms_html" url="Accounting/Agreements/Edit Agreement Terms.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Agreements_Edit Agreement Workeffort_html" url="Accounting/Agreements/Edit Agreement Workeffort.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Agreements_Edit Agreements_html" url="Accounting/Agreements/Edit Agreements.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Agreements_Find Agreements_html" url="Accounting/Agreements/Find Agreements.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Agreements_List Agreement Items_Edit Agreement Item Geo_html" url="Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Item Geo.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Agreements_List Agreement Items_Edit Agreement Item Parties_html" url="Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Item Parties.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Agreements_List Agreement Items_Edit Agreement Item Products_html" url="Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Item Products.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Agreements_List Agreement Items_Edit Agreement Item Supplier Products_html" url="Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Item Supplier Products.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Agreements_List Agreement Items_Edit Agreement Items_html" url="Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Items.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Agreements_List Agreement Items_Edit Agreement ItemTerms_html" url="Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement ItemTerms.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Agreements_List Agreement Items_List Agreement Item Geo_html" url="Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Geo.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Agreements_List Agreement Items_List Agreement Item Parties_html" url="Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Parties.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Agreements_List Agreement Items_List Agreement Item Products_html" url="Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Products.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Agreements_List Agreement Items_List Agreement Item Supplier Products_html" url="Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Supplier Products.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Agreements_List Agreement Items_List Agreement Item Terms_html" url="Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Terms.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Agreements_List Agreement Items_List Agreement Items_html" url="Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Items.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Agreements_List Agreement Items_List Agreement Promotions_html" url="Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Promotions.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Billing Accounts_Billing Account Invoices_html" url="Accounting/Billing Accounts/Billing Account Invoices.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Billing Accounts_Billing Account Orders_html" url="Accounting/Billing Accounts/Billing Account Orders.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Billing Accounts_Billing Account Payments_html" url="Accounting/Billing Accounts/Billing Account Payments.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Billing Accounts_Billing Accounts_html" url="Accounting/Billing Accounts/Billing Accounts.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Billing Accounts_Edit Billing Account Roles_html" url="Accounting/Billing Accounts/Edit Billing Account Roles.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Billing Accounts_Edit Billing Account Terms_html" url="Accounting/Billing Accounts/Edit Billing Account Terms.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Billing Accounts_Edit Billing Account_html" url="Accounting/Billing Accounts/Edit Billing Account.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Billing Accounts_Find Billing Account_html" url="Accounting/Billing Accounts/Find Billing Account.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Financial Accounts_Create - Edit Financial Account_html" url="Accounting/Financial Accounts/Create - Edit Financial Account.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Financial Accounts_Edit Financial Account Reconciliations_html" url="Accounting/Financial Accounts/Edit Financial Account Reconciliations.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Financial Accounts_Edit Financial Account Roles_html" url="Accounting/Financial Accounts/Edit Financial Account Roles.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Financial Accounts_Financial Account authorizations_html" url="Accounting/Financial Accounts/Financial Account authorizations.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Financial Accounts_Financial Account Main_html" url="Accounting/Financial Accounts/Financial Account Main.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Financial Accounts_Financial Accounts_html" url="Accounting/Financial Accounts/Financial Accounts.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Financial Accounts_Find Deposit Slips_Edit Deposit Slip_html" url="Accounting/Financial Accounts/Find Deposit Slips/Edit Deposit Slip.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Financial Accounts_Find Deposit Slips_Find Deposit Slips_html" url="Accounting/Financial Accounts/Find Deposit Slips/Find Deposit Slips.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Financial Accounts_Find Deposit Slips_New Deposit Slip_html" url="Accounting/Financial Accounts/Find Deposit Slips/New Deposit Slip.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Financial Accounts_Find Financial Account Reconciliations_html" url="Accounting/Financial Accounts/Find Financial Account Reconciliations.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Financial Accounts_Find Financial Accounts_html" url="Accounting/Financial Accounts/Find Financial Accounts.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Financial Accounts_Help Portlet List Bank Account_html" url="Accounting/Financial Accounts/Help Portlet List Bank Account.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Financial Accounts_Transactions_Bank Reconciliation_html" url="Accounting/Financial Accounts/Transactions/Bank Reconciliation.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Financial Accounts_Transactions_Edit Financial Account Transactions_html" url="Accounting/Financial Accounts/Transactions/Edit Financial Account Transactions.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Financial Accounts_Transactions_Find Financial Account Transactions_html" url="Accounting/Financial Accounts/Transactions/Find Financial Account Transactions.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Financial Accounts_View Gl Reconciliation_html" url="Accounting/Financial Accounts/View Gl Reconciliation.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Financial Accounts_Withdraw_Financial Accout Deposit Withdraw_html" url="Accounting/Financial Accounts/Withdraw/Financial Accout Deposit Withdraw.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Financial Accounts_Withdraw_New Deposit Payment_html" url="Accounting/Financial Accounts/Withdraw/New Deposit Payment.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Financial Accounts_Withdraw_New Withdrawal Payment_html" url="Accounting/Financial Accounts/Withdraw/New Withdrawal Payment.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Global GL Settings_Cost Centers_html" url="Accounting/Global GL Settings/Cost Centers.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Global GL Settings_Edit Cost Calculations_html" url="Accounting/Global GL Settings/Edit Cost Calculations.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Global GL Settings_Edit Custom Time Period _html" url="Accounting/Global GL Settings/Edit Custom Time Period .html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Global GL Settings_Edit Invoice Item Type_html" url="Accounting/Global GL Settings/Edit Invoice Item Type.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Global GL Settings_Edit Payment Method Type_html" url="Accounting/Global GL Settings/Edit Payment Method Type.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Global GL Settings_Find GL Account Category_Edit Category Member_html" url="Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find GL Account Category/Edit Category Member.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Global GL Settings_Find GL Account Category_Edit Category_html" url="Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find GL Account Category/Edit Category.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Global GL Settings_Find GL Account Category_Find GL Account Category_html" url="Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find GL Account Category/Find GL Account Category.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Global GL Settings_Find Global GL Account_Assign GL Account_html" url="Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find Global GL Account/Assign GL Account.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Global GL Settings_Find Global GL Account_Find Global GL Account_html" url="Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find Global GL Account/Find Global GL Account.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Global GL Settings_Find Global GL Account_Navigate Accounts_html" url="Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find Global GL Account/Navigate Accounts.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Global GL Settings_Global Gl Settings_html" url="Accounting/Global GL Settings/Global Gl Settings.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Global GL Settings_View Foreign Exchange Rates_html" url="Accounting/Global GL Settings/View Foreign Exchange Rates.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Global GL Settings_View Rates_html" url="Accounting/Global GL Settings/View Rates.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Invoices_Edit Invoice Applications_html" url="Accounting/Invoices/Edit Invoice Applications.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Invoices_Edit Invoice Time Entries_html" url="Accounting/Invoices/Edit Invoice Time Entries.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Invoices_Edit Invoice_html" url="Accounting/Invoices/Edit Invoice.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Invoices_Find Invoices_html" url="Accounting/Invoices/Find Invoices.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Invoices_Invoice Overview_html" url="Accounting/Invoices/Invoice Overview.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Invoices_Invoice Roles_html" url="Accounting/Invoices/Invoice Roles.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Invoices_Invoice Send Per Email_html" url="Accounting/Invoices/Invoice Send Per Email.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Invoices_Invoices_html" url="Accounting/Invoices/Invoices.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Invoices_List Invoice Items_html" url="Accounting/Invoices/List Invoice Items.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Invoices_New Invoice_html" url="Accounting/Invoices/New Invoice.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_Acctounting Preferences_html" url="Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/Acctounting Preferences.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_Chart of Accounts_html" url="Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/Chart of Accounts.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_GL Account Type Defaults_Credit Card Type GL Accounts_html" url="Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Credit Card Type GL Accounts.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_GL Account Type Defaults_Fin Account Type GL Accounts_html" url="Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Fin Account Type GL Accounts.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_GL Account Type Defaults_GL Account Type Defaults_html" url="Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/GL Account Type Defaults.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_GL Account Type Defaults_Party GL Accounts_html" url="Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Party GL Accounts.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_GL Account Type Defaults_Payment Method Id GL Accounts_html" url="Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Payment Method Id GL Accounts.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_GL Account Type Defaults_Payment Type GL Accounts_html" url="Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Payment Type GL Accounts.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_GL Account Type Defaults_Product Category GL Accounts_html" url="Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Product Category GL Accounts.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_GL Account Type Defaults_Product GL Accounts_html" url="Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Product GL Accounts.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_GL Account Type Defaults_Purchase Invoice_html" url="Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Purchase Invoice.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_GL Account Type Defaults_Sales Invoice_html" url="Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Sales Invoice.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_GL Account Type Defaults_Tax Authority GL Accounts_html" url="Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Tax Authority GL Accounts.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_GL Account Type Defaults_Variance Reason GL Accounts_html" url="Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Variance Reason GL Accounts.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_Journals_html" url="Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/Journals.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_Time Periods_html" url="Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/Time Periods.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounts Summary_html" url="Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounts Summary.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Available Internal Organizations_html" url="Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Available Internal Organizations.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Organizatin GL Settings_Organization GL Settings_html" url="Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Organization GL Settings.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Payment Gateway Config_Edit Payment Gateway Config Type_html" url="Accounting/Payment Gateway Config/Edit Payment Gateway Config Type.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Payment Gateway Config_Edit Payment Gateway Config_html" url="Accounting/Payment Gateway Config/Edit Payment Gateway Config.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Payment Gateway Config_Find Payment Gateway Config Types_html" url="Accounting/Payment Gateway Config/Find Payment Gateway Config Types.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Payment Gateway Config_Find Payment Gateway Config_html" url="Accounting/Payment Gateway Config/Find Payment Gateway Config.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Payment Gateway Config_Payment Gateway Config_html" url="Accounting/Payment Gateway Config/Payment Gateway Config.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Payment Gateway Transactions_Authorize Transactions_html" url="Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/Authorize Transactions.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Payment Gateway Transactions_Capture Transaction_html" url="Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/Capture Transaction.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Payment Gateway Transactions_Find Gateway Responses_html" url="Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/Find Gateway Responses.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Payment Gateway Transactions_Manual Transaction_html" url="Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/Manual Transaction.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Payment Gateway Transactions_Payment Gateway Transactions_html" url="Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/Payment Gateway Transactions.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Payment Gateway Transactions_View Gateway Response_html" url="Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/View Gateway Response.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Payments_Create New Payment_html" url="Accounting/Payments/Create New Payment.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Payments_Edit Payment_html" url="Accounting/Payments/Edit Payment.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Payments_Find Payments_html" url="Accounting/Payments/Find Payments.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Payments_Find Purchase Invoices By Due Date_html" url="Accounting/Payments/Find Purchase Invoices By Due Date.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Payments_Find Sales Invoices By Due Date_html" url="Accounting/Payments/Find Sales Invoices By Due Date.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Payments_Payment Applications_html" url="Accounting/Payments/Payment Applications.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Payments_Payment Overview_html" url="Accounting/Payments/Payment Overview.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Payments_Payments_html" url="Accounting/Payments/Payments.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Tax Authorities_Edit Tax Authority Assocsiations_html" url="Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority Assocsiations.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Tax Authorities_Edit Tax Authority Categories_html" url="Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority Categories.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Tax Authorities_Edit Tax Authority GL Accounts_html" url="Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority GL Accounts.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Tax Authorities_Edit Tax Authority Party Information_html" url="Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority Party Information.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Tax Authorities_Edit Tax Authority Product Rates_html" url="Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority Product Rates.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Tax Authorities_Edit Tax Authority_html" url="Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Tax Authorities_Find Tax Authority_html" url="Accounting/Tax Authorities/Find Tax Authority.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Tax Authorities_List Tax Authority Parties_html" url="Accounting/Tax Authorities/List Tax Authority Parties.html"/><mapID target="Accounting_Tax Authorities_Tax Authorities_html" url="Accounting/Tax Authorities/Tax Authorities.html"/></map>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/Edit Agreements.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/Edit Agreements.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/Edit Agreements.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Edit Agreement help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Edit Agreement help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Edit Agreement help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+   
+     <p>The 'Agreement' sub menu is used to enter the basic details required for setting up a new
+        agreement or editing an existing one.</p>
+    <p>It can be used to create or update the following details for an Agreement:</p>
+   <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>The parties the agreement is between and their roles</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The agreement type (eg Sales, Purchase, Commission, Employment etc)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Specific products </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Start and End Date</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Description</p></li></ul></div>
+  <div class="section" title="How do I edit an agreement?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20038"></a>How do I edit an agreement?</h3></div></div></div>
+    
+    <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Find the agreement that needs to be amended</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Click on Agreement Id</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The 'Edit Agreement' screen will be displayed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Amend the details required and press the 'Submit' button (NOTE: Additional agreement details can be updated via the other tabs eg Agreement Terms, Agreement Roles, Agreement Items and Agreement Work Effort Appls)</p></li></ol></div>
+   </div>
+   <div class="section" title="How do I copy an existing agreement?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20051"></a>How do I copy an existing agreement?</h3></div></div></div>
+   
+   <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Find the agreement that needs to be copied</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Click on the Agreement Id</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The 'Edit Agreement' screen will be displayed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>At the bottom of the screen press the 'Copy' in the 'Copy Agreement' window (NOTE: The default tick boxes will copy the agreement terms, products and party. If not required then click on the boxes to stop them being copied)</p></li></ol></div>
+   </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/Agreements.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/Agreements.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/Agreements.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Agreements</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="Agreements"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>Agreements</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+ 
+
+  
+
+    
+    <p>An agreement is a way of recording a business arrangements or contract that your business makes with other companies or individuals. Common examples include Payment Terms (where you allow a customer up to 30 days to pay you) or Prompt Payment Discounts (where you offer a reduction on the amount owing if your customer pays you before a certain date)</p>
+    <p>It can be used for the following:</p>
+    <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Defining Payment Terms for Customers or Suppliers</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Defining Sales Commissions</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Setting up Prompt Payment Discounts</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Setting up Price Lists (NOTE TO DO: Need to investigate how this logic overlaps with PRICE RULES in Catalog Manager)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Defining Late Fee Penalties</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Defining preferred freight carriers or specific codes to be used</p></li></ul></div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/Edit Agreement Workeffort.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/Edit Agreement Workeffort.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/Edit Agreement Workeffort.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Agreement Work Effort Applications help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Agreement Work Effort Applications help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Agreement Work Effort Applications help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+
+    
+    <p>This screen is used to link a work effort to the whole agreement or an individual agreement item.</p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I add a work effort to an agreement?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2001E"></a>How do I add a work effort to an agreement?</h3></div></div></div>
+    
+    <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Use the drop down box to select the 'Agreement Item Seq Id'</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Use the lookup to select the 'Workeffort Id'</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Add' button</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The new entry is displayed in the lower part of the screen</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I update a work effort for an agreement?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20037"></a>How do I update a work effort for an agreement?</h3></div></div></div>
+    
+    <p>Work efforts can only be added or deleted. They cannot be updated</p>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I delete a work effort from an agreement?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20040"></a>How do I delete a work effort from an agreement?</h3></div></div></div>
+    
+    <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Delete' button for the entry that needs to be deleted</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Item Supplier Products.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Item Supplier Products.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Item Supplier Products.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Edit Agreement Item Supplier Product help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Edit Agreement Item Supplier Product help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Edit Agreement Item Supplier Product help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+
+    
+    <p>This screen is used to create or update a product entry for a supplier agreement item. Any updates made in this screen can also be viewed in Catalog Manager for the product under the product 'Suppliers' and 'Agreements' tabs.</p>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Item Geo.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Item Geo.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Item Geo.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Edit Agreement Geo help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Edit Agreement Geo help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Edit Agreement Geo help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+
+    
+    <p>This screen is used to create a geographical location for an agreement item.</p>
+    <p>NOTE: A new entry can be created or removed but not updated.</p>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Items.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Items.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Items.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Edit Agreement Item help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Edit Agreement Item help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Edit Agreement Item help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+
+    
+    <p>This screen allows specific items to be added to agreement. Currently these are limited to the following:</p>
+    <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Pricing</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Commission Rate</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Sub-Agreement</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Exhibit</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Section</p></li></ul></div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I create an agreement item?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20035"></a>How do I create an agreement item?</h3></div></div></div>
+    
+    <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Create Agreement Item' button</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The 'Edit Agreement Item' screen is displayed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Select the 'Agreement Item Type Id' from the drop down box</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Use the drop down box to select the 'Currency' for the Agreement Item</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter any 'Agreement Text' if required</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter path for 'Agreement Image' if required</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Submit' button</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>A new sub menu will be displayed containing 'Promotions','Terms','Products','Party' and 'Geo' for additional details that can be setup for the agreement item</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I edit an agreement item?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2005E"></a>How do I edit an agreement item?</h3></div></div></div>
+    
+    <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Select the agreement item to be updated by clicking on the Agreement Item Id</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The 'Edit Agreement Item' screen is displayed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Update the fields required (NOTE: Additional details can be updated by selecting the Promotions, Terms, Product, Party or Geo sub menus)</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Items.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Items.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Items.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The List Agreement Items help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The List Agreement Items help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The List Agreement Items help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+
+    
+    <p>This screen is used to display a list of items that have been created for an agreement.</p>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Parties.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Parties.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Parties.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Agreement Items Parties help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Agreement Items Parties help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Agreement Items Parties help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+
+    
+    <p>This screen is used to display any parties that have been linked to this agreement item.</p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I create a party for an agreement item?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2001E"></a>How do I create a party for an agreement item?</h3></div></div></div>
+    
+    <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'New' button</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The 'Edit Agreement Item Party' screen is displayed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Manually enter or use the lookup to select the 'Party Id'</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Submit' button</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I remove a party for an agreement item?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20037"></a>How do I remove a party for an agreement item?</h3></div></div></div>
+    
+    <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Delete' button for the entry that needs to be deleted.</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Item Parties.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Item Parties.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Item Parties.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Edit Agreement Item Party help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Edit Agreement Item Party help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Edit Agreement Item Party help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+
+    
+    <p>This screen is used to add or update a party linked to an agreement item. This could be useful for storing specific contact names associated with an agreement item.</p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I update a party for an agreement item?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2001E"></a>How do I update a party for an agreement item?</h3></div></div></div>
+    
+    <p>Parties for an agreement item cannot be updated. They can only be added or removed.</p>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Geo.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Geo.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Geo.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The List Agreement Geo help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The List Agreement Geo help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The List Agreement Geo help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+
+    
+    <p>This screen is used to display a list of the geographical locations that are valid for the agreement item.</p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I create a new geographical location for an agreement item?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2001E"></a>How do I create a new geographical location for an agreement item?</h3></div></div></div>
+    
+    <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'New' button</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The 'Edit Agreement Geographical Application' screen is displayed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Use the drop down box to select the 'Geo Id'</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Submit' button</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I delete a geographical location for an agreement item?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20037"></a>How do I delete a geographical location for an agreement item?</h3></div></div></div>
+    
+    <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Delete' button for the entry that needs to be deleted</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Supplier Products.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Supplier Products.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Supplier Products.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The List Agreement Item Supplier Products help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The List Agreement Item Supplier Products help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The List Agreement Item Supplier Products help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+
+    
+    <p>This screen is used to link a specific product (or range of products) to an agreement. This can be useful for restricting a discount or product pricing to a product (or range of products) for a particular supplier.</p>
+    <p>NOTE: Products created here will be linked to the product and can be view using Catalog Manager. Entries can be viewed under the Product 'Suppliers' and 'Agreements' tabs.</p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I add a product to an agreement item?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20021"></a>How do I add a product to an agreement item?</h3></div></div></div>
+     
+    <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'New Product' button</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The 'Edit Agreement Item Product' screen is displayed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Manually enter or use the lookup to select the 'Product Id'</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the 'Available From Date'</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Leave the 'Thru Date' blank</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Using the drop down box select the 'Supplier Order Pref Id'</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the 'Last Price'</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter 'Supplier Product Id'</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter any other details as required or leave blank</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Submit' button</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I update a product linked to an agreement item?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20052"></a>How do I update a product linked to an agreement item?</h3></div></div></div>
+    
+    <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Select the product required by clicking on the 'Product Id'</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The 'Edit Agreement Item Product' screen is displayed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Update the details as required</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Submit' button</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I delete a product from an agreement item?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2006B"></a>How do I delete a product from an agreement item?</h3></div></div></div>
+    
+    <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Remove' button on the entry that needs to be deleted</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Products.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Products.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Products.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Agreement Item Products help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Agreement Item Products help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Agreement Item Products help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+
+
+    <p>This screen is used to link a specific product or products to an agreement. This can be useful for restricting a discount or product pricing to a particular product (or range of products) for a specific customer.</p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I add a product to an agreement item?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2001E"></a>How do I add a product to an agreement item?</h3></div></div></div>
+    
+    <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'New Product' button</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The 'Edit Agreement Item Product' screen is displayed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Manually enter or use the lookup to select the 'Product Id'</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the 'Price' to be associated to the product for this agreement item</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Submit' button</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I update a product linked to an agreement item?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2003B"></a>How do I update a product linked to an agreement item?</h3></div></div></div>
+    
+    <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Select the product required by clicking on the 'Product Id'</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The 'Edit Agreement Item Product' screen is displayed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Update the 'Price' for the product (NOTE: Only product price is available for update)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Submit' button</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I delete a product from an agreement item?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20054"></a>How do I delete a product from an agreement item?</h3></div></div></div>
+    
+    <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Remove' button on the entry that needs to be deleted</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+ </div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Promotions.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Promotions.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Promotions.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Agreements Item Promotions help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Agreements Item Promotions help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Agreements Item Promotions help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+
+    
+    <p>This screen is used to enter or maintain any promotions that are associated with the Agreement Item. This can be useful if you want to limit where a particular promotion is applied. Promotions are setup in Catalog Manager and can be selected here.</p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I add a promotion to an agreement item?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2001E"></a>How do I add a promotion to an agreement item?</h3></div></div></div>
+    
+    <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Add New Promotion' button</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The 'Edit Agreement Promo Applications' screen is displayed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Select the 'Product Promo Id' from the drop down box</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the 'From Date'</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the 'Thru Date' if required (NOTE:This can be left blank)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the 'Sequence Num' if required</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Submit' button</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I edit an existing promotion for an agreement item?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20043"></a>How do I edit an existing promotion for an agreement item?</h3></div></div></div>
+    
+    <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Select the agreement item promotion by clicking on on the promotion id</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The 'Edit Agreement Promo Applications' screen is displayed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Update the details required</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Submit' button</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I delete a promotion from an agreement item?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2005C"></a>How do I delete a promotion from an agreement item?</h3></div></div></div>
+    
+    <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Remove' button on the entry that needs to be deleted.</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Terms.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Terms.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Terms.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Agreements Item Terms help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Agreements Item Terms help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Agreements Item Terms help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+
+    
+    <p>This screen is used to enter or maintain terms that are specific to an agreement item. The terms available are the same as those found under the 'Agreement Terms' tab and any related terms will be displayed both here and under the 'Agreement Items' tab .</p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I create a term for an agreement item?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2001E"></a>How do I create a term for an agreement item?</h3></div></div></div>
+    
+    <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Create Term' button</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The 'Edit Agreement Item Term' screen is displayed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the term details required</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Submit' button</p></li></ol></div>
+   </div>
+   <div class="section" title="How do I update a term for an agreement item?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20037"></a>How do I update a term for an agreement item?</h3></div></div></div>
+   
+   <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Select the term for the agreement item by clicking on the term id</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The 'Edit Agreement Item Term' screen is displayed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Update the details required</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Submit' button</p></li></ol></div>
+   </div>
+   <div class="section" title="How do I delete a term for an agreement item?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20050"></a>How do I delete a term for an agreement item?</h3></div></div></div>
+   
+   <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Remove' button on the term entry that needs to be deleted.</p></li></ol></div>
+   </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Item Products.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Item Products.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Item Products.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Edit Agreement Item Product help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Edit Agreement Item Product help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Edit Agreement Item Product help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+
+    
+    <p>This screen is used to create or update a product entry for an agreement item.</p>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement ItemTerms.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement ItemTerms.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement ItemTerms.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Edit Agreement Item Term help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Edit Agreement Item Term help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Edit Agreement Item Term help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+
+    
+    <p>This screen is used to create or update the terms for an agreement item.</p>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/Edit Agreement Roles.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/Edit Agreement Roles.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/Edit Agreement Roles.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Edit Agreements Roles help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Edit Agreements Roles help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Edit Agreements Roles help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+
+    <p>This screen is used to assign a party roles for an agreement.</p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I add a party role to an agreement?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2001E"></a>How do I add a party role to an agreement?</h3></div></div></div>
+    
+    <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Use the lookup to select the 'Party Id'</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Use the drop down box to select the 'Party Role Id'</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Add' button (NOTE: If the party does not have this role associated with them then an error will be displayed)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The new entry will be displayed in the lower part of the screen</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I update a party role for an agreement?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20037"></a>How do I update a party role for an agreement?</h3></div></div></div>
+    
+    <p>Party roles can only be added and deleted. They cannot be updated.</p>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I delete a party role from an agreement?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20040"></a>How do I delete a party role from an agreement?</h3></div></div></div>
+    
+    <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Remove' button for the entry that needs to be deleted.</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/Find Agreements.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/Find Agreements.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/Find Agreements.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Find Agreements help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Find Agreements help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Find Agreements help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+
+    
+    <p> The default screen is for the Agreements tab is 'Find Agreements'. It is used to locate existing agreements that have been created. The user has the option to</p>
+    <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>use the 'Find' button to locate an existing agreement or </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>create a new one by clicking on the 'Create Agreement' button.</p></li></ul></div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I locate an existing agreement?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20028"></a>How do I locate an existing agreement?</h3></div></div></div>
+    
+    <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Enter search option details if known</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Find' button</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>A list of existing agreements will be displayed</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I create a new agreement?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2003D"></a>How do I create a new agreement?</h3></div></div></div>
+    
+    <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Create Agreement' button</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The 'Edit Agreement' screen is displayed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the details required and press the 'Submit' button</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I cancel an agreement?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20052"></a>How do I cancel an agreement?</h3></div></div></div>
+    
+    <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Locate the agreement required</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Cancel' button on the agreement entry that needs to be cancelled</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/Edit Agreement Terms.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/Edit Agreement Terms.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Agreements/Edit Agreement Terms.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Edit Agreement Terms help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Edit Agreement Terms help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Edit Agreement Terms help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+
+ 
+ <p>Agreement Terms are the rules that make up the agreement.
+  Agreements may have a one or more terms.</p>
+ <p>Examples of agreement terms from a sales and purchase viewpoint
+  include the following:</p>
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Payment due within a certain timeframe (eg 30 days)</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Discounts for early payment</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Specifying Late fee penalties</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Purchasing agreements</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Specifying commission rates</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Exclusive Relationship</p>
+  </li></ul></div>
+ <p>NOTE: Agreements can also be specified for Employment, Legal, Non
+  Compete etc.</p>
+ <p>Agreement terms are configured by linking them to the Invoice
+  Item Type.</p>
+ <p>IMPORTANT NOTE: The drop down box for 'Invoice Item Type'
+  contains what appears to be duplicates for items such as 'Invoice
+  Fee', 'Invoice Discount', 'Invoice Finished Good Item' etc. These are
+  NOT duplicates one of these entries refers to the Sales Invoice and
+  the other refers to the Purchase Invoice. As the descriptions are
+  exactly the same it is impossible to know which refers to which so
+  needs to be done using trial and error!</p>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I add a payment term for 30 days?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20051"></a>How do I add a payment term for 30 days?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select 'Payment Net Days' from the 'Term Type Id' drop down
+     box</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Enter '30' in the 'Term Days' field</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Submit' button</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I add a discount term of 2% if paid within 10 days?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2006C"></a>How do I add a discount term of 2% if paid within 10 days?
+  </h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select 'Payment Discounted if paid with Specified Days' from
+     the 'Term Type Id' drop down box</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Enter '2' in the 'Term Value' field</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Enter '10' in the 'Term Days' field</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Submit' button</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I specify pricing in a specific currency only for this customer or supplier?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2008D"></a>How do I specify pricing in a specific currency only for this
+   customer or supplier?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <p>This is done using the 'Agreement Items' sub menu</p>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I delete a payment term?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20096"></a>How do I delete a payment term?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Locate the payment term required</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Remove'on the entry that needs to be removed</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Financial Accounts.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Financial Accounts.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Financial Accounts.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Financial Accounts.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="Financial Accounts."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>Financial Accounts.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>A financial account is a tool (similar to bank account statement) that is used for
+        monitoring monetary transactions. Normally they will be linked to a party and the various
+        transactions details (eg payments or receipts) will be shown as entries.</p>
+    <p>The entries for a financial account can be displayed using the 'Financial Account' tab in
+        Accounting or in Party Manager if you enter a party as the owner of the financial
+        account.</p>
+    <p>Currently in OFBiz financial accounts can have the following types:</p>
+    <p>
+        </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Bank Account (by default this type will post to 213500 CUSTOMER DEPOSIT
+                    ACCOUNTS)</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Deposit Account (by default this type will post to 213500 CUSTOMER DEPOSIT
+                    ACCOUNTS)</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Gift Certificate (by default this type will post to 213200 GIFT CERTIFICATES
+                    UNREDEEMED)</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Investment Account (by default this type will post to 213500 CUSTOMER DEPOSIT
+                    ACCOUNTS)</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Replenish Account (no default posting account in demo data setup)</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Service Credit Account (no default posting account in demo data setup)</p>
+            </li></ul></div><p>
+    </p>
+    <p>NOTE:</p>
+    <p>
+        </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                <p>In GL Account Defaults there is a specific tab 'FinAccount Type Gl Account'
+                    for specifying which type of Financial accounts are posted to which general
+                    ledger account.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>In GL Account Defaults there is also a tab 'Payment Method Id / GL Account ID'
+                    for specifying the account to post transactions to if 'Financial Account' is
+                    selected as the Payment Method instead of (Cash, Cheque, Credit Card, etc). By
+                    default the demo setup posts transactions to 111100 GENERAL CHECKING
+                    ACCOUNT.</p>
+            </li></ol></div><p>
+    </p>
+    <p>You can also setup each financial account to post to a specific general ledger account for
+        each party. This is done via a specific field during the creation or update of a financial
+        account. This will override the default setting by type.</p>
+    <p>Financial Accounts can be used for the following</p>
+    <p>
+        </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Managing and Tracking Customer Prepaid Accounts</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Managing and Tracking Customer Credit Limit (NOTE: Need to verify this)</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Managing Electronic Gift Certificates / Gift Vouchers/ Gift Card</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Reload of Electronic Gift Card</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Company Bank Account Transaction Tracking</p>
+            </li></ol></div><p>
+    </p>   
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/View Gl Reconciliation.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/View Gl Reconciliation.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/View Gl Reconciliation.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The View Financial Account Reconciliations screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The View Financial Account Reconciliations screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The View Financial Account Reconciliations screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+
+ <p>This screen gives an overview of a reconciliation group / bank
+  reconciliation. Note that a reconciliation must have at least one
+  transaction associated with it for this screen to be displayed. It is
+  used as follows:</p>
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+   <p>to view transactions associated with a reconciliation group /
+    bank reconciliation</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>to remove transactions from a reconciliation group / bank
+    reconciliation</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>to reconcile the reconciliation group / bank reconciliation
+   </p>
+  </li></ul></div>
+ <p>The screen displays the current reconciliation details plus
+  details of the previous reconciliation if one exists. This ensures the
+  closing balance of the previous reconciliation is the same as the
+  opening balance for the current one.</p>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I edit reconciliation?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20036"></a>How do I edit reconciliation?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Edit' button in the 'Current Bank Reconciliation'part of the screen</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The 'Edit Financial Account Reconciliations' screen isdisplayed</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Update the details required</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Update' button</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I remove a transaction from a bank reconciliation?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20057"></a>How do I remove a transaction from a bank reconciliation?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <p>On the lower part of the screen a list of all transactions associated with the reconciliation is displayed.</p>
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Remove' button next to the entry that needs to be removed</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The transaction is removed</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I reconcile a bank reconciliation?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2006F"></a>How do I reconcile a bank reconciliation?</h3></div></div></div>
+ 
+ <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>A total of all transactions associated with the reconciliation is shown in the lower part of the screen</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Reconcile' button next to the total</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Each transaction status will be changed to 'Approved' and the reconciliation / bank reconciliation status will be changed to 'Reconciled' (NOTE: This means that no new transactions can be added to this reconciliation and it will no longer be available to assign transactions to)</p></li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Create - Edit Financial Account.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Create - Edit Financial Account.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Create - Edit Financial Account.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Edit Financial Account screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Edit Financial Account screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Edit Financial Account screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>This screen allows the user to create a new financial account or to edit an existing
+        one.</p>
+    <p>The 'Financial Account' submenu is the first of four submenus used in the creation or
+        update of a Financial Account. On the creation or update of a Financial Account it is the
+        default screen that is displayed.</p>
+    <p>It can be used for updating the basic details of a Financial account such as:</p>
+    <p>
+        </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Type of Account (eg Deposit, Investment, Gift Certificate)</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Account Status (Active, Frozen, Cancel, etc)</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Account Name and Code</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Currency </p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Owner Party ID</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Default GL Account for Posting</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Replenishment Level </p>
+            </li></ul></div><p>
+    </p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I create a new Financial Account?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20054"></a>How do I create a new Financial Account?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>Select the 'Create New Financial Account' button from the 'Find Financial Accounts'
+            screen</p>
+        <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                <p>The 'Create/Update Financial Account' screen is displayed.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Keep the default entry of 'Deposit Account' for the Fin Account Type
+                    field</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Keep the default entry of 'Active' for the status field</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Enter a description (eg ABC Customer Prepaid Account) for the 'Fin Account
+                    Name' field</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Leave the Fin Account Pin field blank (NOTE TO CHECK: I think this is only
+                    used in creation of Gift Cards and Certificates..)</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Leave the Fin Account Code field blank (NOTE TO CHECK: I think this is only
+                    used in the creation of Gift Cards and Certificates...)</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>The currency field will be the default currency of Company (eg USD). If this
+                    account is to be in another currency (eg EUR) then select it from the drop down
+                    list.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Set the Organization Party ID field to be 'Company'</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Fill in the Owner Party Id field with the party id of the customer who has the
+                    Financial Account (eg DemoCustomer or DemoCustCompany)</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Fill in the 'Post to Gl Account field' to post the transactions for this
+                    financial account to post to a specific GL Account</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Select the current date from the calendar to fill in the 'From date' field
+                    (NOTE: It can be left blank and still appears to work)</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Leave the 'Thru date' field blank (NOTE TO CHECK: I think this could be used
+                    to close or stop the use of an account ..)</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Leave the default of 'Is Refundable' as 'Y' (NOTE TO CHECK: I think this will
+                    allow money to be refunded to this account - eg if you have a return or credit
+                    for the customer)</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Leave the 'Replenish Payment ID' blank (NOTE TO CHECK: Not sure what this is -
+                    maybe to automatically replenish account if it gets to a certain limit???)Leave
+                    the 'Replenish Level' blank (NOTE TO CHECK: Not sure what this is but probably
+                    linked to Replenish Payment ID where you set the limit - eg $100)</p>
+            </li></ol></div>
+        <p>Press the 'Create' button and message appears saying that the account was successfully
+            created </p>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I update an existing Financial Account?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N200B7"></a>How do I update an existing Financial Account?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Press the 'Search' button on the Financial Account main screen</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>A list of all existing Financial Accounts will be displayed</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>The 'Create/Update Financial' screen is displayed</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Update the details of the financial account </p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Press the 'Update' button</p>
+            </li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Edit Financial Account Roles.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Edit Financial Account Roles.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Edit Financial Account Roles.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Edit Financial Account Roles screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Edit Financial Account Roles screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Edit Financial Account Roles screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>The Financial Account Roles sub menu screen allows you specify a party and link them to a
+        role for a particular financial account.</p>
+    <p>It can be used to add party roles eg 'Approver' or 'Administrator' for credit limits or
+        updates to the account. If an account belongs to a company then you may want to add a person
+        as a 'Contact' for dealing with the account.</p>
+    <p>The roles can also be time bound. This means that you can specify a start and end date for
+        the party role.</p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I add a Party Role to a Financial Account?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20024"></a>How do I add a Party Role to a Financial Account?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>
+            </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Select the 'Roles' sub menu for the Financial Account</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Fill in the Party Id field by using the field lookup tool or by directly
+                        entering the party id (eg flexadmin)</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Select the role from the drop down list for the Role Type Id field (eg
+                        administrator)</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Enter the From Date field </p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Enter if the Thru Date field (optional)</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'Add' button </p>
+                </li></ol></div><p>
+        </p>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Financial Account authorizations.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Financial Account authorizations.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Financial Account authorizations.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Edit Financial Account Authorizations screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Edit Financial Account Authorizations screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Edit Financial Account Authorizations screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>An authorization is a temporary transaction showing a commitment to take money from a
+        financial account. It is like a 'transaction in progress' where there can be delay between
+        when you buy something and the time it actually appears on your statement.</p>
+    <p>Authorizations can be time limit specific meaning that they can be controlled by entering
+        a start and end date so that they are only valid for a certain length of time. They can also
+        be expired. When an authorization is expired it removes the commitment from the financial
+        account. The history of expired authorizations are shown on the financial account.</p>
+    <p>NOTE:This could be very useful in ensuring that customers are not overcommitted and
+        keeping within their approved credit limits.</p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I add an authorization?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20024"></a>How do I add an authorization?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>
+            </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Enter an amount in the 'Amount' field (Eg 1000)</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Leave the 'Currency' field blank as the default currency will be
+                        used</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Enter a date in the 'Authorisation Date' field</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Leave the 'From Date' field blank</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Leave the 'Thru Date' field blank</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'Add' button</p>
+                </li></ol></div><p>
+        </p>
+        <p>NOTE: When you now view the Financial Account detail the 'Actual Balance' and
+            'Available Balance' fields will be different.</p>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I update an authorization?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20057"></a>How do I update an authorization?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>An authorization cannot be updated. It can only be expired. If you have made a mistake
+            and need to change an authorization then it needs to expired and then re-created
+            correctly.</p>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I delete an authorization?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20060"></a>How do I delete an authorization?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>Authorizations are not deleted they are instead expired. This means that the history
+            of the authorizations will remain on the account as an audit trail.</p>
+        <p>Example: To expire an authorisation</p>
+        <p>
+            </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Select the 'Authorizations' tab for the Financial Account</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Any authorizations will be displayed at the bottom of the screen</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>If the authorization is still current the 'Thru Date' field will be blank
+                        (NOTE TO CHECK: May not always be true as you can specify a future date for
+                        it to expire......!!!)</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Select the 'Expire' button next to the authorisation to be expired</p>
+                </li></ol></div><p>
+        </p>
+        <p>The authorization is removed from the financial account and the screen is redisplayed
+            with the 'Thru Date' field completed </p>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Transactions/Find Financial Account Transactions.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Transactions/Find Financial Account Transactions.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Transactions/Find Financial Account Transactions.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Find Financial Account Transactions screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Find Financial Account Transactions screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Find Financial Account Transactions screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+ 
+ <p>A transaction is an entry that is shown on the financial account.
+  Transactions can be one
+  of the following types:</p>
+ <p>
+  </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Deposits</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Withdrawals</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Adjustments</p>
+   </li></ul></div><p>
+ </p>
+ <p>Transactions are used to show entries and the financial history
+  of the financial account.
+  Similar to a bank account or credit card statement the transaction will show
+  details of what
+  was spent or paid into the account.</p>
+ <p>Some transaction totals have been added to this screen to help as
+  part of the
+  reconciliation processes. Additional details available include number of
+  transactions,
+  transaction totals and status.</p>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I find transactions for a Financial Account?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2003C"></a>How do I find transactions for a Financial Account?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Search' button</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>A list of transactions for the financial account will be
+     displayed</p>
+   </li></ul></div>
+ </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Transactions/Edit Financial Account Transactions.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Transactions/Edit Financial Account Transactions.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Transactions/Edit Financial Account Transactions.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Edit Financial Account Transactions screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Edit Financial Account Transactions screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Edit Financial Account Transactions screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <div class="section" title="How do I add transactions to a financial account?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2001B"></a>How do I add transactions to a financial account?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>An example of how to bring in an opening balance is shown below:</p>
+        <p>
+            </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Navigate to the the Financial Account Transactions sub menu</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Select 'Adjustment' in the Fin Account Trans Type Id field</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Leave the 'Party Id' field blank</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Fill in the 'Transaction Date' field</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Fill in the 'Entry Date' field (NOTE TO CHECK: Need to check exactly what
+                        this is - is it the date the transaction is entered or is it the date the
+                        transaction is processed?)</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Fill in the 'Amount' field with the transaction amount (Eg. In our case
+                        this is the opening balance such as 353.88 - dont think we need the $
+                        sign)</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Leave the 'Payment Id' field blank</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Leave the 'Order Id' field blank</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Leave the 'Order Item Seq Id' field blank</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Leave the 'Reason Enum Id' field blank (NOTE TO CHECK: This could be
+                        useful in identifying transactions to a greater level of detail....)</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Fill in the 'Comments' field (Eg: Opening Balance from XYZ
+                        Statement)</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'Add' button and the transaction will be displayed at the bottom
+                        of the screen</p>
+                </li></ol></div><p>
+        </p>
+        <p>NOTE: When you now view the Financial Account detail the 'Actual Balance' and
+            'Available Balance' fields will show the entered opening balance (eg 353.88)</p>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="Other ways to add transactions to a financial account?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20075"></a>Other ways to add transactions to a financial account?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>
+            </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>By selecting financial account as a payment method for a customer</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>By selecting financial account as a refund method for a customer </p>
+                </li></ul></div><p>
+        </p>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Transactions/Bank Reconciliation.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Transactions/Bank Reconciliation.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Transactions/Bank Reconciliation.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Financial Account Bank Reconciliation screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Financial Account Bank Reconciliation screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Financial Account Bank Reconciliation screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+ 
+ <p>Bank Reconciliation is a regular task where transactions from the
+  company bank statement are matched against transactions that have
+  occurred in the General Ledger. This is done based on a specific
+  date(NOTE: This can be done daily, weekly but is usually an end of
+  month).</p>
+ <p> A specific GL account is normally used to represent the company
+  bank account and any accounting transaction that involves the bank
+  account will automatically record and entry in
+  the GL. </p>
+ <p>The bank reconciliation process ensures that the GL account and
+  the
+  bank statement reconcile to the same amounts. </p>
+ <p>Differences can occur between the GL and the bank statement for a
+  variety of valid reasons including the following:</p>
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Payments or Deposits in process (especially cheques)</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Interest or Bank Charges that are not known in advance but are
+    applied to the bank account</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Currency or Exchange Rate variations / charges</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Any outstanding </p>
+  </li></ul></div>
+ <p>NOTE: The differences will occur because of timing differences of
+  when and how transactions are recorded. Examples are as follows:
+ </p>
+ <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Bank charges are known to the bank first and only once they
+    have applied the charge to the bank account can the company
+    duplicate the transaction in the GL to make the balance reconcile.
+   </p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>A customer cheque payment may be recorded in the GL first
+    before it is paid into the bank account</p>
+  </li></ol></div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I create a Bank Reconciliation?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20054"></a>How do I create a Bank Reconciliation?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <p>The bank reconciliation process is made up of 3 steps.</p>
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Creating an account reconciliation group</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Assigning transactions to the reconciliation</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Validating the figures and confirming the reconciliation
+    </p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I create an account reconciliation group for Bank Reconciliation?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20072"></a>How do I create an account reconciliation group for Bank
+   Reconciliation?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Go to the Financial Account 'Reconciliation' sub menu for the
+     bank account to be reconciled</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Create New Financial Account Reconciliations'
+     button</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Complete the details (eg name, description, organisation and
+     opening balance) required on the 'Add New Financial Account
+     Reconciliations' screen and press the 'Create' button</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The new account reconciliation group is created and may be
+     used to assign transactions to</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I locate transactions that have not been assigned to a Bank Reconciliation?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20093"></a>How do I locate transactions that have not been assigned to a
+   Bank Reconciliation?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Go to the Financial Account 'Transactions' sub menu of the
+     bank account to be reconciled</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The 'Find Transactions For Financial Account: XXXX' is
+     displayed </p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Use the dropdown box for 'GL Reconciliation Id' field to
+     select 'Not Assigned' and then press the 'Search' button</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>A list of transactions (deposits, withdrawals or adjustments)
+     that have not been reconciled will be displayed (NOTE: If no
+     transactions are displayed then there are no transactions to
+     reconcile)</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Click on the 'check box' at the end of the transaction line
+     that corresponds to the entry that needs to be assigned (NOTE:More
+     than one transaction can be selected at a time)</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Above the 'check box' is the 'Assign to Reconciliation' button
+     and to the left of this is a dropdown box to select the
+     reconciliation that the transaction is to be assigned to.</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Using the drop down box select the reconciliation required and
+     press the 'Assign to Reconciliation' button</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The transaction is removed from the 'Not Assigned' status and
+     added to the specified reconciliation group</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+  <p></p>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I validate and confirm the Bank Reconciliation?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N200CE"></a>How do I validate and confirm the Bank Reconciliation?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <p>Validation can be done for individual transactions or for the complete account reconciliation group. The user controls this by the search criteria entered on this screen.</p>
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Go to the 'Transactions' sub menu for the bank account and press the 'Bank Reconciliation' button</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the 'GL Reconciliation Id' that is to be reconciled</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Click on the 'Select All' check box on the right hand side of the screen. (NOTE: All transactions in this group will be reconciled)</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Reconcile' button above the 'Select All' check box</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+     </div>
+      <div class="section" title="How do I view a Bank Reconciliation?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N200F2"></a>How do I view a Bank Reconciliation?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <p>Once all the transactions in a reconciliation group have been reconciled then the status of the group is changed to 'Reconciled'. This means that no new transactions can be added to the is group and the reconciled balance is fixed.</p>
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Go to the 'Reconciliation' sub menu for the bank account</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>A list of all the bank reconciliation groups are displayed with details of the status (eg Created or Reconciled)</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Click on the 'GL Reconciliation Id' of the group and the details are displayed</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+     </div>
+      <div class="section" title="How do I cancel a Bank Reconciliation?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20110"></a>How do I cancel a Bank Reconciliation?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <p>If a bank reconciliation needs to be cancelled due to a mistake or error then the bank reconciliation can be cancelled as long as it has not been fully reconciled (i.e. the status of the reconciliation has not been changed to 'Reconciled'. This will allow you to start the bank reconcilation again.</p>
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Go to the 'Reconciliation' sub menu for the bank account</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>A list of all the bank reconciliation groups are displayed (NOTE: If no transactions are associated with a reconciliation group then it will not be displayed here)</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Click on the 'Cancel' button associated with the 'GL Reconciliation Id' of the group that needs to be cancelled</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>All transactions will be removed from the reconciliation group and their status will be changed back to 'Not Assigned' so that they can be re-assigned to this or any other reconciliation.</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+     </div>
+ </div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Help Portlet List Bank Account.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Help Portlet List Bank Account.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Help Portlet List Bank Account.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The List Bank Accounts Portlet</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The List Bank Accounts Portlet"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The List Bank Accounts Portlet</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>The default display is a list of financial accounts that have the type 'bank account'.</p>
+    <p>A company will have at least one main bank account that will be used to accept payments from customers or to generate payments to suppliers. The financial account will mirror the transactions appearing on a bank statement so that they can be reconciled with the true bank statement when it arrives.</p>
+    <p>Click on the bank account to display further information.</p>    
+    <div class="section" title="How do I remove a bank account?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20024"></a>How do I remove a bank account?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>Press the 'Delete' button next to the account that needs to be deleted.</p>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Find Financial Account Reconciliations.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Find Financial Account Reconciliations.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Find Financial Account Reconciliations.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Find Financial Account Reconciliations screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Find Financial Account Reconciliations screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Find Financial Account Reconciliations screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+       
+        <p>This screen displays the details of any reconciliations in progress for a financial account. Only reconciliations that have actual transactions associated with them will be displayed. If a reconciliation group has no transactions assigned to it then it will not be displayed.</p>
+ </div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Financial Account Main.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Financial Account Main.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Financial Account Main.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Financial Account Main screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Financial Account Main screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Financial Account Main screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+ 
+ <p>The default screen for Financial Accounts displays a list of any
+  bank accounts that have been created. Details listed include the
+  account the following</p>
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+   <p>account name</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>organisation the account is linked to</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>account balances (available and actual)</p>
+  </li></ul></div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Withdraw/Financial Accout Deposit Withdraw.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Withdraw/Financial Accout Deposit Withdraw.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Withdraw/Financial Accout Deposit Withdraw.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Financial Account Deposit / Withdraw screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Financial Account Deposit / Withdraw screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Financial Account Deposit / Withdraw screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>By default this screen will display all payment transactions both incoming and outgoing
+        that have not already been associated with a financial account that represents one of the
+        company's bank accounts.</p>
+    <p>This screen also gives the option to create new deposit or withdrawal payments.</p>
+    <p>The user can select a number of incoming deposit payments (eg Customer Payments etc) and
+        group them together into a payment group (i.e AR Batch of Payments) that will create a
+        'deposit slip'.</p>
+    <p>If you select a number of incoming payments and dont group them then no payment group is
+        created (and therefore not deposit slip either) but the individual transactions will be
+        created for the 'bank account' financial account.</p>
+    <p>Note that outgoing payments cannot be grouped together and will not create a 'deposit
+        slip'.</p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I list Deposit or Withdrawal Payments not linked to a Bank Account?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2002A"></a>How do I list Deposit or Withdrawal Payments not linked to a Bank Account?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>
+            </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'Find' button on the 'Deposit/Withdraw' screen.</p>
+                </li></ol></div><p>
+        </p>
+        <p>All deposit and withdrawal transactions not associated with a bank 'financial account'
+            will be displayed.</p>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I group payments and create a deposit slip?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2003F"></a>How do I group payments and create a deposit slip?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>
+            </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press 'Find' to list all Deposit or Withdrawal payments</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Use the 'Select All' or click on the check box associated with the
+                        transactions required </p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Enter a name for the Payment Party Group Name (eg XYZ Deposits) to group
+                        the transactions together</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'Deposit/Withdraw' button</p>
+                </li></ol></div><p>
+        </p>
+        <p>A deposit will be created that can be viewed under the 'Deposit Slip' tab and grouped
+            transaction will be created under the 'Transactions' tab with a link to the deposit slip
+            breakdown</p>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Withdraw/New Deposit Payment.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Withdraw/New Deposit Payment.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Withdraw/New Deposit Payment.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Financial Account New Deposit Payment screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Financial Account New Deposit Payment screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Financial Account New Deposit Payment screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>This screen allows the user to create an incoming payment to a financial account that has
+        been linked to the company bank account.</p>
+    <p></p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I create a New Deposit Payment?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20020"></a>How do I create a New Deposit Payment?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>
+            </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'Create New Deposit Payment' button</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>The 'Create New Deposit for Financial Account' screen is displayed</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Select the 'Payment Type' from the drop down menu (NOTE: Only incoming
+                        transaction payment types are shown)</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Select the 'Payment Method Type' from the drop down menu (eg Cash)</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Enter or use the lookup to select the 'From Party Id' (eg
+                        DemoCustomer)</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Enter or use the lookup to select the 'To Party Id' (eg Company)</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Enter the date of the deposit in the 'Effective Date' field</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Enter the amount in the 'Amount' field for the deposit</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>If required then tick the box next to 'Deposit Payment in:....' (NOTE: If
+                        this is ticked then the transaction will not be displayed and so will not
+                        have a deposit slip associated with it)</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'Create' button</p>
+                </li></ol></div><p>
+        </p>
+        <p>The new transaction will be created.</p>
+        <p>NOTE: The default status of the payment will be 'Received'.A new payment transaction
+            will be created and it will be linked to the specified bank account but the status of
+            the transaction will be 'Created'.</p>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I view a newly created Deposit Payment transaction?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2006E"></a>How do I view a newly created Deposit Payment transaction?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>
+            </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Go to the 'Transactions' submenu</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'Search' button</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>The newly created transaction should be displayed in the search results at
+                        the bottom of the screen.</p>
+                </li></ol></div><p>
+        </p>
+        <p>NOTE: If when the transaction was created the 'Deposit Payment in:....' was ticked
+            then the transaction will not be displayed on this screen. It will still show up under
+            the 'Transactions' tab and linked to the bank account.</p>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Withdraw/New Withdrawal Payment.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Withdraw/New Withdrawal Payment.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Withdraw/New Withdrawal Payment.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Financial Account New Withdrawal Payment screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Financial Account New Withdrawal Payment screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Financial Account New Withdrawal Payment screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>This screen allows the user to create an outgoing payment to a financial account that has
+        been linked to the company bank account.</p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I create a New Withdrawal Payment?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2001E"></a>How do I create a New Withdrawal Payment?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>
+            </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'Create New Withdrawal Payment' button</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>The 'Create New Withdrawal for Financial Account' screen is
+                        displayed</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Select the 'Payment Type' from the drop down menu (NOTE: Only outgoing
+                        transaction payment types are shown)</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Select the 'Payment Method Type' from the drop down menu (eg Cash)</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Enter or use the lookup to select the 'From Party Id' (eg Company)</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Enter or use the lookup to select the 'To Party Id' (eg
+                        DemoSupplier)</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Enter the date of the withdrawal in the 'Effective Date' field</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Enter the amount in the 'Amount' field for the withdrawal</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>If required tick the box next to 'Withdrawal Payment from:....' (NOTE: If
+                        this is ticked then the transaction will not be displayed but it can be
+                        found under the 'Transactions' tab for the bank account.)</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'Create' button</p>
+                </li></ol></div><p>
+        </p>
+        <p>The new transaction will be created.</p>
+        <p>NOTE: The default status of the payment will be 'Sent'. A new payment transaction will
+            be created and it will be linked to the specified bank account and will have a default
+            status of 'Created'.</p>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I view a newly created Withdrawal Payment transaction?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2006C"></a>How do I view a newly created Withdrawal Payment transaction?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>
+            </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Go to the 'Transactions' submenu</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'Search' button</p>
+                </li></ol></div><p>
+        </p>
+        <p>The newly created transaction should be displayed in the search results at the bottom
+            of the screen.</p>
+        <p>NOTE: If when the transaction was created the 'Withdrawal Payment from:....' was
+            ticked then the transaction will not be displayed on this screen. It will still show up
+            under the 'Transactions' tab and linked to the bank account</p>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2008A"></a></h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p></p>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Find Financial Accounts.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Find Financial Accounts.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Find Financial Accounts.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Find Financial Accounts screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Find Financial Accounts screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Find Financial Accounts screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+       
+        <p>This screen is used to locate existing financial accounts that
+        have been created.</p>
+        <p>It also includes the option to use the 'Advanced Search' button to display additional fields that can be used to locate a specific financial account.</p>
+        <p>New Financial Accounts can be created using the 'Create New Financial Account' button.</p>
+        <div class="section" title="How do locate an existing Financial Account?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20024"></a>How do locate an existing Financial Account?</h3></div></div></div>
+            
+            <p>Press the 'Search' button</p>
+            <p>A list of all existing Financial Accounts will be displayed.</p>
+        </div>        
+        <div class="section" title="How do I delete an existing Financial Account?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20030"></a>How do I delete an existing Financial Account?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+               <p>Press the 'Search' button on the Financial Account main screen</p>
+               <p>A list of all existing Financial Accounts will be displayed</p>
+               <p>Press the 'Delete' button next to the Financial Account that needs to be deleted.</p>
+           </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Edit Financial Account Reconciliations.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Edit Financial Account Reconciliations.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Edit Financial Account Reconciliations.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Edit Financial Account Reconciliations screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Edit Financial Account Reconciliations screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Edit Financial Account Reconciliations screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+       
+        <p>This screen is used to create or update a reconciliation group / bank reconciliation. The following details can be input or updated for the reconciliation:</p>
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>GL Reconciliation Name or Identifier</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Description for the reconciliation</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Organisation Party Id for the reconciliation</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Opening Balance for the reconciliation</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Reconciliation date</p></li></ul></div>
+        <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20035"></a></h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p></p>
+        </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Find Deposit Slips/Find Deposit Slips.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Find Deposit Slips/Find Deposit Slips.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Find Deposit Slips/Find Deposit Slips.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Find Deposit Slips screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Find Deposit Slips screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Find Deposit Slips screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+  
+  
+    
+    <p>This screen is used to locate payment groups and their associated deposit slips that have
+        been created. Deposit slips are created by grouping transactions together into a Payment
+        Group. This can be done using the 'Accounting / Payment Group' tab, the 'Financial Account /
+        Deposit Withdraw' tab or the 'Create New Deposit Slip' button. </p>
+    <p>Currently Deposit Slips are created for AR Batch Payments only.</p>
+    <p>The deposit slips are available in PDF format and there is an option to cancel the batch
+        that generated the deposit slip if required.</p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I locate an existing Deposit Slip?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20024"></a>How do I locate an existing Deposit Slip?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>Enter some characters from the 'Payment Group Id' or 'Payment Group Name' if
+            known</p>
+        <p>Press the 'Search' button</p>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I update an existing Deposit Slip?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20030"></a>How do I update an existing Deposit Slip?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>
+            </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Locate the Payment Group required</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Select the Payment Group by clicking on the Payment Group Id</p>
+                </li></ol></div><p>
+        </p>
+        <p>The 'Edit Payment Group' screen is displayed</p>
+        <p>Add any new payment deposits or update existing deposits for the Payment Group</p>
+        <p>All changes in the Payment Group will automatically be updated to the Deposit
+            Slip</p>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I delete an existing Deposit Slip?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20051"></a>How do I delete an existing Deposit Slip?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>A deposit slip can not be directly deleted but it is removed when a Payment Group is
+            cancelled</p>
+        <p>Press the 'Cancel' button next to the Payment Group required to cancel a payment
+            group</p>
+        <p>The Payment Group is removed from the 'Find Deposits' screen and no deposit slips can
+            be viewed or printed.</p>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Find Deposit Slips/Edit Deposit Slip.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Find Deposit Slips/Edit Deposit Slip.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Find Deposit Slips/Edit Deposit Slip.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Financial Account Edit Deposit Slip screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Financial Account Edit Deposit Slip screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Financial Account Edit Deposit Slip screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>This screen displays the details of a Payment Group and its transactions. The Deposit Slip
+        for the Payment Group can be printed if required and the Payment Group itself can be
+        updated.</p>
+    <p>Details that can be updated include the name of the Payment Group itself and the addition,
+        removal or update of transactions.</p>
+    <p>NOTE: Any changes to the Payment Group will be automatically updated to the Deposit
+        Slip.</p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I update a Deposit Slip?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20024"></a>How do I update a Deposit Slip?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>
+            </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Select the Payment Group required</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Update the 'Payment Group Name' if required</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Use the lookup for 'Payment Id' to add new transactions to the Payment
+                        Group if required</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Use the 'Cancel' button next to a particular transaction to remove it from
+                        the Payment Group</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'Update' or 'Add' buttons as required</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'Print Deposit Slip' button</p>
+                </li></ol></div><p>
+        </p>
+        <p>The Deposit Slip will be displayed with the latest details of the transactions for the
+            Payment Group</p>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Find Deposit Slips/New Deposit Slip.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Find Deposit Slips/New Deposit Slip.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Find Deposit Slips/New Deposit Slip.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Financial Account New Deposit Slip screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Financial Account New Deposit Slip screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Financial Account New Deposit Slip screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>This screen allows the user to create an Payment Group and the transactions associated
+        with the Payment Group will generate a deposit slip.</p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I create a New Deposit Slip?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2001E"></a>How do I create a New Deposit Slip?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>
+            </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'Find' button to list all the available transactions</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Select the transactions to include in the Payment Group by using the
+                        'Select All' or the check box that corresponds to the transactions
+                        required</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Enter a 'Payment Group Name' if required (If none is entered then by
+                        default this will be 'Payment Group Name')</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'Create Batch' button</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>A button to print the deposit slip will be displayed as well as the edit
+                        screen to make any further changes to the Payment Batch</p>
+                </li></ol></div><p>
+        </p>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Invoices/Edit Invoice.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Invoices/Edit Invoice.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Invoices/Edit Invoice.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Edit Invoice Header screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Edit Invoice Header screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Edit Invoice Header screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>The Invoice Header screen is used to view or update details from
+        the invoice header. Examples of the type of information that can be
+        changed are Due Date, Description, Currency.</p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I update the header details for an Invoice?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2001E"></a>How do I update the header details for an Invoice?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Select the 'Header' sub menu and the header details of the
+            invoice will be displayed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Update the fields required</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> Press the 'Update' button</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Invoices/Invoice Overview.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Invoices/Invoice Overview.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Invoices/Invoice Overview.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Invoice Overview screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Invoice Overview screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Invoice Overview screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>The Invoice Overview screen is used to display the summary of an invoice in a single view. The screen is divided into sections that show various information related to the invoice (eg Roles, Status, Terms, Items, Payments Applied, etc).</p>
+   <p>The following options are currently available from this screen:</p>
+   <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Create New (Create a new invoice)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Copy (Create a copy of the current invoice)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>PDF (View a PDF of the current invoice)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>PDF default currency (NOTE TO CHECK: Need to see how this is different from just the PDF view......)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Status to 'Approved' (Change the status of the current invoice to 'Approved)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Status to 'Sent' (Change the status of the current invoice to 'Sent')</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Status to 'Ready' (Change the status of the current invoice to 'Ready'. NOTE: This will create the relevant accounting transactions and post them to the general ledger)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Status to 'Cancelled' (Change the status of the current invoice to 'Cancelled')</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Save as Template (NOTE TO CHECK: Save the current invoice format as a template)</p></li></ul></div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Invoices/Invoice Send Per Email.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Invoices/Invoice Send Per Email.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Invoices/Invoice Send Per Email.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Send Per Email screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Send Per Email screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Send Per Email screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>This is used to send a copy of the invoice details to one or more
+        email addresses. The invoice is included as an attachment and the user
+        can add a simple accompanying email message.</p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I send a copy of an invoice via email?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2001E"></a>How do I send a copy of an invoice via email?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Select the 'Send per Email' sub menu</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The 'Send per Email' default screen will be displayed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the 'From Email Address' (NOTE TO CHECK: Shouldnt this be
+            defaulted from the user login.....????)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Leave the 'To Email Address' as it is as this will be defaulted
+            using the customer details from the invoice</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>If required enter the 'Copy Email address' for anyone that needs
+            to be copied on the email</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Leave the 'Subject' as the default of 'Please find attached
+            invoice'</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Leave the 'Other Currency' box blank (NOTE TO CHECK: Investigate
+            what effect this has on the email.....)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter a short email message in the 'Email Body' </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Submit' button </p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Invoices/Edit Invoice Applications.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Invoices/Edit Invoice Applications.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Invoices/Edit Invoice Applications.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Edit Invoice Applications screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Edit Invoice Applications screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Edit Invoice Applications screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>The Invoice Applications sub menu is where payments that have been made (or received) can
+        be linked or allocated to an invoice. The phrase 'applying' an amount to an invoice is often
+        used to describe this. The screen is divided into 3 main areas as follows.</p>
+    <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Payments Applied (which shows details of the total amount 'Applied' and the total
+                amount 'Open'. Note that 'Open' here means outstanding)</p>
+        </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Possible Payments to Apply (which shows all the payments that have been sent from
+                the same party id as the invoice - for a sales invoice this would be the customer
+                party id)</p>
+        </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Assign Payment to Invoice (which allows you to manually assign a specific payment
+                id to this invoice)</p>
+        </li></ul></div>
+    <p>GENERAL NOTE: General Ledger accounting transactions are generated during the payment
+        application process but unless your GL is setup with Unapplied Cash and Applied Cash
+        accounts - I'm not sure that there will be any true accounting impact. In the Sales Order
+        process the accounting transaction generated the following GL Accounting transaction is
+        generated for 'Payment Applied' o add some text here.</p>
+    <p>DR 120000 Accounts Receivable / CR 120000 Accounts Receivable - This transaction doesnt
+        really do anything! </p>
+    <p>It is used to link payments to invoices. It is also used to allocate which part of a
+        payment is allocated or applied to a specific invoice. This is extremely useful if your
+        customers pay multiple invoices with a single payment.</p>
+    <p>Example:</p>
+    <p>
+        </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+                <p>A customer could send a single payment of $1000 that can be used to pay for
+                    two invoices (eg $400 and $600)</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Using this applications sub menu allows you to allocate part of the $400 to
+                    one invoice and the balance ($600) to the other invoice </p>
+            </li></ul></div><p>
+    </p>
+    <p>By default all 'unapplied' payments that have been entered into OFBiz from the customer
+        will be available for selection even if they have not yet been flagged as formally
+        'Received'. This means that these are payments that have not already been linked to another
+        invoice. If only part of a payment amount has been linked to an invoice then the remaining
+        amount is left available to be allocated to another invoice. Also note that a single invoice
+        could be paid by multiple payments being applied to it.</p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I apply a payment (or payments) to an invoice?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20054"></a>How do I apply a payment (or payments) to an invoice?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Select the 'Applications' sub menu for the invoice</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>A list of unapplied payments for the party id will be displayed </p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Press the 'Apply' button next to the entry that needs to be applied to the
+                    invoice (NOTE: More than one entry may be used. Also only part of a larger
+                    amount may be used)The Payments Applied total at the top of the screen will be
+                    updated with the amount selected. Also the Amount Open will be reduced by the
+                    amount selected.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p> Once the total invoice amount has been selected a message will be displayed
+                    and only the first part of the screen will be displayed </p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>The top part of the screen will now be updated to show the 'Payments Applied'
+                    total is equal to the invoice total and the 'Amount Open' is zero. </p>
+            </li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I update an applied payment for an invoice?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2007B"></a>How do I update an applied payment for an invoice?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Payments that have been applied to an invoice can be updated. This means that
+                    you can change the details of the payment transaction or adjust the amount that
+                    was applied to the invoice.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Select the 'Applications' sub menu for the invoice</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>A list of payments already applied to the invoice will be displayed in the top
+                    part of the screen</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Enter or use the lookup to change the 'Payment Id' if required </p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Enter the updated amount in the 'Amount to Apply' field if required</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Press the 'Update' button</p>
+            </li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I remove an applied payment (or payments) from an invoice?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N200A8"></a>How do I remove an applied payment (or payments) from an invoice?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>NOTE TO CHECK: It can be done before transaction has been posted to GL but also need
+            to check if its can be done if the transaction has been posted. </p>
+        <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Select the 'Applications' sub menu for the invoice</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>A list of payments already applied to the invoice will be displayed in the top
+                    part of the screen</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Press the 'Remove' button next to the payment entry that needs to be
+                    removed</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>The entry will be removed and the top part of the screen will be update the
+                    'Payments Applied' total and 'Amount Open'</p>
+            </li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Invoices/Find Invoices.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Invoices/Find Invoices.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Invoices/Find Invoices.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Find Invoices screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Find Invoices screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Find Invoices screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>The default screen is for the Invoices tab is 'Find Invoices'. It
+        is used to locate existing invoices that have been created
+        automatically by the system or manually by the user. It can also be
+        used to create a new Sales or Purchase Invoice. </p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I view all invoices?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2001E"></a>How do I view all invoices?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Search' button to view all invoices</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I locate an existing invoice?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2002B"></a>How do I locate an existing invoice?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the 'Invoice ID' if known</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter a word from the invoice description in the 'Description'
+            field if known</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the 'Invoice Type' if known</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the 'From Party Id' if known (NOTE: In most cases for a
+            Sales Invoices this will be Company. For Purchase Invoice it will be
+            the supplier party id)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the 'Billing Account Id' if known</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the invoice status in the 'Status Id' field if known
+        </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the 'To Party Id' if known (NOTE: In most cases for a
+            Purchase Invoice this will be company. For Sales Invoices it will be
+            the customer party id)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Search' button to view all invoices</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>All invoices that meet the search criteria will be displayed.
+        </p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I update an invoice?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20058"></a>How do I update an invoice?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Locate the invoice using the 'Find Invoices' screen</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Using the relevant sub menu make the required changes.</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I delete an invoice?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20069"></a>How do I delete an invoice?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>Invoices cannot be deleted through the user interface. They can
+            only be cancelled (eg if they have been entered or created by
+            mistake).</p>
+             
+        <p>NOTE: They can probably be deleted using Entity Data Maintenance
+            in the Webtools menu but this is not recommended for 2 reasons:
+        </p>
+        <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>It may cause data integrity problems.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>In case of audit it would be a problem.
+        </p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Invoices/New Invoice.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Invoices/New Invoice.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Invoices/New Invoice.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The New Invoice screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The New Invoice screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The New Invoice screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>This screen allows the user to create a new Sales or Purchase
+        Invoice. Sales Invoices are created when a customer buys something
+        from you. Purchase Invoices are created when you buy something from a
+        supplier.</p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I create a new Sales invoice?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2001E"></a>How do I create a new Sales invoice?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Create New' button</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The New Sales Invoice / New Purchase Invoice screen is
+            displayed&gt;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Using the top part of the screen, leave Invoice type with its
+            default of 'Sales Invoice'</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Leave 'Organization Party Id' with its default of 'Company'
+        </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter or use the lookup to find the 'To Party Id' (eg
+            DemoCustomer)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Create' button in the top part of the screen</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The invoice header has been created and the default header
+            screen will be displayed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Details on the invoice will need to be entered via the other sub
+            menus (eg Items, Time Entries etc)  </p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I create a new Purchase invoice?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20047"></a>How do I create a new Purchase invoice?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Create New' button</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The New Sales Invoice / New Purchase Invoice screen is
+            displayed&gt;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Using the bottom part of the screen, leave Invoice type with its
+            default of 'Purchase Invoice'</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Leave 'Organization Party Id' with its default of 'Company'
+        </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter or use the lookup to find the 'From Party Id' (eg
+            DemoSupplier)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Create' button in the bottom part of the screen
+        </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The invoice header has been created and the default header
+            screen will be displayed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Details on the invoice will need to be entered via the other sub
+            menus (eg Items, Time Entries etc)  </p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Invoices/Invoice Roles.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Invoices/Invoice Roles.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Invoices/Invoice Roles.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Invoice Roles screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Invoice Roles screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Invoice Roles screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+   
+
+  
+   
+    <p>The Invoice Roles screen allows parties with specific roles to be associated with and invoice. If the e-commerce or Sales Order entry route has already been used then the invoice generated will already contain the relevant roles from the various parties.</p>
+    <p>For a Sales Order examples of roles will include Bill From Customer, Bill To Customer, End User Customer,Ship To Customer etc.</p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I add a party role to an invoice?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20021"></a>How do I add a party role to an invoice?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>Party roles will automatically be added to an invoices that have been generated as a result of E-Commerce order entry or Sales Order entry. They can also be added be added manually.</p>
+        <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Select the 'Roles' sub menu</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter or use the lookup to enter the party to be added to the invoice in the 'Party Id' field</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Use the drop down box to select the 'Role Type Id' </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Leave the 'Date Time Performed' field blank (NOTE: This field is optional and can be entered if required. This field can be used to indicate the date and time this role was performed by the party for this invoice)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Leave the 'Percentage' field blank (NOTE: This field is optional and can be entered if required. If roles are shared then this field can be used to indicate the assigned percentage for this role) </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Submit' button</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The new role entry will be displayed on the bottom part of the screen</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>NOTE: If you select a role that is not associated with the party that has been entered an error message will be displayed. To fix it you will need to add the role to the party or choose another party that already has that role associated with it.</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I update a party role on an invoice?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2004D"></a>How do I update a party role on an invoice?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>A party role cannot be updated via the current user interface. It can only be removed. If a party role needs to be updated then the entry must be deleted and then re-created. </p>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I remove a party role from an invoice?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20056"></a>How do I remove a party role from an invoice?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Locate the entry that needs to be removed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Remove' button next to the entry that needs to be deleted</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The entry is now removed from the list of invoice roles </p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Invoices/Edit Invoice Time Entries.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Invoices/Edit Invoice Time Entries.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Invoices/Edit Invoice Time Entries.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Edit Invoice Time Entries screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Edit Invoice Time Entries screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Edit Invoice Time Entries screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>he Time Entries screen displays any time logged against the
+        invoice. For example these time entries can be from employee or
+        external supplier timesheets that are tracked within OFBiz. is used to
+        track any individual work or billable hours against an invoice.</p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I add a new time entry for an invoice?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2001E"></a>How do I add a new time entry for an invoice?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>Threre are two options</p>
+        <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Add time entry to a new invoice and add time entry
+            to an existing invoice.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Timesheet entries can be added to an existing invoice from
+            Workeffort Manager.</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I update a time entry for an invoice?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20032"></a>How do I update a time entry for an invoice?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>NOTE: To check if this can only be done via timesheets.</p>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I remove a time entry from an invoice?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2003B"></a>How do I remove a time entry from an invoice?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>NOTE: To check if this is done via timesheets </p>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Invoices/Invoices.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Invoices/Invoices.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Invoices/Invoices.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Invoices.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="Invoices."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>Invoices.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>
+        Sales invoices are generated when customers buy something from your
+        business.
+        You will need to provide a detailed list of the items bought and relevant
+        taxes paid. They are often referred to a 'tax invoices' as they
+        contain
+        information relating to the amount of sales tax (eg VAT / GST)
+        charged on the product or service.
+        </p>
+    <p> Purchase invoices are generated by your suppliers when you
+        order something from them. You may send them an order in the form of
+        a Purchase Order. They will then send you the products and an invoice
+        for payment. This invoice is the Purchase Invoice and it will contain
+        details of the items bought plus any taxes.</p>
+    <p> Both of these documents are used as proof to various tax
+        authorities (eg Inland Revenue, Customs etc) that the required tax
+        has been charged or collected.</p>
+    <p>
+        GENERAL NOTE: The following is an extract from Ian McNulty's
+        documentation work on accounting:</p>
+    <p>Invoices are created automatically by the system when
+        certain criteria are met for each item on an order. The criteria
+        will vary depending on the type of product associated with the
+        order item, and the type of order (ie purchase/sales).</p>
+    <p>For Sales Orders that include digital goods, an invoice
+        will be created when the order is placed, and that invoice will be
+        for all digital goods in the order. If there are non-digital or
+        physical goods they will go in a separate invoice.</p>
+    <p>For Sales Orders that need physical fulfillment, an
+        invoice will be created for all items in a shipment when the
+        shipment goes into the 'Packed' status.</p>
+    <p>For Purchase Orders an invoice will be created from a
+        shipment when the shipment goes into the Received status.</p>
+  </div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Invoices/List Invoice Items.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Invoices/List Invoice Items.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Invoices/List Invoice Items.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Edit Invoice Items screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Edit Invoice Items screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Edit Invoice Items screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>The Invoice Items screen displays the individual invoice line details and allows the user to update or remove an entry. As each invoice line is created it is allocated a specific sequence (or Item Number) which acts as a unique identifier.</p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I create a new invoice line item?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2001E"></a>How do I create a new invoice line item?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>Note that only invoices that have specific statuses can have new line items created. This means that if an invoice has already been paid and processed OFBiz will not allow any amendments to it.</p>
+        <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Select the 'Items' sub menu for the invoice</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The 'Add a new invoice item' screen will be displayed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Leave the 'Item No' field blank (as it will be automatically generated)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Select the 'Invoice Item Type' from the drop down box (NOTE: A typical line using the demo could be 'Invoice Finished Good Item' but ensure that it corresponds with the type of products setup in your catalog)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter a description describing what the line item is  (NOTE: If you are going to enter a product in the Product Id field from the catalog then leave the 'Description' field blank as it will be used to show the product description)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Leave the 'Override GL Account Id' field blank as it will use the default account based on the Chart of Accounts setup</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Use the lookup or enter a product code in the 'Product Id' field  (NOTE: This can be left blank if your invoice line is not related to a product in the catalog)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter a number in the 'Quantity' field</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter a 'Unit Price' only if the Product Id field is blank (NOTE: If a Product Id has been entered then leave the 'Unit Price' field blank as it will pick up the product price from the catalog)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Leave the 'Inventory Item' field blank</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Leave the 'Product Feature Id' field blank</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Leave the 'UOM' field blank</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Select 'Yes' for the 'Taxable Flag' field</p></li></ol></div>
+        <p>NOTE TO CHECK: Need to do some tests to see what line item type needs to be used for 'Sales Tax'. I think that it could be 'Invoice Item Sales Tax' since tax is currently calculated at invoice item line level. Also the automatically generated invoices from Order Entry and E-Commerce show taxes at the invoice item line level (think there may be some work going on - see JIRA on to consolidate entries). Need to do some tests using 'Invoice Sales Tax' to see how it works......... </p>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I update an invoice line item?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20061"></a>How do I update an invoice line item?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>Not all the fields on the invoice item line can be updated. For example Taxable Flag and Inventory Item cannot be updated. If these fields need to be amended then the invoice item will need to be removed and then re-created.</p>
+        <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Select the 'Items' sub menu for the invoice</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Any existing line items will be displayed in the 'Items' box</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Amend the details in the line item that needs to be updated (eg Quantity, Invoice Item Type, Product Id, Description, Override GL Account, Unit Price)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Update' button displayed at the end of the line item that has been updated    </p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I delete an invoice item?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2007D"></a>How do I delete an invoice item?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Select the 'Items' sub menu for the invoice</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Any existing line items will be displayed in the 'Items' box</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Remove' button displayed at the end of the line item that needs to be deleted</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+    
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Edit Custom Time Period .html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Edit Custom Time Period .html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Edit Custom Time Period .html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Edit Custom Time Period help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Edit Custom Time Period help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Edit Custom Time Period help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p></p>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Global Gl Settings.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Global Gl Settings.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Global Gl Settings.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Global GL Settings.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="Global GL Settings."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>Global GL Settings.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>The Global GL Settings tab is where a limited global or 'master' accounting configuration can be done.</p>
+    <p>These include:</p>
+    <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Reviewing the chart of account structure or hierarchy (Navigate Accounts)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Adding new accounts</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Updating an existing account (eg. change the description, change the type of account, change the parent account or hierarchy)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Linking an account from the master chart to 'Company' or any other of your company departments, subsidiaries or business units</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Creating new component costs for products</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Setting default accounts for different types of payments</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Setting default accounts for invoice line items (Note: This includes all types eg: payroll, commission, purchase, return, sales etc)</p></li></ul></div>
+    <p>NOTE: Some of the configuration specified here can be over-ridden using the 'Organization GL Settings' tab</p>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Edit Cost Calculations.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Edit Cost Calculations.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Edit Cost Calculations.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Edit Cost Calculations help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Edit Cost Calculations help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Edit Cost Calculations help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p></p>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/View Foreign Exchange Rates.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/View Foreign Exchange Rates.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/View Foreign Exchange Rates.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The View Foreign Exchange Rates help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The View Foreign Exchange Rates help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The View Foreign Exchange Rates help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>Foreign exchange rates are used to convert from one currency to another. Usually a business will want to work in one main currency (eg GBP) but will allow transactions in other currencies (eg EUR, USD). These currencies will need to be converted to the main currency at some point in order to generate financial reports (eg Balance Sheet or Income Statement) and most importantly to adhere to tax authority regulations.</p>
+    <p>OFBiz currently allows you to input to 3 different rates for the same currency using the 'Purpose' field. With this you can specify whether the conversion is to be used internally, externally or leave the field blank. Also the start and end date for a conversion can be specified beforehand.</p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I add a new foreign exchange rate?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20021"></a>How do I add a new foreign exchange rate?</h3></div></div></div>
+    
+    <p>To add a new rate for US Dollars (USD) to Euro (EUR)</p>
+    <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Using the drop down box on the 'From Currency' field, select 'American Dollar - USD'</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Using the drop down box on the 'To Currency' field, select 'Euro - EUR'</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The 'Purpose' field can be left blank or you can select 'Internal Conversion' or 'External Conversion' from the drop down list</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the exchange rate in the 'Rate' field (eg 0.72883) </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the 'From Date' (NOTE: If left blank then will default to the current date and time)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Leave the 'Thru Date' blank</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Click the 'Update Foreign Currency Rates' button</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The new foreign exchange rate will be displayed</p></li></ul></div>
+    </div> 
+    <div class="section" title="How do I update an existing foreign exchange rate?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2004D"></a>How do I update an existing foreign exchange rate?</h3></div></div></div>
+    
+    <p>NOTE: Existing foreign exchange rates cannot be updated - instead the existing rate is expired and a new rate is created. Currently up to 3 different exchange rates can be created by using the 'Purpose' field to distinguish them.</p>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I delete a foreign exchange rate?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20056"></a>How do I delete a foreign exchange rate?</h3></div></div></div>
+    
+    <p>Foreign exchange rates cannot be deleted. Existing rates can be expired by entering a new exchange rate for the same currency and purpose.</p>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find GL Account Category/Edit Category.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find GL Account Category/Edit Category.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find GL Account Category/Edit Category.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Edit GL Account Category help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Edit GL Account Category help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Edit GL Account Category help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p></p>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find GL Account Category/Find GL Account Category.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find GL Account Category/Find GL Account Category.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find GL Account Category/Find GL Account Category.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Find GL Account Category help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Find GL Account Category help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Find GL Account Category help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p></p>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find GL Account Category/Edit Category Member.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find GL Account Category/Edit Category Member.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find GL Account Category/Edit Category Member.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Edit GL Category Member help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Edit GL Category Member help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Edit GL Category Member help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p></p>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find Global GL Account/Find Global GL Account.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find Global GL Account/Find Global GL Account.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find Global GL Account/Find Global GL Account.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Find Global GL Account help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Find Global GL Account help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Find Global GL Account help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p> The default screen is for the Global GL Settings tab is 'List Accounts'. If the demo data has been loaded then the default screen displays a list of the general ledger accounts that form the Global Chart of Accounts template. All general ledger accounts must exist in the global template before it can be assinged to be used at the organisation level (eg Company)</p>
+    <p>It is used to view or edit the details of the general ledger accounts in the global template and there are options to print or export the account details.</p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I view details for an account?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20021"></a>How do I view details for an account?</h3></div></div></div>
+    
+    <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Locate the account required</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Click on account id</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The account details will be displayed</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find Global GL Account/Assign GL Account.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find Global GL Account/Assign GL Account.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find Global GL Account/Assign GL Account.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Assign GL Account help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Assign GL Account help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Assign GL Account help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>The chart of accounts for the default organisation is built up by selecting or 'assigning' accounts that you want to use from the global chart of accounts master template. This means that if you want to create a new account then it needs to be created in the global chart of accounts before it can be assigned to be used. </p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I assign a GL account?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2001E"></a>How do I assign a GL account?</h3></div></div></div>
+    
+    <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Click on the 'Assign GL Account' tab</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Use the drop down box to select the 'GL Account Id' to required</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Use the drop down box to select the 'Party Id' to assign the GL Account to (NOTE: Only parties that have been setup under 'Organization GL Settings' will be displayed)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Create Assignment' button</p></li></ol></div>
+    <p>NOTE: All assignments for a party can be viewed under 'Organization GL Settings / Setup / Chart of Accounts' for the party required.</p>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find Global GL Account/Navigate Accounts.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find Global GL Account/Navigate Accounts.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find Global GL Account/Navigate Accounts.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Navigate GL Accounts help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Navigate GL Accounts help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Navigate GL Accounts help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>This screen is split into two areas:</p>
+    <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>one for navigating the general ledger accounts in the global template and;</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>the other for adding or editing the details of an account</p></li></ul></div>
+    <p>This screen can also be used as follows:</p>
+    <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>To locate a particular account</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>To view the chart of account structure or hierarchy</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>To update the details of an existing account</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>To add a new account to the chart of accounts template</p></li></ul></div>
+    <p>NOTE: When adding or creating an account it is important to understand the fields used in the chart of accounts hierarchy. The following list tries to define these.</p>
+    <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>GL Account Id: A unique identifier used to identify the account. (NOTE: If using the demo data chart of accounts template then keep any new accounts within the same structure)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>GL Account Type Id: This appears to be a way of translating a business transaction into an accounting transaction (NOTE: In 'Organization GL Settings / Setup / GL Account Type Defaults' it is the GL Account Id that is used to specify which GL account that particular type of transaction will post to such as Accounts Payable, Accounts Receivable etc. When a payment is created thne based on the type of payment made such as 'Customer Deposit' then it will translate to a GL Account Type Id which in turn will map to an actual GL Account)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>GL Account Class Id: This appears to be a classification system and hierarchy for reporting purposes.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>GL Resource Type Id: This appears to be a way of specifying the type of account possibly for reporting (eg Services, Finished Goods, Labour, etc)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>GL Xbrl Class Id: This appears to be indicate the which accounting standards are used. Current examples are as US Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (US GAAP) or International Accounting Standards (IAS) </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Parent GL Account Id: The GL Account of an account that is the next level up in the chart of account hierarchy</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Account Code: This is the same as the GL Accound Id...not sure why???</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Account Name: The name or description of the account</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Description: A further or long description of the account or the details it will contain</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Product Id: This may be for specifying that only details for a specific product can be posted to this account...Needs To be verified...</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Posted Balance: For the Global Template this cannot be updated and is zero</p></li></ul></div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I add a new GL account?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20071"></a>How do I add a new GL account?</h3></div></div></div>
+    
+    <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Click on the 'Navigate Accounts' tab</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The default display will be to add a new account</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the 'GL Account Id' for the new account (NOTE:This must be entered)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the 'GL Account Type' for the new account</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the 'GL Account Class Id' for the new account</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the 'GL Resource Type Id' for the new account</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the 'Parent GL Account Id' if required</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the 'Account Code' for the new account (NOTE: This should be the same as the GL Account Id)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the 'Account Name' for the new account</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Add' button</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I update an existing GL account?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N200A2"></a>How do I update an existing GL account?</h3></div></div></div>
+    
+    <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Use the 'Navigate Accounts' window to find the account required</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Click on the Account Id and the details will be displayed in the lower part of the screen</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Update the details required</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Update' button</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Edit Payment Method Type.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Edit Payment Method Type.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Edit Payment Method Type.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Edit Payment Method Type help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Edit Payment Method Type help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Edit Payment Method Type help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p></p>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Cost Centers.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Cost Centers.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Cost Centers.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Cost Centers help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Cost Centers help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Cost Centers help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p></p>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/View Rates.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/View Rates.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/View Rates.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The View Rates help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The View Rates help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The View Rates help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p></p>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Edit Invoice Item Type.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Edit Invoice Item Type.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Edit Invoice Item Type.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Edit Invoice Item Type help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Edit Invoice Item Type help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Edit Invoice Item Type help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p></p>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payments/Find Purchase Invoices By Due Date.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payments/Find Purchase Invoices By Due Date.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payments/Find Purchase Invoices By Due Date.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Find Purchase Invoices By Due Date help screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Find Purchase Invoices By Due Date help screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Find Purchase Invoices By Due Date help screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>This screen allows the user to search for and locate Purchase
+        Invoices based on their due date. The 'Due Date' can be defined as the
+        last possible date that payments can be received for the invoice
+        without triggering any late payment penalties. The 'Invoice Date' can
+        be defined as the date that the invoice was created and this is
+        normally based on when products were received or services were
+        provided.</p>
+    <p>NOTE TO CHECK: See if the same bug that exists with Sales
+        Invoices is here too.</p>
+    <p>A Purchase Invoice may be due to be paid immediately or you may
+        be given a 'grace period' after which the invoice is due.</p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I find Purchase Invoices by Due Date?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20024"></a>How do I find Purchase Invoices by Due Date?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Find Purchase Invoices by Due Date' button</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The Find Purchase Invoices by Due Date screen is displayed
+        </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the 'Organization Party Id' (eg. Normally this will be
+            Company)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the 'Party Id' that the Purchase Invoice (eg. Normally
+            this will be the Supplier Party Id)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter a number in the 'Days Offset' field that represents the
+            number of in which the invoice will become due (eg If an invoice is
+            due to be paid in 5 days then enter 5 or greater)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Select' button</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payments/Find Payments.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payments/Find Payments.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payments/Find Payments.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Find Payments help screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Find Payments help screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Find Payments help screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>The default screen is 'Find Payment' which allows the user to
+        search for and view the details related to a payment transaction.
+        Specific search criteria can be entered as a filter to locate the
+        payment quickly. </p>
+    <p>
+        Payments can be incoming or outgoing and the demo data contains a
+        list of payment type descriptions that describe the reason for the
+        payment in more detail (eg Customer Deposit, Tax Payment, Commission
+        Payment etc).
+        </p>
+    <p>This screen is used to locate existing payments that have been
+        created
+        automatically by the system or manually by the user. There are
+        links
+        from this page that can be used to do the following: </p>
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Create a new incoming or outgoing payment
+    </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Find Sales Invoices by due date 
+    </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Find Purchase Invoices by due date </p></li></ul></div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I view all payments?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20033"></a>How do I view all payments?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Search' button to view all payments</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I locate an existing payment?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20040"></a>How do I locate an existing payment?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the 'Payment ID' if known</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter a word from the payments 'Comment'field if known</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the 'Payment Type Id' if known</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the 'From Party Id' if known (NOTE: In most cases for an
+            incoming payment this will be the customer party id)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the payment amount in the 'Amount' field if known</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter some details from the payment reference number in the
+            'Reference No' field if known
+        </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the status of the payment in the 'Status Id' field if
+            known</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the 'To Party Id' if known (NOTE: In most cases for an
+            incoming payment this will the the customer party id. For outgoing
+            payments this will be the supplier id, or customer id for a refund)
+        </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Search' button to view all payments</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>All payments that meet the search criteria will be displayed.
+        </p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payments/Payment Applications.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payments/Payment Applications.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payments/Payment Applications.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Payment Applications help screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Payment Applications help screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Payment Applications help screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>The Payments Applications sub menu is where payments that have
+        been made (or received) can be linked or allocated to an invoice,
+        another payment, a billing account or a tax authority.</p>
+    <p>NOTE: General Ledger accounting transactions are generated during
+        the payment application process but unless your GL is setup with
+        Unapplied Cash and Applied Cash accounts - I'm not sure that there will
+        be any true accounting impact. In the Sales Order process the
+        accounting transaction generated the following GL Accounting
+        transaction is generated for 'Payment Applied'</p>
+    <p>The following options are currently available from this screen:    
+    </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Create New (Create a new payment)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Status to 'Received' (Change the status of the current payment
+        to 'Received. NOTE: This will create the relevant accounting
+        transactions and post them to the general ledger)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Status to 'Cancelled' (Change the status of the current payment
+        to 'Cancelled')</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Status to 'Confirmed' (Change the status of the current
+        invoice to 'Confirmed'. NOTE: This status option will not appear until
+        the status has been changed to 'Received')
+    </p></li></ul></div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I apply a payment to an invoice?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20036"></a>How do I apply a payment to an invoice?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Select the 'Applications' sub menu for the payment</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>A list of invoices will be displayed in the 'Possible Invoices
+            to Apply' box (NOTE: If no open invoices exist for the party that is
+            sending the payment then this may not list any invoices)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Apply' button next to the invoice (or invoices) that
+            this payment is for</p></li></ol></div>    
+        <p>NOTE: Although it can be overriden the 'Amount to Apply' field
+            will default to the lesser of the invoice total or the payment
+            amount. This can be shown by examples as follows:</p>
+        <p>* If a payment of $150 is received but the invoice total is $120
+            then the 'Amount to Apply' will default to $120</p>
+        <p>* If a payment of $150 is received but the invoice total is $170
+            then the 'Amount to Apply' will default to $150
+        </p>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I apply a payment to an invoice, tax authority, billing account or another payment?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20054"></a>How do I apply a payment to an invoice, tax authority, billing
+            account or another payment?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Select the 'Applications' sub menu for the payment</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Using the 'Apply this payment to' box at the bottom of the
+            screen</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter or use the lookup to enter the 'Invoice Id' to apply the
+            payment to (NOTE: This can be used if the invoice is to another party
+            eg ordered by a subsidiary but paid for by another company of the
+            same group)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter or use the lookup to enter the 'To Payment Id' to apply
+            the payment to if required (NOTE TO CHECK: How does this work....?)
+        </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter or use the lookup to enter the 'Billing Account Id' to
+            apply the payment to if required</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter or use the drop down box to select the 'Tax Auth Geo Id'
+            to apply the payment to if required (NOTE TO CHECK: This is a country
+            so need to test how this actually works......)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter an amount in the 'Amount to Apply' (NOTE: This must be
+            less than or equal to the payment amount)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Apply' button
+        </p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payments/Payments.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payments/Payments.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payments/Payments.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Payments.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="Payments."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>Payments.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>Payments are transactions that received by or generated by a business. They can be incoming or outgoing. Incoming payments are normally from customers and outgoing ones to suppliers. </p>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payments/Create New Payment.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payments/Create New Payment.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payments/Create New Payment.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The New Payment help screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The New Payment help screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The New Payment help screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>This screen is used to create a new payment. Payments can be
+        incoming (eg from a customer) or outgoing (eg to a supplier). Payment
+        types are used to describe what the payments are used for in the
+        system.</p>
+    <p>Examples of incoming payment types are as follows:</p>
+    <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Customer Deposit</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Customer Payment</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Interest In</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>POS In (POS = Point of Sale)</p></li></ul></div>
+    <p>Examples of outgoing payment types are as follows:</p>
+    <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Commission Payment</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Pay Check</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Income Tax Payment</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Vendor Payment</p></li></ul></div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I create a new incoming payment?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2004A"></a>How do I create a new incoming payment?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Create New Payment' button</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The New Incoming Payment / New Outgoing Payment screen is
+            displayed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Leave 'Organization Party Id' with its default of 'Company'
+        </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
+            Select the 'Payment Type Id' from the drop down box (NOTE: This
+            is currently limited to the following: Customer Deposit, Customer
+            Payment, Interest In, POS Paid In and Gift Certificate Deposit)
+        </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the payment amount in the 'Amount' field</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter or use the lookup to find the 'From Party Id'</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Select the 'Payment Method Type' from the drop down box (eg how
+            the payment was paid - cash, cheque, money order etc)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Leave the 'Currency' field with its default of 'USD' (NOTE: This
+            default comes from Company)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Create' button</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The payment header is created and the default header
+            screen will be displayed subsection content</p></li></ol></div>
+         <p>NOTE: Need to understand what happens if customer pays in a
+            currency that is not the company default.... if the exchange rate is
+            specified then I think it should convert the currency to the default
+            currency for accounting purposes.... need to investigate and test.
+        </p>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I create a new outgoing payment?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2007E"></a>How do I create a new outgoing payment?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Create New Payment' button</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The New Incoming Payment / New Outgoing Payment screen is
+            displayed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Leave 'Organization Party Id' with its default of 'Company'
+        </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Select the 'Payment Type Id' from the drop down box (NOTE: This
+            is currently limited to 11 entries including Commission Payment,
+            Customer Refund, Vendor Payment, Income Tax Payment)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the payment amount in the 'Amount' field</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter or use the lookup to find the 'To Party Id'</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Select the 'Payment Method Type' from the drop down box (eg how
+            the payment is to be paid - cash, cheque, money order etc)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Leave the 'Currency' field with its default of 'USD' (NOTE: This
+            default comes from Company)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Create' button</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The payment header is created and the default header screen will
+            be displayed subsection content</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payments/Find Sales Invoices By Due Date.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payments/Find Sales Invoices By Due Date.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payments/Find Sales Invoices By Due Date.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Find Sales Invoices By Due Date help screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Find Sales Invoices By Due Date help screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Find Sales Invoices By Due Date help screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>This screen allows the user to search for and locate Sales
+        Invoices based on their due date. The 'Due Date' can be defined as the
+        last possible date that payments can be received for the invoice
+        without triggering late payment penalties. The 'Invoice Date' can be
+        defined as the date that the invoice was created and this is normally
+        based on when products were shipped or services were provided.</p>
+       
+    <p>NOTE TO CHECK: There appears to be a minor bug here as if the
+        Invoice 'Due Date' is different to the Invoice Date (eg. Invoice
+        Creation Date) then the Invoice Date is used as the Due Date in this
+        screen which I dont think is correct......</p>
+
+    <p>A Sales Invoice may be due to be paid immediately or as in some
+        cases the customer is given a 'grace period' after which the invoice
+        is generated and becomes due. Examples of this include only generating
+        a customer invoice after a certain amount of time after the dispatch
+        of their order. (NOTE: There are several ways this can be achieved in
+        OFBiz including the use of agreements and billing accounts).
+    </p>
+    <p>This screen can be used to locate Sales Invoices as follows:
+    </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>That will become due within a fixed timeframe (eg the next 5
+        days)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>That may already be overdue</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>That have been automatically generated by the system (eg as a
+        result of Agreements based on payment in 30 days etc....TO CHECK)
+    </p></li></ul></div>
+    <p>NOTE: See details from Jacopo below regarding future work
+        regarding Find Sales Invoice by Due Date and Find Purchase Invoice by
+        Due Date functionality:</p>
+
+    <p>* The two links are used to search invoices' due dates for
+        payments - there are plans to add links to quickly create payments for
+        them etc. So they are somewhat in the middle between an invoice thing
+        and a payment thing. By the way, for now I will close this issue
+        because
+        the best spot to place them is in the AR and AP applications,
+        but there
+        is still a lot of work to do to make them usable. </p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I find a Sales Invoice by Due Date?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2003B"></a>How do I find a Sales Invoice by Due Date?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Find Sales Invoices by Due Date' button</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The Find Sales Invoices by Due Date screen is displayed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the 'Organization Party Id' (eg. Normally this will be
+            Company)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter the 'Party Id' that the Sales Invoice (eg. Normally this
+            will be the Customer Party Id)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter a number in the 'Days Offset' field that represents the
+            number of in which the invoice will become due (eg If an invoice is
+            due to be paid in 5 days then enter 5 or greater)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Select' button</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payments/Edit Payment.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payments/Edit Payment.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payments/Edit Payment.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Payment Header help screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Payment Header help screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Payment Header help screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>The Header screen displays the header details for the payment
+        transaction and allows all fields to be updated if required. </p>
+
+    <p>The following options are currently available from this screen:
+    </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Create New (Create a new payment)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Status to 'Received' (Change the status of the current payment
+        to 'Received. NOTE: This will create the relevant accounting
+        transactions and post them to the general ledger)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Status to 'Cancelled' (Change the status of the current payment
+        to 'Cancelled')</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Status to 'Confirmed' (Change the status of the current invoice
+        to 'Confirmed'. NOTE: This status option will not appear until the
+        status has been changed to 'Received')</p></li></ul></div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I update the header details for a Payment?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20033"></a>How do I update the header details for a Payment?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Select the 'Header' sub menu and the header details of the
+            payment will be displayed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Update the fields required</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Update' button</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payments/Payment Overview.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payments/Payment Overview.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payments/Payment Overview.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Payment Overview help screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Payment Overview help screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Payment Overview help screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>The Payments Overview screen displays the summary details of the
+        payment. On one side it shows information related to the payment
+        transaction header (eg Payment Type, Status, Amount, Effective Date
+        etc) and the other it shows if the payment has been applied (or
+        matched) to an invoice or billing account etc.</p>
+    <p>The following options are currently available from this screen:
+    </p>
+    <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Create New (Create a new payment)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Status to 'Received' (Change the status of the current payment
+        to 'Received. NOTE: This will create the relevant accounting
+        transactions and post them to the general ledger)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Status to 'Cancelled' (Change the status of the current payment
+        to 'Cancelled')</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Status to 'Confirmed' (Change the status of the current invoice
+        to 'Confirmed'. NOTE: This status option will not appear until the
+        status has been changed to 'Received')</p></li></ul></div>
+        
+    <p>NOTE: The general ledger transactions generated as a result of
+        the payment are based on the GL Account Type defaults for Company as
+        follows:</p>
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Debit Entry (GL Account Type defaults)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Credit Entry (Payment Method Id / GL Account Id)</p></li></ul></div>
+
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/Find Gateway Responses.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/Find Gateway Responses.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/Find Gateway Responses.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Find Gateway Responses help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Find Gateway Responses help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Find Gateway Responses help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>This is the default screen for the 'Transactions' sub menu. Press the 'Lookup' button to
+        display details of all transactions that have been authorised, captured or manually
+        entered.</p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I view all Gateway response transactions?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2001E"></a>How do I view all Gateway response transactions?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>
+            </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'Lookup' button</p>
+                </li></ol></div><p>
+        </p>
+        <p>A list of all transactions that have been authorised, captured or manually entered
+            will be displayed.</p>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="Transaction results (external link)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20033"></a>Transaction results (external link)</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>
+            <a class="ulink" href="http://www.authorize.net/support/merchant/Transaction_Response/Transaction_Response.htm" target="_top">
+                List of all the transaction results
+            </a>
+        </p>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/Manual Transaction.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/Manual Transaction.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/Manual Transaction.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Manual Transaction help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Manual Transaction help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Manual Transaction help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>The Manual Electronic Transaction screen allows the user to manually input and process
+        payment related transactions.</p>
+    <p>Options available include the following:</p>
+    <p>
+        </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Authorising payment transactions</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Refunding payments</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Payment Re-Authorisation</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Payment Capture</p>
+            </li></ul></div><p>
+    </p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I create a manual electronic transaction?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2003F"></a>How do I create a manual electronic transaction?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>
+            </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Select the 'Payment Method Type' (eg Credit Card)</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Select the 'Product Store'</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Select the 'Transaction Type' (NOTE: This is the type of transaction that
+                        needs to be created, eg authorisation, capture,refund etc)</p>
+                </li></ol></div><p>
+        </p>
+        <p>Additional fields will be displayed </p>
+        <p>
+            </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Enter the required details (eg name, credit card, billing address, amount
+                        etc)</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'Submit' button</p>
+                </li></ol></div><p>
+        </p>
+        <p>A transsaction will be created that can be viewed via the Gateway Transactions
+            screen</p>
+        <p>NOTE TO CHECK: Possible bug as could not get this to work using 'Payment Authorisation
+            Service' and error message appeared regarding a missing parameter missing for Order
+            Preference Id but the Order Preference Id was not displayed on the screen</p>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/View Gateway Response.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/View Gateway Response.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/View Gateway Response.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The View Gateway Response help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The View Gateway Response help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The View Gateway Response help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>This screen shows details of an individual gateway transaction.
+        It displays specific information regarding the order and the payment.
+        The lower part of the screen shows the gateway response details
+        indicating the time and codes used to process the transaction through
+        the gateway.</p>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/Payment Gateway Transactions.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/Payment Gateway Transactions.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/Payment Gateway Transactions.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Payment Gateway Transactions.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="Payment Gateway Transactions."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>Payment Gateway Transactions.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>The Payment Gateway is made up of a configurable interface
+        that
+        processes payments.</p>
+    <p>Payment transactions can be authorised, captured and processed
+        or
+        refunded via the selected mechanism. (eg Paypal, Authorise.net, etc)
+   </p>
+
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/Capture Transaction.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/Capture Transaction.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/Capture Transaction.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Capture Transaction help screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Capture Transaction help screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Capture Transaction help screen. </h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>This screen is used to input or 'capture' a payment against a Sales Order. Unlike the
+        authorise, this function will actually deduct the amount from eg a credit card and apply the
+        payment to a specific order.</p>
+    <p>It is likely that the before the payment is 'captured' in this screen, it would have been
+        through an authorisation first.</p>
+    <p>NOTE TO CHECK: Investigate how this links in with the Payment Gateway Configurations
+        screens</p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I capture a transaction?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20024"></a>How do I capture a transaction?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>
+            </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Enter the Order Id for the payment (eg Sales Order Id)</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Enter Order Payment Preference Id (Unsure of what this is...a type of
+                        unique identifier perhaps?)</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Select the 'Payment Method Type'</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Select the 'Payment Type'</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Enter the 'Amount'</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'Capture' button</p>
+                </li></ol></div><p>
+        </p>
+        <p>A transaction will be created and can be viewed via the 'Gateway Responses' tab</p>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/Authorize Transactions.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/Authorize Transactions.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/Authorize Transactions.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Authorize Transaction help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Authorize Transaction help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Authorize Transaction help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>An authorization is a temporary transaction that shows a commitment to take money from an
+        account.</p>
+    <p>The 'Authorize' process is the first step in allowing a sales transaction payment to be
+        accepted. In OFBiz a service would be defined to carry out the authorisation process each
+        time for example, a credit card is used. It will perform specific validation tests before
+        the payment can be classes as 'authorised'. </p>
+    <p>When a payment is authorised it means that it has been validated and that the credit card
+        or bank account has been checked to ensure that it has sufficient funds available to cover
+        the proposed transaction. A number or code may be issued as evidence of the
+        authorisation.</p>
+    <p>NOTE: In the 'Payment' settings for a store as part of the Product Payment setup the user
+        can specify various services that will process a payment transactions through to completion.
+        This includes the following:</p>
+    <p>
+        </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Payment Authorisation</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Payment Capture</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Payment Credit</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Payment Authentication Verification</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Payment Re-Authorisation</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Payment Refund</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Payment Release Authorisation </p>
+            </li></ul></div><p>
+    </p>
+    <p>This is used to provide verification and approval for the first step of the sales
+        transaction payment process.</p>
+    <p>An 'Authorize' button is also displayed on Sales Order detail screen if a Credit Card
+        payment was specified for a sales order. This is probably a more natural place for a payment
+        transaction to be authorised.</p>
+    <p>NOTE: Using OFBiz demo data if DemoCustomer uses their credit card for payment then an
+        transaction is created that is automatically authorised and can be viewed using the Gateway
+        Responses. </p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I create and authorise a transaction?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20060"></a>How do I create and authorise a transaction?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>
+            </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Enter the 'Order Id' of the sales order for which payment is being
+                        made</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Enter the 'Order Payment Preference Id' (NOTE: This is automatically
+                        generated at sales order creation and may be difficult to find out...I found
+                        it by initially doing an order and then paying by DemoCustomer's credit card
+                        and checking Gateway Responses for what was displayed in that field for the
+                        order)</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Select the 'Payment Method Type' (NOTE TO CHECK: What happens if you use
+                        other selections not just credit card?)</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Enter the 'Amount'</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'Authorize' button</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>A new transaction should be displayed with the status of authorised</p>
+                </li></ol></div><p>
+        </p>
+        <p>NOTE: The demo data payment settings for the Payment authorisation Service is set to
+            always approve so no transactions will display here because of this. Need to test and
+            maybe try removing the 'always approve' to see if the transaction will be created as
+            'unauthorised ' </p>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payment Gateway Config/Edit Payment Gateway Config Type.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payment Gateway Config/Edit Payment Gateway Config Type.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payment Gateway Config/Edit Payment Gateway Config Type.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Edit Payment Gateway Config Type help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Edit Payment Gateway Config Type help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Edit Payment Gateway Config Type help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>This screen allows the update of an existing payment gateway configuration type.</p>
+    <p>NOTE: New Payment Gateway Configuration Types cannot be created via this screen.</p>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payment Gateway Config/Edit Payment Gateway Config.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payment Gateway Config/Edit Payment Gateway Config.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payment Gateway Config/Edit Payment Gateway Config.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Edit Payment Gateway Config help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Edit Payment Gateway Config help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Edit Payment Gateway Config help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>This screen allows the user to update the payment gateway configuration.</p>
+    <p>A range of parameters need to be set before the payment gateway will work This includes
+        details of the username and password required for the validation of the external account
+        that will be using the gateway.</p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I update a Payment Gateway Configuration?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20021"></a>How do I update a Payment Gateway Configuration?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>
+            </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Select the gateway Find Payment Gateway Config screen</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Enter the details required for the configuration type selected (NOTE: This
+                        will be different for each individual configuration selected)</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'Update' button</p>
+                </li></ol></div><p>
+        </p>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payment Gateway Config/Find Payment Gateway Config Types.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payment Gateway Config/Find Payment Gateway Config Types.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payment Gateway Config/Find Payment Gateway Config Types.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Find Payment Gateway Config Types help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Find Payment Gateway Config Types help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Find Payment Gateway Config Types help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>This screen lists some of the most common payment gateway
+        configuration types that have been created as part of the seed or demo
+        data.</p>
+        <p>Press the 'Lookup' button to see a list of existing payment gateway configuration types.</p>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payment Gateway Config/Payment Gateway Config.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payment Gateway Config/Payment Gateway Config.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payment Gateway Config/Payment Gateway Config.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Payment Gateway Config.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="Payment Gateway Config."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>Payment Gateway Config.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>Payment Gateway Configuration is used to setup the parameters required for the system to
+        accept payments via different or external applications</p>
+    <p>Examples of these include:</p>
+    <p>
+        </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Paypal</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>PayFlow</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Authorise.net</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Clear Commerce</p>
+            </li></ul></div><p>
+    </p>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payment Gateway Config/Find Payment Gateway Config.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payment Gateway Config/Find Payment Gateway Config.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Payment Gateway Config/Find Payment Gateway Config.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Find Payment Gateway Config help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Find Payment Gateway Config help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Find Payment Gateway Config help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>The default screen allows the user to search for any payment gateway configurations that are setup.</p>
+    <p>Press the 'Lookup' button to see a list of existing configurations.</p>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Accounting Main/Accounting Main Screen.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Accounting Main/Accounting Main Screen.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Accounting Main/Accounting Main Screen.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Accounting Main screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Accounting Main screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Accounting Main screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+       
+        <p>
+        This is the default tab for the Accounting Manager application. The screen currently shows links that will display more detailed screens 
+        related to Agreements, Billing Accounts, Invoices and Payments.
+        </p>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority Categories.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority Categories.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority Categories.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Edit Tax Authority Categories screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Edit Tax Authority Categories screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Edit Tax Authority Categories screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+ 
+ <p>The Tax Authority Categories sub menu screen allows you link a
+  tax authority to a specific catalog or product category.</p>
+ <p>It can be used to add product categories to a tax authority. This
+  means that all products in this category will be taxed at the rate
+  specified for the tax authority.</p>
+ <p>An example of this could be separating products into categories
+  for export to different countries. A separate tax authority will be
+  associated with each category so that the specific tax rate for each
+  of them will be applied.</p>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I add a new Tax Authority / Category mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20024"></a>How do I add a new Tax Authority / Category mapping?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Enter or Lookup the 'Category Id' to be mapped</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Add' button</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The new mapping will be displayed at the bottom of the screen
+    </p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I update a Tax Authority / Category mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2003F"></a>How do I update a Tax Authority / Category mapping?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <p>A Tax Authority / Category mapping cannot be updated. If it
+   needs to be changed then the entry must be deleted and then
+   re-entered.</p>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I remove a Tax Authority / Category mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20048"></a>How do I remove a Tax Authority / Category mapping?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Locate the entry that needs to be removed</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Delete' button next to the entry </p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority Product Rates.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority Product Rates.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority Product Rates.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Edit Tax Authority Product Rates screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Edit Tax Authority Product Rates screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Edit Tax Authority Product Rates screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+ 
+ <p>This screen allows the setup of tax rates and types. The rates or
+  type can be assigned globally to a store (ie tax will be applied to
+  all products at the same rate) or category (ie limited to products in
+  a specific category).</p>
+ <p>Other parameters are available to allow the user to limit whether
+  the tax is to be applied to all purchases / sales or only those which
+  are above a certain threshold. </p>
+ <p>Tax associated with shipping charges or promotions can also be
+  configured here.</p>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I add a new product tax rate?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20024"></a>How do I add a new product tax rate?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Use the drop down box to select the tax 'Type' (eg Sales Tax)
+    </p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Use the lookup to select a 'Store Id' (or leave blank for all
+     Stores)</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>If a category has been setup it will be available for
+     selection in 'Category' field otherwise leave this blank</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Leave 'Title Transfer' blank</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Enter a value for the 'Minimum Price' for a product where the
+     tax is to be applied (NOTE: The Demo Data sets this as zero)</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Enter a value for the 'Minimun Purchase' where the tax is to
+     be applied (NOTE: The Demo Data sets this as zero)</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Use the drop down box to select whether 'Shipping Charges'
+     will be taxable</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Enter the tax rate in the 'Tax Percentage' field (eg 12.5)
+    </p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Use the drop down box to select whether products on
+     'Promotion' will be taxable</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Leave the 'From Date' and 'Thru Date' blank</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Enter the name of the tax in the 'Description' field (eg VAT)
+     as this will be displayed and printed on documents when the tax is
+     applied</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Add' button</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I update an existing product tax rate"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20075"></a>How do I update an existing product tax rate</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the entry that needs to be updated</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Make the changes required</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Update' button next to the entry that needs to be
+     updated</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I delete a product tax rate?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20090"></a>How do I delete a product tax rate?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Delete' button next to the entry that needs to be
+     removed</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+  <p>NOTE: The deletion of tax rates may cause audit problems
+   particularly if the rate has already been used as part of a
+   transaction. In this case it would be better to expire the old rate
+   using the 'Thru Date' field and then enter the new rate.</p>
+ </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Tax Authorities/List Tax Authority Parties.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Tax Authorities/List Tax Authority Parties.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Tax Authorities/List Tax Authority Parties.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The List Tax Authority Parties screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The List Tax Authority Parties screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The List Tax Authority Parties screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+ 
+ <p>This screen list any parties that have been associated with a tax
+  authority and tax rate. To have any tax calculated for Sales Orders or
+  Purchase Orders then an entry must exist for 'Company'.</p>
+ <p>Entries can also be created, updated or deleted.</p>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I add a new Tax Authority Party Info?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20021"></a>How do I add a new Tax Authority Party Info?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'New Tax Authority Party Info' button</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Enter or use the lookup to select the 'Party Id'</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Leave the 'From Date' blank (NOTE: Default will be current
+     date and time)</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Leave the 'Thru Date' blank</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Enter the 'Party Tax Id' if required (NOTE: This can be VAT or
+     GST number)</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Use the drop down box to select whether the party select is
+     'Tax Exempt'</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Use the drop down box to select whether the party selected is
+     'Nexus' (See note below)</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Create' button</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+  <p>NOTE: 'Nexus' is a term that refers to an agreement for between
+   the tax authority and potential tax payer that the tax authority can
+   impose the tax. This is usually for Sales Tax. If you have a Sales
+   Tax that is uniformly applied to a product or range of products then
+   the 'Nexus' field can be set to 'Y'</p>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I update a Tax Authority Party Info?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2005D"></a>How do I update a Tax Authority Party Info?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Edit' button next to the entry that needs to be
+     amended</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Update the fields as required</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Update' button</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I delete a Tax Authority Party Info?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20078"></a>How do I delete a Tax Authority Party Info?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Delete' button next to the entry that needs to be
+     deleted</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority Assocsiations.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority Assocsiations.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority Assocsiations.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Edit Tax Authority Associations screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Edit Tax Authority Associations screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Edit Tax Authority Associations screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+ 
+ <p>An association is a way of specifying how tax authorities can be
+  linked to each other.</p>
+ <p>It can be used in the situation where the tax structure is
+  hierarchical (eg city tax, plus county tax plus state tax).</p>
+ <p>Using associations allows tax rates from multiple authorities to
+  be applied to a particular order at once.</p>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I add a new association for a Tax Authority?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20024"></a>How do I add a new association for a Tax Authority?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Enter or use the lookup to find the 'To Tax Auth Geo Id'
+    </p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Enter of use the lookup to find the 'To Tax Auth Party Id'
+    </p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Leave the 'From Date' blank (NOTE: It will default to the
+     current date and time</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Leave the 'Thru Date' blank</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the 'Type' from the dropdown or leave blank</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Add' button</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The new tax authority association is displayed at the bottom
+     of the screen.</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I update an association for a Tax Authority?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20057"></a>How do I update an association for a Tax Authority?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Only two fields are available for update, these are the 'Thru
+     Date' and 'Type'</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Enter the changes required</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Update' button next to the entry updated</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I remove an association for a Tax Authority?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20072"></a>How do I remove an association for a Tax Authority?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Delete' button next to the entry that needs to be
+     deleted</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority GL Accounts.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority GL Accounts.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority GL Accounts.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Edit Tax Authority GL Accounts screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Edit Tax Authority GL Accounts screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Edit Tax Authority GL Accounts screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+ 
+ <p>The GL Accounts sub menu screen allows you specify which general
+  ledger account any tax calculated for this tax authority will be
+  posted. This is done at at organisation level so the minimum
+  requirement is that 'Company' is setup.</p>
+ <p>It is used to consolidate taxes for a specific tax authority into
+  one general ledger account. It can be very useful if you need to track
+  taxes for several tax authorities (eg different states or countries).
+ </p>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I add a new general ledger account for a Tax Authority?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20021"></a>How do I add a new general ledger account for a Tax Authority?
+  </h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Enter or use the lookup to select the 'Organisation Party Id'
+     (NOTE: Normally this would be 'Company')</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Enter or use the lookup to select the 'GL Account'</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Add' button</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+  <p>NOTE: The GL account used must have already been created in the
+   Global GL Settings and linked to the chart of accounts for 'Company'
+  </p>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I update a general ledger account for a Tax Authority?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2003F"></a>How do I update a general ledger account for a Tax Authority?
+  </h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The general ledger account can be updated by simply adding a
+     new account to replace the existing entry.</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Enter or use the lookup to select the 'Organisation Party Id'
+     (NOTE: Normally this would be 'Company')</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Enter or use the lookup to select the updated 'GL Account'
+    </p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Add' button</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The existing entry will be replaced by the updated GL Account
+    </p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+  <p>NOTE: Be careful when updating a general ledger account because
+   some transactions may have already been posted to the existing
+   account.</p>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I delete a general ledger account for a Tax Authority?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20069"></a>How do I delete a general ledger account for a Tax Authority?
+  </h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Locate the entry required</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Delete' button next to the entry that needs to be
+     deleted</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The entry is removed </p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority Party Information.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority Party Information.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority Party Information.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Edit Tax Authority Party Info screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Edit Tax Authority Party Info screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Edit Tax Authority Party Info screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+       
+        <p>This screen is used to create or update details for a Tax Authority Party entry.</p>
+        <p>If a new entry is being created all fields are available to be entered. If an existing entry is being updated only limited fields are available to be amended.</p>
+        <div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20021"></a></h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p></p>
+        </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Tax Authorities.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Tax Authorities.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Tax Authorities.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tax Authorities.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="Tax Authorities."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>Tax Authorities.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>A tax authority is legal body usually the state (country) that imposes a financial levy on
+        business transactions.</p>
+    <p>In OFBiz tax authorities are used to calculate where business or related taxes are
+        due.</p>
+    <p>Tax setup is very important as it links into the calculated price that you can charge your
+        customers and also flows through into any related legal documents that are generated (eg
+        Sales Order, Sales Invoice, Purchase Order etc).</p>
+    <p>Each country or region will have specific rules regarding what should or should not be
+        taxed. There will also be very strict regulations on how taxable transactions should be
+        recorded and tracked in the general ledger or chart of accounts.</p>
+    <p>Tax authority setup allows configuration of the following :</p>
+    <p>
+        </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Income tax</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Value Added Tax (VAT) / Goods and Services Tax (GST)</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Import / Export tax /Custom and Excise Duty</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>State, City or County taxes </p>
+            </li></ul></div><p>
+    </p>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Find Tax Authority.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Find Tax Authority.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Find Tax Authority.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Find Tax Authorities screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Find Tax Authorities screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Find Tax Authorities screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>The default screen displays a list of Tax Authorities that have been setup.</p>
+    <p>IMPORTANT: You will need to create a party in Party Manager for the tax authority before
+        you can add a new tax authority in the accounting / tax authorities screen.</p>
+    <p>Steps to create the party to be used for the tax authority are as follows:</p>
+    <p>
+        </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Create New Party Group</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Fill in basic details (eg name, address etc)</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Once the party record is created then add the role of 'Tax Authority' to the
+                    party</p>
+            </li></ol></div><p>
+    </p>
+    <p>Only when the tax authority party record is created can you continue.</p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I create a new tax authority?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2003F"></a>How do I create a new tax authority?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>Press the 'New Tax Authority' button</p>
+        <p>
+            </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Select or enter the code for the country, state or region that is
+                        applicable for the 'Geo' field</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Select or enter the party id of the Tax Authority party that has been
+                        created in Party Manager</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Leave the 'Require Tax Id for Exemption' field at its default of 'Y'(NOTE:
+                        This triggers tax not to be charged if a valid Tax Id is found!)</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Leave 'Tax Id Format Pattern' blank (NOTE: This specifies the format of
+                        the Tax Id so that it can be validated)</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Fill in the 'Include Tax in the price' - the default is 'N'. (NOTE: If
+                        prices need to include tax such as GST or VAT in the price then change this
+                        to 'Y')</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'Update' button</p>
+                </li></ol></div><p>
+        </p>
+        <p>NOTE: The above process creates the basic tax authority detail but there are further
+            details that can be added via the other tax authority sub menus</p>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I update a tax authority?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20075"></a>How do I update a tax authority?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>
+            </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Select the 'Edit' button next to the tax authority that you wish to
+                        update</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>The 'Edit Tax Authority' screen is displayed</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Update the details of the tax authority as required including any
+                        submenus</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'Update' button</p>
+                </li></ol></div><p>
+        </p>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I delete / remove a tax authority?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20099"></a>How do I delete / remove a tax authority?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>Tax authorities cannot be deleted via the Tax Authority screens. If they need to be
+            removed then it can be done via the Webtools and Entity Data maintenance.</p>
+        <p>NOTE: Be very careful removing tax authorities records unless you are completely
+            certain that they have not been already used for transaction calculations. </p>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Edit Tax Authority screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Edit Tax Authority screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Edit Tax Authority screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+       
+        <p>The 'Edit Tax Authority' sub menu is the first of six sub menus used in the creation or update of a Tax Authority. On the creation or update of a Tax Authority it is the default screen that is displayed.</p>
+        <p>It can be used for updating the basic details of a Tax Authority such as:</p>
+        <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Changing whether a tax id or code is required for an exemption</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Modifying the tax id or code format</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Updating where or not to include the tax calculation as part of the product price</p></li></ol></div>
+        <p>NOTE: An example of the Tax Id is as follows:</p>
+        <p>\d{2}\-\d{7}|\d{3}\-\d{2}\-\d{4} which translates to 99-9999999 or 999-99-9999</p>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Billing Accounts.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Billing Accounts.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Billing Accounts.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Billing Accounts.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="Billing Accounts."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>Billing Accounts.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>A billing account is a way of allowing customers to consolidate several invoices into an
+        account that is paid off at a later date.Customers can be allocated a credit limit and
+        orders can be taken up to the value of the credit limit without any payment being made.
+        Statements to the customer can then be generated (eg monthly) and payment is made based on
+        the outstanding amount.</p>
+    <p>NOTE: A billing account does not change the flow of the normal Invoice and Payment
+        processes. It simply allows for a more structured organisation of Invoices and
+        Payments..</p>
+    <p>Billing Accounts can be used for the following:</p>
+    <p>
+        </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Setting credit limits for customers</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Keeping track of credit available to customer for purchase on account</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Keeping track of payments made in advance (NOTE TO CHECK: Could also use
+                    Financial Account for advance payments but need to understand the differences in
+                    functionality and process) </p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Keeping track of a subset of payments and invoices for a specific client, i.e.
+                    allowing them to have multiple billing accounts (NOTE TO CHECK: This is from
+                    David - does this mean having multiple accounts for one customer or does it mean
+                    one billing account can track a hierarchy of invoices and payments.....)</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Allow multiple authorised parties to bill against the same account which one
+                    party is responsible for paying (e.g. different offices of the same organisation
+                    may have one single account with a supplier to make use of order volume
+                    discounts)</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Managing and generating customer statements ??</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Customer specific order tracking</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Accounts Receivable / Debt Management</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Analysis and monitoring customer spending (creditworthiness / discounts /
+                    product popularity ???)</p>
+            </li></ul></div><p>
+    </p>
+    <p>NOTE: A payment that is applied (or matched) to a Billing Account it should still be
+        applied to an invoice. In the case where the payment arrives before the invoice has been
+        generated then once the invoice is generated it should be applied to the payment or
+        payments.</p>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Billing Account Payments.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Billing Account Payments.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Billing Account Payments.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Billing Account Payments help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Billing Account Payments help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Billing Account Payments help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>This sub menu allows the creation of a payment that is automatically applied to the
+        billing account.</p>
+    <p>It is used when a payment has been received from a customer that is used to pay off the
+        balance (or part balance) of a billing account. </p>
+    <p>An example of how this works is similar to a credit card statement where a list of
+        transactions have been incurred over the previous month and one payment is used to settle
+        the outstanding balance.</p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I add a payment to a billing account?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20024"></a>How do I add a payment to a billing account?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>
+            </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Select the 'Payments' sub menu</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>The 'Create Payment' screen is displayed</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Enter or use the lookup to enter the 'From Party Id' (NOTE: By default
+                        this will be the Bill To Party of the Billing Account)</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Select the 'Organisation Party Id' from the drop down box</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Select the 'Payment Type Id' from the drop down box (NOTE: By default this
+                        will be set to 'Customer Deposit')</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Leave the 'Payment Method Type' as 'Billing Account' (NOTE TO CHECK: What
+                        happens if you do change this....)</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Enter the 'Amount' of the payment</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'Create' button</p>
+                </li></ol></div><p>
+        </p>
+        <p>The new entry is displayed at the bottom of the screen. </p>
+        <p>NOTE: The total amount of the payment will be applied to the Billing Account. This can
+            be verified by going to Accounting / Payments menu and locating the newly created
+            payment. The 'Amount to Apply' column will be zero.</p>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I update a payment for a billing account?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20066"></a>How do I update a payment for a billing account?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>A payment can be updated for a billing account by amending the amount of the payment
+            that has been applied to the billing account. For example if a payment of $100 has been
+            applied to a billing account it can be amended so that only $75 will be applied and $25
+            will be available to be applied elsewhere.</p>
+        <p>
+            </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Click on the 'Payment Id' of the payment that needs to be removed</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>The 'Payment Overview' screen is displayed</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'Update' button in the 'Payments Applied' box</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>The 'Payment Applications' screen is displayed</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Locate the 'Billing Account Id' and 'Amount Applied'</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Amend the 'Amount Applied' for the billing account</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'Update' button next to the entry that refers to the 'Billing
+                        Account Id'</p>
+                </li></ol></div><p>
+        </p>
+        <p>A message will be displayed saying that the payment has been removed from the billing
+            account</p>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I delete a payment from a billing account?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N200A2"></a>How do I delete a payment from a billing account?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>A payment can be removed from billing account by removing the link that has applied
+            the payment to the billing account.</p>
+        <p>
+            </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Click on the 'Payment Id' of the payment that needs to be removed</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>The 'Payment Overview' screen is displayed</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'Update' button in the 'Payments Applied' box</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>The 'Payment Applications' screen is displayed</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'Remove' button next to the entry that refers to the 'Billing
+                        Account Id'</p>
+                </li></ol></div><p>
+        </p>
+        <p>A message will be displayed saying that the payment has been removed from the billing
+            account</p>
+        <p>NOTE : The above example was done when the payment status was at 'Not Paid' - need to
+            test if it still works if the payment status is at 'Received' or 'Confirmed' too.
+        </p>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Edit Billing Account Roles.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Edit Billing Account Roles.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Edit Billing Account Roles.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Billing Account Roles help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Billing Account Roles help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Billing Account Roles help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>This sub menu allows parties with specific roles to be associated with to a Billing
+        Account. Roles allows you to specify a party role. </p>
+    <p> is used to specify which party should be billed for the billing account. It can be used
+        as follows:</p>
+    <p>
+        </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Simple billing account for a single party</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>More complex billing account where multiple parties (eg company subsidiaries)
+                    charge invoices to the billing account but a different party (eg head office)
+                    will pay the account </p>
+            </li></ul></div><p>
+    </p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I add a party role to a billing account?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20033"></a>How do I add a party role to a billing account?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>Select the 'Roles' sub menu</p>
+        <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Enter or use the lookup to select the 'Party Id'</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Select the 'Role Type Id' from the drop down box (eg Bill To Customer)</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Leave the 'From Date' blank (NOTE: If left blank it will default to the
+                    current date and time)</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Leave the 'Thru Date' blank</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Press the 'Add' button</p>
+            </li></ol></div>
+        <p>The new party role is displayed at the bottom of the screen </p>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I update a party role for a billing account?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20060"></a>How do I update a party role for a billing account?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>The only field that can be updated for a party role is the 'Thru Date'. If any other
+            details need to be amended then the entry will need to be deleted and then
+            recreated.</p>
+        <p>
+            </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Select the 'Roles' sub menu</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Locate the entry that needs to be amended</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Enter or use the lookup to enter the 'Thru Date'</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'Update' button for the entry </p>
+                </li></ol></div><p>
+        </p>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I delete a party role from a billing account?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20087"></a>How do I delete a party role from a billing account?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>
+            </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Locate the entry that needs to be deleted</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'Delete' button next to the entry</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>The entry will be removed from the bottom of the screen </p>
+                </li></ol></div><p>
+        </p>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Edit Billing Account.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Edit Billing Account.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Edit Billing Account.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Edit Billing Account help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Edit Billing Account help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Edit Billing Account help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>The 'Account' sub menu is used to enter the basic details required for setting up a new
+        billing account or editing an existing one.</p>
+    <p>It can be used to create or update the following details for a Billing Account:</p>
+    <p>
+        </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Billing Account Identification</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Party to be Billed</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Billing Account Limit (NOTE: This is how much credit the customer will be
+                    given eg $5000)</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Currency to be used for Billing Account</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Start and End Dates </p>
+            </li></ul></div><p>
+    </p>
+    <p>NOTE: There are currently two ways to add a party to a billing account.</p>
+    <p>
+        </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Enter a party id in the 'Party Billed To' field</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Use the 'Roles' sub menu to add a party id with the role of 'Bill To
+                    Customer'</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>If using the first method then when you press the update button this removes
+                    the party id from this field and automatically creates the party under the Roles
+                    sub menu with the role of 'Bill To Customer' </p>
+            </li></ol></div><p>
+    </p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I create a new Billing Account?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20060"></a>How do I create a new Billing Account?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>NOTE TO CHECK: If the party doesnt have the role 'Bill To Customer' is it
+            automatically added when the billing account is created or will the creation
+            fail?..</p>
+        <p>Example: To create a new Billing Account</p>
+        <p>
+            </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'New' button and the 'Edit Billing Account' screen is
+                        displayed</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Enter a code or number for the 'Billing Account Id' (NOTE: If this is left
+                        blank a number will be automatically generated)</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Enter a number for the 'Billing Account Limit' (eg 5000)</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Leave the 'Account Currency UOM Id' as it is (NOTE: This should be the
+                        default currency for Company...)</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Enter a description that can be used to identify the Billing Account (eg
+                        Joe Bloggs Builders Billing Account)</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Leave the 'Contact Mech' field as it is (NOTE: This field cannot be filled
+                        in until either the 'Party Billed To' has been filled in or a party with the
+                        role of 'Bill To Customer' has been added under the 'Roles' sub menu</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Enter the Billing Account start date in the 'From Date' field. (NOTE: If
+                        left blank then this will default to the current date and time. NOTE TO
+                        CHECK: Can this date be in the future.....?)</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Leave the 'Thru date' field blank</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Enter or use the lookup to select the 'Party Billed To'</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'Update' button</p>
+                </li></ol></div><p>
+        </p>
+        <p>After the 'Update' button has been pressed then the 'Contact Mech Id' field will
+            either be automatically filled in or will allow you to select a contact mech from a drop
+            down list </p>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I update an existing Billing Account?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N200B1"></a>How do I update an existing Billing Account?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>Billing Account details can be updated. A key field that may need to be updated is the
+            actual Billing Account Limit if a customer reduces or improves their credit
+            rating</p>
+        <p>Example: To Update a Billing Account</p>
+        <p>
+            </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Click on the 'Billing Account Id' of the Billing Account to updated</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>The 'Edit Billing Account' screen is displayed</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Enter the changes required</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'Update' button</p>
+                </li></ol></div><p>
+        </p>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I delete a Billing Account?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N200DB"></a>How do I delete a Billing Account?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>Billing Accounts cannot be deleted. They can only be expired. This means that they
+            will no longer be able to be used to associate invoices or payments against.</p>
+        <p>Example: To Expire a Billing Account</p>
+        <p>
+            </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                    <p> Click on the 'Billing Account Id' of the Billing Account to be
+                        expired</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>The 'Edit Billing Account' screen is displayed</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Enter the current date in the 'Thru date' field</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'Update' button </p>
+                </li></ol></div><p>
+        </p>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Billing Account Orders.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Billing Account Orders.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Billing Account Orders.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Billing Account Orders help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Billing Account Orders help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Billing Account Orders help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>This sub menu lists the details of any Sales Orders that have
+        been charged to the billing account. A Sales Order is charged to a
+        billing account by selecting the billing account as the Payment
+        Method.</p>
+    <p>NOTE: The details displayed here in conjunction with the
+        'Payments' sub menu could also be used to generate a customer
+        statement or account showing details of customer activity during a
+        specified time period.</p>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Find Billing Account.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Find Billing Account.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Find Billing Account.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Find Billing Account help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Find Billing Account help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Find Billing Account help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+    
+
+  
+    
+    <p>The default screen is for the Billing Account tab is 'Find
+        Billing Account'. It is used to locate existing billing accounts that
+        have been created.</p>
+    <p>The user has the option to select an existing billing account or
+        create a new one by clicking on the 'New' button.</p>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Edit Billing Account Terms.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Edit Billing Account Terms.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Edit Billing Account Terms.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Billing Account Terms help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Billing Account Terms help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Billing Account Terms help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>This sub menu allows terms to be associated with a billing account. Currently these can be
+        the following:</p>
+    <p>
+        </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+                <p>payment terms (discounted if paid within specified days)</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>payment terms (due on a specified day per month)</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>payment terms (net days)</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>penalty terms (late fee)</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>penalty terms (collection agency fee)</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>miscellaneous (non returnable sales item)</p>
+            </li></ul></div><p>
+    </p>
+    <p>&gt;NOTE: There is an overlap here with the terms that can be specified in an agreement.
+        Would a billing account party also have an agreement for payment terms...? .</p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I add terms to a billing account?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2004B"></a>How do I add terms to a billing account?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>
+            </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Select the 'Terms' sub menu</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Select a 'Term Type' from the drop down box (eg. Payment net days)</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Leave the 'UOM' field blank</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Enter a number in the 'Term Value' field (eg. 30 which would mean '30
+                        days' when related to 'Payment net days')</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'Save' button</p>
+                </li></ol></div><p>
+        </p>
+        <p>The term is displayed in the top part of the screen </p>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I update terms for a billing account?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20078"></a>How do I update terms for a billing account?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>Select the 'Terms' sub menu</p>
+        <p>
+            </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'Edit' button next to the entry that needs to be amended</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>The details are displayed in the 'Edit Billing Account Terms' box</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Update the 'Term Type', 'UOM' or 'Term Value' as required</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'Save' button</p>
+                </li></ol></div><p>
+        </p>
+        <p>The updated term is displayed in the top part of the screen </p>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I remove terms from a billing account?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N200A2"></a>How do I remove terms from a billing account?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>
+            </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Select the 'Terms' sub menu</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'Delete' button next to the entry that needs to be removed
+                    </p>
+                </li></ol></div><p>
+        </p>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Billing Account Invoices.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Billing Account Invoices.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Billing Account Invoices.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Billing Account Invoices help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Billing Account Invoices help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Billing Account Invoices help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p>The Billing Account Find Invoices screen displays by default a list of invoices that have
+        been charged to the billing account.</p>
+    <p>Any invoice displayed here means that its invoice amount has been deducted from the
+        billing account credit limit.For example: If the Billing Account Credit Limit is $100 and
+        the there are 2 invoices displayed with amounts $10 and $25 then the available credit for
+        the billing account will be $75.</p>
+    <p>The invoice can be at various statues and there is an option to locate an invoice by
+        status.</p>
+    <p>It is also used to apply any payments that have been made into the Billing Account to an
+        invoice. A 'Capture' button is displayed next to each invoice displayed that has an amount
+        outstanding.</p>
+    <p>Example:</p>
+    <p>
+        </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Two invoices are charged to a Billing Account (Invoice A $10 and Invoice B
+                    $25)</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>A payment of $17 has been paid into the Billing Account</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>If the Capture button is pressed for the invoice A then $10 of the $17 payment
+                    will be applied to this invoice and a new payment transaction of $7 will be
+                    created and available to apply to a different invoice </p>
+            </li></ul></div><p>
+    </p>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I locate an invoice by status?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20042"></a>How do I locate an invoice by status?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>
+            </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Select the 'Invoices' sub menu</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Use the drop down box to select the 'Status Id' for the invoice
+                        required</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'Submit' button</p>
+                </li></ol></div><p>
+        </p>
+        <p>A list of invoices with the required status will be displayed </p>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I capture a payment for an invoice?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20063"></a>How do I capture a payment for an invoice?</h3></div></div></div>
+        
+        <p>IMPORTANT: In order for this to work a payment needs to have been made to the billing
+            account that has not been completely applied to any other invoices. Payments to a
+            billing account can be done via the 'Payments' sub menu for the billing account or by
+            using Accounting / Payments menu.</p>
+        <p>
+            </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Select the 'Invoices' sub menu</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Locate the invoice required (NOTE: The 'Amount to Apply' is the same as
+                        the 'Total' column)</p>
+                </li><li class="listitem">
+                    <p>Press the 'Capture' button (NOTE: The 'Amount to Apply' is different to
+                        the 'Total' column)</p>
+                </li></ol></div><p>
+        </p>
+        <p>The 'Capture' button is no longer displayed next to the invoice and an additional
+            payments transaction will be created for any difference between the invoice total and
+            the amount paid (Eg Invoice Total $100, Payment Amount $125, the new payment transaction
+            amount will be $25)</p>
+        <p>NOTE: The above example assumes that the payment available will cover the total amount
+            outstanding for the invoice</p>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Accounting.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Accounting.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Accounting.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Accounting Introduction</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="Accounting Introduction"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="acctintro"></a>Accounting Introduction</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+
+  <p>The Accounting system is organized according to age old and generally
+  accepted principles such as double-entry accounting, a General Ledger with
+  hierarchical accounts, journals and posting of transactions and
+  corresponding entries.</p>
+
+  <p>The structure is primary based on the OMG GL standard and the work
+  that was done on an AR/AP extension of the OMG GL standard. This correlates
+  well with other standards such as ebXML and OAGIS.</p>
+
+  <p>The Accounting entities are structured such that accounts for multiple
+  organizations can be managed. The multiple organizations could be multiple
+  companies, or departments or other organizations within a company. Each
+  Organization can have various GL Accounts associated with it so that it can
+  operate with its own subset of the Master Chart of Accounts.</p>
+
+  <p>Each Organization can also have its own set of Journals for
+  flexibility, even though the use of Journals should be as minimal as
+  possible in favor of allowing the system to automatically create and post
+  transactions based on business events triggered by standard procedures and
+  documents such as purchase and sales orders, invoices, inventory transfers,
+  payments, receipts, and so forth.</p>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Organization GL Settings.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Organization GL Settings.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Organization GL Settings.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Organization GL Settings.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="Organization GL Settings."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>Organization GL Settings.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+  
+  <p></p>
+    
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounts Summary.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounts Summary.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounts Summary.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Party Accounts Summary help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Party Accounts Summary help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Party Accounts Summary help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+    <p></p>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/Chart of Accounts.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/Chart of Accounts.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/Chart of Accounts.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Chart of Accounts help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Chart of Accounts help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Chart of Accounts help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+ 
+ <p>OFBiz comes with a master template for a very comprehensive chart
+  of accounts. This can be found in 'Global GL Defaults' under the
+  'Accounting' tab.</p>
+ <p>A couple of points to note</p>
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+   <p>you do not need to use all the accounts defined in this master
+    template (but it may be simpler to look for the accounts that you
+    can use or rename)</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>you can create your own additional accounts if you dont want to
+    use the ones in the master template</p>
+  </li></ul></div>
+ <p>The chart of accounts for the default organisation (Company) is
+  built up by selecting the accounts that you want to use from the
+  global chart of accounts master template. This means that if you want
+  to create a new account then you need to create it first in the Global
+  Chart of Accounts and then link (or assign) it to the chart of
+  accounts for Company.</p>
+ <p>Details of the Chart of Accounts can be exported as a CSV file or
+  PDF using the buttons displayed.</p>
+ <p>IMPORTANT NOTE: You need to be careful if you do decide to create
+  your own accounts that they contain all the details required and that
+  they are linked into the relevant configuation for the setup of the GL
+  defaults. This means that if you change an account (eg Inventory) to
+  one of your own - you need to check the GL defaults setup and replace
+  any reference to the Inventory account to the one you have created.
+ </p>
+ <p>This Chart of Accounts screen is used to define the list of
+  accounts (or chart) that will be actively used by the company.For
+  example the Global chart of accounts may contain 100 different
+  accounts but only 20 need to be used for your specific business. This
+  means the you need only to create assignments to the accounts that you
+  actively want to use.</p>
+ <p>The Chart of Accounts is a mixture of business needs (ie being
+  able to track the information you need for your business) and tax
+  requirements (i.e. legal or government requirements necessary for
+  operating a business). The type of Chart that you setup will be
+  dependent of your business type.</p>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I create a Chart of Accounts?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2003F"></a>How do I create a Chart of Accounts?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <p>As mentioned above the chart of accounts for the default
+   organisation (Company) is built up by selecting the accounts that you
+   want to use from the global chart of accounts master template. This
+   means that if you want to create a new account then you need to
+   create it first in the Global Chart of Accounts and then link (or
+   assign) it to the chart of accounts for Company. By creating an
+   assignment to an account it is then added to the Chart of Accounts.
+  </p>
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the account Gl Account Id that you need from the drop
+     down box</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Create Assignment' button</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The account is added to the Chart of Account</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I update a Chart of Accounts?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2005D"></a>How do I update a Chart of Accounts?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <p>Updating the Chart of Accounts will involve either creating a
+   new assignment or removing an existing one. A new assignment is
+   created using the instructions above. The added complication may be
+   that the account that you need does not exist in the Global Chart of
+   Accounts. As mentioned above it will need to be created and then
+   linked.</p>
+  <p>See the instructions below to remove an existing account
+   assignment. </p>
+  <p>NOTE: If a completely new account is required that does not
+   already exist as part of the Global Chart of Accounts template then
+   it will need to be created as part of the Global template first
+   before it can be used as an assignment in the Organisation Chart of
+   Accounts.</p>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I delete a Chart of Accounts?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2006C"></a>How do I delete a Chart of Accounts?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <p>Accounts are not deleted from the Chart of Accounts - they are
+   simply no longer selected to be used.</p>
+  <p>It is important that you do not remove accounts that are active
+   and have already been used for transactions. Even if the net balance
+   of the account is zero then from an audit perspective then you should
+   not be removing accounts.</p>
+  <p>You should only be looking to remove accounts that have not been
+   used. To un-link or un-assign accounts from the default company then
+   use the Entity Data Maintenance from the Webtools menu. Look for the
+   entity 'GlAccountOrganization' and delete the record to remove the
+   link.</p>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I update the details for an account in the Chart of Accounts?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2007B"></a>How do I update the details for an account in the Chart of
+   Accounts?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <p>Details of the accounts that make up the Chart of Accounts can
+   be accessed from this screen. </p>
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Click on the 'GL Account Id' of the account required</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The 'Edit GL Account' screen is displayed showing the details
+     of the account selected (NOTE:This screen is also accessible via
+     'Global GL Settings / Chart of Account / Navigate Accounts '</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Amend the fields required (NOTE: The GL Account Id and Posted
+     Balance fields cannot be amended)</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Update' button </p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/Acctounting Preferences.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/Acctounting Preferences.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/Acctounting Preferences.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Accounting Preferences help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Accounting Preferences help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Accounting Preferences help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+ 
+ <p>Accounting Preferences are a set of configuration details that
+  are related to a party. To appear on this screen the party must be
+  setup with the role of 'Internal Organisation'. This means that you
+  can add the internal organisation role to a party and they will be
+  added to this screen and then can be configured.</p>
+ <p>The master default party is 'Company' but preferences can also be
+  setup for internal departments. The demo data shows some examples of
+  this (eg Marketing, Accounting, Sales, Development etc). Unless
+  overridden then then all other parties appearing on this screen will
+  take their default setup from 'Company'</p>
+ <p>NOTE: The majority of the configuration information displayed in
+  Accounting Preferences are taken from the Enumeration entity.</p>
+ <p>It is used for setting specifying information related to the
+  accounting setup for a specific organisation or parties that exist
+  within an organisation such as business units, cost centres,
+  departments ,subsidiaries etc. Information that can be setup include
+  the following:</p>
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+   <p>The start date of the Time Periods and Fiscal or Accounting
+    Year (eg 1st April, 1st January, 1st June etc)</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Tax Return Form (NOTE: Need to check how important this is and
+    where it is used.......possibly some kind of reporting???)</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>The method to be used for calculating Cost of Goods Sold (COGS)
+   </p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Base Currency - eg USD, GBP, EUR etc (NOTE: May have main
+    company in USD but a subsidiary in EUR etc)</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Invoice prefix, numbering and sequencing (eg you may want each
+    business unit / subsidiary to have its own invoice numbering or
+    sequence etc)</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Quote prefix, number and sequencing</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Method to be used for refunds (eg cheque, direct bank credit,
+    voucher credit etc...)</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Specify which journal will be used to store error transactions
+   </p>
+  </li></ul></div>
+ <p>NOTE: Key things that are usually need to be amended include the
+  base currency for the company, fiscal year information and invoice
+  numbering prefix or sequencing.</p>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I create or setup a new Accounting Preference?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2005D"></a>How do I create or setup a new Accounting Preference?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <p>IMPORTANT NOTE: A party must be setup with the role of 'Internal
+   Organisation' before it will appear on the Accounting Preferences
+   screen so that it can be setup.</p>
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the 'Setup' button next to the party to be setup</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The Accounting Preferences screen is displayed. (IMPORTANT:
+     The first time this screen is displayed all of the fields will be
+     modifiable. Once this has been saved only certain fields will be
+     modifiable!!)</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The default entries will be based on (or inherited from)
+     'Company'</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Enter any changes that are required (eg Invoice Prefix, Error
+     Journal name - as you may want error transactions from separate
+     departments to be handled differently...)</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Add' button</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I update an Accounting Preference?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20087"></a>How do I update an Accounting Preference?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the 'Setup' button next to the party to be setup</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The Accounting Preferences screen is displayed but only
+     certain fields will be modifiable</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Enter any changes required</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Update' button</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+  <p>NOTE: If you need to change any of the fields that are not
+   modifiable then it can be done via the Entity Data Maintenance on
+   Webtools menu using the PartyAcctgPreference entity. You will need to
+   be careful in editing an existing preference especially if the
+   configuration already been used for transactions.</p>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How to I delete an Accounting Preference?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N200AB"></a>How to I delete an Accounting Preference?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <p>There is currently no delete option via the user interface but
+   an Accounting Preference can be removed by deleting the role of
+   'Internal Organisation' from the party record.</p>
+  <p>NOTE TO CHECK: Need to investigate the impact of using an
+   accounting preference then removing it. What happens to the
+   transactions in process etc......???</p>
+ </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/Journals.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/Journals.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/Journals.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Journals help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Journals help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Journals help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+ 
+ <p>A journal is a detailed accounting transaction that is recorded
+  (or posted) to the General Ledger. It is made up of a debit and a
+  credit component.(IMPORTANT NOTE TO CHECK: Is this screen really about
+  Journals or is it about Suspense Accounts.....??????)</p>
+ <p>NOTE: By default in OFBIZ a journal called 'ERROR_JOURNAL' is
+  created as part of the demo data installation.This 'ERROR_JOURNAL' is
+  referenced in the Accounting Preferences setup for 'Company'. The
+  'ERROR_JOURNAL' is used to store details of any transaction that fails
+  and cannot be posted to a general ledger account. Transactions falling
+  into error can be as the result of incomplete setup or an invalid
+  transaction (eg a transaction that should never occur).</p>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I create a journal?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20021"></a>How do I create a journal?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Enter a journal name in the Gl Journal Name field (eg
+     MY_JOURNAL)</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Submit' button</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The journal is created and will appear in the journal list at
+     the bottom of the screen (Note that the Journal ID is automatically
+     generated)</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I update a journal?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2003C"></a>How do I update a journal?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the journal to be updated from the list of journals at
+     the bottom of the screen</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The journal details will be displayed on the screen</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Update the Gl Journal Name (as this is currently the only
+     field that can be updated)</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Submit' button</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The updated journal will appear in the journal list at the
+     bottom of the screen</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I delete a journal?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20063"></a>How do I delete a journal?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <p>Be careful if you need to remove an existing journal as it may
+   have transactions associated with it.</p>
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Remove' button next to the journal that you want to
+     delete</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The journal is deleted and the screen is redisplayed</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/Time Periods.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/Time Periods.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/Time Periods.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Time Periods help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Time Periods help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Time Periods help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+ 
+ <p>Time periods are a defined period of time (usually a month,
+  quarter or year) that is used to group business transactions. It is a
+  key part of any general accounting setup.</p>
+ <p>Time periods can be used for the definition of :</p>
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Company Financial Year</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Fiscal / Tax Periods (weeks, months, quarters)</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>VAT / GST Periods</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Sales Periods</p>
+  </li></ul></div>
+ <p>The screen is divided into 3 main areas. The first two show lists
+  of the open and closed time periods. The area at the bottom allows you
+  to define and enter a new time period.</p>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I add a new Financial Year time period?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2003F"></a>How do I add a new Financial Year time period?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Using the area at the bottom of the screen labelled 'New'
+    </p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Leave the Parent Period Id field blank (NOTE: The financial
+     year will be the parent of other time periods eg fiscal months or
+     GST / VAT periods)</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select 'Fiscal Year' from the 'Period Type Id' drop down box
+    </p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Enter '13' in the Period Num field (NOTE: You can use any
+     number that does not conflict with the other time periods you want
+     to use. We plan to define 12 fiscal or tax months so will use 13
+     for the year)</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Enter 'FY 2010-2011' in the Period Name field (NOTE: You can
+     use any name you want but make sure it makes sense. This example is
+     an abbreviation for Fiscal Year 2010-2011)</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select '1st April 2010' using the calendar lookup in the 'From
+     Date' field</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select '1st April 2011' using the calendar lookup in the 'Thru
+     Date' field (NOTE: Even though we want our financial year to end on
+     31st March 2011 the test used is based on less than not an equal
+     to)</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Leave the 'Is Closed' field at its default of 'No'</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Create' button</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The new time period will now be displayed in the list of open
+     time periods.</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I add a new GST/ VAT time period?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20084"></a>How do I add a new GST/ VAT time period?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Using the area at the bottom of the screen labelled 'New'
+    </p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the previously created financial year 'FY 2010-2011' in
+     the Parent Period Id field</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select 'Fiscal Month' from the 'Period Type Id' drop down box
+    </p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Enter '1' in the Period Num field (NOTE: This is the first of
+     12 periods that we want to define.) </p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Enter 'FM April 2010' in the Period Name field (NOTE: You can
+     use any name you want but make sure it makes sense. This example is
+     an abbreviation for Fiscal Month April 2010)</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select '1st April 2010' using the calendar lookup in the 'From
+     Date' field</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select '1st May 2010' using the calendar lookup in the 'Thru
+     Date' field (NOTE: Even though we want our fiscal month to end on
+     30th April 2010 the test is used is based on less than not an equal
+     to)</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Leave the Is Closed field at its default of 'No'</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Create' button</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The new time period will now be displayed in the list of open
+     time periods.</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I update a time period?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N200C9"></a>How do I update a time period?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <p>NOTE: Time periods cannot be updated via the current time
+   periods screen. If you need to amend time period details then it can
+   be done via Entity Data Maintenance in the Webtools menu.</p>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I close a time period?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N200D2"></a>How do I close a time period?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>To close a time period select the 'Close' button next to the
+     time period.</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The time period will be removed from the current open time
+     periods area and re-displayed in the closed time periods section of
+     the screen.</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+  <p>NOTE: Closing a time period is a trigger for an automatic
+   accounting transaction as follows:</p>
+  <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Transaction Type: Period Closing</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>DR ?????? (based on the GL account type mapping for Profit
+     Loss) </p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>CR 336000 Retained Earnings (based on GL account type mapping
+     for Retained Earnings)</p>
+   </li></ul></div>
+  <p>NOTE: Both sides of this accounting transaction uses the same GL
+   account type default mapping. The account mapping for 'Profit Loss'
+   is not setup as part of the demo data so this transaction will not
+   automatically post to the general ledger but will instead be put in
+   the ERROR_JOURNAL as an unposted transaction. The transaction value
+   is zero for both sides of journal...Even if it does have a value do
+   we want to move it from P and L to Equity during the financial year?
+   Normally this is done once at the end of the financial year.</p>
+ </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Payment Method Id GL Accounts.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Payment Method Id GL Accounts.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Payment Method Id GL Accounts.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Payment Method GL Account Type help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Payment Method GL Account Type help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Payment Method GL Account Type help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+ 
+ <p>The Payment Method GL Account Type Id is used to map the
+  different payment methods (eg Cash, Cheque etc) to a specific GL
+  Account Type Id. This will translate to one side of a GL entry only.
+ </p>
+ <p>A Payment Method is just a way to define the ways in which
+  payments can be made. Each payment method can be linked to a different
+  account in the general ledger. A main GL account used would be the one
+  that represents the Company bank account. In the demo data mappings
+  Electronic Funds Transfer, Company Account, Financial Account are all
+  linked to the Company bank account GL account.</p>
+ <p>OFBiz demo data defines 15 different payment methods as follows:
+ </p>
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Cash</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Certified Cheque</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Company Account</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Company Cheque</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Electronic Funds Transfer (NOTE TO CHECK: Problem with
+    definition or terminology - is this a Direct Debit.... ?? A direct
+    debit is controlled by the payee and an automatic payment via bank
+    account is controlled by the payer)</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Billing Account</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Cash on Delivery (COD)</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>eBay</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Offline Payment (NOTE: Is this ambiguous - since COD is an
+    offline payment...)</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>PayPal</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>WorldPay</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Financial Account</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Gift Certificate</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Money Order</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Personal Cheque</p>
+  </li></ul></div>
+ <p>NOTE: A point to note is that these payment methods dont include
+  Credit Cards....(which I think is on purpose...). The majority of
+  these payment methods are linked to 'Undeposited Receipts' but an
+  additional accounting transaction may be needed once the funds have
+  cleared and are available in the Company bank account.</p>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I add a new Payment Method Id / GL Account Id mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20084"></a>How do I add a new Payment Method Id / GL Account Id mapping?
+  </h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the 'Payment Method Type' from the drop down list
+    </p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the 'GL Account Id' to map it to from the drop down
+     list</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Save' button</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The new Payment Method Type / GL Account Type mapping is
+     displayed in the list at the bottom of the screen</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I update a Payment Method Id / GL Account Id mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N200A5"></a>How do I update a Payment Method Id / GL Account Id mapping?
+  </h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <p>A Payment Method Type / GL Account Type mapping cannot be
+   updated directly but needs to be removed then re-created. If you try
+   to update an existing entry you will get an 'duplicate key' error
+   message</p>
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Remove' button next to the entry that you want to
+     update</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The entry is removed from the list of entries displayed</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the 'Payment Method Type' from the drop down list
+    </p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the updated 'GL Account Type' to map it to from the
+     drop down list</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Save' button</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The new Payment Method Type / GL Account Type mapping is
+     displayed in the list at the bottom of the screen</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I remove a Payment Method Id / Gl Account Id mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N200D5"></a>How do I remove a Payment Method Id / Gl Account Id mapping?
+  </h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Remove' button next to the entry that you want to
+     delete</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The entry is removed from the list of entries displayed</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Tax Authority GL Accounts.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Tax Authority GL Accounts.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Tax Authority GL Accounts.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Tax Authority GL Accounts help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Tax Authority GL Accounts help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Tax Authority GL Accounts help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+ 
+ <p>The Tax Authority / GL Account default is used to map different
+  tax authorities to different general ledger accounts. This setup will
+  affect one side of a journal entry only.</p>
+ <p>NOTE: A tax authority is legal body usually the state (country)
+  that imposes a financial levy on business transactions.</p>
+ <p>Normal business rules require you will to keep track amounts
+  collected or paid to different tax authorities separately. This
+  mapping ensures that money collected or paid to various tax
+  authorities (eg through Sales Orders, Purchase Orders etc) can be
+  separated into specific accounts</p>
+ <p>The OFBiz demo data comes with 9 entries to show an example of
+  how this can be setup using the some of the US states as separate tax
+  authorities.</p>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I add a Tax Authority / GL Account mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20027"></a>How do I add a Tax Authority / GL Account mapping?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <p>Unlike the other GL Account defaults you cannot add a Tax
+   Authority / GL mapping through these screens. It needs to be done via
+   the 'GL Accounts' sub menu under the 'Tax Authorities' menu. The
+   method of how to add a mapping using the 'Tax Authorities' is shown
+   below.</p>
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>From the Accounting Manager / Tax Authorities Menu press the
+     'Edit' button next to the Tax Authority required</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the sub menu 'GL Accounts'</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Enter or Lookup the party for the 'Organisation Party Id'
+     field (NOTE: Use 'Company' as default)</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Enter or Lookup the GL Account to be mapped to</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Add' button</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The mapping will be displayed at the bottom of the screen.
+    </p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Return to the Tax Authority / GL Account default and this new
+     mapping will be shown in the list </p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I update a Tax Authority / GL Account mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2005D"></a>How do I update a Tax Authority / GL Account mapping?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <p>Only the GL Account Id linked to the mapping can be updated.
+  </p>
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Locate the Tax Authority / GL Account entry that needs to be
+     updated</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the new 'GL Account Id' from the drop down list next to
+     the entry </p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Update' button next to the entry</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I remove a Tax Authority / GL Account mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2007B"></a>How do I remove a Tax Authority / GL Account mapping?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Locate the Tax Authority / GL Account entry that needs to be
+     removed</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Delete' button next to the entry </p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Product GL Accounts.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Product GL Accounts.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Product GL Accounts.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Product GL Accounts help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Product GL Accounts help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Product GL Accounts help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+  
+ 
+ <p>The Product GL Account is used to specify the default account to
+  be used for a specific Product' and 'Account Type' combination. This
+  setup will translate to one side of the journal entry only.</p>
+ <p>NOTE: Duplicate functionality .... This setup for the Product GL
+  Account can also be setup using the 'Accounts' sub menu for the
+  Product in Catalog Manager. Need to confirm whether this default work
+  like a hierarchy....eg Product GL Defaults will override General
+  Account defaults. </p>
+ <p>It is used for tracking product transactions at a more detailed
+  level. Examples could be as follows:</p>
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Tracking Accounts Receivable by Product in the General Ledger
+   </p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Tracking Cost of Goods by product (or product variation) in the
+    General Ledger</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Tracking Commissions paid by Product in the General Ledger
+   </p>
+  </li></ul></div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I add a new Product / GL Account Type mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20039"></a>How do I add a new Product / GL Account Type mapping?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <p>By default there are no Product / GL Account Type mappings that
+   are configured as part of the OFBiz demo data.</p>
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the 'Account Type' from the drop down list (NOTE: In
+     other screens this field is call the 'GL Account Type Id'.....)
+    </p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the ' GL Account' to map it to from the drop down list
+    </p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Enter or look up the 'Product Id' to be used</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Add' button</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The new mapping will be displayed in the list at the bottom of
+     the screen</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+  <p>NOTE: This mapping can also be also be done via the 'Accounts'
+   sub menu for the Product. Any mapping created here will be displayed
+   under the Product 'Accounts' sub menu. Alternatively any mapping
+   created in the Product 'Accounts' sub menu will also be displayed
+   here.</p>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I update a Product / GL Account Type mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20066"></a>How do I update a Product / GL Account Type mapping?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <p>A Product / GL Account Type mapping can be updated by modifying
+   the GL Account only. If the product needs to be updated then the
+   mapping will need to be deleted and then re-entered using the new
+   product.</p>
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Locate the entry that needs to be updated in the list of
+     Product / GL Account Type mappings</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Modify the 'GL Account 'by using the drop down list next to
+     the 'GL Account' field</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Update' button</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The updated mapping will be displayed </p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I delete a Product / GL Account Type mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2008A"></a>How do I delete a Product / GL Account Type mapping?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Locate the entry that needs to be deleted in the list of
+     Product / GL Account Type mappings</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p> 2. Press the 'Remove' button next to the entry</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+  <p>NOTE: This can also be done via the 'Accounts' sub menu for the
+   Product using the 'Delete Link' button.</p>
+ </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Party GL Accounts.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Party GL Accounts.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Party GL Accounts.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Party GL Account help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Party GL Account help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Party GL Account help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+ 
+ <p>he Party / GL Account mapping allows the translation of different
+  account types (eg Accounts Receivable, Accounts Payable etc) for a
+  party to be mapped to a separate general ledger account. The party
+  role (eg Bill To Customer) is also used to define the mapping even
+  further. OFBiz demo data setup comes with no entries here.</p>
+ <p>It is used as a way of implementing subledger functionality in
+  OFBiz. Subledger functionality is where a higher level account can be
+  split into lower levels. In this case these lower levels can be by
+  party.</p>
+ <p>An example could be that a business may want to use the general
+  ledger to track the Accounts Receivable (AR) by customer so the chart
+  of account would be setup something like as follows:</p>
+ <p>120000 Accounts Receivable</p>
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+   <p>120010 Accounts Receivable - Customer A</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>120020 Accounts Receiviable - Customer B</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>120030 Accounts Receivalbe - Customer C</p>
+  </li></ul></div>
+ <p>This has the main AR account is at the top of the hierarchy and 3
+  sub accounts below it. Entries for Customers A, B and C would be setup
+  with a role of 'Bill From Customer' as this is a role associated with
+  the customer when the Sales Invoice is generated.When a transaction
+  matching the criteria is processed in the system then these mappings
+  will control where it is posted to.In the case of Customer A any AR
+  transactions with role 'Bill To Customer' are posted to '120010'
+  instead of the standard '120000</p>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I add a new Party / GL Account mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2003F"></a>How do I add a new Party / GL Account mapping?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Enter or Lookup the party for the 'Party Id' field</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the 'Role Type Id' from the drop down list (NOTE: Be
+     careful that you select the correct role for the transactions you
+     want to track......)</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the 'GL Account Type Id' from the drop down list</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the 'GL Account Id' from the drop down list</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Add' button</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The new entry will be displayed at the bottom of the screen
+    </p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I update a Party / GL Account mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2006C"></a>How do I update a Party / GL Account mapping?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <p>Only the GL Account Id linked to the mapping can be updated.
+  </p>
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Locate the Party / GL Account entry that needs to be updated
+    </p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the new 'GL Account Id' from the drop down list next to
+     the entry </p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Update' button next to the entry</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I remove a Party / GL Account mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2008A"></a>How do I remove a Party / GL Account mapping?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Locate the Party / GL Account entry that needs to be removed
+    </p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Delete' button next to the entry</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Fin Account Type GL Accounts.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Fin Account Type GL Accounts.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Fin Account Type GL Accounts.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Financial Account GL Account Type help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Financial Account GL Account Type help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Financial Account GL Account Type help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+ 
+ <p>The FinAccount Type GL Account (Financial Account Type / GL
+  Account Type) is used to specify the default account to be used for a
+  specific type of Financial Account. This setup will translate to one
+  side of the journal entry only.</p>
+ <p>IMPORTANT NOTE: There is a limitation that only one account can
+  be specified per Financial Account type. Currently there are 6 types
+  of Financial Account (Bank, Deposit, Investment, Gift Certificate,
+  Replenish, Service Credit) - so if you have more than one of these
+  type of accounts that you need to track separately then there could be
+  a problem. </p>
+ <p>This mapping is normally be triggered if something is paid or
+  uses a Financial Account. Using the demo data this mapping is
+  triggered when someone purchases a gift certificate, or pays money
+  into a financial account.</p>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I add a new Financial Account Type / GL Account mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20024"></a>How do I add a new Financial Account Type / GL Account mapping?
+  </h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <p>By default there are 4 Financial Account Type / GL Type mappings
+   that are configured as part of the OFBiz demo data.</p>
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the 'FinAccount Type Id' from the drop down list</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the ' GL Account' to map it to from the drop down list
+    </p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Add' button</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The new mapping will be displayed in the list at the bottom of
+     the screen</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I update a Financial Account Type / GL Account mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20048"></a>How do I update a Financial Account Type / GL Account mapping?
+  </h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <p>A Financial Account Type / GL Account Type mapping can be
+   updated by modifying the GL Account only. Unlike other screens in
+   this area if the GL Account Type needs to be updated then it can be
+   done by creating a new record with the correct GL Account type which
+   will overwrite the existing record.</p>
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Locate the entry that needs to be updated in the list of
+     Financial Account Type / GL Account Type mappings</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Modify the 'GL Account 'by using the drop down list next to
+     the GL Account field</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Update' button</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The updated mapping will be displayed</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I remove a Financial Account Type / GL Account mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2006C"></a>How do I remove a Financial Account Type / GL Account mapping?
+  </h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Locate the entry that needs to be deleted in the list of
+     Financial Account Type / GL Account Type mappings</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Remove' button next to the entry</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Purchase Invoice.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Purchase Invoice.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Purchase Invoice.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Purchase Invoice help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Purchase Invoice help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Purchase Invoice help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+ 
+ <p>The Purchase Invoice sub menu is used to specify the default
+  account to be used for the individual line items that appear on a
+  Purchase Invoice. The items are identified by a line description which
+  can be mapped to a specific general ledger account. Purchase invoices
+  can be made up of a variety of items as well as the product that is
+  being bought (eg discounts, promotions, work effort or labour costs
+  etc). The majority of businesses will want to track these type of
+  items separately in the general ledger and this screen will allow this
+  type of setup.</p>
+ <p>This setup will translate to one side of the journal entry only.
+ </p>
+ <p>IMPORTANT: This screen is one of the screens where the default
+  entries that are displayed here are entered via the Global GL Settings
+  under the sub menu 'Invoice Item Type'. This screen allows users to
+  override the global settings for the Purchase Invoice item type. An
+  example of why this could be necessary could be that a company many
+  want to isolate the sales reporting of a specific department or
+  business unit separately (eg subledgers etc) but still have the option
+  of a 'catch all' global general ledger account.</p>
+ <p>VERY IMPORTANT NOTE: Need to do more investigation but the it
+  looks like these Purchase Invoice mappings dont work when used as part
+  of the Purchase Order to Purchase Invoice Process.(Have been doing
+  some tests to try and get it to post to a different account than
+  'Uninvoiced Shipment Receipts' and 'Inventory' but hasnt worked so
+  far.) We need to be able to specify things such as Sales Tax, Freight
+  and any Purchase Order adjustments.</p>
+ <p>These override mappings do work if there is no Purchase Order
+  just a Purchase Invoice as shown in the simple process below. How the
+  Purchase Invoice mappings are used is best shown by an example. A very
+  simple description of a Purchase Invoice Process could be as follows:
+ </p>
+ <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+   <p>You have ordered something from a supplier (eg indirect
+    purchasing such as stationery etc via phone)</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>The Supplier ships the products to you (NOTE: as they are not
+    stored in the Warehouse but in your offices - so dont need an
+    Inventory Receive.....????)</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>You receive the product and an invoice from the Supplier
+    (Purchase Invoice)</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>You enter the Purchase Invoice pay the Supplier the amount
+    invoiced</p>
+  </li></ol></div>
+ <p>Let's focus on step of 4 in more detail.</p>
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+   <p>You have received the product from the supplier with an invoice
+   </p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>In OFBiz you enter the Purchase Invoice using 'Create New' in
+    the 'Invoices' menu of Accounting Manager</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Using the 'Items' sub menu you can create individual items on
+    the Purchase Invoice (eg Paper, Pens, Sales Tax etc and they dont
+    need to have a Product Id associated with them)</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>When you add a new invoice item to the Purchase Invoice it is
+    the 'Invoice Item Type' that is affected by the Purchase Invoice
+    override mappings</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>The Purchase Invoice can then be moved to various statuses
+    (Approved, Received, Ready or Cancelled)</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>When the status is moved to 'Ready' this is a trigger for an
+    'automatic' accounting transaction</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>The transaction type generated is called 'Purchase Invoice' and
+    it uses the Purchase Invoice override mappings</p>
+  </li></ul></div>
+ <p>Transaction Type: Purchase Invoice, DR 516100 Purchase Order
+  Adjustments , DR ????? Sales Tax, CR 210000 Accounts Payable </p>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I add a new Purchase Invoice override mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20078"></a>How do I add a new Purchase Invoice override mapping?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <p>By default there are no Purchase Invoice override mappings that
+   are configured as part of the OFBiz demo data.</p>
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the 'Invoice Purchase Item Type' from the drop down
+     list</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the ' Invoice Override Expense GL Account Id' to map it
+     to from the drop down list</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Save' button</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The new mapping will be displayed in the 'Invoice Override
+     Expense GL Account' column in the list at the bottom of the screen
+    </p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I update a Purchase Invoice override mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2009C"></a>How do I update a Purchase Invoice override mapping?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <p>An existing Purchase Invoice override mapping cannot be updated
+   but needs to be removed and a new mapping added. If you try to add an
+   override to an item that already has an override you will get a
+   duplicate record error message.</p>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I remove a Purchase Invoice override mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N200A5"></a>How do I remove a Purchase Invoice override mapping?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <p>NOTE: Only the override mapping can be deleted. The default
+   mapping record cannot be deleted here (even though the Remove button
+   is displayed next to it!)</p>
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Locate the entry that needs the override deleted in the list
+     of Purchase Invoice override mappings</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Remove' button next to the entry</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The override mapping will be removed from the 'Invoice
+     Override Expense GL Account' column of the entry </p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Credit Card Type GL Accounts.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Credit Card Type GL Accounts.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Credit Card Type GL Accounts.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Credit Card Type GL Accounts help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Credit Card Type GL Accounts help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Credit Card Type GL Accounts help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+ 
+ <p>The Credit Card Type / GL Account default is used to map
+  different types of credit card to different general ledger accounts.
+ </p>
+ <p>NOTE: This setup will affect one side of a journal entry only.
+ </p>
+ <p>This type of mapping is useful if you need to track the amounts
+  to be collected from different credit card agents. The OFBiz demo data
+  comes with some setup here (NOTE: The demo entries appear to be
+  duplicated...has something changed in ENUM for defining each credit
+  card type.....?????)</p>
+ <p>Examples are as follows:</p>
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+   <p>American Express</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Visa</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Mastercard</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Diners Club </p>
+  </li></ul></div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I add a Credit Card Type GL Account mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20042"></a>How do I add a Credit Card Type GL Account mapping?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <p>There are 10 mappings that come as part of the OFBiz demo data
+   but they do appear to be duplicated for some reason.</p>
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the 'Card Type' from the drop down list</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the 'GL Account Id' to map it to from the drop down
+     list</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Add' button</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The new 'Credit Card / GL Account Id' mapping is displayed in
+     the list at the bottom of the screen</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I update a Credit Card Type GL Account mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20066"></a>How do I update a Credit Card Type GL Account mapping?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the 'Card Type' from the drop down list</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the updated 'GL Account Id' to map it to from the drop
+     down list</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Add' button</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The updated 'Credit Card Type / GL Account' mapping is
+     displayed in the list at the bottom of the screen</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+  <p>NOTE: Used 'Visa' as an example to update and the 'CCT_VISA' was
+   updated but the 'Visa' one wasnt. This is probably related to the
+   duplication.</p>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I remove a Credit Card Type GL Account mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2008A"></a>How do I remove a Credit Card Type GL Account mapping?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Remove' button next to the entry that you want to
+     delete</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The entry is removed from the list of entries displayed</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/GL Account Type Defaults.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/GL Account Type Defaults.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/GL Account Type Defaults.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The GL Account Type Defaults help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The GL Account Type Defaults help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The GL Account Type Defaults help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+ 
+ <p>The GL Account Defaults screens are are method to setup rules
+  that are used to translate business transactions into accounting
+  transactions. It currently is made up of 12 sub menus that can be used
+  to map various transaction type codes to a specific general ledger
+  account</p>
+ <p>Accounting transactions are made up of a Debit Entry and a Credit
+  Entry. The GL Account defaults screens help map which accounts are to
+  be used to generate a each part of the transaction. This means that
+  certain mappings will be used to generate the Debit (or DR) entry part
+  of the transaction and others used to generate the Credit (or CR)
+  entry part of the transaction.</p>
+ <p>NOTE: Many of the accounting transactions are generated
+  'automatically' (or in the background) using the the accounting
+  services SECAS / EECAS. </p>
+ <p>The GL Account Type is used to specify the default account that
+  certain transactions (eg Accounts Payable, Accounts Receivable, etc)
+  are posted to. An accounting transaction (or journal entry) is made up
+  of two parts - a Debit Entry and a Credit Entry that balance each
+  other. The GL Account Type is used to translate one side of the
+  journal entry. </p>
+ <p>GL Account Types are stored in Entity GLAccountType which can be
+  viewed via Entity Data Maintenance in the Webtools menu. There are
+  currently 57 different GL Account Types that are part of the OFBiz
+  demo data but only 19 of these are setup as mappings</p>
+ <p>How the GL Account Type is used is best shown by an example. A
+  very simple description of an online Sales Order Process could be as
+  follows:</p>
+ <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Customer Orders a Product (and Creates a Sales Order)</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Customer Pays for Product (via Credit Card, Internet Banking
+    etc)</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Vendor confirms Payment and Dispatches the Product to the
+    Customer</p>
+  </li></ol></div>
+ <p>Let's focus on the first part step of 3 in more detail.</p>
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+   <p>The vendor has checked their bank statement and seen that the
+    customer has paid</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>In OFBiz Order Manager they will then look up the relevant
+    Sales Order and then click the 'Receive Payment' button to log the
+    payment in the system</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>The 'Receive Payment' button is a trigger for an 'automatic'
+    accounting transaction</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>The transaction type that is triggered is called 'Incoming
+    Payment'</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>The accounting entries generated are: DR 112000 Undeposited
+    Funds , CR 120000 Accounts Receivable </p>
+  </li></ul></div>
+ <p>The CR (or Credit) entry for the transaction is created by the GL
+  Acccount Type mapping for 'Accounts Receivable' (which by using the
+  demo data default will go the 120000 Accounts Receivable)</p>
+ <p>The DR (or Debit) entry for the transaction is created by a
+  different GL Account default, the Payment Method Id / GL Account Id
+  mapping (eg Cash is setup as 112000 Undeposited Receipts)</p>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I create a new GL Account Type default mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2006C"></a>How do I create a new GL Account Type default mapping?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <p>There are currently 57 different GL Account Types that come as
+   part of the demo data with OFBiz. This should be enough to manage the
+   vast majority of business transactions. These instructions show how
+   to add a mapping using the default data</p>
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the 'GL Account Type Id' from the drop down list</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the 'GL Account' to map it to from the drop down list
+    </p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Save' button</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The new GL Account Type mapping is displayed in the list at
+     the bottom of the screen </p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+  <p>NOTE: If none of the demo data GL Account Types are sufficient
+   then new ones can be added using Entity Data Maintenance and the
+   entity 'GLAccountType' in the Webtools menu.</p>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I update a GL Account Type default mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20093"></a>How do I update a GL Account Type default mapping?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <p>A GL Account Type mapping cannot be updated directly but needs
+   to be removed then re-created. If you try to update an existing entry
+   you will get an 'duplicate key' error message.</p>
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Remove' button next to the entry that you want to
+     update</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The entry is removed from the list of entries displayed</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the 'GL Account Type Id' from the drop down list</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the updated 'GL Account' to map it to from the drop
+     down list</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Save' button</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The new GL Account mapping is displayed in the list at the
+     bottom of the screen</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I delete a GL Account Type default mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N200C3"></a>How do I delete a GL Account Type default mapping?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Remove' button next to the entry that you want to
+     delete</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The entry is removed from the list of entries displayed</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Variance Reason GL Accounts.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Variance Reason GL Accounts.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Variance Reason GL Accounts.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Variance Reason GL Accounts help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Variance Reason GL Accounts help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Variance Reason GL Accounts help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+ 
+ <p>The Variance Reason / GL Account default is used for mapping any
+  stock differences to a particular general ledger account. If there are
+  variances in the number of products that are in stock then this
+  affects the value of inventory in the general ledger. By using this GL
+  default you can offset any differences in stock to the relevant
+  general ledger account.</p>
+ <p>The number of products (or items) in stock can vary. These
+  differences can be caused by numerous reasons. Some of these could be
+  as follows:</p>
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Products have been damaged</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Products were lost or stolen</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Products were found </p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Under or over supply of a Product from a Supplier (eg. You have
+    ordered 10 and 11 are delivered....) </p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Free samples or giveaways to potential clients</p>
+  </li></ul></div>
+ <p>NOTE: These mappings are used in Catalog Manager when a manual
+  inventory adjustment is done through the Inventory Item screens.
+ </p>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I add a new Variance Reason / GL Account mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20045"></a>How do I add a new Variance Reason / GL Account mapping?
+  </h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <p>There are 6 mappings that come as part of the OFBiz demo data.
+  </p>
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the 'Variance Reason Id' from the drop down list</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the 'GL Account Type Id' to map it to from the drop
+     down list</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Add' button</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The new 'Variance Reason / GL Account Type' mapping is
+     displayed in the list at the bottom of the screen</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I update a Variance Reason / GL Account mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20069"></a>How do I update a Variance Reason / GL Account mapping?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the 'Variance Reason Id' from the drop down list</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the updated 'GL Account Type Id' to map it to from the
+     drop down list</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Add' button</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The updated 'Variance Reason / GL Account Type' mapping is
+     displayed in the list at the bottom of the screen</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I remove a Variance Reason / GL Account mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2008A"></a>How do I remove a Variance Reason / GL Account mapping?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Remove' button next to the entry that you want to
+     delete</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The entry is removed from the list of entries displayed</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Product Category GL Accounts.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Product Category GL Accounts.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Product Category GL Accounts.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Product Category GL Accounts help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Product Category GL Accounts help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Product Category GL Accounts help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+ 
+ <p>The Product Category GL Account is used to specify the default
+  account to be used for a specific 'Product Category' and 'Account
+  Type' combination. This setup will translate to one side of the
+  journal entry only.</p>
+ <p>It is used for tracking product category transactions at a more
+  detailed level. Examples could be as follows:</p>
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Tracking Accounts Receivable by Product Category in the General
+    Ledger</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Tracking Cost of Goods by Product Category in the General
+    Ledger</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Tracking Commissions paid by Product Category in the General
+    Ledger</p>
+  </li></ul></div>
+ <p>The demo data gives an idea of the use of product categories to
+  classify or separate different products streams. If specific
+  accounting or management reporting is required at this level then the
+  General Ledger can be setup to provide this detail. </p>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I add a new Product Category / GL Account Type mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20039"></a>How do I add a new Product Category / GL Account Type mapping?
+  </h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <p>By default there are no Product Category / GL Account Type
+   mappings that are configured as part of the OFBiz demo data.</p>
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the 'Account Type' from the drop down list (NOTE: In
+     other screens this field is call the 'GL Account Type Id'.....)
+    </p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the ' GL Account' to map it to from the drop down list
+    </p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Enter or look up the 'Product Category Id' to be used</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Add' button</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The new mapping will be displayed in the list at the bottom of
+     the screen</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I update a Product Category / GL Account type mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20063"></a>How do I update a Product Category / GL Account type mapping?
+  </h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <p>A Product Category / GL Account Type mapping can be updated by
+   modifying the GL Account only. If the product category or the Account
+   Type needs to be updated then the mapping will need to be deleted and
+   then re-entered using the new product category or Account Type.
+  </p>
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Locate the entry that needs to be updated in the list of
+     Product Category / GL Account Type mappings</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Modify the 'GL Account 'by using the drop down list next to
+     the 'GL Account' field</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Update' button</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The updated mapping will be displayed</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I remove a Product Category / GL Account Type mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20087"></a>How do I remove a Product Category / GL Account Type mapping?
+  </h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Locate the entry that needs to be deleted in the list of
+     Product Category / GL Account Type mappings</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Remove' button next to the entry</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Sales Invoice.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Sales Invoice.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Sales Invoice.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Sales Invoice help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Sales Invoice help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Sales Invoice help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+ 
+ <p>The Sales Invoice sub menu is used to specify the default account
+  to be used for the individual line items that appear on a Sales
+  Invoice. The items are identified by a line description which can be
+  mapped to a specific general ledger account. Sales invoices can be
+  made up of a variety of items as well as the product that is being
+  sold (eg discounts, promotions, work effort or labour costs etc). The
+  majority of businesses will want to track these type of items
+  separately in the general ledger and this screen will allow this type
+  of setup.</p>
+ <p>This setup will translate to one side of the journal entry only.
+ </p>
+ <p>A key mapping used is linked directly to the Product Type (eg
+  Invoice Digital Good Item, Invoice Finished Good Item, Invoice
+  Finished/Digital Good Item....). This controls where the sales revenue
+  received from the sale of the product is stored in the general ledger
+ </p>
+ <p>Only a limited number of general ledger accounts that are
+  available to be mapped. Currently this is 7 and limited to the
+  accounts that have been assigned to the organisation from the Global
+  Chart of Accounts that have a 'GL Account Class Id' = 'Revenue' (NOTE:
+  You will see that Discounts on Sales is not available to be selected
+  because it's GL Account Class Id = 'Cost of Goods Sold Expense'. It
+  appears as a default because it is setup in the Global GL settings
+  that doesnt seem to have any limitations of the account.)</p>
+ <p>IMPORTANT: This screen is one of the screens where the default
+  entries that are displayed here are entered via the Global GL Settings
+  under the sub menu 'Invoice Item Type'. This screen allows users to
+  override the global settings for the Sales Invoice item type. An
+  example of why this could be necessary could be that a company many
+  want to isolate the sales reporting of a specific department or
+  business unit separately (eg subledgers etc) but still have the option
+  of a 'catch all' global general ledger account.</p>
+ <p>If an override account is added it will appear in the Override GL
+  Account column on the screen.</p>
+ <p>The only mapping that seems a bit out of place here is Sales Tax.
+  It is blank because Sales Tax is setup using Tax Authorities so dont
+  know why you would want to override the Sales Tax account to a Sales
+  Revenue Account.</p>
+ <p>NOTE: Also need to highlight that in the Global Settings it uses
+  the ENUM description to select the item and there are duplicate
+  descriptions between the Sales Invoice and the Purchase Invoice. Not
+  too much of a problem here but it does cause problems in Agreements
+  when setting up things like Commissions based on line items as you
+  cant tell the difference between the description of a Sales Invoice
+  item called 'Invoice Adjustment' and a Purchase Invoice item called
+  'Invoice Adjustment' ..... except by trial and error</p>
+ <p>How the Sales Invoice mappings are used is best shown by an
+  example. A very simple description of an online Sales Order Process
+  could be as follows:</p>
+ <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Customer Orders a Product (and Creates a Sales Order)</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Customer Pays for Product (via Credit Card, Internet Banking
+    etc)</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>Vendor confirms Payment and Dispatches the Product to the
+    Customer</p>
+  </li></ol></div>
+ <p>Let's focus on the second part step of 3 in more detail.</p>
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+   <p>The vendor has verified that the customer payment has been
+    received</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>In OFBiz Order Manager they will then look up the relevant
+    Sales Order and then click the 'Quick Ship Entire Order' button to
+    log the dispatch of the order in the system</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>The 'Quick Ship Entire Order' button is a trigger for an
+    'automatic' accounting transaction</p>
+  </li><li class="listitem">
+   <p>The transaction type that is triggered is called 'Sales
+    Invoice' </p>
+  </li></ul></div>
+ <p>Transaction Type: Sales Invoice DR 120000 Accounts Receivable, DR
+  410000 Discounts on Sales, DR 400000 Sales, CR 22????? Sales Tax
+  Collected </p>
+ <p>DR Sales is used for item promotions where product cost is simply
+  reversed. Only order promotions are coded to Discounts. The Sales Tax
+  account will be dependent on your sales tax setup. The demo data posts
+  to tax accounts by US state.</p>
+ <p>One of the CR (or Credit) entries for the Sales Invoice
+  transaction is created using the Sales mapping defined here in the
+  Sales Invoice (and the other is created another GL Account default for
+  'Tax Authority GL Accounts')</p>
+ <p>All of the the DR (or Debit) entries for the Sales Invoice
+  transaction (except for Accounts Receivable which is comes from the GL
+  Account Type defaults) are created using the mappings defined here in
+  the Sales Invoice</p>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I add a Sales Invoice override mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20075"></a>How do I add a Sales Invoice override mapping?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <p>By default there are no Sales Invoice override mappings that are
+   configured as part of the OFBiz demo data.</p>
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the 'Invoice Item Type' from the drop down list</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Select the ' Override Revenue GL Account Id' to map it to from
+     the drop down list</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Save' button</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>The new mapping will be displayed in the 'Override GL Account'
+     column in the list at the bottom of the screen</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I update a Sales Invoice override mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20099"></a>How do I update a Sales Invoice override mapping?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <p>An existing Sales Invoice override mapping cannot be updated but
+   needs to be removed and a new mapping added. If you try to add an
+   override to an item that already has an override you will get a
+   duplicate record error message.</p>
+ </div>
+ <div class="section" title="How do I remove a Sales Invoice override mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N200A2"></a>How do I remove a Sales Invoice override mapping?</h3></div></div></div>
+  
+  <p>NOTE: Only the override mapping can be deleted. The default
+   mapping record cannot be deleted here (even though the Remove button
+   is displayed next to it!)</p>
+  <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Locate the entry that needs the override deleted in the list
+     of Sales Invoice override mappings</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>Press the 'Remove' button next to the entry</p>
+   </li><li class="listitem">
+    <p>he override mapping will be removed from the 'Override GL
+     Account' column of the entry</p>
+   </li></ol></div>
+ </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Payment Type GL Accounts.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Payment Type GL Accounts.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Payment Type GL Accounts.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Payment Type GL Account Type help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Payment Type GL Account Type help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Payment Type GL Account Type help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+    
+     <p>The Payment Type GL Account Type Id is used to translate (or map) the different payment types to a specific GL Account Type Id. The GL Account Type Id is then used via the 'GL Account Type Id' defaults to translate to one side of a journal entry.</p>
+    <p>NOTE: This GL Account default is used to link to another one of the GL Account defaults.</p>
+    <p>A Payment Type is just a way to categorize transactions. Examples of Payment Types could be as follows:</p>
+    <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Commission Payments</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Customer Payments</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Vendor (or Supplier) Payments</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Customer Refunds</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Customer Prepayments or Deposits</p></li></ul></div>
+    <p>These payment types can then be mapped to the required account type in the Chart of Account. Examples of these type of mappings could be as follows:</p>
+    <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Customer Payments are mapped to Account Receivable </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Vendor (or Supplier) Payment are mapped to Account Payable</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Customer Refunds are mapped to Customer Credits</p></li></ul></div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I add a Payment Type / GL Account Type Id mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2004D"></a>How do I add a Payment Type / GL Account Type Id mapping?</h3></div></div></div>
+    
+    <p>There are currently 14 different Payment Type / GL Account Types mappings that come as part of the demo data with OFBiz and should cover a good variety of payment related transactions.</p>
+    <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Select the 'Payment Type Id' from the drop down list</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Select the 'GL Account Type Id' to map it to from the drop down list</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Save' button</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The new 'Payment Type / GL Account Type' mapping is displayed in the list at the bottom of the screen</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I update a Payment Type / GL Account Type Id mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20069"></a>How do I update a Payment Type / GL Account Type Id mapping?</h3></div></div></div>
+    
+    <p>A Payment Type / GL Account Type mapping cannot be updated directly but needs to be removed then re-created. If you try to update an existing entry you will get an 'duplicate key' error message.</p>
+    <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Remove' button next to the entry that you want to update</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The entry is removed from the list of entries displayed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Select the 'Payment Type Id' from the drop down list</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Select the updated 'GL Account Type Id' to map it to from the drop down list</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Save' button</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The new 'Payment Type / GL Account Type' mapping is displayed in the list at the bottom of the screen</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+    <div class="section" title="How do I remove a Payment Type / GL Account Type Id mapping?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2008D"></a>How do I remove a Payment Type / GL Account Type Id mapping?</h3></div></div></div>
+    
+    <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Press the 'Remove' button next to the entry that you want to delete</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The entry is removed from the list of entries displayed</p></li></ol></div>
+    </div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Available Internal Organizations.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Available Internal Organizations.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Available Internal Organizations.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Available Internal Organizations help screen</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Available Internal Organizations help screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Available Internal Organizations help screen</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+  
+
+  
+ 
+ <p>The default screen shows a list of Party Groups that have the
+  role of 'Internal Organization' associated with them. If you have
+  installed the demo data then the default company 'Company' as well as
+  departments / business units and regional subsidiaries will be
+  displayed.</p>
+ <p>For each 'Internal Organization' there is the ability to set the
+  currency, fiscal periods and invoice prefixes.</p>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Accounting Maintenance/Accounting Main.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Accounting Maintenance/Accounting Main.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Accounting Maintenance/Accounting Main.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Accounting Main screen.</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="The Accounting Main screen."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>The Accounting Main screen.</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+         
+
+  
+
+        <p>
+        This is the default tab for the Accounting Manager application. The screen currently shows links that will display more detailed screens 
+        related to Agreements, Billing Accounts, Invoices and Payments.
+        </p>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Accounting Features/Accounting Features.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Accounting Features/Accounting Features.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/Accounting/Accounting Features/Accounting Features.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Accounting Features</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="section" title="Accounting Features"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2000C"></a>Accounting Features</h2></div></div><hr></div>
+         
+
+  
+    <p>
+        </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Invoices</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+                <p>Payments</p>
+            </li></ol></div><p>
+    </p>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/toc.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/toc.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/toc.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?><!DOCTYPE toc PUBLIC "-//Sun Microsystems Inc.//DTD JavaHelp TOC Version 2.0//EN" "http://java.sun.com/products/javahelp/toc_2_0.dtd">
+<toc version="2.0"><tocitem text="Accounting"><tocitem text="Accounting Features"><tocitem target="Accounting_Accounting Features_Accounting Features_html" text="Accounting Features.html"/></tocitem><tocitem text="Accounting Main"><tocitem target="Accounting_Accounting Main_Accounting Main Screen_html" text="Accounting Main Screen.html"/></tocitem><tocitem text="Accounting Maintenance"><tocitem target="Accounting_Accounting Maintenance_Accounting Main_html" text="Accounting Main.html"/></tocitem><tocitem target="Accounting_Accounting_html" text="Accounting.html"/><tocitem text="Agreements"><tocitem target="Accounting_Agreements_Agreements_html" text="Agreements.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Agreements_Edit Agreement Roles_html" text="Edit Agreement Roles.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Agreements_Edit Agreement Terms_html" text="Edit Agreement Terms.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Agreements_Edit Agreement Workeffort_html" text="Edit Agreement Workeffort.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Agreements_Edit Agreements_html" text="Edit Agreements.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Agreements_Find Agreements_html" text="Find Agreements.html"/><tocitem text="List Agreement Items"><tocitem target="Accounting_Agreements_List Agreement Items_Edit Agreement Item Geo_html" text="Edit Agreement Item Geo.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Agreements_List Agreement Items_Edit Agreement Item Parties_html" text="Edit Agreement Item Parties.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Agreements_List Agreement Items_Edit Agreement Item Products_html" text="Edit Agreement Item Products.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Agreements_List Agreement Items_Edit Agreement Item Supplier Products_html" text="Edit Agreement Item Supplier Products.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Agreements_List Agreement Items_Edit Agreement Items_html" text="Edit Agreement Items.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Agreements_List Agreement Items_Edit Agreement ItemTerms_html" text="Edit Agreement ItemTerms.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Agreements_List Agreement Items_List Agreement Item Geo_html" text="List Agreement Item Geo.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Agreements_List Agreement Items_List Agreement Item Parties_html" text="List Agreement Item Parties.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Agreements_List Agreement Items_List Agreement Item Products_html" text="List Agreement Item Products.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Agreements_List Agreement Items_List Agreement Item Supplier Products_html" text="List Agreement Item Supplier Products.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Agreements_List Agreement Items_List Agreement Item Terms_html" text="List Agreement Item Terms.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Agreements_List Agreement Items_List Agreement Items_html" text="List Agreement Items.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Agreements_List Agreement Items_List Agreement Promotions_html" text="List Agreement Promotions.html"/></tocitem></tocitem><tocitem text="Billing Accounts"><tocitem target="Accounting_Billing Accounts_Billing Account Invoices_html" text="Billing Account Invoices.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Billing Accounts_Billing Account Orders_html" text="Billing Account Orders.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Billing Accounts_Billing Account Payments_html" text="Billing Account Payments.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Billing Accounts_Billing Accounts_html" text="Billing Accounts.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Billing Accounts_Edit Billing Account Roles_html" text="Edit Billing Account Roles.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Billing Accounts_Edit Billing Account Terms_html" text="Edit Billing Account Terms.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Billing Accounts_Edit Billing Account_html" text="Edit Billing Account.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Billing Accounts_Find Billing Account_html" text="Find Billing Account.html"/></tocitem><tocitem text="Financial Accounts"><tocitem target="Accounting_Financial Accounts_Create - Edit Financial Account_html" text="Create - Edit Financial Account.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Financial Accounts_Edit Financial Account Reconciliations_html" text="Edit Financial Account Reconciliations.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Financial Accounts_Edit Financial Account Roles_html" text="Edit Financial Account Roles.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Financial Accounts_Financial Account authorizations_html" text="Financial Account authorizations.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Financial Accounts_Financial Account Main_html" text="Financial Account Main.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Financial Accounts_Financial Accounts_html" text="Financial Accounts.html"/><tocitem text="Find Deposit Slips"><tocitem target="Accounting_Financial Accounts_Find Deposit Slips_Edit Deposit Slip_html" text="Edit Deposit Slip.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Financial Accounts_Find Deposit Slips_Find Deposit Slips_html" text="Find Deposit Slips.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Financial Accounts_Find Deposit Slips_New Deposit Slip_html" text="New Deposit Slip.html"/></tocitem><tocitem target="Accounting_Financial Accounts_Find Financial Account Reconciliations_html" text="Find Financial Account Reconciliations.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Financial Accounts_Find Financial Accounts_html" text="Find Financial Accounts.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Financial Accounts_Help Portlet List Bank Account_html" text="Help Portlet List Bank Account.html"/><tocitem text="Transactions"><tocitem target="Accounting_Financial Accounts_Transactions_Bank Reconciliation_html" text="Bank Reconciliation.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Financial Accounts_Transactions_Edit Financial Account Transactions_html" text="Edit Financial Account Transactions.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Financial Accounts_Transactions_Find Financial Account Transactions_html" text="Find Financial Account Transactions.html"/></tocitem><tocitem target="Accounting_Financial Accounts_View Gl Reconciliation_html" text="View Gl Reconciliation.html"/><tocitem text="Withdraw"><tocitem target="Accounting_Financial Accounts_Withdraw_Financial Accout Deposit Withdraw_html" text="Financial Accout Deposit Withdraw.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Financial Accounts_Withdraw_New Deposit Payment_html" text="New Deposit Payment.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Financial Accounts_Withdraw_New Withdrawal Payment_html" text="New Withdrawal Payment.html"/></tocitem></tocitem><tocitem text="Global GL Settings"><tocitem target="Accounting_Global GL Settings_Cost Centers_html" text="Cost Centers.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Global GL Settings_Edit Cost Calculations_html" text="Edit Cost Calculations.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Global GL Settings_Edit Custom Time Period _html" text="Edit Custom Time Period .html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Global GL Settings_Edit Invoice Item Type_html" text="Edit Invoice Item Type.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Global GL Settings_Edit Payment Method Type_html" text="Edit Payment Method Type.html"/><tocitem text="Find GL Account Category"><tocitem target="Accounting_Global GL Settings_Find GL Account Category_Edit Category Member_html" text="Edit Category Member.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Global GL Settings_Find GL Account Category_Edit Category_html" text="Edit Category.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Global GL Settings_Find GL Account Category_Find GL Account Category_html" text="Find GL Account Category.html"/></tocitem><tocitem text="Find Global GL Account"><tocitem target="Accounting_Global GL Settings_Find Global GL Account_Assign GL Account_html" text="Assign GL Account.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Global GL Settings_Find Global GL Account_Find Global GL Account_html" text="Find Global GL Account.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Global GL Settings_Find Global GL Account_Navigate Accounts_html" text="Navigate Accounts.html"/></tocitem><tocitem target="Accounting_Global GL Settings_Global Gl Settings_html" text="Global Gl Settings.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Global GL Settings_View Foreign Exchange Rates_html" text="View Foreign Exchange Rates.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Global GL Settings_View Rates_html" text="View Rates.html"/></tocitem><tocitem text="Invoices"><tocitem target="Accounting_Invoices_Edit Invoice Applications_html" text="Edit Invoice Applications.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Invoices_Edit Invoice Time Entries_html" text="Edit Invoice Time Entries.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Invoices_Edit Invoice_html" text="Edit Invoice.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Invoices_Find Invoices_html" text="Find Invoices.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Invoices_Invoice Overview_html" text="Invoice Overview.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Invoices_Invoice Roles_html" text="Invoice Roles.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Invoices_Invoice Send Per Email_html" text="Invoice Send Per Email.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Invoices_Invoices_html" text="Invoices.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Invoices_List Invoice Items_html" text="List Invoice Items.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Invoices_New Invoice_html" text="New Invoice.html"/></tocitem><tocitem text="Organizatin GL Settings"><tocitem text="Available Internal Organizations"><tocitem text="Accounting Preferences"><tocitem target="Accounting_Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_Acctounting Preferences_html" text="Acctounting Preferences.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_Chart of Accounts_html" text="Chart of Accounts.html"/><tocitem text="GL Account Type Defaults"><tocitem target="Accounting_Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_GL Account Type Defaults_Credit Card Type GL Accounts_html" text="Credit Card Type GL Accounts.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_GL Account Type Defaults_Fin Account Type GL Accounts_html" text="Fin Account Type GL Accounts.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_GL Account Type Defaults_GL Account Type Defaults_html" text="GL Account Type Defaults.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_GL Account Type Defaults_Party GL Accounts_html" text="Party GL Accounts.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_GL Account Type Defaults_Payment Method Id GL Accounts_html" text="Payment Method Id GL Accounts.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_GL Account Type Defaults_Payment Type GL Accounts_html" text="Payment Type GL Accounts.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_GL Account Type Defaults_Product Category GL Accounts_html" text="Product Category GL Accounts.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_GL Account Type Defaults_Product GL Accounts_html" text="Product GL Accounts.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_GL Account Type Defaults_Purchase Invoice_html" text="Purchase Invoice.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_GL Account Type Defaults_Sales Invoice_html" text="Sales Invoice.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_GL Account Type Defaults_Tax Authority GL Accounts_html" text="Tax Authority GL Accounts.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_GL Account Type Defaults_Variance Reason GL Accounts_html" text="Variance Reason GL Accounts.html"/></tocitem><tocitem target="Accounting_Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_Journals_html" text="Journals.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounting Preferences_Time Periods_html" text="Time Periods.html"/></tocitem><tocitem target="Accounting_Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Accounts Summary_html" text="Accounts Summary.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Organizatin GL Settings_Available Internal Organizations_Available Internal Organizations_html" text="Available Internal Organizations.html"/></tocitem><tocitem target="Accounting_Organizatin GL Settings_Organization GL Settings_html" text="Organization GL Settings.html"/></tocitem><tocitem text="Payment Gateway Config"><tocitem target="Accounting_Payment Gateway Config_Edit Payment Gateway Config Type_html" text="Edit Payment Gateway Config Type.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Payment Gateway Config_Edit Payment Gateway Config_html" text="Edit Payment Gateway Config.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Payment Gateway Config_Find Payment Gateway Config Types_html" text="Find Payment Gateway Config Types.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Payment Gateway Config_Find Payment Gateway Config_html" text="Find Payment Gateway Config.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Payment Gateway Config_Payment Gateway Config_html" text="Payment Gateway Config.html"/></tocitem><tocitem text="Payment Gateway Transactions"><tocitem target="Accounting_Payment Gateway Transactions_Authorize Transactions_html" text="Authorize Transactions.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Payment Gateway Transactions_Capture Transaction_html" text="Capture Transaction.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Payment Gateway Transactions_Find Gateway Responses_html" text="Find Gateway Responses.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Payment Gateway Transactions_Manual Transaction_html" text="Manual Transaction.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Payment Gateway Transactions_Payment Gateway Transactions_html" text="Payment Gateway Transactions.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Payment Gateway Transactions_View Gateway Response_html" text="View Gateway Response.html"/></tocitem><tocitem text="Payments"><tocitem target="Accounting_Payments_Create New Payment_html" text="Create New Payment.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Payments_Edit Payment_html" text="Edit Payment.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Payments_Find Payments_html" text="Find Payments.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Payments_Find Purchase Invoices By Due Date_html" text="Find Purchase Invoices By Due Date.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Payments_Find Sales Invoices By Due Date_html" text="Find Sales Invoices By Due Date.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Payments_Payment Applications_html" text="Payment Applications.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Payments_Payment Overview_html" text="Payment Overview.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Payments_Payments_html" text="Payments.html"/></tocitem><tocitem text="Tax Authorities"><tocitem target="Accounting_Tax Authorities_Edit Tax Authority Assocsiations_html" text="Edit Tax Authority Assocsiations.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Tax Authorities_Edit Tax Authority Categories_html" text="Edit Tax Authority Categories.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Tax Authorities_Edit Tax Authority GL Accounts_html" text="Edit Tax Authority GL Accounts.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Tax Authorities_Edit Tax Authority Party Information_html" text="Edit Tax Authority Party Information.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Tax Authorities_Edit Tax Authority Product Rates_html" text="Edit Tax Authority Product Rates.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Tax Authorities_Edit Tax Authority_html" text="Edit Tax Authority.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Tax Authorities_Find Tax Authority_html" text="Find Tax Authority.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Tax Authorities_List Tax Authority Parties_html" text="List Tax Authority Parties.html"/><tocitem target="Accounting_Tax Authorities_Tax Authorities_html" text="Tax Authorities.html"/></tocitem></tocitem></toc>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/helpset.hs
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/helpset.hs	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpacct/helpset.hs	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?><!DOCTYPE helpset PUBLIC "-//Sun Microsystems Inc.//DTD JavaHelp HelpSet Version 2.0//EN" "http://java.sun.com/products/javahelp/helpset_2_0.dtd">
+<helpset version="2.0"><view><type>javax.help.TOCView</type><name>TOC</name><label>Accounting</label><data>toc.xml</data></view><maps><mapref location="map.jhm"/></maps></helpset>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/loading.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/loading.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/loading.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<HTML>
+<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
+<P>
+One Moment please loading ...
+</P>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javax.help.SearchView.jsp
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javax.help.SearchView.jsp	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javax.help.SearchView.jsp	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+<%--
+ @(#)javax.help.SearchView.jsp	1.3 06/10/30
+ 
+ Copyright (c) 2006 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All Rights Reserved.
+ 
+ Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ are met:
+ 
+ - Redistribution of source code must retain the above copyright
+   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ 
+ - Redistribution in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+   the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+   distribution.
+ 
+ Neither the name of Sun Microsystems, Inc. or the names of
+ contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ 
+ This software is provided "AS IS," without a warranty of any
+ kind. ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED CONDITIONS, REPRESENTATIONS AND
+ WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, ARE HEREBY
+ EXCLUDED. SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC. ("SUN") AND ITS LICENSORS SHALL
+ NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES SUFFERED BY LICENSEE AS A RESULT OF
+ USING, MODIFYING OR DISTRIBUTING THIS SOFTWARE OR ITS
+ DERIVATIVES. IN NO EVENT WILL SUN OR ITS LICENSORS BE LIABLE FOR
+ ANY LOST REVENUE, PROFIT OR DATA, OR FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
+ CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR
+ INABILITY TO USE THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF SUN HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+ POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+ 
+ You acknowledge that this software is not designed, licensed or
+ intended for use in the design, construction, operation or
+ maintenance of any nuclear facility. 
+--%>
+
+<jsp:useBean id="helpBroker" class="javax.help.ServletHelpBroker" scope="session" />
+<%@ page import="javax.help.SearchView" %>
+<%@ taglib uri="/jhlib.tld" prefix="jh" %>
+<HTML>
+<% String query = request.getParameter("searchQuery"); %>
+<STYLE type="text/css">
+    .anchorStyle { text-decoration:none; color:black; margin-left:8pt; }
+    .anchorBoldStyle { text-decoration:none; color:black; font-weight: bold; margin-left:5pt;}
+</STYLE>
+<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
+<SCRIPT LANGUAGE="JavaScript1.3" src="searchlist.js">
+</SCRIPT>
+
+<FORM METHOD="GET" NAME="search" ACTION="javax.help.SearchView.jsp">
+<P>Find:
+<INPUT TYPE="text" NAME="searchQuery" VALUE="<%= query!=null?query:"" %>" >
+</FORM>
+
+<%
+if (query != null) {
+    SearchView curNav = (SearchView)helpBroker.getCurrentNavigatorView(); 
+%>
+<SCRIPT>
+searchList = new SearchList("searchList", 22, "ccccff");
+<jh:searchTOCItem searchView="<%= curNav %>" helpBroker="<%= helpBroker %>" query="<%= query %>" >
+searchList.addNode("<%= name %>","<%= confidence %>","<%= hits %>","<%= helpID %>","<%= contentURL %>" );
+</jh:searchTOCItem>
+searchList.drawList();
+searchList.refreshList();
+searchList.select(0);
+</SCRIPT>
+<%
+}
+%>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpmaster/helpset.hs
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpmaster/helpset.hs	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpmaster/helpset.hs	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?><!DOCTYPE helpset PUBLIC "-//Sun Microsystems Inc.//DTD JavaHelp HelpSet Version 2.0//EN" "http://java.sun.com/products/javahelp/helpset_2_0.dtd">
+<helpset version="2.0">
+    <title>OFBiz Applications Help Documentation</title>
+    <maps>
+        <homeID>OFBizBook_html</homeID>
+        <mapref location="map.jhm"/>
+    </maps>
+    <view mergetype=" javax.help.AppendMerge" xml:lang="en">
+        <type>javax.help.TOCView</type>
+        <name>TOC</name>
+        <label>OFBiz TOC</label>
+        <data>toc.xml</data>
+    </view>
+    <subhelpset location="file:C:\dev\workspace\ofbiz8\hot-deploy\ofbizhelp\webapp\ofbizhelp\javahelpacct\helpset.hs"/>
+    
+    <subhelpset location="file:C:\dev\workspace\ofbiz8\hot-deploy\ofbizhelp\webapp\ofbizhelp\javahelphumanres\jhelpset.hs"/>
+    
+</helpset>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpmaster/toc.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpmaster/toc.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpmaster/toc.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?><!DOCTYPE toc PUBLIC "-//Sun Microsystems Inc.//DTD JavaHelp TOC Version 2.0//EN" "http://java.sun.com/products/javahelp/toc_2_0.dtd">
+<toc version="2.0"><tocitem target="OFBizBook_html" text="OFBizBook"/></toc>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpmaster/OFBizBook.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpmaster/OFBizBook.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpmaster/OFBizBook.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,4634 @@
+<html><head><META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>OFBiz Documentation</title><meta content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1" name="generator"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="book" title="OFBiz Documentation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="N2000B"></a>OFBiz Documentation</h1></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname"></span></h3><div class="affiliation">
+        <span class="orgname"><br></span>
+      </div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"></p></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="part"><a href="#N20023">I. Human Resources</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#N20104">1. Main Window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ORGANIZATION">2. Organization</a></span></dt><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#EMPLOYEES">3. Employees</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N2018D">Find Employee</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N201F5">New Employee</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N201FE"><span class="bold"><strong>Find an employee</strong></span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N2026A">Parties found</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N202A8">Profile (Employee)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N20304">Personal Information Section</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N2033B">Contact Information Section</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N203AF">List Related Accounts Section</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N203E4">Training Section</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N2041C">Current Employment information Section</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N20458">User Name(s) Section</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N2048D">Party Attribute(s) Section</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N204B5">Party Content Section</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N20529">Notes Section</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N2054D">Employments</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N2058D">Employee Position</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N205CF">Skills</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20611">Qualifications</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20653">Training</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20695">Leave</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N206D7">Payroll History</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20719">Employee Comments</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#EMPLOYMENTS">4. Employments</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N2075F">Search Employments</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N207A6">Employments</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N207FB">Party Benefits</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N2083D">Payroll Preferences</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N2087F">Pay Histories</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N208C1">Unemployment Claims</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20903">Agreement Employment Applications</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20945">Employment Comments</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#POSITION">5. Position</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N209A4">Search Positions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20A89">Position Summary</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N20ACB">Employee Position Information</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N20AD8">Fulfillments</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N20B04">Responsibilities</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N20B37">Reporting Structure:ReportsTo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N20B69">Reporting Structure:ReportedTo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#POSITION_NEW_POSITION">New Position</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#POSITION_EDIT_POSITION">Edit Position</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#POSITION_FULFILLMENTS">Fulfillments</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#POSITION_RESPONSIBILITIES">Responsibilities</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#POSITION_REPORTING_STRUCTURE">Reporting Structure</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20CDC">Position Comments</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#PERFORMANCE_REVIEW">6. Performance Review</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20D55">Search Performance Review</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20D95">New Performance Review</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20DD7">Edit Performance Review</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20E17">PerfReview Items</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#SKILLS">7. Skills</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20E61">Search Skills</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20EA1">New Skill</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20EE2">Screen Name</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#QUALIFICATIONS">8. Qualifications</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20F2B">Search Qualifications</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20F6B">New Party Qualification</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20FAB">Qualifications</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#RECRUITMENT">9. Recruitment</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20FF4">Search Job Requisition</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N21034">New Job Requisition</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N21074">Edit Job Requisition</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N210B4">Internal Job Posting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N210F4">Search Internal Job Posting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#RECRUITMENT_NEW_JOB_INTERVIEW">New Job Interview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N21175">Search for Job Interview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N211B5">Edit Job Interview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N211F5"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#RESUMES">10. Training</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N21205">Training Calendar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N21245">Add Training Event</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N21285">Add Training Event Participant</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N212C5">Approve Training Participant</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#TRAINING">11. Employment Applications</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N2130E">Search Employment Applications</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N2134E">New Employment Application</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#N2138F">12. Resumes</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N21396">Search Resumes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N213D6">New Resume</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N21416">Edit Resume</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#N21457">13. Leave</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N2145E">Search Leave</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N2149E">New Employee Leave</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N214DE">Edit Employee Leave</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N2151E">Search Leave Approval</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N2155E">Edit Leave Approval</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS">14. Global HR Settings</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_SKILLS">Skill Types</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_RESPONSIBILITY">Responsibility Types</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_TERMINATION_REASON">Termination Reasons</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_TERMINATION_TYPE">Termination Types</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_POSITION_TYPE">Position Types and Rates</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N2183A">Search Position Types</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N218A6">New Position Type</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N218F6">Edit Position Type</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_POSITION_TYPE_RATE">Position Type Rate</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_EMPLOYEE_LEAVE_TYPE">Employee Leave Type</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N219C0">Leave Type</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N21A19">Reason Type</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_PAY_GRADES">Pay Grades</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N21A7F">Search Pay Grades</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N21ADE">New Pay Grade</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N21B1F">Edit Pay Grade</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N21B60">Salary Steps</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_JOB_INTERVIEW_TYPES">Job Interview Types</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_TRAINING_CLASS_TYPE">Training Class Type</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_PUBLIC_HOLIDAY">Public Holiday</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#HR_AND_OTHER_APPS">15. HR App and Other OFBiz Apps</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#HR_AND_OTHER_APPS_WEB_TOOLS">Web Tools</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#SECURITY">16. Security</a></span></dt><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#OTHER_SCREENS">17. Other Screens</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#OTHER_SCREENS_EDIT_PERSONAL_INFORMATION">Edit Personal Information</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#OTHER_SCREENS_CREATE_LOGIN">Create User Login</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#OTHER_SCREENS_EDIT_LOGIN">Edit Login</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#OTHER_SCREENS_ADD_SECURITY_GROUP">Add Security Group</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#OTHER_SCREENS_CREATE_ATTRIBUTE">Create Party Attribute</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#OTHER_SCREENS_PARTY_CONTENT">Party Content Screen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#OTHER_SCREENS_EDIT_ATTRIBUTE">Edit Party Attribute</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#N21F43">18. Road Map</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N21F4B">Improvements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N22037">Bugs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N220F1">Proposed Features</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="glossary"><a href="#N221B1">Glossary</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>18.1. <a href="#N21F53">Improvements</a></dt><dt>18.2. <a href="#N2203F">Bugs</a></dt><dt>18.3. <a href="#N220F9">Road Map</a></dt></dl></div>
+  
+
+  <div class="part" title="Part&nbsp;I.&nbsp;Human Resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="N20023"></a>Part&nbsp;I.&nbsp;Human Resources</h1></div></div></div>
+    
+
+    <div class="partintro" title="Human Resources"><div></div>
+      <div class="sect1" title="Introduction"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2002A"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <p>The OFBiz Human Resource application (HR App) manages jobs that
+        need to be done and the people who do them. This is an important part
+        of running a business because the people who work for your Company are
+        critical to it's success.</p>
+
+        <p>Here is how the HR App can help you.</p>
+
+        <p>Positions, people, employments, and organization are the key
+        concepts in the OFBiz HR App.</p>
+
+        <p>In a nutshell, the HR App stores information about positions
+        (jobs), people, employments and the organization of your Company.
+        Positions are budgeted and requisitioned where they are needed in the
+        organization. They are fulfilled by people. Your Company is organized
+        into a tree of "internal organizations". When a person works for your
+        Company, becomes an employee, an "employment" is created to record the
+        terms and conditions of that relationship.</p>
+
+        <p>Below are list of the HR App's features for each concept and a
+        links to additional information.</p>
+
+        <div class="sect2" title="About Positions"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2003E"></a>About Positions</h3></div></div></div>
+          
+
+          <p>Generally positions are authorized by a budget and fulfilled
+          by people. The person may be an employee, or a contract employee.
+          Positions are defined by a type of work. For example there may be 20
+          positions in an organization for a secretary. Each position is
+          related to a department in the organization. A position can me
+          thought of as a full-time equivalent employee (FTE). So an FTE may
+          be assigned to one or more positions and position can be assigned to
+          more then one FTEs (job sharing).</p>
+
+          <p>In the HR App you can:</p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Create positions</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Fulfill positions</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Define the responsibilities of a position</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Define a tree reporting structure between positions</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Track the positions fulfillments over time</p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+
+          <p>See: <a class="link" href="#POSITION" title="Chapter&nbsp;5.&nbsp;Position">Position</a></p>
+        </div>
+
+        <div class="sect2" title="About People and Employees"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20071"></a>About People and Employees</h3></div></div></div>
+          
+
+          <p>People may be employees of your Company, a company you do
+          business with, or unaffiliated. Any of these people may be
+          applicants for and assigned to positions in your Company.</p>
+
+          <p>In the HR App you can:</p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p>View employee profiles</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Manage recruitment</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Create employees</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Track an employees performance, positions, skills,
+              qualifications, training, and leave</p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+
+          <p>See: <a class="link" href="#EMPLOYEES" title="Chapter&nbsp;3.&nbsp;Employees">Employees</a></p>
+        </div>
+
+        <div class="sect2" title="About Employments"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2009E"></a>About Employments</h3></div></div></div>
+          
+
+          <p>Generally positions are authorized by a budget and fulfilled
+          by people. The person may be an employee, or a contract employee.
+          Positions are defined by a type of work. For example there may be 20
+          positions in an organization for a secretary. Each position is
+          related to a department in the organization. A position can me
+          thought of as a full-time equivalent employee (FTE). So an FTE may
+          be assigned to one or more positions and position can be assigned to
+          more then one FTEs (job sharing).</p>
+
+          <p>In the HR App you can:</p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Create employments</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Track employment benefits, pay history, unemployment
+              claims and employment agreements</p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+
+          <p>See: <a class="link" href="#EMPLOYMENTS" title="Chapter&nbsp;4.&nbsp;Employments">Employments</a></p>
+        </div>
+
+        <div class="sect2" title="About Your Organization"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N200BF"></a>About Your Organization</h3></div></div></div>
+          
+
+          <p>All but the very smallest companies are organized in a tree
+          structure. The Companies organizational tree structure is shown on
+          the main page of the HR App.</p>
+
+          <p>In the HR App you can:</p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Add and remove departments</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>View department profiles</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Assign positions to departments</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Manage department employments</p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+
+          <p>See: <a class="link" href="#ORGANIZATION" title="Chapter&nbsp;2.&nbsp;Organization">???</a></p>
+
+          <p><a class="link" href="#ORGANIZATION" title="Chapter&nbsp;2.&nbsp;Organization">Organization</a></p>
+        </div>
+
+        <div class="sect2" title="About Users and Security"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N200F0"></a>About Users and Security</h3></div></div></div>
+          
+
+          <p>HR App display and usage is controlled by OFBiz security which
+          depending on a users role allows or prevents a user from seeing
+          information in or taking action on HR App features. HR App provides
+          four user roles (Everyone, Employees, Approvers and Managers), their
+          privileges are discussed at throughout the rest of the
+          document.</p>
+        </div>
+
+        <div class="sect2" title="About the User Interface"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N200F9"></a>About the User Interface</h3></div></div></div>
+          
+
+          <p>In OFBiz, screens called Profile screens are used to display,
+          in one place, all the related information about an important concept
+          like a Person, Position, or Organization. You can navigate from the
+          Profile screen to other screens to edit information. Profile screens
+          are the left most tab in a tab bar with the tabs to the right used
+          to open screens for viewing and editing concepts directly related to
+          the key concept of the Profile screen.</p>
+        </div>
+      </div>
+    <div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#N20104">1. Main Window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ORGANIZATION">2. Organization</a></span></dt><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#EMPLOYEES">3. Employees</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N2018D">Find Employee</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N201F5">New Employee</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N201FE"><span class="bold"><strong>Find an employee</strong></span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N2026A">Parties found</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N202A8">Profile (Employee)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N20304">Personal Information Section</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N2033B">Contact Information Section</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N203AF">List Related Accounts Section</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N203E4">Training Section</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N2041C">Current Employment information Section</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N20458">User Name(s) Section</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N2048D">Party Attribute(s) Section</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N204B5">Party Content Section</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N20529">Notes Section</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N2054D">Employments</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N2058D">Employee Position</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N205CF">Skills</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20611">Qualifications</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20653">Training</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20695">Leave</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N206D7">Payroll History</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20719">Employee Comments</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#EMPLOYMENTS">4. Employments</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N2075F">Search Employments</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N207A6">Employments</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N207FB">Party Benefits</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N2083D">Payroll Preferences</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N2087F">Pay Histories</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N208C1">Unemployment Claims</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20903">Agreement Employment Applications</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20945">Employment Comments</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#POSITION">5. Position</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N209A4">Search Positions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20A89">Position Summary</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N20ACB">Employee Position Information</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N20AD8">Fulfillments</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N20B04">Responsibilities</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N20B37">Reporting Structure:ReportsTo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N20B69">Reporting Structure:ReportedTo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#POSITION_NEW_POSITION">New Position</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#POSITION_EDIT_POSITION">Edit Position</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#POSITION_FULFILLMENTS">Fulfillments</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#POSITION_RESPONSIBILITIES">Responsibilities</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#POSITION_REPORTING_STRUCTURE">Reporting Structure</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20CDC">Position Comments</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#PERFORMANCE_REVIEW">6. Performance Review</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20D55">Search Performance Review</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20D95">New Performance Review</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20DD7">Edit Performance Review</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20E17">PerfReview Items</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#SKILLS">7. Skills</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20E61">Search Skills</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20EA1">New Skill</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20EE2">Screen Name</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#QUALIFICATIONS">8. Qualifications</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20F2B">Search Qualifications</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20F6B">New Party Qualification</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20FAB">Qualifications</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#RECRUITMENT">9. Recruitment</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20FF4">Search Job Requisition</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N21034">New Job Requisition</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N21074">Edit Job Requisition</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N210B4">Internal Job Posting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N210F4">Search Internal Job Posting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#RECRUITMENT_NEW_JOB_INTERVIEW">New Job Interview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N21175">Search for Job Interview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N211B5">Edit Job Interview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N211F5"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#RESUMES">10. Training</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N21205">Training Calendar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N21245">Add Training Event</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N21285">Add Training Event Participant</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N212C5">Approve Training Participant</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#TRAINING">11. Employment Applications</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N2130E">Search Employment Applications</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N2134E">New Employment Application</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#N2138F">12. Resumes</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N21396">Search Resumes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N213D6">New Resume</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N21416">Edit Resume</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#N21457">13. Leave</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N2145E">Search Leave</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N2149E">New Employee Leave</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N214DE">Edit Employee Leave</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N2151E">Search Leave Approval</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N2155E">Edit Leave Approval</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS">14. Global HR Settings</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_SKILLS">Skill Types</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_RESPONSIBILITY">Responsibility Types</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_TERMINATION_REASON">Termination Reasons</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_TERMINATION_TYPE">Termination Types</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_POSITION_TYPE">Position Types and Rates</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N2183A">Search Position Types</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N218A6">New Position Type</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N218F6">Edit Position Type</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_POSITION_TYPE_RATE">Position Type Rate</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_EMPLOYEE_LEAVE_TYPE">Employee Leave Type</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N219C0">Leave Type</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N21A19">Reason Type</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_PAY_GRADES">Pay Grades</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N21A7F">Search Pay Grades</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N21ADE">New Pay Grade</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N21B1F">Edit Pay Grade</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N21B60">Salary Steps</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_JOB_INTERVIEW_TYPES">Job Interview Types</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_TRAINING_CLASS_TYPE">Training Class Type</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_PUBLIC_HOLIDAY">Public Holiday</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#HR_AND_OTHER_APPS">15. HR App and Other OFBiz Apps</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#HR_AND_OTHER_APPS_WEB_TOOLS">Web Tools</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#SECURITY">16. Security</a></span></dt><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#OTHER_SCREENS">17. Other Screens</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#OTHER_SCREENS_EDIT_PERSONAL_INFORMATION">Edit Personal Information</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#OTHER_SCREENS_CREATE_LOGIN">Create User Login</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#OTHER_SCREENS_EDIT_LOGIN">Edit Login</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#OTHER_SCREENS_ADD_SECURITY_GROUP">Add Security Group</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#OTHER_SCREENS_CREATE_ATTRIBUTE">Create Party Attribute</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#OTHER_SCREENS_PARTY_CONTENT">Party Content Screen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#OTHER_SCREENS_EDIT_ATTRIBUTE">Edit Party Attribute</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#N21F43">18. Road Map</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N21F4B">Improvements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N22037">Bugs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N220F1">Proposed Features</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div></div>
+
+    <div class="chapter" title="Chapter&nbsp;1.&nbsp;Main Window"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="N20104"></a>Chapter&nbsp;1.&nbsp;Main Window</h2></div></div></div>
+      
+
+      <div class="screenshot">
+        <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/MainCompanyTreeView.jpg" align="left"></div>
+      </div>
+
+      <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs:</strong></span> Applications &gt;
+      HR</p>
+
+      <p>The Main window is the entry point into the HR App and displays
+      the Company tree view for navigating to key HR App items.</p>
+
+      <p><span class="bold"><strong> Nodes In the Company Tree</strong></span></p>
+
+      <p>There are three node types in the tree, each identified by a
+      different icon. The top of the tree represents your Company, the highest
+      level in the HR App organization. The Company and departments under the
+      Company can have children departments or positions. Under positions are
+      the people who fulfill the position.</p>
+
+      <p>See: <span class="command"><strong><a class="command" href="https://cwiki.apache.org/OFBENDUSER/apache-ofbiz-business-setup-guide.html#ApacheOFBizBusinessSetupGuide-generalCompanySetup" target="_top">OFBiz
+      General Company Setup</a></strong></span> for directions on replaceing the root
+      "Your Company Name Here [Company]" with the name of your company.</p>
+
+      <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+      <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+          <p>Navigate the HR Organization to view departments, positions
+          and people</p>
+        </li><li class="listitem">
+          <p>Add or remove a department</p>
+        </li><li class="listitem">
+          <p>Add a person</p>
+        </li><li class="listitem">
+          <p>Quickly open the profile of any item in the tree</p>
+        </li><li class="listitem">
+          <p>If the item is a position you can add a person to fulfill the
+          position</p>
+        </li></ul></div>
+
+      <p><span class="bold"><strong>Actions Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+      <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+          <p>Click on an tree node to open the profile view of the item
+          represented by the node</p>
+        </li><li class="listitem">
+          <p>Right click on a node to open a pop up context menu</p>
+        </li></ul></div>
+
+      <p>If the node represents a department then the menu will show
+      selections to add a child department or position.</p>
+
+      <p>Selecting from the context menu opens a form for completing the
+      chosen activity. See the Help page for the opened form for information
+      about the activity.</p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="chapter" title="Chapter&nbsp;2.&nbsp;Organization"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="ORGANIZATION"></a>Chapter&nbsp;2.&nbsp;Organization</h2></div></div></div>
+      
+
+      <p></p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="chapter" title="Chapter&nbsp;3.&nbsp;Employees"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="EMPLOYEES"></a>Chapter&nbsp;3.&nbsp;Employees</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N2018D">Find Employee</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N201F5">New Employee</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N201FE"><span class="bold"><strong>Find an employee</strong></span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N2026A">Parties found</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N202A8">Profile (Employee)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N20304">Personal Information Section</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N2033B">Contact Information Section</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N203AF">List Related Accounts Section</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N203E4">Training Section</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N2041C">Current Employment information Section</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N20458">User Name(s) Section</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N2048D">Party Attribute(s) Section</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N204B5">Party Content Section</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N20529">Notes Section</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N2054D">Employments</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N2058D">Employee Position</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N205CF">Skills</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20611">Qualifications</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20653">Training</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20695">Leave</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N206D7">Payroll History</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20719">Employee Comments</a></span></dt></dl></div>
+      
+
+      <p>The Employees feature manages information about people who have an
+      <a class="glossterm" href="#G_EMPLOYMENT"><em class="glossterm">employment</em></a> relationship
+      with your Company. Features include an <a class="glossterm" href="#G_EMPLOYEE"><em class="glossterm">employee</em></a> employee Profile, a display of
+      all employee related information in a single screen and facilities for
+      managing employee skills, qualifications, training, leave and payroll
+      history.</p>
+
+      <p>The default screen for Employees is a common OFBiz style search
+      screen.</p>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Find Employee"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2018D"></a>Find Employee</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/EmployeesMain.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumb</strong></span> - HR Human Resources
+        &gt; Employees</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>About</strong></span> - Use the Employees
+        screen to create a new employee, search for an existing employee and
+        view a list of employees. Selecting an employee from the list opens
+        the employees profile screen and other screens associated with the
+        employee.</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Create a new employee</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>List employees based on user defined criteria</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Open the profile screen for any employee in the list</p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p>The Employees screen is divided into three sections.</p>
+
+        <div class="sect2" title="New Employee"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N201F5"></a>New Employee</h3></div></div></div>
+          
+
+          <p>Click the NEW EMPLOYEE button to open the New Employee screen
+          where you create an employee.</p>
+        </div>
+
+        <div class="sect2" title="Find an employee"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N201FE"></a><span class="bold"><strong>Find an employee</strong></span></h3></div></div></div>
+          
+
+          <p>Find a employee provides a criteria based search for an
+          employee.</p>
+
+          <div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3>
+            <p>Only Employees Are Found.</p>
+
+            <p>Use the Party Manager application to get information about
+            people who are not employees.</p>
+
+            <p>To do this: In the Applications menu select Party, enter
+            search criteria to search for the person, to return the HR App
+            select HR from the Applications menu.</p>
+          </div>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Party ID - Must be the id of a party who is an
+              employee</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>User Login - The identifier used to login to OFBiz</p>
+
+              <div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3>
+                <p>An employee may have zero or more user logins.</p>
+              </div>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Last name - Employee last name</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>First name - Employee first name</p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+          <p>Section Actions are described from the left to right, top to
+          bottom of the Find an employee section.</p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Lookup Party button (title bar): Opens a list of employees
+              based on the criteria entered.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Hide Fields / Show Lookup Fields button (title bar): Hides
+              / shows the filter fields in the "Find an employee"
+              section.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Contact Information radio buttons - Displays or hides
+              additional criteria fields.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Lookup Party icon (right of Party Id field): Opens a pop
+              up search form that finds a Party Id. Use the form to find
+              employees by id or first and last name when you do not know the
+              employee id. Remember the search is only for employees and not
+              all people are employees.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Lookup Party button(button center of "Find an employee"
+              footer): Opens a list of employees using the criteria in the
+              "Find an employee" section (same as Lookup Party in the title
+              bar).</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Show all records button: Opens a list of all employees
+              (same as selecting Lookup Party without entering a
+              criteria).</p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <div class="sect2" title="Parties found"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2026A"></a>Parties found</h3></div></div></div>
+          
+
+          <p>This section list the employees found by the Find an employee
+          search.</p>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p>PARTY ID: The unique identifier for the employee.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>USER LOGIN: The user login for the employee. May be
+              "(None)", "(Many)" in the case where an employee has no or more
+              then one login.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>NAME: The last name, first name of the employee.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>TYPE: The party type of the employee. Typically
+              "Person"</p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Party Id link (left column in Parties Found list): Opens
+              the employees profile.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>DETAILS button (right column in Parties Found list): Opens
+              the employees profile (same as clicking the Party Id
+              link).</p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+        </div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Profile (Employee)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N202A8"></a>Profile (Employee)</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/EmployeeProfile.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p>The Profile screen for an employee is a collection of screen
+        sections with information related to an employee. It is the first item
+        on a menu that has screens for other information related to the
+        employee.</p>
+
+        <p>Screen Usage Summary</p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p>View a summary of information on an employee in a single
+            screen</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Update Personal Information</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>View, create, update, and expire employee contact
+            information</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>View and create a list of related accounts</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>View training records</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>View employment information</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>View, create, and update login id's, update security
+            group</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>View and create party attributes</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Upload party content</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>View and create notes</p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>The Profile screen is divided into nine
+        sections.</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="sect2" title="Personal Information Section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20304"></a>Personal Information Section</h3></div></div></div>
+          
+
+          <p>The Personal Information section has only a few of the fields
+          available in OFBiz for recording information about an employee. You
+          can collect and edit additional information by clicking the Update
+          link in the title bar.</p>
+
+          <p><span class="emphasis"><em>Field Summary</em></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Party Id: The id of a employee associated with the profile
+              information</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Name: The first and last name of the employee</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Comments: A comment associated with the employee</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>External Id: The id of an external login system e.g. An
+              LDAP server</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Status ID: Available status: Enabled, Disabled, and
+              Assigned.</p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action </strong></span>title bar button:
+          <a class="link" href="#OTHER_SCREENS_EDIT_PERSONAL_INFORMATION" title="Edit Personal Information">Edit
+          Personal Information</a></p>
+        </div>
+
+        <div class="sect2" title="Contact Information Section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2033B"></a>Contact Information Section</h3></div></div></div>
+          
+
+          <p>The Contact Information section summarizes contact details for
+          multiple channels including:</p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Electronic Address</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Postal Address</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Phone Number</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Email Address</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Internet IP Address</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Internet Domain Name</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Web URL/Address</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Internal Party Note</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>LDAP Address</p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Create New - Opens the Create New Contact Information
+              screen</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Update - Click to change information or add a contact
+              purpose. You can add a contact purpose when you create and Email
+              Address, Phone Number or LDAP Address. Use Update to add a
+              contact purpose to Postal Address or Web URL/Address. You can
+              not add a purpose to Electronic Address, Internet IP Address,
+              Internet Domain Name and Internal Party Note</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Expire - Click to sets the through date (not visible the
+              user) on the contact item. The item is no longer displayed in
+              Contact Information.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>lookup:anywho.com (only in Phone Number)- Click opens
+              http://www.anywho.com/reverse-lookup in a new browser
+              window</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Look up White pages (only in Phone Number) - Click opens
+              http://www.whitepages.com/search in a new browser window</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Send Mail (only in Email Address) - Opens a new
+              communications event. For help see Send Email in the OFBiz
+              Support Apps document.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>open page in new window (only in Web URL/Address) - Click
+              to open the address in a new browser window.</p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <div class="sect2" title="List Related Accounts Section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N203AF"></a>List Related Accounts Section</h3></div></div></div>
+          
+
+          <p>Accounts are created in the SFA Manger application See SFA
+          Manager Accounts SFA. Listing an account in the Profile provides a
+          quick link in the HR App to the profile of the account.</p>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong> To Add a Related
+          Account:</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Click Create New to add an account to your Profile</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Click the Lookup Icon</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Select from the list of Id's.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Click Add</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>The Account is added to the list of Related Accounts in
+              your profile.</p>
+            </li></ol></div>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action:</strong></span> Click the From Party
+          Id field (in brackets and bold) to open the Related Account
+          profile.</p>
+        </div>
+
+        <div class="sect2" title="Training Section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N203E4"></a>Training Section</h3></div></div></div>
+          
+
+          <p>The Training section displays a list of classes that have been
+          assigned to this person.</p>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p>From Date - Start date time for training</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Thru Date - End date time for training</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Training Class Type - Name describing class category. See
+              : <a class="link" href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_TRAINING_CLASS_TYPE" title="Training Class Type">Training
+              Class Type</a></p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Approver Status - One of Applied, Approved, Assigned,
+              Proposed or Rejected</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Approver Party - Person with authority to approve
+              training</p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+
+          <p>For more information see: <a class="link" href="#TRAINING" title="Chapter&nbsp;11.&nbsp;Employment Applications">Training</a></p>
+        </div>
+
+        <div class="sect2" title="Current Employment information Section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2041C"></a>Current Employment information Section</h3></div></div></div>
+          
+
+          <p>This section shows the employee's department, position and
+          salary.</p>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Company - The organization unit to which the employee is
+              assigned</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Position - Positon(s) held by the emploeyee</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Salary - Employee salary</p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Company [SomeText]: Click to open Company profile</p><div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3>
+                  <p>The Profile opened is in the Party Manager
+                  application. To return to the HR App select Applications
+                  &gt; HR</p>
+                </div>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Position [SomeText]: Click to open position Summary
+              screen.</p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <div class="sect2" title="User Name(s) Section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20458"></a>User Name(s) Section</h3></div></div></div>
+          
+
+          <p>The User Name(s) section manages user logins and security
+          settings. Logins give a user the ability log into an OFBiz
+          application while security settings control what the user can do
+          while logged on.</p>
+
+          <p>Users with create privileges in the Party Manager application
+          have the ability to create user logins and then to manage the login
+          password and security setting. Others will see a list user login
+          names and status (ENABLED or DISABLED).</p>
+
+          <p>Users may have no user login or multiple logins. Each login
+          has it's own set of security settings so multiple logins provide
+          flexibility in controlling a users connection to OFBiz
+          applications.</p>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Create New text in title bar: Opens the <a class="link" href="#OTHER_SCREENS_CREATE_LOGIN" title="Create User Login">CreateUserLogin</a>
+              screen.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Edit button: Opens the <a class="link" href="#OTHER_SCREENS_EDIT_LOGIN" title="Edit Login">Edit Login</a> screen
+              .</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Security Groups button: Opens the <a class="link" href="#OTHER_SCREENS_ADD_SECURITY_GROUP" title="Add Security Group">Add Security
+              Group</a> screen.</p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <div class="sect2" title="Party Attribute(s) Section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2048D"></a>Party Attribute(s) Section</h3></div></div></div>
+          
+
+          <p>Party Attributes provide an ability for users to attach
+          arbitrary names and values to people. These name value pairs can be
+          used in different ways to extend the information collected about a
+          person without having to make changes to the database.</p>
+
+          <p>For example, a name could be added "On Company Team" with a
+          value "Football". A report could be created for employees grouped by
+          Company Team.</p>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Create New title bar button: Opens the <a class="link" href="#OTHER_SCREENS_CREATE_ATTRIBUTE" title="Create Party Attribute">Create Attribute</a>
+              screen.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Edit button: Click to open edit <a class="link" href="#OTHER_SCREENS_EDIT_ATTRIBUTE" title="Edit Party Attribute">Party Attribute</a>
+              screen.</p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <div class="sect2" title="Party Content Section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N204B5"></a>Party Content Section</h3></div></div></div>
+          
+
+          <p>The Party Content section provides a means to load content to
+          the OFBiz Content Manager application. You can use this feature to
+          load your picture for display in your profile.</p>
+
+          <p>To load an image for display in the Personal Information
+          section:</p>
+
+          <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Click Browse and select an image using the native file
+              search</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>In the drop-down list select Logo Image URL</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>In Is Public select Yes</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Click Upload.</p>
+            </li></ol></div>
+
+          <p>After a screen refresh the selected image will appear above
+          Party Id in the Personal Information as Personal Image</p>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Content Id - A unique content identifier linking the
+              employee to the content</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Content Type - One of Internal Content, User Defined
+              Content, Logo Image URL, or Vendor Shipping Info</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Content Name - A user defined name for the content</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Content Description - A user defined description of the
+              content</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Content mime type - One of application/octet-stream,
+              application/pdf, image/gif, image/jpeg, text/html, text/plain,
+              or text/x-diff</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Status- One of Available Deactivated, Final Draft, In
+              Progress, Initial Draft, Published, or Revised Draft</p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Content Id button: Opens the dedicated <a class="link" href="#OTHER_SCREENS_PARTY_CONTENT" title="Party Content Screen">Party Content</a>
+              screen.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>View button: Click to open content. Content will open in a
+              viewer appropriate for the content type.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Remove button: Deletes the record</p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <div class="sect2" title="Notes Section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20529"></a>Notes Section</h3></div></div></div>
+          
+
+          <p>In the Notes section you can create and display notes. Notes
+          may not be updated after they are created.</p>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Note Name - Required name for the note. The text of the
+              node is to the right of the name.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>By - Name of the person who created the note.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>At - Date time note was entered</p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+        </div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Employments"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2054D"></a>Employments</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/EmployeeEmployments.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Employee Position"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2058D"></a>Employee Position</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/EmployeeEmployeePosition.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p></p>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Skills"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N205CF"></a>Skills</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/EmployeeSkills.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p></p>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Qualifications"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N20611"></a>Qualifications</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/EmployeeQualfication.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p></p>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Training"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N20653"></a>Training</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/EmployeeTraining.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p></p>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Leave"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N20695"></a>Leave</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/EmployeeLeave.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p></p>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Payroll History"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N206D7"></a>Payroll History</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/EmployeePayrollHistory.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p></p>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Employee Comments"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N20719"></a>Employee Comments</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <p>This section has observations made while documenting the HR Apps
+        Position feature. It covers improvements that could be made to the
+        current feaure set, a list of bugs, and a roadmap of suggested new
+        features.</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Improvements to current
+        implementation</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p>All section titles should be title case with spaces between
+            words e.g. CreateUserLogin UserLoginChangePassword</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Is there a use case for multiple logins? People complain
+            about multiple passwords, needing multiple logins to accomplish
+            some goal seems like a nuisance.</p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>BUG List</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Current Employment information section of employee profile
+            is misleading. Does not show correct multiciplicity for company or
+            position. The type is single, should be list. Company should be
+            Internal Organization. Value shown as salary is not salary, it is
+            the rate amoung (emplPositionRateAmount.rateAmount).</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Employee Profile Edit Party Content has a lot of problem
+            behavior. Party contact records are deleted. When they are deleted
+            and added the delete or add sometimes fails and navigates to a the
+            party manager content page for no reason. Too much to explain in
+            detail now but all in all a clumsily utility.</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>After performing certain activities in the employee Profile
+            the screen is refreshed. The section content of the screen is
+            changed after the refresh displaying additional sections that were
+            not in the origional display. Sections that are displayed after
+            refresh include: Loyalty Points, Payment Method Information,
+            Identification Numbers, AVS Override (CC Fraud Screening), Visits
+            and Stores.</p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Road map</strong></span></p>
+      </div>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="chapter" title="Chapter&nbsp;4.&nbsp;Employments"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="EMPLOYMENTS"></a>Chapter&nbsp;4.&nbsp;Employments</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N2075F">Search Employments</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N207A6">Employments</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N207FB">Party Benefits</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N2083D">Payroll Preferences</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N2087F">Pay Histories</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N208C1">Unemployment Claims</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20903">Agreement Employment Applications</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20945">Employment Comments</a></span></dt></dl></div>
+      
+
+      <p>An employment is a relationship between a person and your Comany.
+      The HR App uses these concepts of payroll, unemployment and agreements
+      to track this relationship.</p>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Search Employments"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2075F"></a>Search Employments</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/EmploymentSearch.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Termination Rerason Id - One of the termination reasons as,
+            defined in Global Settings <a class="link" href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_TERMINATION_REASON" title="Termination Reasons">Termination
+            Reasons</a> Termination Reasons, listing possible reasons for a
+            termination.</p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p></p>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Employments"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N207A6"></a>Employments</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/EmploymentEdit.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p>From Date</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Thru Date</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Termination Reason Id</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Termination Type Id</p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p></p>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Party Benefits"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N207FB"></a>Party Benefits</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/EmploymentPartyBenefits.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p></p>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Payroll Preferences"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2083D"></a>Payroll Preferences</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/EmploymentPayrollPreferences.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p></p>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Pay Histories"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2087F"></a>Pay Histories</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/EmploymentPayHistories.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p></p>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Unemployment Claims"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N208C1"></a>Unemployment Claims</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/EmploymentUnemploymentClaims.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p></p>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Agreement Employment Applications"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N20903"></a>Agreement Employment Applications</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/EmploymentAgreementEmploymentApp.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p></p>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Employment Comments"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N20945"></a>Employment Comments</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <p>This section has observations made while documenting the HR Apps
+        Employment feature. It covers improvements that could be made to the
+        current feaure set, a list of bugs, and a roadmap of suggested new
+        features.</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Improvements to current
+        implementation</strong></span></p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>BUG List</strong></span></p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Road map</strong></span></p>
+      </div>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="chapter" title="Chapter&nbsp;5.&nbsp;Position"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="POSITION"></a>Chapter&nbsp;5.&nbsp;Position</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N209A4">Search Positions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20A89">Position Summary</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N20ACB">Employee Position Information</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N20AD8">Fulfillments</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N20B04">Responsibilities</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N20B37">Reporting Structure:ReportsTo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N20B69">Reporting Structure:ReportedTo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#POSITION_NEW_POSITION">New Position</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#POSITION_EDIT_POSITION">Edit Position</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#POSITION_FULFILLMENTS">Fulfillments</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#POSITION_RESPONSIBILITIES">Responsibilities</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#POSITION_REPORTING_STRUCTURE">Reporting Structure</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20CDC">Position Comments</a></span></dt></dl></div>
+      
+
+      <p>In OFBiz a position is the authorization, typically from the
+      budget of an internal organization, for the Company to engage one person
+      to do a job. OFBiz handles positions in a flexible manner so you can
+      think of a position as an authorization for a full-time equivalent
+      (FTE).</p>
+
+      <p>This means that you can fulfill a position with a person in a
+      number of different ways. You can Fill a position with one full time
+      person, change the assignment of a position from one person to another
+      over time, or split a position across more then one person at the same a
+      time.</p>
+
+      <div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3>
+        <p>As implemented a position can be fulfilled by either a person or
+        organization. For discussion here we will assume that positions are
+        only fulfilled by people. The person may or may not be an
+        employee.</p>
+      </div>
+
+      <p>Positions have a status. They can be one of: Planned For,
+      Active/Open, or Inactive/Closed.</p>
+
+      <p>Positions have a type, defined in Global HR Settings, which
+      describes the job and it's pay rates. Some examples types could be
+      secretary, production worker, sales manager, executive vice president or
+      OFBiz programmer. If more then one person is needed for a type of job
+      then a position must be created for eacj required person i.e. if 10
+      secretaries are authorized for the Human Resource department then 10
+      positions are created with type secretary.</p>
+
+      <p>Positions hava a reporting structure. Positions report to other
+      positions and not the people who hold the position. You can identify the
+      position a position reports to and/or the positions(s) a position
+      manages.</p>
+
+      <div class="warning" title="Warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3>
+        <p>In the HR App it is possible to create circular reporting
+        structures where a positon the reporting to and managed by positions
+        are the same. It is the users responsibility to exercise common sense
+        when creating the reorting structure.</p>
+      </div>
+
+      <p><span class="bold"><strong>Position Feature
+      Summary</strong></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Create Positions</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Fulfill Positions</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Assign Position Responsibilities</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Create a Reporting Structure</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Administer Position Types, Responsibilities and Rates</p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Search Positions"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N209A4"></a>Search Positions</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/PositionSearch.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Empl Position Type Id - Provides the ability to group
+            positions by types that are defined in Global HR Settings <a class="link" href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_POSITION_TYPE" title="Position Types and Rates">Position Types</a>
+            .</p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p>The default screen for Employee Position is a common OFBiz style
+        search screen. In it you can create a new position, find an existing
+        position and view a list of positions based on the search. Selecting a
+        position from the list opens the Summanry and other screens associated
+        with an employee position.</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Screen Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Create a new position</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>List positions based on user defined creteria</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Open the position Summary screen for any position in the
+            list</p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><a name="POSITION_FIELD_SUMMARY"></a><span class="bold"><strong>Screen
+        Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Empl Position Id</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Status ID</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Party Id</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Budget Id</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Budget Item Seq Id</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Empl Position Type Id</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Estimated From Date</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Estimated Thru Date</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Salary Flag</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Exempt Flag</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Fulltime Flag</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Temporary Flag</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Actual From Date</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Actual Thru Date</p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Screen Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p>EDIT EMPLOYEE POSITION button: Opens the Edit Employee
+            Position screen.</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Hide Fields / Show Lookup Fields button icon (title bar):
+            Hides / shows the filter fields in the "Search Options"
+            section.</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Find button: Click for a list of employees. Displays a list
+            of employees in the Search Results section..</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Employee Position Id text link: Click to open employees
+            Summay screen. Summay is the first item in a menu with screens
+            related to employees.</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Party Id button: Click to open Profile of the internal
+            organization that owns the position.</p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Position Summary"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N20A89"></a>Position Summary</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/PositionSummary.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p>The Summary screen has a collection of sectons with information
+        on the different aspects of a position.</p>
+
+        <div class="sect2" title="Employee Position Information"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20ACB"></a>Employee Position Information</h3></div></div></div>
+          
+
+          <p>Position information list all of the fields the HR App records
+          for a postition. These fields can be edited by clicking on the
+          EMPLOYEE POSITION menu item that follows SUMMARY. See: <a class="link" href="#POSITION_FIELD_SUMMARY">Screen Field Summary</a> for
+          field descriptions.</p>
+        </div>
+
+        <div class="sect2" title="Fulfillments"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20AD8"></a>Fulfillments</h3></div></div></div>
+          
+
+          <p>A fulfillment is the assignment of people to the position. You
+          can create update and delete fulfillments. See: <a class="link" href="#POSITION_FULFILLMENTS" title="Fulfillments">Fulfillments.</a></p>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Summary of Fields</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p>PARTY ID - Identifies the person assigned to the
+              position</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>FROM DATE -</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>THRU DATE -</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>COMMENTS -</p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <div class="sect2" title="Responsibilities"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20B04"></a>Responsibilities</h3></div></div></div>
+          
+
+          <p>The RESPONSIBILITIES screen lets you assign responsibilites to
+          a position. See: <a class="link" href="#POSITION_RESPONSIBILITIES" title="Responsibilities">Responsibilities.</a></p>
+
+          <p>The administrator can add and remove responsibilities shown in
+          the Responsibility Type Id drop-down list in <a class="link" href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS" title="Chapter&nbsp;14.&nbsp;Global HR Settings">Global HR Settngs</a>..</p>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Summary of Fields</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Responsibility Type Id</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>From Date</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Thru Date</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Comments</p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <div class="sect2" title="Reporting Structure:ReportsTo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20B37"></a>Reporting Structure:ReportsTo</h3></div></div></div>
+          
+
+          <p>The Reports To section list the position that the selected
+          position reports to. See: <a class="link" href="#POSITION_REPORTING_STRUCTURE" title="Reporting Structure">Reporting
+          Structure.</a></p>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Summary of Fields</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Empl Position Id Reporting To</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>From Date</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Thru Date</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Comments</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Primary Flag</p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <div class="sect2" title="Reporting Structure:ReportedTo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N20B69"></a>Reporting Structure:ReportedTo</h3></div></div></div>
+          
+
+          <p>The Reports To section list the position that the selected
+          position reports to. See: <a class="link" href="#POSITION_REPORTING_STRUCTURE" title="Reporting Structure">Reporting
+          Structure.</a></p>
+        </div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="New Position"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="POSITION_NEW_POSITION"></a>New Position</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/PositionNew.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p></p>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Edit Position"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="POSITION_EDIT_POSITION"></a>Edit Position</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/PositionEdit.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p></p>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Fulfillments"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="POSITION_FULFILLMENTS"></a>Fulfillments</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/PositionFulfillments.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p></p>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Responsibilities"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="POSITION_RESPONSIBILITIES"></a>Responsibilities</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/PositionResponsibilities.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Responsibility Type Id - One of the available responsibility
+            types as, defined in <a class="link" href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_RESPONSIBILITY" title="Responsibility Types">Global Settings
+            Responsibility Types</a> , describing the duties required of
+            the position</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>From Date - The date the when the position became
+            responsible for this type</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>From Date - The date the when the position was no longer
+            responsible for this type</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Comments - User defined comment</p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p></p>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Reporting Structure"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="POSITION_REPORTING_STRUCTURE"></a>Reporting Structure</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/PositionReportingStruct.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p></p>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Position Comments"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N20CDC"></a>Position Comments</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <p>This section has observations made while documenting the HR Apps
+        Position feature. It covers improvements that could be made to the
+        current feaure set, a list of bugs, and a roadmap of suggested new
+        features.</p>
+
+        <p>Improvements to current implementation</p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Restrict relationships so they are only between an internal
+            organization with a Group Member relationship to Company and a
+            person</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Reporting structure is only creates. Need a feature to
+            update or delete.</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Change title display in Create form from "Edit Employee
+            Position" to "New Employee Position"</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>In Create/Edit Employee Position make the field Party Id
+            into a drop-down list restricted to organizations in the Company
+            Tree view</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>In the Fulfillments screen constrain the Party Id field a
+            drop-down list to party type person. Or alternately constrain the
+            lookup "Lookup Party by Name" to party type person</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>In the Fulfillments screen make the Party Id display the
+            persons first and last name instead of the id.</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>"Lookup for Empl Position Id Reporting To" and "Empl
+            Position Id Managed By" for Status ID list should be limited to a
+            list of valid employment statuses.</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Add a method to create multiple instances of a position at
+            one time. e.g. We need 5 programmers for the new project. Go to
+            New Employee Position and enter the number of positions required
+            (default 1). The new position is created for each required
+            positions. If positions are greater then 1 return to find
+            positions which should display a list of the multiple
+            positions.</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Clicking Party Id from the Search Results in Employee
+            Position opens the Position Menu with the profile for an
+            organization. This is confusing because the items on the menu are
+            for the position not a party. Should open the Party Profile with
+            party related menu. See improvement to make Organization the first
+            item in the Human Resource menu.</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Party Id, in general, should never be displayed to the user.
+            It is not a term that will be familure to the average business
+            person. The display should show the First and Last name for people
+            or the name of the party group for organizations. Lookups should
+            be constraine to valid parties. For example if looking up a party
+            id for an employee, the lookup list should not show party
+            groups.</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Public Hilidays in Global HR Settings should have a method
+            for setting rules for setting the date for holidays do not fall on
+            the same day every year.</p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p>BUG List</p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Lookup for "Empl Position Id Reporting To" in section
+            Reporting Structure is not returning a position id.</p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p>Roadmap</p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Mechanism for managing documents. Upload, download, create
+            and secure resumes, performance reviews, communications.</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Add basic reports - ability to create report from Search
+            Options in the main screen.</p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="chapter" title="Chapter&nbsp;6.&nbsp;Performance Review"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="PERFORMANCE_REVIEW"></a>Chapter&nbsp;6.&nbsp;Performance Review</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20D55">Search Performance Review</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20D95">New Performance Review</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20DD7">Edit Performance Review</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20E17">PerfReview Items</a></span></dt></dl></div>
+      
+
+      <p>Managers can use Performance Review to...</p>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Search Performance Review"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N20D55"></a>Search Performance Review</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/PerformanceReviewSearch.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt; Performance Review</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="New Performance Review"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N20D95"></a>New Performance Review</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/PerformanceReviewNew.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt; Performance Rerview Click
+        <span class="guibutton">PerfReview</span></p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Edit Performance Review"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N20DD7"></a>Edit Performance Review</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/PerformanceReviewEdit.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt; Performance Rerview Click Find in Search Results click Perf
+        Review Id</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="PerfReview Items"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N20E17"></a>PerfReview Items</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt; Performance Rerview</p>
+
+        <p>Click <span class="guibutton">Find</span> in Search Results click Perf
+        Review Id</p>
+
+        <p>Click Menu PerfReview</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="chapter" title="Chapter&nbsp;7.&nbsp;Skills"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="SKILLS"></a>Chapter&nbsp;7.&nbsp;Skills</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20E61">Search Skills</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20EA1">New Skill</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20EE2">Screen Name</a></span></dt></dl></div>
+      
+
+      <p>Skills bal bla <a class="link" href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_SKILLS" title="Skill Types">Skill
+      Type</a> bla</p>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Search Skills"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N20E61"></a>Search Skills</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/SkillsSearch.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="New Skill"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N20EA1"></a>New Skill</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/SkillsNew.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Skill Type Id - A list of skill types</p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Screen Name"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N20EE2"></a>Screen Name</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/SkillsEdit.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="chapter" title="Chapter&nbsp;8.&nbsp;Qualifications"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="QUALIFICATIONS"></a>Chapter&nbsp;8.&nbsp;Qualifications</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20F2B">Search Qualifications</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20F6B">New Party Qualification</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20FAB">Qualifications</a></span></dt></dl></div>
+      
+
+      <p></p>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Search Qualifications"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N20F2B"></a>Search Qualifications</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/QualificationsSearch.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="New Party Qualification"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N20F6B"></a>New Party Qualification</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/QualificationsNew.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Qualifications"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N20FAB"></a>Qualifications</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/QualificationsEdit.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="chapter" title="Chapter&nbsp;9.&nbsp;Recruitment"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="RECRUITMENT"></a>Chapter&nbsp;9.&nbsp;Recruitment</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N20FF4">Search Job Requisition</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N21034">New Job Requisition</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N21074">Edit Job Requisition</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N210B4">Internal Job Posting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N210F4">Search Internal Job Posting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#RECRUITMENT_NEW_JOB_INTERVIEW">New Job Interview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N21175">Search for Job Interview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N211B5">Edit Job Interview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N211F5"></a></span></dt></dl></div>
+      
+
+      <p></p>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Search Job Requisition"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N20FF4"></a>Search Job Requisition</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/RecuritmentJobRequisitionSearch.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="New Job Requisition"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N21034"></a>New Job Requisition</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/RecuritmentJobRequisitionNew.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Edit Job Requisition"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N21074"></a>Edit Job Requisition</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/RecuritmentJobRequisitionEdit.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Internal Job Posting"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N210B4"></a>Internal Job Posting</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/RecuritmentJobRequisitionApply.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Search Internal Job Posting"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N210F4"></a>Search Internal Job Posting</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/RecuritmentInternalJobPostingSearch.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="New Job Interview"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="RECRUITMENT_NEW_JOB_INTERVIEW"></a>New Job Interview</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/RecuritmentJobInterviewNew.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Search for Job Interview"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N21175"></a>Search for Job Interview</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/RecuritmentJobInterviewSearch.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Edit Job Interview"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N211B5"></a>Edit Job Interview</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/RecuritmentJobInterviewEdit.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N211F5"></a></h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <p></p>
+      </div>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="chapter" title="Chapter&nbsp;10.&nbsp;Training"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="RESUMES"></a>Chapter&nbsp;10.&nbsp;Training</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N21205">Training Calendar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N21245">Add Training Event</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N21285">Add Training Event Participant</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N212C5">Approve Training Participant</a></span></dt></dl></div>
+      
+
+      <p></p>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Training Calendar"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N21205"></a>Training Calendar</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/TrainingCalendar.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Add Training Event"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N21245"></a>Add Training Event</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/TrainingCalendarAdd.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Add Training Event Participant"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N21285"></a>Add Training Event Participant</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/TrainingCalendarAddParticipant.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Approve Training Participant"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N212C5"></a>Approve Training Participant</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/TrainingCalendarApprovals.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="chapter" title="Chapter&nbsp;11.&nbsp;Employment Applications"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="TRAINING"></a>Chapter&nbsp;11.&nbsp;Employment Applications</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N2130E">Search Employment Applications</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N2134E">New Employment Application</a></span></dt></dl></div>
+      
+
+      <p></p>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Search Employment Applications"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2130E"></a>Search Employment Applications</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/EmploymentApplicationSearch.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="New Employment Application"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2134E"></a>New Employment Application</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/EmploymentApplicationNew.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="chapter" title="Chapter&nbsp;12.&nbsp;Resumes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="N2138F"></a>Chapter&nbsp;12.&nbsp;Resumes</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N21396">Search Resumes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N213D6">New Resume</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N21416">Edit Resume</a></span></dt></dl></div>
+      
+
+      <p></p>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Search Resumes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N21396"></a>Search Resumes</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/ResumeSearch.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="New Resume"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N213D6"></a>New Resume</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/QualificationsNew.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Edit Resume"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N21416"></a>Edit Resume</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/ResumeEdit.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="chapter" title="Chapter&nbsp;13.&nbsp;Leave"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="N21457"></a>Chapter&nbsp;13.&nbsp;Leave</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N2145E">Search Leave</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N2149E">New Employee Leave</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N214DE">Edit Employee Leave</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N2151E">Search Leave Approval</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N2155E">Edit Leave Approval</a></span></dt></dl></div>
+      
+
+      <p></p>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Search Leave"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2145E"></a>Search Leave</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/LeaveApprovalSearch.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="New Employee Leave"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2149E"></a>New Employee Leave</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/LeaveEmployeeNew.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Edit Employee Leave"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N214DE"></a>Edit Employee Leave</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/LeaveEmployeeEdit.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Search Leave Approval"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2151E"></a>Search Leave Approval</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/LeaveApprovalSearch.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Edit Leave Approval"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N2155E"></a>Edit Leave Approval</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/LeaveApproval.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="chapter" title="Chapter&nbsp;14.&nbsp;Global HR Settings"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="GLOBAL_SETTINGS"></a>Chapter&nbsp;14.&nbsp;Global HR Settings</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_SKILLS">Skill Types</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_RESPONSIBILITY">Responsibility Types</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_TERMINATION_REASON">Termination Reasons</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_TERMINATION_TYPE">Termination Types</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_POSITION_TYPE">Position Types and Rates</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N2183A">Search Position Types</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N218A6">New Position Type</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N218F6">Edit Position Type</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_POSITION_TYPE_RATE">Position Type Rate</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_EMPLOYEE_LEAVE_TYPE">Employee Leave Type</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N219C0">Leave Type</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N21A19">Reason Type</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_PAY_GRADES">Pay Grades</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N21A7F">Search Pay Grades</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N21ADE">New Pay Grade</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N21B1F">Edit Pay Grade</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#N21B60">Salary Steps</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_JOB_INTERVIEW_TYPES">Job Interview Types</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_TRAINING_CLASS_TYPE">Training Class Type</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_PUBLIC_HOLIDAY">Public Holiday</a></span></dt></dl></div>
+      
+
+      <div class="screenshot">
+        <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/GlobalHRSettingsMenu.jpg" align="left"></div>
+      </div>
+
+      <p>Global HR Settings are a collection of screens you can use to
+      customize some of the drop-down list that appear in the HR App. In
+      general to be able to enter information in these screens a user must
+      have "administrator" or "create privilages".</p>
+
+      <p>Cutomization of enteries in drop-down list that are not supported
+      in the Global HR Settings feature can be made by an administrator using
+      <a class="link" href="#HR_AND_OTHER_APPS_WEB_TOOLS" title="Web Tools">Web Tools</a> .</p>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Skill Types"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="GLOBAL_SETTINGS_SKILLS"></a>Skill Types</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/GlobalHRSettingsSkillTypes.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt; Global HR Settings &gt; Skill Types</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <p>This screen is used to create, edit and delete the skill types
+        used in the <a class="link" href="#SKILLS" title="Chapter&nbsp;7.&nbsp;Skills">Skills</a> section. Skills are
+        assigned to employees for use in evaluating their suitablity for a
+        position.</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Skill Type Id - A required unique identifier for the skill
+            type. If one is not entered a numeric id will be created.</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Description - A user defined description of the type.</p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Create button: Click to save the skill type. The screen is
+            refreshed. If no id was entered the system generated numeric id is
+            displayed</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Delete button: Click to delete the skill type. The skill
+            type is deleted and can not be restored.</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Submit button: Saves any changes made to any of the
+            descriptions in the list above the Submit button.</p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3>
+          <p>If you create more then one Skill Type you must manually clear
+          the Skill Type Id or you will get an error.</p>
+        </div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Responsibility Types"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="GLOBAL_SETTINGS_RESPONSIBILITY"></a>Responsibility Types</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/GlobalHRSettingsResponsibilitylTypes.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt; Global HR Settings &gt; Responsibility Types</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <p>This screen is used to create, edit and delete the
+        responsibility types used to add a responsibility to a position. See
+        <a class="link" href="#POSITION_RESPONSIBILITIES" title="Responsibilities">Position</a>.
+        Responsibility is assigned to positions so that stakeholders can
+        clearly see the positions's scope.</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Responsibility Type Id - A required unique identifier for
+            the Responsibility Type. If one is not entered a numeric id will
+            be created.</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Description - A user defined description of the type.</p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Create button: Click to save the Responsibility Type. The
+            screen is refreshed. If no id was entered the system generated
+            numeric id is displayed</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Delete button: Click to delete the Responsibility Type. The
+            Responsibility Type is deleted and can not be restored.</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Submit button: Saves any changes made to any of the
+            descriptions in the list above the Submit button.</p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3>
+          <p>If you create more then one Skill Type you must manually clear
+          the Skill Type Id or you will get an error.</p>
+        </div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Termination Reasons"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="GLOBAL_SETTINGS_TERMINATION_REASON"></a>Termination Reasons</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/GlobalHRSettingsTerminationReason.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt; Global HR Settings &gt; Termination Reasons</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <p>Termination Reasons are used by employments to track
+        terminations for analysis. See the <a class="link" href="#EMPLOYMENTS" title="Chapter&nbsp;4.&nbsp;Employments">Employments</a> feature for usage.</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Termination Reason Id - A required unique identifier for the
+            Termination Reason. If one is not entered a numeric id will be
+            created.</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Description - A user defined description of the type.</p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Create button: Click to save the Termination Rerason. The
+            screen is refreshed. If no id was entered the system generated
+            numeric id is displayed</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Delete button: Click to delete the Termination Rerason. The
+            Termination Rerason is deleted and can not be restored.</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Submit button: Saves any changes made to any of the
+            descriptions in the list above the Submit button.</p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Termination Types"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="GLOBAL_SETTINGS_TERMINATION_TYPE"></a>Termination Types</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/GlobalHRSettingsTerminationTypes.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt; Global HR Settings &gt; Termination Types</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <p>Termination Types are used by employments to track terminations
+        for analysis. See the <a class="link" href="#EMPLOYMENTS" title="Chapter&nbsp;4.&nbsp;Employments">Employments</a>
+        feature for usage.</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Termination Type Id - A required unique identifier for the
+            Termination Type. If one is not entered a numeric id will be
+            created.</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Description - A user defined description of the type.</p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Create button: Click to save the Termination Types. The
+            screen is refreshed. If no id was entered the system generated
+            numeric id is displayed</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Delete button: Click to delete the Termination Types. The
+            Termination Rerason is deleted and can not be restored.</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Submit button: Saves any changes made to any of the
+            descriptions in the list above the Submit button.</p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Position Types and Rates"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="GLOBAL_SETTINGS_POSITION_TYPE"></a>Position Types and Rates</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <p>The position type is used to catergorize <a class="link" href="#POSITION" title="Chapter&nbsp;5.&nbsp;Position">Positions</a> . This is streight forward and the
+        examples Programmer, System Administrator and Business Analyst are a
+        good demonstration of the intended usage. Each position type may have
+        a schedule for possible rates that can be offered to a applicant for a
+        position.</p>
+
+        <p>There are two methods for defining pay schedules. The first is
+        built around a rate amount. The second uses Pay Grades, which are
+        defined in the <a class="link" href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_PAY_GRADES" title="Pay Grades">Pay
+        Grade</a> feature.</p>
+
+        <p>The two methods are exclusive. If you use one for a position,
+        you should not use the other.</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Using the Rate Amount
+        Schedule</strong></span></p>
+
+        <p>Each position type may have one or more associated rate types.
+        Rate type is identified by its rate type id , a description of the
+        rate type, time period and from thru dates. Each combination of rate
+        type and time period has a rate amount.</p>
+
+        <p>Available rate types are Standard Rate, Discounted Rate,
+        Overtime Rate, Average Pay Rate, Highest Pay Rate, and Lowest Pay
+        Rate.</p>
+
+        <p>Available time periods are Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter, Fiscal
+        Month, Fiscal Week, Fiscal Bi-Week, Sales Quarter, Sales Month, Rate
+        amount per Hour, Rate amount per Week, Rate amount per month, and Rate
+        amount per Quarter.</p>
+
+        <p>Here is an example of a possible rate schedule for a business
+        analyst:</p>
+
+        <table frame="box" rules="all" id="N21740">
+          <thead>
+            <tr align="center">
+              <th>Position Type</th>
+
+              <th>Rate Type Id</th>
+
+              <th>Period Type Id</th>
+
+              <th>Rate Amount</th>
+            </tr>
+          </thead>
+
+          <tbody>
+            <tr>
+              <td>Business Analyst</td>
+
+              <td>Standard Rate</td>
+
+              <td>Fiscal Year</td>
+
+              <td>65,000</td>
+            </tr>
+
+            <tr>
+              <td></td>
+
+              <td>Standard Rate</td>
+
+              <td>Rate amount per Hour</td>
+
+              <td>40.00</td>
+            </tr>
+
+            <tr>
+              <td></td>
+
+              <td>Discounted Rate</td>
+
+              <td>Fiscal Year</td>
+
+              <td>60,000</td>
+            </tr>
+
+            <tr>
+              <td></td>
+
+              <td>Discounted Rate</td>
+
+              <td>Rate amount per Hour</td>
+
+              <td>38.50</td>
+            </tr>
+
+            <tr>
+              <td></td>
+
+              <td>Highest Pay Rate</td>
+
+              <td>Fiscal Year</td>
+
+              <td>75,000</td>
+            </tr>
+
+            <tr>
+              <td></td>
+
+              <td>Highest Pay Rate</td>
+
+              <td>Rate amount per Hour</td>
+
+              <td>75.00</td>
+            </tr>
+
+            <tr>
+              <td></td>
+
+              <td>Lowest Pay Rate</td>
+
+              <td>Fiscal Year</td>
+
+              <td>55,000</td>
+            </tr>
+
+            <tr>
+              <td></td>
+
+              <td>Lowest Pay Rate</td>
+
+              <td>Rate amount per Hour</td>
+
+              <td>35.00</td>
+            </tr>
+          </tbody>
+        </table>
+
+        <p>Any of the rate amounts could be offered to a person taking the
+        position of Business Anlayst.</p>
+
+        <p>Only one record from the schedule is used at a time for
+        computing the employees actual pay.</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Using Pay Grades</strong></span></p>
+
+        <p>The pay grade method is more rigidly structured then the rate
+        amount method described above. A pay grade schedule, created in <a class="link" href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_PAY_GRADES" title="Pay Grades">Pay Grades</a> , is used in
+        place of a schedule like the one shown above. There can be one or more
+        pay grade schedules. Each has a name and an ordered set of salary
+        steps. Each step has an amount.</p>
+
+        <p>Here is a sample pay grade schedule.</p>
+
+        <table frame="box" rules="all" id="N217E1">
+          <thead>
+            <tr align="center">
+              <th>Pay Grade Name</th>
+
+              <th>Salary Step Sequence Id</th>
+
+              <th></th>
+            </tr>
+          </thead>
+
+          <tbody>
+            <tr>
+              <td>G1</td>
+
+              <td>10000</td>
+
+              <td>500</td>
+            </tr>
+
+            <tr>
+              <td></td>
+
+              <td>10001</td>
+
+              <td>750</td>
+            </tr>
+
+            <tr>
+              <th align="left"></th>
+
+              <th align="left">10002</th>
+
+              <th align="left">1,000</th>
+            </tr>
+
+            <tr align="left">
+              <th></th>
+
+              <th>10003</th>
+
+              <th>1,250</th>
+            </tr>
+          </tbody>
+        </table>
+
+        <p>A position type is associated with a single row of the schedule
+        using the Pay Grade Name and Setp Sequence Id.</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Difference Between Rate Amount
+        Schedule and Pay Grades</strong></span></p>
+
+        <p>When using Rate Amount enter a value in the Rate Amount field
+        and omit values in the Pay Grade Id and Salary Step Sequence Id
+        fields.</p>
+
+        <p>When using Pay Grades enter values in Pay Grade Id and Salary
+        Step Sequence Id fields but leave the Rate Amount empty.</p>
+
+        <p>Enter values in the Rate Type Id, Period Type Id and Rate
+        Currency Uom Id for both methods.</p>
+
+        <div class="sect2" title="Search Position Types"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N2183A"></a>Search Position Types</h3></div></div></div>
+          
+
+          <p>Position Types group positions for reporting.</p>
+
+          <div class="screenshot">
+            <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/GlobalHRSettingsPositionTypeSearch.jpg" align="left"></div>
+          </div>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+          &gt; Global HR Settings &gt; Position Types</p>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+          <p>Position types are found using a common OFBiz style search
+          screen. In it you can create a new position type, find an existing
+          type and view a list of types based on the search. Selecting a
+          position type from the list opens the Edit Position Type
+          screen.</p>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary Search
+          Options</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Empl Position Type Id - The drop-down list displays the
+              descriptions of the position types. The default is to select all
+              position types. If a selection is made only a single position
+              will be returned. (If two position types have the same
+              description the description will appear twice in the list but
+              only the item selected will be returned).</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Parent Type Id - Enter the parent type id to filter on the
+              children of the parent.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Has Table - This field is not used an can be
+              ignored.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Description - Enter all or part of the description. Unlike
+              the case in Empl Position Type Id where only one of two or more
+              identical descriptions are returned, here all the records
+              matching the description will be returned.</p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary Search
+          Results</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Position Types - This is the Empl Position Type Id, the
+              unique identifier of the type.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Description - A user defined description of the
+              type.</p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Find button: Click for a list of position types. Displays
+              the list of in the Search Results section.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Delete button: Click to delete the Employee Position Type.
+              The Employee Position Type is deleted and can not be
+              restored</p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <div class="sect2" title="New Position Type"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N218A6"></a>New Position Type</h3></div></div></div>
+          
+
+          <div class="screenshot">
+            <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/GlobalHRSettingsPositionTypeNew.jpg" align="left"></div>
+          </div>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs: Human Resources &gt; Global
+          HR Settings &gt; Position Types</strong></span></p>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Click New Position
+          Type</strong></span></p>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary:</strong></span> Create a new
+          position type.</p>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Empl Position Type Id - A required unique identifier for
+              the Position Type. If one is not entered a numeric id will be
+              created.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Parent Type Id - Enter the Empl Position Type Id of the
+              position type that will be the partent of this entry. This will
+              form a tree structure that could be used for roll up
+              reporting.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Has Table - Field is not used and can be ignored.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Description - Required. Enter a user defined description
+              for the type.</p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span>: Click Create
+          to a new Position Type.</p>
+
+          <p>From here you would typically click <a class="link" href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_POSITION_TYPE_RATE" title="Position Type Rate">Position Type
+          Rate</a> on the menu and enter a rate schedule for the
+          position.</p>
+        </div>
+
+        <div class="sect2" title="Edit Position Type"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N218F6"></a>Edit Position Type</h3></div></div></div>
+          
+
+          <div class="screenshot">
+            <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/GlobalHRSettingsPositionTypeEdit.jpg" align="left"></div>
+          </div>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs:</strong></span> Human Resources
+          &gt; Global HR Settings &gt; Position Types</p>
+
+          <p>Using Search Options find a position type</p>
+
+          <p>In Search Results click on a value in the Position Type
+          column.</p>
+
+          <p>The Edit Position Types screen opens</p>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span>: Update a
+          position type.</p>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Empl Position Type Id - The unique identifier of the
+              position type. Can not be changed.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Parent Type Id - Enter or change the Empl Position Type Id
+              of the position type that will be the partent of this
+              entry.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Field is not used and can be ignored.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Description - Required. You man change the user defined
+              description for the type. The field can not be made
+              empty.</p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span>: Click Update
+          to save changes.</p>
+
+          <p>To leave the screen without saving changes click on any menu
+          item. The changes will be lost.</p>
+        </div>
+
+        <div class="sect2" title="Position Type Rate"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="GLOBAL_SETTINGS_POSITION_TYPE_RATE"></a>Position Type Rate</h3></div></div></div>
+          
+
+          <div class="screenshot">
+            <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/GlobalHRSettingsPositionTypeRates.jpg" align="left"></div>
+          </div>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs:</strong></span> Human Resources
+          &gt; Global HR Settings &gt; Position Types</p>
+
+          <p>Using Search Options find a position type</p>
+
+          <p>In Search Results click on a position type</p>
+
+          <p>The Edit Position Types screen opens</p>
+
+          <p>In the menu click the Position Type Rate</p>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+          <p>Create a rate schedule for a Position Type using either the
+          Rate Amount or Pay Grade features (See discussion in <a class="link" href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_POSITION_TYPE" title="Position Types and Rates">Position Type</a>
+          Introduction).</p>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Rate Type Id - Select one of Standard Rate, Discounted
+              Rate, Overtime Rate, Average Pay Rate, Highest Pay Rate, or
+              Lowest Pay Rate.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Period Type Id - Select one of Fiscal Year, Fiscal
+              Quarter, Fiscal Month, Fiscal Week, Fiscal Bi-Week, Sales
+              Quarter, Sales Month, Rate amount per Hour, Rate amount per
+              Week, Rate amount per month, or Rate amount per Quarter</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Rate Amount - Enter a rate amount if your are creating a
+              Rate Amount schedule. The Rate Amount is the numeric amount to
+              be paid for a Rate Type in a Time Period, in a Currency. Leave
+              this field blank if your are using a Pay Grade schedule</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Pay Grade Id - The unique identifier for a Pay Grade.
+              Click on the Search Form icon to lookupPay Grade Ids</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Salary Step Sequence Id - The sequence identifer that is
+              associated with a Salary Step amount.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Rate Currency Uom Id - The currency the employee will be
+              paid in.</p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Create - Click Update to save changes.</p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+
+          <p>A Position Type may have multiple Position Type Rates</p>
+        </div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Employee Leave Type"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="GLOBAL_SETTINGS_EMPLOYEE_LEAVE_TYPE"></a>Employee Leave Type</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <p>Employee Leave Type has a menu with items for Leave Type and
+        Reason Type.</p>
+
+        <div class="sect2" title="Leave Type"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N219C0"></a>Leave Type</h3></div></div></div>
+          
+
+          <div class="screenshot">
+            <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/GlobalHRSettingsEmployeeLeaveType.jpg" align="left"></div>
+          </div>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+          &gt; Global HR Settings &gt; Employee Leave Type &gt; Leave
+          Type</p>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+          <p>This screen is used to create, edit and delete the leave types
+          used in the <a class="link" href="#SKILLS" title="Chapter&nbsp;7.&nbsp;Skills">Leave</a> feature. Leave
+          reason types are are used to categorize an assigned employee leave
+          request.</p>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Leave Type Id - A required unique identifier for the leave
+              type. If one is not entered a numeric id will be created.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Description - A user defined description of the
+              type.</p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Create button: Click to save the leave type. The screen is
+              refreshed. If no id was entered the system generated numeric id
+              is displayed.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Delete button: Click to delete the skill type. The skill
+              type is deleted and can not be restored.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Submit button: Saves any changes made to any of the
+              descriptions in the list above the Submit button.</p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+
+          <div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3>
+            <p>If you create more then one Leave Type you must manually
+            clear the Leave Type Id or you will get an error.</p>
+          </div>
+        </div>
+
+        <div class="sect2" title="Reason Type"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N21A19"></a>Reason Type</h3></div></div></div>
+          
+
+          <div class="screenshot">
+            <div class="mediaobject"><img src="../images/GlobalHRSettingsReasonType.jpg"></div>
+          </div>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+          &gt; Global HR Settings &gt; Employee Leave Type &gt; Reason
+          Type</p>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+          <p>This screen is used to create, edit and delete the leave
+          reason types used in the <a class="link" href="#SKILLS" title="Chapter&nbsp;7.&nbsp;Skills">Leave</a>
+          feature. Leave types are are used to categorize an assigned employee
+          leave request.</p>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Leave Type Id - A required unique identifier for the
+              reason type. If one is not entered a numeric id will be
+              created.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Description - A user defined description of the
+              type.</p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Create button: Click to save the reason type. The screen
+              is refreshed. If no id was entered the system generated numeric
+              id is displayed.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Delete button: Click to delete the reason type. The reason
+              type is deleted and can not be restored.</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Submit button: Saves any changes made to any of the
+              descriptions in the list above the Submit button.</p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+
+          <div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3>
+            <p>If you create more then one Leave Type you must manually
+            clear the Leave Type Id or you will get an error.</p>
+          </div>
+        </div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Pay Grades"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="GLOBAL_SETTINGS_PAY_GRADES"></a>Pay Grades</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <p>The Pay Grades that are set up in this feature are used in the
+        <a class="link" href="#GLOBAL_SETTINGS_POSITION_TYPE" title="Position Types and Rates">Employee Position
+        Type</a> feature to set up Pay Grade style position pay
+        schedules.</p>
+
+        <div class="sect2" title="Search Pay Grades"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N21A7F"></a>Search Pay Grades</h3></div></div></div>
+          
+
+          <div class="screenshot">
+            <div class="mediaobject"><img src="../images/GlobalHRSettingsPayGradesSearch.jpg"></div>
+          </div>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+          &gt;</p>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary:</strong></span> Create a new
+          Pay Grade</p>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary Search
+          Options</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Pay Grade Id - A unique</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Pay Grade Name</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Comments</p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary Search
+          Results</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Pay GradeID</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Pay Grade Name</p>
+            </li><li class="listitem">
+              <p>Comments</p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p></p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <div class="sect2" title="New Pay Grade"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N21ADE"></a>New Pay Grade</h3></div></div></div>
+          
+
+          <div class="screenshot">
+            <div class="mediaobject"><img src="../images/GlobalHRSettingsPayGradesNew.jpg"></div>
+          </div>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+          &gt;</p>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p></p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p></p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p></p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+
+          <p></p>
+        </div>
+
+        <div class="sect2" title="Edit Pay Grade"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N21B1F"></a>Edit Pay Grade</h3></div></div></div>
+          
+
+          <div class="screenshot">
+            <div class="mediaobject"><img src="../images/GlobalHRSettingsPayGradesEdit.jpg"></div>
+          </div>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+          &gt;</p>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p></p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p></p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p></p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+
+          <p></p>
+        </div>
+
+        <div class="sect2" title="Salary Steps"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="N21B60"></a>Salary Steps</h3></div></div></div>
+          
+
+          <div class="screenshot">
+            <div class="mediaobject"><img src="../images/GlobalHRSettingsPayGradesSalaryStep.jpg"></div>
+          </div>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+          &gt;</p>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p></p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p></p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+
+          <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+          <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+              <p></p>
+            </li></ul></div>
+
+          <p></p>
+        </div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Job Interview Types"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="GLOBAL_SETTINGS_JOB_INTERVIEW_TYPES"></a>Job Interview Types</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/GlobalHRSettingsJobInterviewType.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt; Global HR Settings &gt; Job Interview Type</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <p>This screen is used to create, edit and delete the job interview
+        types used in the <a class="link" href="#RECRUITMENT_NEW_JOB_INTERVIEW" title="New Job Interview">Job
+        Interview</a> section. The job interview records the interviewer
+        and the person being interviewed as well as the date of the interview
+        and some information about the interview like the interview type, a
+        grade and result.</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Job Interview Type Id - A required unique identifier for the
+            skill type. If one is not entered a numeric id will be
+            created.</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Description - A user defined description that categorizes
+            the type of job interview.</p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Create button: Click to save the Job Interview Type. The
+            screen is refreshed. If no id was entered the system generated
+            numeric id is displayed</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Delete button: Click to delete the skill type. The skill
+            type is deleted and can not be restored.</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Submit button: Saves any changes made to any of the
+            descriptions in the list above the Submit button.</p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3>
+          <p>If you create more then one Job Interview Type you must
+          manually clear the Job Interview Type Id or you will get an
+          error.</p>
+        </div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Training Class Type"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="GLOBAL_SETTINGS_TRAINING_CLASS_TYPE"></a>Training Class Type</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/GlobalHRSettingsTraininClassType.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt; Global HR Settings &gt; Training Class Type</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <p>This screen is used to create, edit and delete the Training
+        Class Types used in the <a class="link" href="#TRAINING" title="Chapter&nbsp;11.&nbsp;Employment Applications">Training</a>
+        feature. The Training Class Type is used to categorize Training
+        Classes.</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Training Class Type - A required unique identifier for the
+            Training Class Type. You must enter a Training Class Type, the
+            system will display an error if you do not.</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Pre Requisite Skill - A Training Class Type class that
+            should be addended before this class.</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Description - A user defined description that categorizes
+            the type of training.</p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Create button: Click to save the Training Class Type . The
+            screen is refreshed.</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Delete button: Click to delete the Training Class Type. The
+            Training Class Type is deleted and can not be restored.</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Submit button: Saves any changes made to any of the
+            descriptions in the list above the Submit button.</p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3>
+          <p>If you create more then one Training Class Type you must
+          manually clear the Training Class Type or you will get an
+          error.</p>
+        </div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Public Holiday"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="GLOBAL_SETTINGS_PUBLIC_HOLIDAY"></a>Public Holiday</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/GlobalHRSettingsPublicHoliday.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt; Global HR Settings &gt; Public Holiday</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <p>A holiday created here appears as an entry in the <a class="link" href="#TRAINING" title="Chapter&nbsp;11.&nbsp;Employment Applications">Training</a> and Work Effort Calendar features.
+        To view the entry in Work Effort Calendar:</p>
+
+        <div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem">
+            <p>In the Applications Menu select Work Effort</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>In the Work Effort Manager menu select Calendar</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Use the Calendar navigation widgets to find the From Date of
+            the Public Holiday in the Calendar</p>
+          </li></ol></div>
+
+        <p>The Holiday will appear as an entry under the From Date.</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Holiday Name - Name of holiday</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Description - A user defined description of the
+            holiday.</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>From Date - Date of the Holiday</p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Submit - Click to save the holiday . A messaged "Succesfully
+            created" is displayed. The Add Public Holiday screenlet is cleared
+            and ready for the next entry.</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Update - On Click holiday is opened in the edit screenlet.
+            Click Update in the screenlet to save changes.</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Delete button: Click to delete the holiday. The holiday is
+            deleted and can not be restored</p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="chapter" title="Chapter&nbsp;15.&nbsp;HR App and Other OFBiz Apps"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="HR_AND_OTHER_APPS"></a>Chapter&nbsp;15.&nbsp;HR App and Other OFBiz Apps</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#HR_AND_OTHER_APPS_WEB_TOOLS">Web Tools</a></span></dt></dl></div>
+      
+
+      <p>There are time when it is necessary to use another OFBiz app to do
+      something that you can not accomplish in the HR App</p>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Web Tools"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="HR_AND_OTHER_APPS_WEB_TOOLS"></a>Web Tools</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <p></p>
+      </div>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="chapter" title="Chapter&nbsp;16.&nbsp;Security"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="SECURITY"></a>Chapter&nbsp;16.&nbsp;Security</h2></div></div></div>
+      
+
+      <p></p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="chapter" title="Chapter&nbsp;17.&nbsp;Other Screens"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="OTHER_SCREENS"></a>Chapter&nbsp;17.&nbsp;Other Screens</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#OTHER_SCREENS_EDIT_PERSONAL_INFORMATION">Edit Personal Information</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#OTHER_SCREENS_CREATE_LOGIN">Create User Login</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#OTHER_SCREENS_EDIT_LOGIN">Edit Login</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#OTHER_SCREENS_ADD_SECURITY_GROUP">Add Security Group</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#OTHER_SCREENS_CREATE_ATTRIBUTE">Create Party Attribute</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#OTHER_SCREENS_PARTY_CONTENT">Party Content Screen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#OTHER_SCREENS_EDIT_ATTRIBUTE">Edit Party Attribute</a></span></dt></dl></div>
+      
+
+      <p>This chapter includes descriptions of miscellaneous screens that
+      are accessed from profile screens</p>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Edit Personal Information"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="OTHER_SCREENS_EDIT_PERSONAL_INFORMATION"></a>Edit Personal Information</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/EmployeeEditPersonalInformation.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p></p>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Create User Login"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="OTHER_SCREENS_CREATE_LOGIN"></a>Create User Login</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/EmployeeCreateUserLogin.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p>Creates a user login giving a person access to OFBiz business
+        applications. Application privileges are controlled by <a class="glossterm" href="#G_SECURITY_GROUP"><em class="glossterm">Security Group</em></a> .</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p>User Login Id</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Current Password</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Current Password Verify</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Password Hint</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Require Password Change</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>External Auth Id</p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Save button:</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Cancel/Done button:</p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Edit Login"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="OTHER_SCREENS_EDIT_LOGIN"></a>Edit Login</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/EmployeeEditUserLogin.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p></p>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Add Security Group"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="OTHER_SCREENS_ADD_SECURITY_GROUP"></a>Add Security Group</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/EmployeeAddSecurityGroup.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p></p>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Create Party Attribute"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="OTHER_SCREENS_CREATE_ATTRIBUTE"></a>Create Party Attribute</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/EmployeeCreatePartyAttribute.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p>This screen creates a party attribute name value pair.</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs:</strong></span> Human Resources
+        &gt; Employees - Find an employee and open the Profile &gt; Party
+        Attribute(s) &gt; Create New</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Attr Name: A required text description of the attribute. Can
+            be used as a grouping mechanism when the same Attr Name is used
+            for multiple instances.</p>
+          </li><li class="listitem">
+            <p>Attr Value: A value for the named attribute.</p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action:</strong></span> Update button: Click
+        update to save the new attribute. Select another menu item to leave
+        the screen without saving changes.</p>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Party Content Screen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="OTHER_SCREENS_PARTY_CONTENT"></a>Party Content Screen</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject"><img src="../images/EmployeePartyPartyContentScreen.jpg"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p>Edit screen with a list of contenf for a party and a section to
+        add additional content.</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs:</strong></span> Human Resources
+        &gt; Employees - Find an employee and open the Profile &gt; Party
+        Content &gt; Click Party Content Id (text in first column of
+        list)</p>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Edit Party Attribute"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="OTHER_SCREENS_EDIT_ATTRIBUTE"></a>Edit Party Attribute</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <div class="screenshot">
+          <div class="mediaobject" align="left"><img src="../images/EmployeeEditPartyAttribute.jpg" align="left"></div>
+        </div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong></span>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Usage Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Field Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action Summary</strong></span></p>
+
+        <div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
+            <p></p>
+          </li></ul></div>
+
+        <p>Edit a party attribute name value pair.</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Breadcrumbs:</strong></span> Human Resources
+        &gt; Employees - Find an employee and open the Profile &gt; Party
+        Attribute(s) &gt; Edit</p>
+
+        <p><span class="bold"><strong>Action</strong></span> button: Click Update to
+        save changes and return to the employee Profile. Select another menu
+        item to leave the screen without saving changes.</p>
+      </div>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="chapter" title="Chapter&nbsp;18.&nbsp;Road Map"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="N21F43"></a>Chapter&nbsp;18.&nbsp;Road Map</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N21F4B">Improvements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N22037">Bugs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#N220F1">Proposed Features</a></span></dt></dl></div>
+      
+
+      <p>This chapter has observations made while documenting the HR Apps
+      Position feature. It covers improvements that could be made to the
+      current feaure set, a list of bugs, and suggested new features.</p>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Improvements"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N21F4B"></a>Improvements</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <p>A list of improvements for the HR Application that do not
+        include new functionality. These changes directed toward improving
+        useability by making the application UI more consistent.</p>
+
+        <table border="1" id="N21F53">
+          <caption>Table&nbsp;18.1.&nbsp;Improvements</caption>
+
+          <thead>
+            <tr>
+              <th>Feature</th>
+
+              <th>Issue</th>
+            </tr>
+          </thead>
+
+          <tr>
+            <td>Global HR Settings</td>
+
+            <td>All forms in Global Settings shoud require Admin / Update
+            permission. Termination Reason, Position Type do not. Leave type,
+            Pay Grades, Salary Steps, Job interview, and Training Class Type
+            allow Create but not update,</td>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <td>HR App</td>
+
+            <td>Hide "Has Table" from user presentation. This field is for BE
+            use only.</td>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th align="left">HR App</th>
+
+            <th align="left">In the FE change all Party Id lables to a context
+            sensitive name that identifies the party. For example of a person
+            is expected in the context look up the person by name and display
+            the persons name. If the need is to display the party id then in
+            this case the lookup form should be constrained to people. If the
+            context expects a party group the FE should make it clear. For
+            example see FindEmplPositions. The Party Id field should hve a
+            lookup from of valid party groups and the display name Party Id
+            changed to Internal Organization.</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th align="left">Add Training Types</th>
+
+            <th align="left">Unlike all other Global enties it does not create
+            a system generated id when the user does not enter a Training
+            Class Type</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr align="left">
+            <th>Add Training Types - Pre Requisite Skill</th>
+
+            <th>Field displays name when should diplay value. i.e.
+            BASIC_TRAINING vs. Basic Training</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th align="left">Global HR Settings</th>
+
+            <th align="left">After an entity is created the fields in the
+            create form should be cleared so a user can "heads down" create
+            another setting without getting a dup id error. Also there should
+            be feedback to the user that the entity was created.</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th align="left">Global HR Settings Holiday</th>
+
+            <th align="left">In Add Public Holiday the Hoiliday Name and From
+            Date are marked required however a holiday can be created with out
+            entering any values in any field.</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th align="left">Global HR Settings Holiday</th>
+
+            <th align="left">Screenlet title should be Add Holiday, Hoiliday
+            is not necessarly public. Text "From Date" should be Holiday
+            Date.</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr align="left">
+            <th>OFBiz General</th>
+
+            <th>The titles on screenlets used to Add, Create or Edit records
+            are often out of sync with the action. For example in Global HR
+            Settings Holiday screenlet Add Public Holiday. Click update and
+            the screenlet title is Add Public Holiday but the command button
+            is Update. This behavior is endemic in OFBiz because of the dual
+            usage of forms for create and update. Should be a best practices
+            avoid this sloppyness.</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr align="left">
+            <th>OFBiz General</th>
+
+            <th>The holiday screenlet provides a Success message for a create
+            action but no similar message for update and delete. All acctions
+            that perform create, update or delete should give a feed back
+            message. Create actions should leave the from in a clear state
+            ready for the next create (current behavior where create
+            automatically opens a profile should be changed give the user
+            options for the next screen selection).</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+        </table>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Bugs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N22037"></a>Bugs</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <p>A list of BUGS in the HR Application.</p>
+
+        <table border="1" id="N2203F">
+          <caption>Table&nbsp;18.2.&nbsp;Bugs</caption>
+
+          <thead>
+            <tr>
+              <th>Feature</th>
+
+              <th>Issue</th>
+            </tr>
+          </thead>
+
+          <tr>
+            <td>Global HR Settings</td>
+
+            <td>All forms in Global Settings shoud require Admin / Update
+            permission. Termination Reason does not.</td>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <td>Global HR Settings</td>
+
+            <td>Most of the submit actions in HR Settings do not give the user
+            any feedback that the action was completed sucessfully. Submit
+            should behave like Public Holiday. On Click a Succesfull created
+            message is displayed and the form is cleared ready for another
+            entry. (Note Holiday has it's own problem - allows empty
+            records)</td>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr align="left">
+            <th>Global HR Settings Position Types</th>
+
+            <th>Throws an error if a position type is deleted and then the
+            Find button is clicked to refresh the list of position types. Have
+            to click on the position type menu to clear the deleted id before
+            the list will referch.</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th align="left">Global HR Settings Position Type Rate</th>
+
+            <th align="left">The form Lookup PayGrade has a description field
+            that is empty. Expect to see the value for the Pay Grade Name</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr align="left">
+            <th>Global HR Settings Position Type Rate</th>
+
+            <th>The form Lookup Salary StepSeq Id has a description field that
+            is empty. Expect to see the value, should be the Salary Step
+            Amount so that the user has some idea of the meaing of the
+            id.</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th align="left">Global HR Settings Position Type Rate</th>
+
+            <th align="left">Multiple errors trying to enter Position Type
+            Rates. 1. From Date Can not accept a null value. 2. Other issues
+            where multiple rates are created \ deleted from a single
+            entry.</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+        </table>
+      </div>
+
+      <div class="sect1" title="Proposed Features"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="N220F1"></a>Proposed Features</h2></div></div></div>
+        
+
+        <p>A list of new features for the HR Application that add new
+        functionality. These changes directed toward making the application
+        more useable OOB in a practical sense. It addes features that are
+        expected in a basic Human Resource application and rounds out current
+        features that need addtionality to be functional in a real HR
+        environment.</p>
+
+        <table border="1" id="N220F9">
+          <caption>Table&nbsp;18.3.&nbsp;Road Map</caption>
+
+          <thead>
+            <tr>
+              <th>Feature</th>
+
+              <th>Issue</th>
+            </tr>
+          </thead>
+
+          <tr>
+            <td>Global HR Settings</td>
+
+            <td>All forms in Global Settings shoud require Admin / Update
+            permission. Termination Reason does not.</td>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <td>Position Recuritment Party</td>
+
+            <td>Positions have responsibilities. Recruitments have Skill Types
+            and Qualifications. Parties have Skills. Positions and
+            Rercruitments should have required skills so an employer and
+            applicant can match skills to requirements.</td>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th align="left">Global HR Settings Holiday</th>
+
+            <th align="left">Holidays could be categorized as Public,
+            Religious, Vacation, Company etc. Holidays. Company Holidays could
+            designate a day off and be used by other applications to adjust
+            schedules, pay or other things that could be impacted by a
+            Holiday.</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr align="left">
+            <th>Global HR Settings Holiday</th>
+
+            <th>Holidays should have a from and two date for extended holidays
+            like Lent or Ramadan</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr align="left">
+            <th>Global HR Settings Holiday</th>
+
+            <th>There should be a recurrence feature for setting holidays. (I
+            don't think the Calendar supports recurrence but could be
+            wrong)</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr align="left">
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th></th>
+
+            <th></th>
+          </tr>
+        </table>
+      </div>
+    </div>
+  </div>
+
+  <div class="glossary" title="Glossary"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="N221B1"></a>Glossary</h2></div></div></div><dl><dt><a name="G_EMPLOYEE"></a>Employee</dt><dd><p>An employee is a person who has an employment relationship with
+        your Company.</p></dd><dt><a name="G_EMPLOYMENT"></a>Employment</dt><dd><p>In OFBiz an <em class="glossterm">Employment</em> defines the
+        relationship between your Company and a person who is an employee. The
+        employment relationship tracks employee benefits, preferences, pay
+        history, and unemployment claims and agreements.</p></dd><dt><a name="G_FULFILLMENT"></a>Fulfillment</dt><dd><p>A fulfillment associates a person with a position. A person can
+        fulfill more then one position and a position can have more then one
+        person.</p></dd><dt>Internal Organization</dt><dd><p>Internal organization is a type of party group that is part of
+        your companise organization. For example the Red Cross and
+        Shipping</p></dd><dt><a name="G_PARTY"></a>Party</dt><dd><p>In OFBiz a party is a term used to simplify collecting
+        information that used in a common manner by different people and
+        things. The most common party types are people and groups. Both people
+        and groups have contact information. A party is identified by a unique
+        Party Id. Using this id OFBiz can collect and find contact (and other
+        information and processes) for both people and groups in the same way.
+        This is why you will often see Party Id as a field in a form or a
+        filter as you work in OFBiz.</p></dd><dt><a name="G_PARTY_ID"></a>Party Id</dt><dd><p>The unique identifier for a party. The id is text so in some
+        cases you will see an id, created by a user, that caries some meaning
+        i.e. Party Id DemoEmployee. In other cases the id is created by OFBiz
+        and is will be simply a number from a sequence. In either case the id
+        is unique.</p></dd><dt>Person</dt><dd><p>In OFBiz a person is a human being as distinguished from a party
+        group which is an organization. Human beings and organizations have
+        different attributes i.e. people have first and last names while
+        groups have group names. Both person and party group are types of
+        parties and share information and processe common to parties.</p></dd><dt><a name="G_SECURITY_GROUP"></a>Security Groups</dt><dd><p>A collection of application privilages given to a user
+        logn.</p></dd></dl></div>
+</div></body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpmaster/map.jhm
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpmaster/map.jhm	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelpmaster/map.jhm	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?><!DOCTYPE map PUBLIC "-//Sun Microsystems Inc.//DTD JavaHelp Map Version 2.0//EN" "http://java.sun.com/products/javahelp/map_2_0.dtd">
+<map version="2.0"><mapID target="OFBizBook_html" url="OFBizBook.html"/></map>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/banner.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/banner.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/banner.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<HTML>
+<STYLE type="text/css">
+    .bodyStyle { margin-left:-2; margin-right:-2; margin-top:-2; margin-bottom:-2; background-color:white; }
+    .tableStyle { background-color:#CCCCCC; }
+</STYLE>
+<BODY CLASS="bodyStyle">
+    <TABLE CLASS="tableStyle" CELLSPACING=10>
+      <TR BGCOLOR="#CCCCCC">
+	<TD BGCOLOR=white>
+	  <img height="43" width="238" src="images/Ofbiz_logo.gif">
+	</TD>
+	<TD width=99% BGCOLOR=white>
+	  <img src="images/JavaHelp_title.gif">
+	</TD>
+      </TR>
+    </TABLE>
+    <BR>
+    <FONT COLOR="999999" SIZE=+1 STYLE="margin-left=5">HELP</FONT>
+    <HR size=2>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/.project
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/.project	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/.project	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<projectDescription>
+	<name>OFBizHelp</name>
+	<comment></comment>
+	<projects>
+	</projects>
+	<buildSpec>
+		<buildCommand>
+			<name>org.eclipse.wst.jsdt.core.javascriptValidator</name>
+			<arguments>
+			</arguments>
+		</buildCommand>
+		<buildCommand>
+			<name>org.eclipse.jdt.core.javabuilder</name>
+			<arguments>
+			</arguments>
+		</buildCommand>
+		<buildCommand>
+			<name>org.eclipse.wst.common.project.facet.core.builder</name>
+			<arguments>
+			</arguments>
+		</buildCommand>
+		<buildCommand>
+			<name>org.eclipse.wst.validation.validationbuilder</name>
+			<arguments>
+			</arguments>
+		</buildCommand>
+	</buildSpec>
+	<natures>
+		<nature>org.eclipse.jem.workbench.JavaEMFNature</nature>
+		<nature>org.eclipse.wst.common.modulecore.ModuleCoreNature</nature>
+		<nature>org.eclipse.wst.common.project.facet.core.nature</nature>
+		<nature>org.eclipse.jdt.core.javanature</nature>
+		<nature>org.eclipse.wst.jsdt.core.jsNature</nature>
+	</natures>
+</projectDescription>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/invalidhelp.html
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/invalidhelp.html	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/invalidhelp.html	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+<HTML>
+<BODY>
+<H1>HelpSet not established</H1>
+A HelpSet was not able to be established. This appears to be be a configuration
+problem in a link. Generally this established by setting the parameter
+helpset" to a valid HelpSetfile"
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/help.jsp
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/help.jsp	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/help.jsp	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+<%--
+ @(#)help.jsp	1.5 06/10/30
+ 
+ Copyright (c) 2006 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All Rights Reserved.
+ 
+ Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ are met:
+ 
+ - Redistribution of source code must retain the above copyright
+   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ 
+ - Redistribution in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+   the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+   distribution.
+ 
+ Neither the name of Sun Microsystems, Inc. or the names of
+ contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ 
+ This software is provided "AS IS," without a warranty of any
+ kind. ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED CONDITIONS, REPRESENTATIONS AND
+ WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, ARE HEREBY
+ EXCLUDED. SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC. ("SUN") AND ITS LICENSORS SHALL
+ NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES SUFFERED BY LICENSEE AS A RESULT OF
+ USING, MODIFYING OR DISTRIBUTING THIS SOFTWARE OR ITS
+ DERIVATIVES. IN NO EVENT WILL SUN OR ITS LICENSORS BE LIABLE FOR
+ ANY LOST REVENUE, PROFIT OR DATA, OR FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
+ CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR
+ INABILITY TO USE THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF SUN HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+ POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+ 
+ You acknowledge that this software is not designed, licensed or
+ intended for use in the design, construction, operation or
+ maintenance of any nuclear facility. 
+--%>
+
+<jsp:useBean id="helpBroker" class="javax.help.ServletHelpBroker" scope="session" />
+<%@ taglib uri="/jhlib.tld" prefix="jh" %>
+<html>
+<head>
+<%
+// only an "id" should be set.
+String id = request.getParameter("id");
+if (id == null) {
+    // nothing to do
+    // in regular java code we would return.
+} else {
+    if (id != null) {
+        // Yep, just update the helpBroker
+	// The contentsframe has already been updated
+	helpBroker.setCurrentID(id);
+    }
+}
+%>
+<title>JavaHelp Human Resources</title>
+<SCRIPT LANGUAGE="JavaScript1.3" src="util.js">
+</SCRIPT>
+</head>
+<FRAMESET ROWS="120,*" NAME="helptop" BORDER=0 FRAMESPACING=0>
+    <FRAMESET COLS="*,0" NAME="upperframe" NORESIZE FRAMEBORDER=NO>
+	<FRAME SRC="banner.html" NAME="bannerframe" SCROLLING="NO">
+	<FRAME SRC="update.jsp" NAME="updateframe">
+    </FRAMESET>
+    <FRAMESET COLS="30%,70%" NAME="lowerhelp" BORDER=5 FRAMESPACING=5 FRAMEBORDER=YES>
+	<FRAMESET ROWS="40,*" NAME="navigatortop" BORDER=0 FRAMESPACING=0>
+	    <FRAME SRC="navigator.jsp" NAME="navigatorframe" SCROLLING="NO" FRAMEBORDER=NO>
+	    <FRAME SRC="loading.html" NAME="treeframe" SCROLLING="AUTO" FRAMEBORDER=NO>
+	</FRAMESET>
+	<FRAMESET ROWS="40,*" NAME="rightpane">
+	    <FRAME SRC="toolbar.html" NAME="toolbarframe" SCROLLING="NO" FRAMEBORDER=YES>
+	    <FRAME SRC="<jsp:getProperty name="helpBroker" property="currentURL" />" NAME="contentsFrame" SCROLLING="AUTO" FRAMEBORDER=Yes>
+	</FRAMESET>
+    </FRAMESET>
+</FRAMESET>
+<NOFRAMES>
+<BODY bgcolor=white>
+Help requires frames to be displayed
+</BODY>
+</NOFRAMES> 
+</HTML>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/index.jsp
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/index.jsp	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/webapp/ofbizhelp/index.jsp	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+<%--
+ @(#)index.jsp	1.4 06/10/30
+ 
+ Copyright (c) 2006 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All Rights Reserved.
+ 
+ Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ are met:
+ 
+ - Redistribution of source code must retain the above copyright
+   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ 
+ - Redistribution in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+   the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+   distribution.
+ 
+ Neither the name of Sun Microsystems, Inc. or the names of
+ contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ 
+ This software is provided "AS IS," without a warranty of any
+ kind. ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED CONDITIONS, REPRESENTATIONS AND
+ WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, ARE HEREBY
+ EXCLUDED. SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC. ("SUN") AND ITS LICENSORS SHALL
+ NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES SUFFERED BY LICENSEE AS A RESULT OF
+ USING, MODIFYING OR DISTRIBUTING THIS SOFTWARE OR ITS
+ DERIVATIVES. IN NO EVENT WILL SUN OR ITS LICENSORS BE LIABLE FOR
+ ANY LOST REVENUE, PROFIT OR DATA, OR FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
+ CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR
+ INABILITY TO USE THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF SUN HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+ POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+ 
+ You acknowledge that this software is not designed, licensed or
+ intended for use in the design, construction, operation or
+ maintenance of any nuclear facility. 
+<jh:validate helpBroker="<%= helpBroker %>" helpSetName="OFBizHelpDemo/OFBizHelp/Animals.hs"/>
+--%>
+
+<jsp:useBean id="helpBroker" class="javax.help.ServletHelpBroker" scope="session" />
+<%@ taglib uri="/jhlib.tld" prefix="jh" %>
+<html>
+<head>
+<jh:validate helpBroker="<%= helpBroker %>" helpSetName="ofbizhelp/javahelphumanres/jhelpset.hs"/>
+<title>OFBiz Human Resource Application</title>
+<SCRIPT>
+      function openNewWindow (URL, windowName, windowOptions)
+      {
+          var window = getWindow (URL, windowName, windowOptions);
+      }
+
+      function getWindow(URL, windowName, windowOptions)
+      {
+          var newWindow = open (URL, windowName, windowOptions)
+          newWindow.focus();
+          top.allOpenWindows[top.allOpenWindows.length] = newWindow;
+          return window;
+      }
+</SCRIPT>
+</head>
+<body bgcolor=white>
+
+<table border="0">
+<tr>
+<td>
+<img src="images/tomcat.gif">
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<h1>Sample JavaHelp JSP Application for OFBiz</h1>
+<p>This is a POC for using Java Help to host the current OFBiz Help files.</p>
+<p>It implements the complete OFBiz Accounting help along with a stub to illustrate the addition of other help sets.</p>
+<p>Accounting was chosen because it is the most complete and complex of the OFBiz Help Sets.</p>
+
+<b>The advantages of using OFBiz Help are:</b>
+<ul>
+<li>No external system required for documentation</li>
+<li>The content of the internal help files can be used within the documentation</li>
+<li>The documentation always has the same version as the system (It is part of it)</li>
+<li>The content is stored in a internationally accepted format</li>
+<li>The content can be easily presented in the selected visual schemas</li>
+</ul>
+
+<b>Problems with Current Help Implementation</b>
+<ul>
+<li>Poor Control of Display Elements - Java Help has Toolbar, Navigation and Content frames which, unlike the OFBiz display, do not let content flow into and around other screen elements.</li>
+<li>Limited set of features. No facility to easly implement search, printing, index, glossary or favorites.</li>
+<li>Does not take advantage of featrue rich DocBook transformations.</li>
+<li>Poor support for context sensitive help. (User is driven to a page that is outside of the main help section.)</li>
+<li>Limited documentation on help usage - 1 page vs 134 pages for JavaHelp.</li>
+<li>Creating doc hirearchy is tidious using ContentAssoc. DocBook transformatin creates hierachy based on content folder hiraerchy.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>While it would be nice to implement all of the features of Java Help in the OFBiz Help system this would be reinventing the wheel.</p>
+<p>All of the advantages of using OFBiz Help would be true in a Java Help implementation. 
+<p>Time would be better spent developing Help content then upgrading the OFBiz Help System</p>
+
+<h2>Open <a href="javascript: openNewWindow('help.jsp', 'helpWindow', 'WIDTH=700,HEIGHT=500,resizable=yes');">OFBiz Help</a></h2>
+
+</body>
+</html>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/entitydef/entitymodel.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/entitydef/entitymodel.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/entitydef/entitymodel.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<entitymodel xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="http://ofbiz.apache.org/dtds/entitymodel.xsd">
+    <!-- ========================================================= -->
+    <!-- ======================== Defaults ======================= -->
+    <!-- ========================================================= -->
+    <title>Entity of Simple Component</title>
+    <description>None</description>
+    <copyright></copyright>
+    <version></version>
+
+</entitymodel>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/humanres/OFBizBook.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/humanres/OFBizBook.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/humanres/OFBizBook.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,6105 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<book version="5.0" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+      xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+      xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+      xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+      xmlns:m="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+      xmlns:html="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+      xmlns:db="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title>OFBiz Documentation</title>
+
+    <author>
+      <personname><firstname/><surname/></personname>
+
+      <affiliation>
+        <orgname/>
+      </affiliation>
+    </author>
+
+    <pubdate/>
+  </info>
+
+  <part>
+    <title>Human Resources</title>
+
+    <partintro>
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Introduction</title>
+
+        <para>The OFBiz Human Resource application (HR App) manages jobs that
+        need to be done and the people who do them. This is an important part
+        of running a business because the people who work for your Company are
+        critical to it's success.</para>
+
+        <para>Here is how the HR App can help you.</para>
+
+        <para>Positions, people, employments, and organization are the key
+        concepts in the OFBiz HR App.</para>
+
+        <para>In a nutshell, the HR App stores information about positions
+        (jobs), people, employments and the organization of your Company.
+        Positions are budgeted and requisitioned where they are needed in the
+        organization. They are fulfilled by people. Your Company is organized
+        into a tree of "internal organizations". When a person works for your
+        Company, becomes an employee, an "employment" is created to record the
+        terms and conditions of that relationship.</para>
+
+        <para>Below are list of the HR App's features for each concept and a
+        links to additional information.</para>
+
+        <sect2>
+          <title>About Positions</title>
+
+          <para>Generally positions are authorized by a budget and fulfilled
+          by people. The person may be an employee, or a contract employee.
+          Positions are defined by a type of work. For example there may be 20
+          positions in an organization for a secretary. Each position is
+          related to a department in the organization. A position can me
+          thought of as a full-time equivalent employee (FTE). So an FTE may
+          be assigned to one or more positions and position can be assigned to
+          more then one FTEs (job sharing).</para>
+
+          <para>In the HR App you can:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Create positions</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Fulfill positions</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Define the responsibilities of a position</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Define a tree reporting structure between positions</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Track the positions fulfillments over time</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+
+          <para>See: <link linkend="POSITION">Position</link></para>
+        </sect2>
+
+        <sect2>
+          <title>About People and Employees</title>
+
+          <para>People may be employees of your Company, a company you do
+          business with, or unaffiliated. Any of these people may be
+          applicants for and assigned to positions in your Company.</para>
+
+          <para>In the HR App you can:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>View employee profiles</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Manage recruitment</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Create employees</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Track an employees performance, positions, skills,
+              qualifications, training, and leave</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+
+          <para>See: <link linkend="EMPLOYEES">Employees</link></para>
+        </sect2>
+
+        <sect2>
+          <title>About Employments</title>
+
+          <para>Generally positions are authorized by a budget and fulfilled
+          by people. The person may be an employee, or a contract employee.
+          Positions are defined by a type of work. For example there may be 20
+          positions in an organization for a secretary. Each position is
+          related to a department in the organization. A position can me
+          thought of as a full-time equivalent employee (FTE). So an FTE may
+          be assigned to one or more positions and position can be assigned to
+          more then one FTEs (job sharing).</para>
+
+          <para>In the HR App you can:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Create employments</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Track employment benefits, pay history, unemployment
+              claims and employment agreements</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+
+          <para>See: <link linkend="EMPLOYMENTS">Employments</link></para>
+        </sect2>
+
+        <sect2>
+          <title>About Your Organization</title>
+
+          <para>All but the very smallest companies are organized in a tree
+          structure. The Companies organizational tree structure is shown on
+          the main page of the HR App.</para>
+
+          <para>In the HR App you can:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Add and remove departments</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>View department profiles</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Assign positions to departments</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Manage department employments</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+
+          <para>See: <link linkend="ORGANIZATION"/></para>
+
+          <para><link linkend="ORGANIZATION">Organization</link></para>
+        </sect2>
+
+        <sect2>
+          <title>About Users and Security</title>
+
+          <para>HR App display and usage is controlled by OFBiz security which
+          depending on a users role allows or prevents a user from seeing
+          information in or taking action on HR App features. HR App provides
+          four user roles (Everyone, Employees, Approvers and Managers), their
+          privileges are discussed at throughout the rest of the
+          document.</para>
+        </sect2>
+
+        <sect2>
+          <title>About the User Interface</title>
+
+          <para>In OFBiz, screens called Profile screens are used to display,
+          in one place, all the related information about an important concept
+          like a Person, Position, or Organization. You can navigate from the
+          Profile screen to other screens to edit information. Profile screens
+          are the left most tab in a tab bar with the tabs to the right used
+          to open screens for viewing and editing concepts directly related to
+          the key concept of the Profile screen.</para>
+        </sect2>
+      </sect1>
+    </partintro>
+
+    <chapter>
+      <title>Main Window</title>
+
+      <screenshot>
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="left"
+                       fileref="../images/MainCompanyTreeView.jpg"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+      </screenshot>
+
+      <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs:</emphasis> Applications &gt;
+      HR</para>
+
+      <para>The Main window is the entry point into the HR App and displays
+      the Company tree view for navigating to key HR App items.</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis role="bold"> Nodes In the Company Tree</emphasis></para>
+
+      <para>There are three node types in the tree, each identified by a
+      different icon. The top of the tree represents your Company, the highest
+      level in the HR App organization. The Company and departments under the
+      Company can have children departments or positions. Under positions are
+      the people who fulfill the position.</para>
+
+      <para>See: <command
+      xlink:href="https://cwiki.apache.org/OFBENDUSER/apache-ofbiz-business-setup-guide.html#ApacheOFBizBusinessSetupGuide-generalCompanySetup">OFBiz
+      General Company Setup</command> for directions on replacing the root
+      "Your Company Name Here [Company]" with the name of your company.</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Navigate the HR Organization to view departments, positions
+          and people</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Add or remove a department</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Add a person</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Quickly open the profile of any item in the tree</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>If the item is a position you can add a person to fulfill the
+          position</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+
+      <para><emphasis role="bold">Actions Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Click on an tree node to open the profile view of the item
+          represented by the node</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Right click on a node to open a pop up context menu</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+
+      <para>If the node represents a department then the menu will show
+      selections to add a child department or position.</para>
+
+      <para>Selecting from the context menu opens a form for completing the
+      chosen activity. See the Help page for the opened form for information
+      about the activity.</para>
+    </chapter>
+
+    <chapter xml:id="ORGANIZATION">
+      <title>Organization</title>
+
+      <para/>
+    </chapter>
+
+    <chapter xml:id="EMPLOYEES">
+      <title>Employees</title>
+
+      <para>The Employees feature manages information about people who have an
+      <glossterm linkend="G_EMPLOYMENT">employment</glossterm> relationship
+      with your Company. Features include an <glossterm
+      linkend="G_EMPLOYEE">employee</glossterm> employee Profile, a display of
+      all employee related information in a single screen and facilities for
+      managing employee skills, qualifications, training, leave and payroll
+      history.</para>
+
+      <para>The default screen for Employees is a common OFBiz style search
+      screen.</para>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Find Employee</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left" fileref="../images/EmployeesMain.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis> - HR Human
+        Resources &gt; Employees</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">About</emphasis> - Use the Employees
+        screen to create a new employee, search for an existing employee and
+        view a list of employees. Selecting an employee from the list opens
+        the employees profile screen and other screens associated with the
+        employee.</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Create a new employee</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>List employees based on user defined criteria</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Open the profile screen for any employee in the list</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para>The Employees screen is divided into three sections.</para>
+
+        <sect2>
+          <title>New Employee</title>
+
+          <para>Click the NEW EMPLOYEE button to open the New Employee screen
+          where you create an employee.</para>
+        </sect2>
+
+        <sect2>
+          <title><emphasis role="bold">Find an employee</emphasis></title>
+
+          <para>Find a employee provides a criteria based search for an
+          employee.</para>
+
+          <note>
+            <para>Only Employees Are Found.</para>
+
+            <para>Use the Party Manager application to get information about
+            people who are not employees.</para>
+
+            <para>To do this: In the Applications menu select Party, enter
+            search criteria to search for the person, to return the HR App
+            select HR from the Applications menu.</para>
+          </note>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Party ID - Must be the id of a party who is an
+              employee</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>User Login - The identifier used to login to OFBiz</para>
+
+              <note>
+                <para>An employee may have zero or more user logins.</para>
+              </note>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Last name - Employee last name</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>First name - Employee first name</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+          <para>Section Actions are described from the left to right, top to
+          bottom of the Find an employee section.</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Lookup Party button (title bar): Opens a list of employees
+              based on the criteria entered.</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Hide Fields / Show Lookup Fields button (title bar): Hides
+              / shows the filter fields in the "Find an employee"
+              section.</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Contact Information radio buttons - Displays or hides
+              additional criteria fields.</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Lookup Party icon (right of Party Id field): Opens a pop
+              up search form that finds a Party Id. Use the form to find
+              employees by id or first and last name when you do not know the
+              employee id. Remember the search is only for employees and not
+              all people are employees.</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Lookup Party button(button center of "Find an employee"
+              footer): Opens a list of employees using the criteria in the
+              "Find an employee" section (same as Lookup Party in the title
+              bar).</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Show all records button: Opens a list of all employees
+              (same as selecting Lookup Party without entering a
+              criteria).</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </sect2>
+
+        <sect2>
+          <title>Parties found</title>
+
+          <para>This section list the employees found by the Find an employee
+          search.</para>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>PARTY ID: The unique identifier for the employee.</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>USER LOGIN: The user login for the employee. May be
+              "(None)", "(Many)" in the case where an employee has no or more
+              then one login.</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>NAME: The last name, first name of the employee.</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>TYPE: The party type of the employee. Typically
+              "Person"</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Party Id link (left column in Parties Found list): Opens
+              the employees profile.</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>DETAILS button (right column in Parties Found list): Opens
+              the employees profile (same as clicking the Party Id
+              link).</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </sect2>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Profile (Employee)</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left" fileref="../images/EmployeeProfile.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para>The Profile screen for an employee is a collection of screen
+        sections with information related to an employee. It is the first item
+        on a menu that has screens for other information related to the
+        employee.</para>
+
+        <para>Screen Usage Summary</para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>View a summary of information on an employee in a single
+            screen</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Update Personal Information</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>View, create, update, and expire employee contact
+            information</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>View and create a list of related accounts</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>View training records</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>View employment information</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>View, create, and update login id's, update security
+            group</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>View and create party attributes</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Upload party content</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>View and create notes</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">The Profile screen is divided into nine
+        sections.</emphasis></para>
+
+        <sect2>
+          <title>Personal Information Section</title>
+
+          <para>The Personal Information section has only a few of the fields
+          available in OFBiz for recording information about an employee. You
+          can collect and edit additional information by clicking the Update
+          link in the title bar.</para>
+
+          <para><emphasis>Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Party Id: The id of a employee associated with the profile
+              information</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Name: The first and last name of the employee</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Comments: A comment associated with the employee</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>External Id: The id of an external login system e.g. An
+              LDAP server</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Status ID: Available status: Enabled, Disabled, and
+              Assigned.</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Action </emphasis>title bar button:
+          <link linkend="OTHER_SCREENS_EDIT_PERSONAL_INFORMATION">Edit
+          Personal Information</link></para>
+        </sect2>
+
+        <sect2>
+          <title>Contact Information Section</title>
+
+          <para>The Contact Information section summarizes contact details for
+          multiple channels including:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Electronic Address</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Postal Address</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Phone Number</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Email Address</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Internet IP Address</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Internet Domain Name</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Web URL/Address</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Internal Party Note</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>LDAP Address</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Create New - Opens the Create New Contact Information
+              screen</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Update - Click to change information or add a contact
+              purpose. You can add a contact purpose when you create and Email
+              Address, Phone Number or LDAP Address. Use Update to add a
+              contact purpose to Postal Address or Web URL/Address. You can
+              not add a purpose to Electronic Address, Internet IP Address,
+              Internet Domain Name and Internal Party Note</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Expire - Click to sets the through date (not visible the
+              user) on the contact item. The item is no longer displayed in
+              Contact Information.</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>lookup:anywho.com (only in Phone Number)- Click opens
+              http://www.anywho.com/reverse-lookup in a new browser
+              window</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Look up White pages (only in Phone Number) - Click opens
+              http://www.whitepages.com/search in a new browser window</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Send Mail (only in Email Address) - Opens a new
+              communications event. For help see Send Email in the OFBiz
+              Support Apps document.</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>open page in new window (only in Web URL/Address) - Click
+              to open the address in a new browser window.</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </sect2>
+
+        <sect2>
+          <title>List Related Accounts Section</title>
+
+          <para>Accounts are created in the SFA Manger application See SFA
+          Manager Accounts SFA. Listing an account in the Profile provides a
+          quick link in the HR App to the profile of the account.</para>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold"> To Add a Related
+          Account:</emphasis></para>
+
+          <orderedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Click Create New to add an account to your Profile</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Click the Lookup Icon</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Select from the list of Id's.</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Click Add</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>The Account is added to the list of Related Accounts in
+              your profile.</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </orderedlist>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Action:</emphasis> Click the From Party
+          Id field (in brackets and bold) to open the Related Account
+          profile.</para>
+        </sect2>
+
+        <sect2>
+          <title>Training Section</title>
+
+          <para>The Training section displays a list of classes that have been
+          assigned to this person.</para>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>From Date - Start date time for training</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Thru Date - End date time for training</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Training Class Type - Name describing class category. See
+              : <link linkend="GLOBAL_SETTINGS_TRAINING_CLASS_TYPE">Training
+              Class Type</link></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Approver Status - One of Applied, Approved, Assigned,
+              Proposed or Rejected</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Approver Party - Person with authority to approve
+              training</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+
+          <para>For more information see: <link
+          linkend="TRAINING">Training</link></para>
+        </sect2>
+
+        <sect2>
+          <title>Current Employment information Section</title>
+
+          <para>This section shows the employee's department, position and
+          salary.</para>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Company - The organization unit to which the employee is
+              assigned</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Position - Position(s) held by the employee</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Salary - Employee salary</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Company [some text]: Click to open Company profile<note>
+                  <para>The Profile opened is in the Party Manager
+                  application. To return to the HR App select Applications
+                  &gt; HR</para>
+                </note></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Position [some text]: Click to open position Summary
+              screen.</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </sect2>
+
+        <sect2>
+          <title>User Name(s) Section</title>
+
+          <para>The User Name(s) section manages user logins and security
+          settings. Logins give a user the ability log into an OFBiz
+          application while security settings control what the user can do
+          while logged on.</para>
+
+          <para>Users with create privileges in the Party Manager application
+          have the ability to create user logins and then to manage the login
+          password and security setting. Others will see a list user login
+          names and status (ENABLED or DISABLED).</para>
+
+          <para>Users may have no user login or multiple logins. Each login
+          has it's own set of security settings so multiple logins provide
+          flexibility in controlling a users connection to OFBiz
+          applications.</para>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Create New text in title bar: Opens the <link
+              linkend="OTHER_SCREENS_CREATE_LOGIN">CreateUserLogin</link>
+              screen.</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Edit button: Opens the <link
+              linkend="OTHER_SCREENS_EDIT_LOGIN">Edit Login</link> screen
+              .</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Security Groups button: Opens the <link
+              linkend="OTHER_SCREENS_ADD_SECURITY_GROUP">Add Security
+              Group</link> screen.</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </sect2>
+
+        <sect2>
+          <title>Party Attribute(s) Section</title>
+
+          <para>Party Attributes provide an ability for users to attach
+          arbitrary names and values to people. These name value pairs can be
+          used in different ways to extend the information collected about a
+          person without having to make changes to the database.</para>
+
+          <para>For example, a name could be added "On Company Team" with a
+          value "Football". A report could be created for employees grouped by
+          Company Team.</para>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Create New title bar button: Opens the <link
+              linkend="OTHER_SCREENS_CREATE_ATTRIBUTE">Create Attribute</link>
+              screen.</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Edit button: Click to open edit <link
+              linkend="OTHER_SCREENS_EDIT_ATTRIBUTE">Party Attribute</link>
+              screen.</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </sect2>
+
+        <sect2>
+          <title>Party Content Section</title>
+
+          <para>The Party Content section provides a means to load content to
+          the OFBiz Content Manager application. You can use this feature to
+          load your picture for display in your profile.</para>
+
+          <para>To load an image for display in the Personal Information
+          section:</para>
+
+          <orderedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Click Browse and select an image using the native file
+              search</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>In the drop-down list select Logo Image URL</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>In Is Public select Yes</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Click Upload.</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </orderedlist>
+
+          <para>After a screen refresh the selected image will appear above
+          Party Id in the Personal Information as Personal Image</para>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Content Id - A unique content identifier linking the
+              employee to the content</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Content Type - One of Internal Content, User Defined
+              Content, Logo Image URL, or Vendor Shipping Info</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Content Name - A user defined name for the content</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Content Description - A user defined description of the
+              content</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Content mime type - One of application/octet-stream,
+              application/pdf, image/gif, image/jpeg, text/html, text/plain,
+              or text/x-diff</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Status- One of Available Deactivated, Final Draft, In
+              Progress, Initial Draft, Published, or Revised Draft</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Content Id button: Opens the dedicated <link
+              linkend="OTHER_SCREENS_PARTY_CONTENT">Party Content</link>
+              screen.</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>View button: Click to open content. Content will open in a
+              viewer appropriate for the content type.</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Remove button: Deletes the record</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Browse button: Opens system file upload</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Upload button: Uploads file to OFBiz runtime &gt; upload
+              folder. A record is created in Content Manager.</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+
+          <note>
+            <para>You can manage the uploaded content in OFBiz content
+            manager. To find the content:</para>
+
+            <orderedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para>In the main Applications menu select Content.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>In the Content Manager Menu select Content</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>In the content id filed enter the content id as
+                displayed in the Party Content list.</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Click Find</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </orderedlist>
+          </note>
+        </sect2>
+
+        <sect2>
+          <title>Notes Section</title>
+
+          <para>In the Notes section you can create and display notes. Notes
+          may not be updated after they are created.</para>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Note Name - Required name for the note. The text of the
+              node is to the right of the name.</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>By - Name of the person who created the note.</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>At - Date time note was entered</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </sect2>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Employments</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/EmployeeEmployments.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Employee Position</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/EmployeeEmployeePosition.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para/>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Skills</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left" fileref="../images/EmployeeSkills.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para/>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Qualifications</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/EmployeeQualfication.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para/>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Training</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left" fileref="../images/EmployeeTraining.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para/>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Leave</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left" fileref="../images/EmployeeLeave.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para/>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Payroll History</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/EmployeePayrollHistory.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para/>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Employee Comments</title>
+
+        <para>This section has observations made while documenting the HR Apps
+        Position feature. It covers improvements that could be made to the
+        current feature set, a list of bugs, and a road map of suggested new
+        features.</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Improvements to current
+        implementation</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>All section titles should be title case with spaces between
+            words e.g. CreateUserLogin UserLoginChangePassword</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Is there a use case for multiple logins? People complain
+            about multiple passwords, needing multiple logins to accomplish
+            some goal seems like a nuisance.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">BUG List</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Current Employment information section of employee profile
+            is misleading. Does not show correct multiplicity for company or
+            position. The type is single, should be list. Company should be
+            Internal Organization. Value shown as salary is not salary, it is
+            the rate among (emplPositionRateAmount.rateAmount).</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Employee Profile Edit Party Content has a lot of problem
+            behavior. Party contact records are deleted. When they are deleted
+            and added the delete or add sometimes fails and navigates to a the
+            party manager content page for no reason. Too much to explain in
+            detail now but all in all a clumsily utility.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>After performing certain activities in the employee Profile
+            the screen is refreshed. The section content of the screen is
+            changed after the refresh displaying additional sections that were
+            not in the original display. Sections that are displayed after
+            refresh include: Loyalty Points, Payment Method Information,
+            Identification Numbers, AVS Override (CC Fraud Screening), Visits
+            and Stores.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Road map</emphasis></para>
+      </sect1>
+    </chapter>
+
+    <chapter xml:id="EMPLOYMENTS">
+      <title>Employments</title>
+
+      <para>An employment is a relationship between a person and your Company.
+      The HR App uses these concepts of payroll, unemployment and agreements
+      to track this relationship.</para>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Search Employments</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left" fileref="../images/EmploymentSearch.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Termination Reason Id - One of the termination reasons as,
+            defined in Global Settings <link
+            linkend="GLOBAL_SETTINGS_TERMINATION_REASON">Termination
+            Reasons</link> Termination Reasons, listing possible reasons for a
+            termination.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para/>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Employments</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left" fileref="../images/EmploymentEdit.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>From Date</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Thru Date</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Termination Reason Id</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Termination Type Id</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para/>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Party Benefits</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/EmploymentPartyBenefits.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para/>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Payroll Preferences</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/EmploymentPayrollPreferences.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para/>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Pay Histories</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/EmploymentPayHistories.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para/>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Unemployment Claims</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/EmploymentUnemploymentClaims.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para/>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Agreement Employment Applications</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/EmploymentAgreementEmploymentApp.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para/>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Employment Comments</title>
+
+        <para>This section has observations made while documenting the HR Apps
+        Employment feature. It covers improvements that could be made to the
+        current feature set, a list of bugs, and a road map of suggested new
+        features.</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Improvements to current
+        implementation</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">BUG List</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Road map</emphasis></para>
+      </sect1>
+    </chapter>
+
+    <chapter xml:id="POSITION">
+      <title>Position</title>
+
+      <para>In OFBiz a position is the authorization, typically from the
+      budget of an internal organization, for the Company to engage one person
+      to do a job. OFBiz handles positions in a flexible manner so you can
+      think of a position as an authorization for a full-time equivalent
+      (FTE).</para>
+
+      <para>This means that you can fulfill a position with a person in a
+      number of different ways. You can Fill a position with one full time
+      person, change the assignment of a position from one person to another
+      over time, or split a position across more then one person at the same a
+      time.</para>
+
+      <note>
+        <para>As implemented a position can be fulfilled by either a person or
+        organization. For discussion here we will assume that positions are
+        only fulfilled by people. The person may or may not be an
+        employee.</para>
+      </note>
+
+      <para>Positions have a status. They can be one of: Planned For,
+      Active/Open, or Inactive/Closed.</para>
+
+      <para>Positions have a type, defined in Global HR Settings, which
+      describes the job and it's pay rates. Some examples types could be
+      secretary, production worker, sales manager, executive vice president or
+      OFBiz programmer. If more then one person is needed for a type of job
+      then a position must be created for each required person i.e. If 10
+      secretaries are authorized for the Human Resource department then 10
+      positions are created with type secretary.</para>
+
+      <para>Positions have a reporting structure. Positions report to other
+      positions and not the people who hold the position. You can identify the
+      position a position reports to and/or the positions(s) a position
+      manages.</para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para>In the HR App it is possible to create circular reporting
+        structures where a Position the reporting to and managed by positions
+        are the same. It is the users responsibility to exercise common sense
+        when creating the reporting structure.</para>
+      </warning>
+
+      <para><emphasis role="bold">Position Feature
+      Summary</emphasis><itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Create Positions</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Fulfill Positions</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Assign Position Responsibilities</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Create a Reporting Structure</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Administer Position Types, Responsibilities and Rates</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist></para>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Search Positions</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left" fileref="../images/PositionSearch.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Empl Position Type Id - Provides the ability to group
+            positions by types that are defined in Global HR Settings <link
+            linkend="GLOBAL_SETTINGS_POSITION_TYPE">Position Types</link>
+            .</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para>The default screen for Employee Position is a common OFBiz style
+        search screen. In it you can create a new position, find an existing
+        position and view a list of positions based on the search. Selecting a
+        position from the list opens the Summary and other screens associated
+        with an employee position.</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Screen Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Create a new position</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>List positions based on user defined criteria</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Open the position Summary screen for any position in the
+            list</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para xml:id="POSITION_FIELD_SUMMARY"><emphasis role="bold">Screen
+        Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Empl Position Id</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Status ID</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Party Id</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Budget Id</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Budget Item Seq Id</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Empl Position Type Id</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Estimated From Date</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Estimated Thru Date</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Salary Flag</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Exempt Flag</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Fulltime Flag</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Temporary Flag</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Actual From Date</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Actual Thru Date</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Screen Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>EDIT EMPLOYEE POSITION button: Opens the Edit Employee
+            Position screen.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Hide Fields / Show Lookup Fields button icon (title bar):
+            Hides / shows the filter fields in the "Search Options"
+            section.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Find button: Click for a list of employees. Displays a list
+            of employees in the Search Results section..</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Employee Position Id text link: Click to open employees
+            Summary screen. Summary is the first item in a menu with screens
+            related to employees.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Party Id button: Click to open Profile of the internal
+            organization that owns the position.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Position Summary</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left" fileref="../images/PositionSummary.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para>The Summary screen has a collection of sections with information
+        on the different aspects of a position.</para>
+
+        <sect2>
+          <title>Employee Position Information</title>
+
+          <para>Position information list all of the fields the HR App records
+          for a position. These fields can be edited by clicking on the
+          EMPLOYEE POSITION menu item that follows SUMMARY. See: <link
+          linkend="POSITION_FIELD_SUMMARY">Screen Field Summary</link> for
+          field descriptions.</para>
+        </sect2>
+
+        <sect2>
+          <title>Fulfillments</title>
+
+          <para>A fulfillment is the assignment of people to the position. You
+          can create update and delete fulfillments. See: <link
+          linkend="POSITION_FULFILLMENTS">Fulfillments.</link></para>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Summary of Fields</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>PARTY ID - Identifies the person assigned to the
+              position</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>FROM DATE -</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>THRU DATE -</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>COMMENTS -</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </sect2>
+
+        <sect2>
+          <title>Responsibilities</title>
+
+          <para>The RESPONSIBILITIES screen lets you assign responsibilities
+          to a position. See: <link
+          linkend="POSITION_RESPONSIBILITIES">Responsibilities.</link></para>
+
+          <para>The administrator can add and remove responsibilities shown in
+          the Responsibility Type Id drop-down list in <link
+          linkend="GLOBAL_SETTINGS">Global HR Settings</link>..</para>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Summary of Fields</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Responsibility Type Id</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>From Date</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Thru Date</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Comments</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </sect2>
+
+        <sect2>
+          <title>Reporting Structure:ReportsTo</title>
+
+          <para>The Reports To section list the position that the selected
+          position reports to. See: <link
+          linkend="POSITION_REPORTING_STRUCTURE">Reporting
+          Structure.</link></para>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Summary of Fields</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Empl Position Id Reporting To</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>From Date</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Thru Date</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Comments</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Primary Flag</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </sect2>
+
+        <sect2>
+          <title>Reporting Structure:ReportedTo</title>
+
+          <para>The Reports To section list the position that the selected
+          position reports to. See: <link
+          linkend="POSITION_REPORTING_STRUCTURE">Reporting
+          Structure.</link></para>
+        </sect2>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1 xml:id="POSITION_NEW_POSITION">
+        <title>New Position</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left" fileref="../images/PositionNew.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para/>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1 xml:id="POSITION_EDIT_POSITION">
+        <title>Edit Position</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left" fileref="../images/PositionEdit.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para/>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1 xml:id="POSITION_FULFILLMENTS">
+        <title>Fulfillments</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/PositionFulfillments.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para/>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1 xml:id="POSITION_RESPONSIBILITIES">
+        <title>Responsibilities</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/PositionResponsibilities.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Responsibility Type Id - One of the available responsibility
+            types as, defined in <link
+            linkend="GLOBAL_SETTINGS_RESPONSIBILITY">Global Settings
+            Responsibility Types</link> , describing the duties required of
+            the position</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>From Date - The date the when the position became
+            responsible for this type</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>From Date - The date the when the position was no longer
+            responsible for this type</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Comments - User defined comment</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para/>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1 xml:id="POSITION_REPORTING_STRUCTURE">
+        <title>Reporting Structure</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/PositionReportingStruct.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para/>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Position Comments</title>
+
+        <para>This section has observations made while documenting the HR Apps
+        Position feature. It covers improvements that could be made to the
+        current feature set, a list of bugs, and a road map of suggested new
+        features.</para>
+
+        <para>Improvements to current implementation</para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Restrict relationships so they are only between an internal
+            organization with a Group Member relationship to Company and a
+            person</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Reporting structure is only creates. Need a feature to
+            update or delete.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Change title display in Create form from "Edit Employee
+            Position" to "New Employee Position"</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>In Create/Edit Employee Position make the field Party Id
+            into a drop-down list restricted to organizations in the Company
+            Tree view</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>In the Fulfillments screen constrain the Party Id field a
+            drop-down list to party type person. Or alternately constrain the
+            lookup "Lookup Party by Name" to party type person</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>In the Fulfillments screen make the Party Id display the
+            persons first and last name instead of the id.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>"Lookup for Empl Position Id Reporting To" and "Empl
+            Position Id Managed By" for Status ID list should be limited to a
+            list of valid employment statuses.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Add a method to create multiple instances of a position at
+            one time. e.g. We need 5 programmers for the new project. Go to
+            New Employee Position and enter the number of positions required
+            (default 1). The new position is created for each required
+            positions. If positions are greater then 1 return to find
+            positions which should display a list of the multiple
+            positions.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Clicking Party Id from the Search Results in Employee
+            Position opens the Position Menu with the profile for an
+            organization. This is confusing because the items on the menu are
+            for the position not a party. Should open the Party Profile with
+            party related menu. See improvement to make Organization the first
+            item in the Human Resource menu.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Party Id, in general, should never be displayed to the user.
+            It is not a term that will be familiar to the average business
+            person. The display should show the First and Last name for people
+            or the name of the party group for organizations. Lookups should
+            be constrain to valid parties. For example if looking up a party
+            id for an employee, the lookup list should not show party
+            groups.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Public Holidays in Global HR Settings should have a method
+            for setting rules for setting the date for holidays do not fall on
+            the same day every year.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para>BUG List</para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Lookup for "Empl Position Id Reporting To" in section
+            Reporting Structure is not returning a position id.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para>road map</para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Mechanism for managing documents. Upload, download, create
+            and secure resumes, performance reviews, communications.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Add basic reports - ability to create report from Search
+            Options in the main screen.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+    </chapter>
+
+    <chapter xml:id="PERFORMANCE_REVIEW">
+      <title>Performance Review</title>
+
+      <para>Managers can use Performance Review to...</para>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Search Performance Review</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/PerformanceReviewSearch.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt; Performance Review</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>New Performance Review</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/PerformanceReviewNew.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt; Performance Review Click <guibutton>PerfReview</guibutton></para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Edit Performance Review</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/PerformanceReviewEdit.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt; Performance Review Click Find in Search Results click Perf Review
+        Id</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>PerfReview Items</title>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt; Performance Review</para>
+
+        <para>Click <guibutton>Find</guibutton> in Search Results click Perf
+        Review Id</para>
+
+        <para>Click Menu PerfReview</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+    </chapter>
+
+    <chapter xml:id="SKILLS">
+      <title>Skills</title>
+
+      <para>Skills bal bla <link linkend="GLOBAL_SETTINGS_SKILLS">Skill
+      Type</link> bla</para>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Search Skills</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left" fileref="../images/SkillsSearch.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>New Skill</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left" fileref="../images/SkillsNew.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Skill Type Id - A list of skill types</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Screen Name</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left" fileref="../images/SkillsEdit.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+    </chapter>
+
+    <chapter xml:id="QUALIFICATIONS">
+      <title>Qualifications</title>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Search Qualifications</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/QualificationsSearch.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>New Party Qualification</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/QualificationsNew.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Qualifications</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/QualificationsEdit.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+    </chapter>
+
+    <chapter xml:id="RECRUITMENT">
+      <title>Recruitment</title>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Search Job Requisition</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/RecuritmentJobRequisitionSearch.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt; Recruitment</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis>: Use the Job
+        Requisition screen to create a requisitions for new positions, search
+        for an existing requisitions and view a list of requisitions.
+        Selecting an requisition from the list opens the Edit Job Requisition
+        screen. </para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary Search
+        Options</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Job Requisition Id - Unique identifier, generated
+            automatically by the system, when the requisition was
+            created.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Experience in months - Enter a number (not text) for number
+            of months experience. </para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Experience in years - Enter a number (not text) for number
+            of years experience.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Job Location - User defined text describing the location of
+            the job.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Skill Type Id - Select one of the Skill Types from the Drop
+            Down list.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Job Posting Type - Select one of the Job Types from the Drop
+            Down list</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Exam Type Enum Id - Select one of the Exam Types from the
+            Drop Down list</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Find button: Click for a list of requisitions. Displays a
+            list of requisitions in the Search Results section.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>New Job Requisition</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/RecuritmentJobRequisitionNew.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Edit Job Requisition</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/RecuritmentJobRequisitionEdit.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Internal Job Posting</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/RecuritmentJobRequisitionApply.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Search Internal Job Posting</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/RecuritmentInternalJobPostingSearch.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1 xml:id="RECRUITMENT_NEW_JOB_INTERVIEW">
+        <title>New Job Interview</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/RecuritmentJobInterviewNew.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Search for Job Interview</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/RecuritmentJobInterviewSearch.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Edit Job Interview</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/RecuritmentJobInterviewEdit.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title/>
+
+        <para/>
+      </sect1>
+    </chapter>
+
+    <chapter xml:id="RESUMES">
+      <title>Training</title>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Training Calendar</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left" fileref="../images/TrainingCalendar.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Add Training Event</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/TrainingCalendarAdd.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Add Training Event Participant</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/TrainingCalendarAddParticipant.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Approve Training Participant</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/TrainingCalendarApprovals.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+    </chapter>
+
+    <chapter xml:id="TRAINING">
+      <title>Employment Applications</title>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Search Employment Applications</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/EmploymentApplicationSearch.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>New Employment Application</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/EmploymentApplicationNew.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+    </chapter>
+
+    <chapter>
+      <title>Resumes</title>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Search Resumes</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left" fileref="../images/ResumeSearch.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>New Resume</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/QualificationsNew.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Edit Resume</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left" fileref="../images/ResumeEdit.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+    </chapter>
+
+    <chapter>
+      <title>Leave</title>
+
+      <para/>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Search Leave</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/LeaveApprovalSearch.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>New Employee Leave</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left" fileref="../images/LeaveEmployeeNew.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Edit Employee Leave</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/LeaveEmployeeEdit.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Search Leave Approval</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/LeaveApprovalSearch.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Edit Leave Approval</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left" fileref="../images/LeaveApproval.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+    </chapter>
+
+    <chapter xml:id="GLOBAL_SETTINGS">
+      <title>Global HR Settings</title>
+
+      <screenshot>
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="left"
+                       fileref="../images/GlobalHRSettingsMenu.jpg"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+      </screenshot>
+
+      <para>Global HR Settings are a collection of screens you can use to
+      customize some of the drop-down list that appear in the HR App. In
+      general to be able to enter information in these screens a user must
+      have "administrator" or "create privileges".</para>
+
+      <para>Customization of entries in drop-down list that are not supported
+      in the Global HR Settings feature can be made by an administrator using
+      <link linkend="HR_AND_OTHER_APPS_WEB_TOOLS">Web Tools</link> .</para>
+
+      <sect1 xml:id="GLOBAL_SETTINGS_SKILLS">
+        <title>Skill Types</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/GlobalHRSettingsSkillTypes.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt; Global HR Settings &gt; Skill Types</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>This screen is used to create, edit and delete the skill types
+        used in the <link linkend="SKILLS">Skills</link> section. Skills are
+        assigned to employees for use in evaluating their suitability for a
+        position.</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Skill Type Id - A required unique identifier for the skill
+            type. If one is not entered a numeric id will be created.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Description - A user defined description of the type.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Create button: Click to save the skill type. The screen is
+            refreshed. If no id was entered the system generated numeric id is
+            displayed</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Delete button: Click to delete the skill type. The skill
+            type is deleted and can not be restored.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Submit button: Saves any changes made to any of the
+            descriptions in the list above the Submit button.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <tip>
+          <para>If you create more then one Skill Type you must manually clear
+          the Skill Type Id or you will get an error.</para>
+        </tip>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1 xml:id="GLOBAL_SETTINGS_RESPONSIBILITY">
+        <title>Responsibility Types</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/GlobalHRSettingsResponsibilitylTypes.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt; Global HR Settings &gt; Responsibility Types</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>This screen is used to create, edit and delete the
+        responsibility types used to add a responsibility to a position. See
+        <link linkend="POSITION_RESPONSIBILITIES">Position</link>.
+        Responsibility is assigned to positions so that stake holders can
+        clearly see the position's scope.</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Responsibility Type Id - A required unique identifier for
+            the Responsibility Type. If one is not entered a numeric id will
+            be created.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Description - A user defined description of the type.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Create button: Click to save the Responsibility Type. The
+            screen is refreshed. If no id was entered the system generated
+            numeric id is displayed</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Delete button: Click to delete the Responsibility Type. The
+            Responsibility Type is deleted and can not be restored.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Submit button: Saves any changes made to any of the
+            descriptions in the list above the Submit button.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <tip>
+          <para>If you create more then one Skill Type you must manually clear
+          the Skill Type Id or you will get an error.</para>
+        </tip>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1 xml:id="GLOBAL_SETTINGS_TERMINATION_REASON">
+        <title>Termination Reasons</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/GlobalHRSettingsTerminationReason.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt; Global HR Settings &gt; Termination Reasons</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>Termination Reasons are used by employments to track
+        terminations for analysis. See the <link
+        linkend="EMPLOYMENTS">Employments</link> feature for usage.</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Termination Reason Id - A required unique identifier for the
+            Termination Reason. If one is not entered a numeric id will be
+            created.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Description - A user defined description of the type.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Create button: Click to save the Termination Reason. The
+            screen is refreshed. If no id was entered the system generated
+            numeric id is displayed</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Delete button: Click to delete the Termination Reason. The
+            Termination Reason is deleted and can not be restored.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Submit button: Saves any changes made to any of the
+            descriptions in the list above the Submit button.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1 xml:id="GLOBAL_SETTINGS_TERMINATION_TYPE">
+        <title>Termination Types</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/GlobalHRSettingsTerminationTypes.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt; Global HR Settings &gt; Termination Types</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>Termination Types are used by employments to track terminations
+        for analysis. See the <link linkend="EMPLOYMENTS">Employments</link>
+        feature for usage.</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Termination Type Id - A required unique identifier for the
+            Termination Type. If one is not entered a numeric id will be
+            created.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Description - A user defined description of the type.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Create button: Click to save the Termination Types. The
+            screen is refreshed. If no id was entered the system generated
+            numeric id is displayed</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Delete button: Click to delete the Termination Types. The
+            Termination Reason is deleted and can not be restored.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Submit button: Saves any changes made to any of the
+            descriptions in the list above the Submit button.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1 xml:id="GLOBAL_SETTINGS_POSITION_TYPE">
+        <title>Position Types and Rates</title>
+
+        <para>The position type is used to categorize <link
+        linkend="POSITION">Positions</link> . This is straight forward and the
+        examples Programmer, System Administrator and Business Analyst are a
+        good demonstration of the intended usage. Each position type may have
+        a schedule for possible rates that can be offered to a applicant for a
+        position.</para>
+
+        <para>There are two methods for defining pay schedules. The first is
+        built around a rate amount. The second uses Pay Grades, which are
+        defined in the <link linkend="GLOBAL_SETTINGS_PAY_GRADES">Pay
+        Grade</link> feature.</para>
+
+        <para>The two methods are exclusive. If you use one for a position,
+        you should not use the other.</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Using the Rate Amount
+        Schedule</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>Each position type may have one or more associated rate types.
+        Rate type is identified by its rate type id , a description of the
+        rate type, time period and from thru dates. Each combination of rate
+        type and time period has a rate amount.</para>
+
+        <para>Available rate types are Standard Rate, Discounted Rate,
+        Overtime Rate, Average Pay Rate, Highest Pay Rate, and Lowest Pay
+        Rate.</para>
+
+        <para>Available time periods are Fiscal Year, Fiscal Quarter, Fiscal
+        Month, Fiscal Week, Fiscal Bi-Week, Sales Quarter, Sales Month, Rate
+        amount per Hour, Rate amount per Week, Rate amount per month, and Rate
+        amount per Quarter.</para>
+
+        <para>Here is an example of a possible rate schedule for a business
+        analyst:</para>
+
+        <informaltable frame="box" rules="all">
+          <thead>
+            <tr align="center">
+              <th>Position Type</th>
+
+              <th>Rate Type Id</th>
+
+              <th>Period Type Id</th>
+
+              <th>Rate Amount</th>
+            </tr>
+          </thead>
+
+          <tbody>
+            <tr>
+              <td>Business Analyst</td>
+
+              <td>Standard Rate</td>
+
+              <td>Fiscal Year</td>
+
+              <td>65,000</td>
+            </tr>
+
+            <tr>
+              <td/>
+
+              <td>Standard Rate</td>
+
+              <td>Rate amount per Hour</td>
+
+              <td>40.00</td>
+            </tr>
+
+            <tr>
+              <td/>
+
+              <td>Discounted Rate</td>
+
+              <td>Fiscal Year</td>
+
+              <td>60,000</td>
+            </tr>
+
+            <tr>
+              <td/>
+
+              <td>Discounted Rate</td>
+
+              <td>Rate amount per Hour</td>
+
+              <td>38.50</td>
+            </tr>
+
+            <tr>
+              <td/>
+
+              <td>Highest Pay Rate</td>
+
+              <td>Fiscal Year</td>
+
+              <td>75,000</td>
+            </tr>
+
+            <tr>
+              <td/>
+
+              <td>Highest Pay Rate</td>
+
+              <td>Rate amount per Hour</td>
+
+              <td>75.00</td>
+            </tr>
+
+            <tr>
+              <td/>
+
+              <td>Lowest Pay Rate</td>
+
+              <td>Fiscal Year</td>
+
+              <td>55,000</td>
+            </tr>
+
+            <tr>
+              <td/>
+
+              <td>Lowest Pay Rate</td>
+
+              <td>Rate amount per Hour</td>
+
+              <td>35.00</td>
+            </tr>
+          </tbody>
+        </informaltable>
+
+        <para>Any of the rate amounts could be offered to a person taking the
+        position of Business Analyst.</para>
+
+        <para>Only one record from the schedule is used at a time for
+        computing the employees actual pay.</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Using Pay Grades</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>The pay grade method is more rigidly structured then the rate
+        amount method described above. A pay grade schedule, created in <link
+        linkend="GLOBAL_SETTINGS_PAY_GRADES">Pay Grades</link> , is used in
+        place of a schedule like the one shown above. There can be one or more
+        pay grade schedules. Each has a name and an ordered set of salary
+        steps. Each step has an amount.</para>
+
+        <para>Here is a sample pay grade schedule.</para>
+
+        <informaltable frame="box" rules="all">
+          <thead>
+            <tr align="center">
+              <th>Pay Grade Name</th>
+
+              <th>Salary Step Sequence Id</th>
+
+              <th/>
+            </tr>
+          </thead>
+
+          <tbody>
+            <tr>
+              <td>G1</td>
+
+              <td>10000</td>
+
+              <td>500</td>
+            </tr>
+
+            <tr>
+              <td/>
+
+              <td>10001</td>
+
+              <td>750</td>
+            </tr>
+
+            <tr>
+              <th align="left"/>
+
+              <th align="left">10002</th>
+
+              <th align="left">1,000</th>
+            </tr>
+
+            <tr align="left">
+              <th/>
+
+              <th>10003</th>
+
+              <th>1,250</th>
+            </tr>
+          </tbody>
+        </informaltable>
+
+        <para>A position type is associated with a single row of the schedule
+        using the Pay Grade Name and Step Sequence Id.</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Difference Between Rate Amount
+        Schedule and Pay Grades</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>When using Rate Amount enter a value in the Rate Amount field
+        and omit values in the Pay Grade Id and Salary Step Sequence Id
+        fields.</para>
+
+        <para>When using Pay Grades enter values in Pay Grade Id and Salary
+        Step Sequence Id fields but leave the Rate Amount empty.</para>
+
+        <para>Enter values in the Rate Type Id, Period Type Id and Rate
+        Currency Uom Id for both methods.</para>
+
+        <sect2>
+          <title>Search Position Types</title>
+
+          <para>Position Types group positions for reporting.</para>
+
+          <screenshot>
+            <mediaobject>
+              <imageobject>
+                <imagedata align="left"
+                           fileref="../images/GlobalHRSettingsPositionTypeSearch.jpg"/>
+              </imageobject>
+            </mediaobject>
+          </screenshot>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+          &gt; Global HR Settings &gt; Position Types</para>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+          <para>Position types are found using a common OFBiz style search
+          screen. In it you can create a new position type, find an existing
+          type and view a list of types based on the search. Selecting a
+          position type from the list opens the Edit Position Type
+          screen.</para>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary Search
+          Options</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Empl Position Type Id - The drop-down list displays the
+              descriptions of the position types. The default is to select all
+              position types. If a selection is made only a single position
+              will be returned. (If two position types have the same
+              description the description will appear twice in the list but
+              only the item selected will be returned).</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Parent Type Id - Enter the parent type id to filter on the
+              children of the parent.</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Has Table - This field is not used an can be
+              ignored.</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Description - Enter all or part of the description. Unlike
+              the case in Empl Position Type Id where only one of two or more
+              identical descriptions are returned, here all the records
+              matching the description will be returned.</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary Search
+          Results</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Position Types - This is the Empl Position Type Id, the
+              unique identifier of the type.</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Description - A user defined description of the
+              type.</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Find button: Click for a list of position types. Displays
+              the list of in the Search Results section.</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Delete button: Click to delete the Employee Position Type.
+              The Employee Position Type is deleted and can not be
+              restored</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </sect2>
+
+        <sect2>
+          <title>New Position Type</title>
+
+          <screenshot>
+            <mediaobject>
+              <imageobject>
+                <imagedata align="left"
+                           fileref="../images/GlobalHRSettingsPositionTypeNew.jpg"/>
+              </imageobject>
+            </mediaobject>
+          </screenshot>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs: Human Resources &gt; Global
+          HR Settings &gt; Position Types</emphasis></para>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Click New Position
+          Type</emphasis></para>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary:</emphasis> Create a new
+          position type.</para>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Empl Position Type Id - A required unique identifier for
+              the Position Type. If one is not entered a numeric id will be
+              created.</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Parent Type Id - Enter the Empl Position Type Id of the
+              position type that will be the parent of this entry. This will
+              form a tree structure that could be used for roll up
+              reporting.</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Has Table - Field is not used and can be ignored.</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Description - Required. Enter a user defined description
+              for the type.</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis>: Click Create
+          to a new Position Type.</para>
+
+          <para>From here you would typically click <link
+          linkend="GLOBAL_SETTINGS_POSITION_TYPE_RATE">Position Type
+          Rate</link> on the menu and enter a rate schedule for the
+          position.</para>
+        </sect2>
+
+        <sect2>
+          <title>Edit Position Type</title>
+
+          <screenshot>
+            <mediaobject>
+              <imageobject>
+                <imagedata align="left"
+                           fileref="../images/GlobalHRSettingsPositionTypeEdit.jpg"/>
+              </imageobject>
+            </mediaobject>
+          </screenshot>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs:</emphasis> Human Resources
+          &gt; Global HR Settings &gt; Position Types</para>
+
+          <para>Using Search Options find a position type</para>
+
+          <para>In Search Results click on a value in the Position Type
+          column.</para>
+
+          <para>The Edit Position Types screen opens</para>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis>: Update a
+          position type.</para>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Empl Position Type Id - The unique identifier of the
+              position type. Can not be changed.</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Parent Type Id - Enter or change the Empl Position Type Id
+              of the position type that will be the parent of this
+              entry.</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Field is not used and can be ignored.</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Description - Required. You man change the user defined
+              description for the type. The field can not be made
+              empty.</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis>: Click Update
+          to save changes.</para>
+
+          <para>To leave the screen without saving changes click on any menu
+          item. The changes will be lost.</para>
+        </sect2>
+
+        <sect2 xml:id="GLOBAL_SETTINGS_POSITION_TYPE_RATE">
+          <title>Position Type Rate</title>
+
+          <screenshot>
+            <mediaobject>
+              <imageobject>
+                <imagedata align="left"
+                           fileref="../images/GlobalHRSettingsPositionTypeRates.jpg"/>
+              </imageobject>
+            </mediaobject>
+          </screenshot>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs:</emphasis> Human Resources
+          &gt; Global HR Settings &gt; Position Types</para>
+
+          <para>Using Search Options find a position type</para>
+
+          <para>In Search Results click on a position type</para>
+
+          <para>The Edit Position Types screen opens</para>
+
+          <para>In the menu click the Position Type Rate</para>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+          <para>Create a rate schedule for a Position Type using either the
+          Rate Amount or Pay Grade features (See discussion in <link
+          linkend="GLOBAL_SETTINGS_POSITION_TYPE">Position Type</link>
+          Introduction).</para>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Rate Type Id - Select one of Standard Rate, Discounted
+              Rate, Overtime Rate, Average Pay Rate, Highest Pay Rate, or
+              Lowest Pay Rate.</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Period Type Id - Select one of Fiscal Year, Fiscal
+              Quarter, Fiscal Month, Fiscal Week, Fiscal Bi-Week, Sales
+              Quarter, Sales Month, Rate amount per Hour, Rate amount per
+              Week, Rate amount per month, or Rate amount per Quarter</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Rate Amount - Enter a rate amount if your are creating a
+              Rate Amount schedule. The Rate Amount is the numeric amount to
+              be paid for a Rate Type in a Time Period, in a Currency. Leave
+              this field blank if your are using a Pay Grade schedule</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Pay Grade Id - The unique identifier for a Pay Grade.
+              Click on the Search Form icon to lookup Pay Grade Ids</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Salary Step Sequence Id - The sequence identifier that is
+              associated with a Salary Step amount.</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Rate Currency Uom Id - The currency the employee will be
+              paid in.</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Create - Click Update to save changes.</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+
+          <para>A Position Type may have multiple Position Type Rates</para>
+        </sect2>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1 xml:id="GLOBAL_SETTINGS_EMPLOYEE_LEAVE_TYPE">
+        <title>Employee Leave Type</title>
+
+        <para>Employee Leave Type has a menu with items for Leave Type and
+        Reason Type.</para>
+
+        <sect2>
+          <title>Leave Type</title>
+
+          <screenshot>
+            <mediaobject>
+              <imageobject>
+                <imagedata align="left"
+                           fileref="../images/GlobalHRSettingsEmployeeLeaveType.jpg"/>
+              </imageobject>
+            </mediaobject>
+          </screenshot>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+          &gt; Global HR Settings &gt; Employee Leave Type &gt; Leave
+          Type</para>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+          <para>This screen is used to create, edit and delete the leave types
+          used in the <link linkend="SKILLS">Leave</link> feature. Leave
+          reason types are used to categorize an assigned employee leave
+          request.</para>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Leave Type Id - A required unique identifier for the leave
+              type. If one is not entered a numeric id will be created.</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Description - A user defined description of the
+              type.</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Create button: Click to save the leave type. The screen is
+              refreshed. If no id was entered the system generated numeric id
+              is displayed.</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Delete button: Click to delete the skill type. The skill
+              type is deleted and can not be restored.</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Submit button: Saves any changes made to any of the
+              descriptions in the list above the Submit button.</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+
+          <tip>
+            <para>If you create more then one Leave Type you must manually
+            clear the Leave Type Id or you will get an error.</para>
+          </tip>
+        </sect2>
+
+        <sect2>
+          <title>Reason Type</title>
+
+          <screenshot>
+            <mediaobject>
+              <imageobject>
+                <imagedata fileref="../images/GlobalHRSettingsReasonType.jpg"/>
+              </imageobject>
+            </mediaobject>
+          </screenshot>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+          &gt; Global HR Settings &gt; Employee Leave Type &gt; Reason
+          Type</para>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+          <para>This screen is used to create, edit and delete the leave
+          reason types used in the <link linkend="SKILLS">Leave</link>
+          feature. Leave types are used to categorize an assigned employee
+          leave request.</para>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Leave Type Id - A required unique identifier for the
+              reason type. If one is not entered a numeric id will be
+              created.</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Description - A user defined description of the
+              type.</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Create button: Click to save the reason type. The screen
+              is refreshed. If no id was entered the system generated numeric
+              id is displayed.</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Delete button: Click to delete the reason type. The reason
+              type is deleted and can not be restored.</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Submit button: Saves any changes made to any of the
+              descriptions in the list above the Submit button.</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+
+          <tip>
+            <para>If you create more then one Leave Type you must manually
+            clear the Leave Type Id or you will get an error.</para>
+          </tip>
+        </sect2>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1 xml:id="GLOBAL_SETTINGS_PAY_GRADES">
+        <title>Pay Grades</title>
+
+        <para>The Pay Grades that are set up in this feature are used in the
+        <link linkend="GLOBAL_SETTINGS_POSITION_TYPE">Employee Position
+        Type</link> feature to set up Pay Grade style position pay
+        schedules.</para>
+
+        <sect2>
+          <title>Search Pay Grades</title>
+
+          <screenshot>
+            <mediaobject>
+              <imageobject>
+                <imagedata fileref="../images/GlobalHRSettingsPayGradesSearch.jpg"/>
+              </imageobject>
+            </mediaobject>
+          </screenshot>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+          &gt;</para>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary:</emphasis> Create a new
+          Pay Grade</para>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary Search
+          Options</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Pay Grade Id - A unique</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Pay Grade Name</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Comments</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary Search
+          Results</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Pay Grade ID</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Pay Grade Name</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Comments</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para/>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </sect2>
+
+        <sect2>
+          <title>New Pay Grade</title>
+
+          <screenshot>
+            <mediaobject>
+              <imageobject>
+                <imagedata fileref="../images/GlobalHRSettingsPayGradesNew.jpg"/>
+              </imageobject>
+            </mediaobject>
+          </screenshot>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+          &gt;</para>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para/>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para/>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para/>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+
+          <para/>
+        </sect2>
+
+        <sect2>
+          <title>Edit Pay Grade</title>
+
+          <screenshot>
+            <mediaobject>
+              <imageobject>
+                <imagedata fileref="../images/GlobalHRSettingsPayGradesEdit.jpg"/>
+              </imageobject>
+            </mediaobject>
+          </screenshot>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+          &gt;</para>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para/>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para/>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para/>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+
+          <para/>
+        </sect2>
+
+        <sect2>
+          <title>Salary Steps</title>
+
+          <screenshot>
+            <mediaobject>
+              <imageobject>
+                <imagedata fileref="../images/GlobalHRSettingsPayGradesSalaryStep.jpg"/>
+              </imageobject>
+            </mediaobject>
+          </screenshot>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+          &gt;</para>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para/>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para/>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para/>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+
+          <para/>
+        </sect2>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1 xml:id="GLOBAL_SETTINGS_JOB_INTERVIEW_TYPES">
+        <title>Job Interview Types</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/GlobalHRSettingsJobInterviewType.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt; Global HR Settings &gt; Job Interview Type</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>This screen is used to create, edit and delete the job interview
+        types used in the <link linkend="RECRUITMENT_NEW_JOB_INTERVIEW">Job
+        Interview</link> section. The job interview records the interviewer
+        and the person being interviewed as well as the date of the interview
+        and some information about the interview like the interview type, a
+        grade and result.</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Job Interview Type Id - A required unique identifier for the
+            skill type. If one is not entered a numeric id will be
+            created.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Description - A user defined description that categorizes
+            the type of job interview.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Create button: Click to save the Job Interview Type. The
+            screen is refreshed. If no id was entered the system generated
+            numeric id is displayed</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Delete button: Click to delete the skill type. The skill
+            type is deleted and can not be restored.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Submit button: Saves any changes made to any of the
+            descriptions in the list above the Submit button.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <tip>
+          <para>If you create more then one Job Interview Type you must
+          manually clear the Job Interview Type Id or you will get an
+          error.</para>
+        </tip>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1 xml:id="GLOBAL_SETTINGS_TRAINING_CLASS_TYPE">
+        <title>Training Class Type</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/GlobalHRSettingsTraininClassType.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt; Global HR Settings &gt; Training Class Type</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>This screen is used to create, edit and delete the Training
+        Class Types used in the <link linkend="TRAINING">Training</link>
+        feature. The Training Class Type is used to categorize Training
+        Classes.</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Training Class Type - A required unique identifier for the
+            Training Class Type. You must enter a Training Class Type, the
+            system will display an error if you do not.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Prerequisite Skill - A Training Class Type class that should
+            be attended before this class.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Description - A user defined description that categorizes
+            the type of training.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Create button: Click to save the Training Class Type . The
+            screen is refreshed.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Delete button: Click to delete the Training Class Type. The
+            Training Class Type is deleted and can not be restored.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Submit button: Saves any changes made to any of the
+            descriptions in the list above the Submit button.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <tip>
+          <para>If you create more then one Training Class Type you must
+          manually clear the Training Class Type or you will get an
+          error.</para>
+        </tip>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1 xml:id="GLOBAL_SETTINGS_PUBLIC_HOLIDAY">
+        <title>Public Holiday</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/GlobalHRSettingsPublicHoliday.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt; Global HR Settings &gt; Public Holiday</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>A holiday created here appears as an entry in the <link
+        linkend="TRAINING">Training</link> and Work Effort Calendar features.
+        To view the entry in Work Effort Calendar:</para>
+
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>In the Applications Menu select Work Effort</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>In the Work Effort Manager menu select Calendar</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Use the Calendar navigation widgets to find the From Date of
+            the Public Holiday in the Calendar</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+
+        <para>The Holiday will appear as an entry under the From Date.</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Holiday Name - Name of holiday</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Description - A user defined description of the
+            holiday.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>From Date - Date of the Holiday</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Submit - Click to save the holiday . A messaged
+            "Successfully created" is displayed. The Add Public Holiday
+            screenlet is cleared and ready for the next entry.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Update - On Click holiday is opened in the edit screenlet.
+            Click Update in the screenlet to save changes.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Delete button: Click to delete the holiday. The holiday is
+            deleted and can not be restored</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+    </chapter>
+
+    <chapter xml:id="HR_AND_OTHER_APPS">
+      <title>HR App and Other OFBiz Apps</title>
+
+      <para>There are time when it is necessary to use another OFBiz App to do
+      something that you can not accomplish in the HR App</para>
+
+      <sect1 xml:id="HR_AND_OTHER_APPS_WEB_TOOLS">
+        <title>Web Tools</title>
+
+        <para/>
+      </sect1>
+    </chapter>
+
+    <chapter xml:id="SECURITY">
+      <title>Security</title>
+
+      <para/>
+    </chapter>
+
+    <chapter xml:id="OTHER_SCREENS">
+      <title>Other Screens</title>
+
+      <para>This chapter includes descriptions of miscellaneous screens that
+      are accessed from profile screens</para>
+
+      <sect1 xml:id="OTHER_SCREENS_EDIT_PERSONAL_INFORMATION">
+        <title>Edit Personal Information</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/EmployeeEditPersonalInformation.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para/>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1 xml:id="OTHER_SCREENS_CREATE_LOGIN">
+        <title>Create User Login</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/EmployeeCreateUserLogin.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para>Creates a user login giving a person access to OFBiz business
+        applications. Application privileges are controlled by <glossterm
+        linkend="G_SECURITY_GROUP">Security Group</glossterm> .</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>User Login Id</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Current Password</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Current Password Verify</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Password Hint</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Require Password Change</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>External Auth Id</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Save button:</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Cancel/Done button:</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1 xml:id="OTHER_SCREENS_EDIT_LOGIN">
+        <title>Edit Login</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/EmployeeEditUserLogin.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para/>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1 xml:id="OTHER_SCREENS_ADD_SECURITY_GROUP">
+        <title>Add Security Group</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/EmployeeAddSecurityGroup.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para/>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1 xml:id="OTHER_SCREENS_CREATE_ATTRIBUTE">
+        <title>Create Party Attribute</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/EmployeeCreatePartyAttribute.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para>This screen creates a party attribute name value pair.</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs:</emphasis> Human Resources
+        &gt; Employees - Find an employee and open the Profile &gt; Party
+        Attribute(s) &gt; Create New</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Attr Name: A required text description of the attribute. Can
+            be used as a grouping mechanism when the same Attr Name is used
+            for multiple instances.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Attr Value: A value for the named attribute.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action:</emphasis> Update button: Click
+        update to save the new attribute. Select another menu item to leave
+        the screen without saving changes.</para>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1 xml:id="OTHER_SCREENS_PARTY_CONTENT">
+        <title>Party Content Screen</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata fileref="../images/EmployeePartyPartyContentScreen.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para>Edit screen with a list of content for a party and a section to
+        add additional content.</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs:</emphasis> Human Resources
+        &gt; Employees - Find an employee and open the Profile &gt; Party
+        Content &gt; Click Party Content Id (text in first column of
+        list)</para>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1 xml:id="OTHER_SCREENS_EDIT_ATTRIBUTE">
+        <title>Edit Party Attribute</title>
+
+        <screenshot>
+          <mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata align="left"
+                         fileref="../images/EmployeeEditPartyAttribute.jpg"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>
+        </screenshot>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs</emphasis>: Human Resources
+        &gt;</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Usage Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Field Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action Summary</emphasis></para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para/>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+
+        <para>Edit a party attribute name value pair.</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Breadcrumbs:</emphasis> Human Resources
+        &gt; Employees - Find an employee and open the Profile &gt; Party
+        Attribute(s) &gt; Edit</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Action</emphasis> button: Click Update to
+        save changes and return to the employee Profile. Select another menu
+        item to leave the screen without saving changes.</para>
+      </sect1>
+    </chapter>
+
+    <chapter>
+      <title>Road Map</title>
+
+      <para>This chapter has observations made while documenting the HR Apps
+      Position feature. It covers improvements that could be made to the
+      current feature set, a list of bugs, and suggested new features.</para>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Improvements</title>
+
+        <para>A list of improvements for the HR Application that do not
+        include new functionality. These changes directed toward improving
+        usability by making the application UI more consistent.</para>
+
+        <table border="1">
+          <caption>Improvements</caption>
+
+          <thead>
+            <tr>
+              <th>Feature</th>
+
+              <th>Issue</th>
+            </tr>
+          </thead>
+
+          <tr>
+            <td>Global HR Settings</td>
+
+            <td>All forms in Global Settings should require Admin / Update
+            permission. Termination Reason, Position Type do not. Leave type,
+            Pay Grades, Salary Steps, Job interview, and Training Class Type
+            allow Create but not update,</td>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <td>HR App</td>
+
+            <td>Hide "Has Table" from user presentation. This field is for BE
+            use only.</td>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th align="left">HR App</th>
+
+            <th align="left">In the FE change all Party Id labels to a context
+            sensitive name that identifies the party. For example of a person
+            is expected in the context look up the person by name and display
+            the persons name. If the need is to display the party id then in
+            this case the lookup form should be constrained to people. If the
+            context expects a party group the FE should make it clear. For
+            example see FindEmplPositions. The Party Id field should have a
+            lookup from of valid party groups and the display name Party Id
+            changed to Internal Organization.</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th align="left">Add Training Types</th>
+
+            <th align="left">Unlike all other Global entities it does not
+            create a system generated id when the user does not enter a
+            Training Class Type</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr align="left">
+            <th>Add Training Types - Pre Requisite Skill</th>
+
+            <th>Field displays name when should display value. i.e.
+            BASIC_TRAINING vs. Basic Training. Label Pre Requisite Skill
+            should be Prerequisite Skill</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th align="left">Global HR Settings</th>
+
+            <th align="left">After an entity is created the fields in the
+            create form should be cleared so a user can "heads down" create
+            another setting without getting a duplicate id error. Also there
+            should be feedback to the user that the entity was created.</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th align="left">Global HR Settings Holiday</th>
+
+            <th align="left">In Add Public Holiday the Holiday Name and From
+            Date are marked required however a holiday can be created with out
+            entering any values in any field.</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th align="left">Global HR Settings Holiday</th>
+
+            <th align="left">Screenlet title should be Add Holiday, Holiday is
+            not necessary public. Text "From Date" should be Holiday
+            Date.</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr align="left">
+            <th>OFBiz General</th>
+
+            <th>The titles on screenlets used to Add, Create or Edit records
+            are often out of sync with the action. For example in Global HR
+            Settings Holiday screenlet Add Public Holiday. Click update and
+            the screenlet title is Add Public Holiday but the command button
+            is Update. This behavior is endemic in OFBiz because of the dual
+            usage of forms for create and update. Should be a best practices
+            avoid this sloppiness.</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr align="left">
+            <th>OFBiz General</th>
+
+            <th>The holiday screenlet provides a Success message for a create
+            action but no similar message for update and delete. All actions
+            that perform create, update or delete should give a feed back
+            message. Create actions should leave the from in a clear state
+            ready for the next create (current behavior where create
+            automatically opens a profile should be changed give the user
+            options for the next screen selection).</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th align="left">Employeees - New Employee</th>
+
+            <th align="left">Implement dependent conntry state drop downs</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th align="left">Employees - Profile - Contact Information</th>
+
+            <th align="left">Contact Types are not treated in a consistent
+            manner. You can not set a purpose for contact mech Electronic
+            Address, Internet IP Address, Internet Domain Name, Internal Party
+            Note. At creation you can set a purpose for contact purpose for
+            Phone Number, email address, LDAP Address. At creation you can NOT
+            set a purpose for contact purpose for Postal Address, Web
+            URL/Address. Should be able to assign a purpose for any type at
+            creation and edit the type on update.</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th align="left">Employees - Profile - List Related Accounts</th>
+
+            <th align="left">This feature should provide a method to remove a
+            related account.</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th align="left">Training - Calendar</th>
+
+            <th align="left">The calendar resets to the current date after
+            entering a training work effort. If the training date is in the
+            future the user is forced to look up the event before a
+            participant can be added. When a participant is added the screen
+            flows to Training Approvals. There is no way to change the
+            approval status on this screen. To add multiple participants the
+            user has to go through the whole process again - Go to the
+            calendar screen, lookup the date, add one user, to to the approval
+            screen, do nothing etc.</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th align="left">Recruitment - Edit Job Interview</th>
+
+            <th align="left">Job Interview Type Id drop-down list displays
+            type id i.e. JOB_INTERVIEW should display a description i.e. Job
+            Interview</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th align="left">Recruitment - Approval same as OFBIZ-4737</th>
+
+            <th align="left">In Recruitment &gt; Internal Job Postings &gt;
+            Internal Job Applications or Job Interview or Approval throw an
+            NPE when Find is clicked. </th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th align="left">Enhancements in Trainings under HR module
+            OFBIZ-2531</th>
+
+            <th align="left">The implementation of this improvement needs
+            work. This is just a note on the subject will not detail work to
+            be done here.</th>
+          </tr>
+        </table>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Bugs</title>
+
+        <para>A list of BUGS in the HR Application.</para>
+
+        <table border="1">
+          <caption>Bugs</caption>
+
+          <thead>
+            <tr>
+              <th>Feature</th>
+
+              <th>Issue</th>
+            </tr>
+          </thead>
+
+          <tr>
+            <td>Global HR Settings</td>
+
+            <td>All forms in Global Settings should require Admin / Update
+            permission. Termination Reason does not.</td>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <td>Global HR Settings</td>
+
+            <td>Most of the submit actions in HR Settings do not give the user
+            any feedback that the action was completed successfully. Submit
+            should behave like Public Holiday. On Click a Successful created
+            message is displayed and the form is cleared ready for another
+            entry. (Note Holiday has it's own problem - allows empty
+            records)</td>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr align="left">
+            <th>Global HR Settings Position Types</th>
+
+            <th>Throws an error if a position type is deleted and then the
+            Find button is clicked to refresh the list of position types. Have
+            to click on the position type menu to clear the deleted id before
+            the list will refresh.</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th align="left">Global HR Settings Position Type Rate</th>
+
+            <th align="left">The form Lookup PayGrade has a description field
+            that is empty. Expect to see the value for the Pay Grade Name</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr align="left">
+            <th>Global HR Settings Position Type Rate</th>
+
+            <th>The form Lookup Salary StepSeq Id has a description field that
+            is empty. Expect to see the value, should be the Salary Step
+            Amount so that the user has some idea of the meaning of the
+            id.</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th align="left">Global HR Settings Position Type Rate</th>
+
+            <th align="left">Multiple errors trying to enter Position Type
+            Rates. 1. From Date Can not accept a null value. 2. Other issues
+            where multiple rates are created \ deleted from a single
+            entry.</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th align="left">Employee Profile - CreateUserLogin</th>
+
+            <th align="left">Cancel\Done fails to find previous screen. In the
+            Employees feature open an employee profile. In the User Name(s)
+            screenlet select Create New. Click Cancel/Done. Expect to return
+            to usr profile. Actual: message "No party found with the partyId
+            of:"</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th align="left">Employees New Employee</th>
+
+            <th align="left">In New Employee form the field "Internal
+            Organization" is marked as required. A new user can be created
+            without selecting an "Internal Organization". If an "Internal
+            Organization" is selected it is not saved by ther service. The
+            "Internal Organization" does not appear for editing in Profile
+            &gt; Edit Personal Information</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th align="left">Improvement to Employee Position Form
+            OFBIZ-1760</th>
+
+            <th align="left">Improvements not implemented: The PartyId field
+            should be drop down box with list of Internal orgs. </th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th align="left">Human Resources &gt; Recruitment</th>
+
+            <th align="left">Labels Skill Type Id and Exam Type Enum Id should
+            be changed to Skill Type and Exam Type </th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th/>
+
+            <th/>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th/>
+
+            <th/>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th/>
+
+            <th/>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th/>
+
+            <th/>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th/>
+
+            <th/>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th/>
+
+            <th/>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th/>
+
+            <th/>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th/>
+
+            <th/>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th/>
+
+            <th/>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th/>
+
+            <th/>
+          </tr>
+        </table>
+      </sect1>
+
+      <sect1>
+        <title>Proposed Features</title>
+
+        <para>This section list features for the HR Application that add new
+        functionality. These changes directed toward making the application
+        more usable OOB and functionaly competitive with other open source HR
+        Applications.</para>
+
+        <table border="1">
+          <caption>Road Map</caption>
+
+          <thead>
+            <tr>
+              <th>Feature</th>
+
+              <th>Issue</th>
+            </tr>
+          </thead>
+
+          <tr>
+            <td>Global HR Settings</td>
+
+            <td>All forms in Global Settings should require Admin / Update
+            permission. Termination Reason does not.</td>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <td>Position Recruitment Party</td>
+
+            <td>Positions have responsibilities. Recruitments have Skill Types
+            and Qualifications. Parties have Skills. Positions and
+            Recruitments should have required skills so an employer and
+            applicant can match skills to requirements.</td>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th align="left">Global HR Settings Holiday</th>
+
+            <th align="left">Holidays could be categorized as Public,
+            Religious, Vacation, Company etc. Holidays. Company Holidays could
+            designate a day off and be used by other applications to adjust
+            schedules, pay or other things that could be impacted by a
+            Holiday.</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr align="left">
+            <th>Global HR Settings Holiday</th>
+
+            <th>Holidays should have a from and two date for extended holidays
+            like Lent or Ramadan</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr align="left">
+            <th>Global HR Settings Holiday</th>
+
+            <th>There should be a recurrence feature for setting holidays. (I
+            don't think the Calendar supports recurrence but could be
+            wrong)</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr align="left">
+            <th>Organization</th>
+
+            <th>Organization should be a first class menu item in the AR App
+            along with Employees, Employments and Positions. Most HR
+            Applications have a feature for managing the organization
+            tree.</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th align="left">Document Management</th>
+
+            <th align="left">The HR App should have a self contained
+            (independent of navigation to the content manager) feature for
+            managing important documents like resumes, applications,
+            performance reviews, HR policies and regulatory documents.</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th align="left">Budget</th>
+
+            <th align="left">The budget drives positions. There should be a
+            mechanism for managing a budget beyond the current entry for a
+            budget id in Create / Edit employee position. Each job posting
+            should have some form of approval.</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th align="left">Reporting</th>
+
+            <th align="left">Some basic reporting should be included in the
+            application. Employee directory, Organization chart., Position
+            status, Employment, Recruitment status etc. Could be an option in
+            the Find screens to output to PDF, CSV etc.</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th align="left">External Position Posting - Data alignment</th>
+
+            <th align="left">Support management of external employment web
+            sites e.t. Monster, Dice and recruitment services. Make it easier
+            to collect information typically presented in employment web sites
+            e.g. Monster, Dice. On line posting usually includes a long list
+            of responsibilities and applicant requirements. The current
+            features for adding responsibilities is not flexible enough to
+            efficiently enter this type of information. For example each
+            position responsibility has to be first entered using Global HR
+            Settings and then added to the position one at a time. The
+            responsibility list is flat so in practice could become
+            unmanageable. Enable assignment of a position to a recuriter.
+            Manage the relationship with the recuriter (approved vendor list).
+            Automatically notify recuriter of status change on open
+            positions.</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th align="left">External Job Posting - Tracking</th>
+
+            <th align="left">Track status of external employment posting so
+            management can evaluate the effectiveness of contractors.</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th align="left">Position Posting</th>
+
+            <th align="left">Automatically post open positions to Company
+            public web site.</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th align="left">Time Shees</th>
+
+            <th align="left">Make time and attendence features directly
+            accessable in HR App</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th align="left">Payroll OFBIZ-2117</th>
+
+            <th align="left">Create pay slips. Write checks.</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th align="left">HR Clearance Functionality OFBIZ-2957 </th>
+
+            <th align="left">Included clearance functionality in HR module.
+            Clearance process is executed when any employee leaves the
+            company.</th>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th/>
+
+            <th/>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th/>
+
+            <th/>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th/>
+
+            <th/>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th/>
+
+            <th/>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th/>
+
+            <th/>
+          </tr>
+
+          <tr>
+            <th/>
+
+            <th/>
+          </tr>
+        </table>
+      </sect1>
+    </chapter>
+  </part>
+
+  <glossary>
+    <glossentry xml:id="G_EMPLOYEE">
+      <glossterm>Employee</glossterm>
+
+      <glossdef>
+        <para>An employee is a person who has an employment relationship with
+        your Company.</para>
+      </glossdef>
+    </glossentry>
+
+    <glossentry xml:id="G_EMPLOYMENT">
+      <glossterm>Employment</glossterm>
+
+      <glossdef>
+        <para>In OFBiz an <glossterm>Employment</glossterm> defines the
+        relationship between your Company and a person who is an employee. The
+        employment relationship tracks employee benefits, preferences, pay
+        history, and unemployment claims and agreements.</para>
+      </glossdef>
+    </glossentry>
+
+    <glossentry xml:id="G_FULFILLMENT">
+      <glossterm>Fulfillment</glossterm>
+
+      <glossdef>
+        <para>A fulfillment associates a person with a position. A person can
+        fulfill more then one position and a position can have more then one
+        person.</para>
+      </glossdef>
+    </glossentry>
+
+    <glossentry>
+      <glossterm>Internal Organization</glossterm>
+
+      <glossdef>
+        <para>Internal organization is a type of party group that is part of
+        your companies organization. For example the Red Cross and
+        Shipping</para>
+      </glossdef>
+    </glossentry>
+
+    <glossentry xml:id="G_PARTY">
+      <glossterm>Party</glossterm>
+
+      <glossdef>
+        <para>In OFBiz a party is a term used to simplify collecting
+        information that used in a common manner by different people and
+        things. The most common party types are people and groups. Both people
+        and groups have contact information. A party is identified by a unique
+        Party Id. Using this id OFBiz can collect and find contact (and other
+        information and processes) for both people and groups in the same way.
+        This is why you will often see Party Id as a field in a form or a
+        filter as you work in OFBiz.</para>
+      </glossdef>
+    </glossentry>
+
+    <glossentry xml:id="G_PARTY_ID">
+      <glossterm>Party Id</glossterm>
+
+      <glossdef>
+        <para>The unique identifier for a party. The id is text so in some
+        cases you will see an id, created by a user, that caries some meaning
+        i.e. Party Id DemoEmployee. In other cases the id is created by OFBiz
+        and is will be simply a number from a sequence. In either case the id
+        is unique.</para>
+      </glossdef>
+    </glossentry>
+
+    <glossentry>
+      <glossterm>Person</glossterm>
+
+      <glossdef>
+        <para>In OFBiz a person is a human being as distinguished from a party
+        group which is an organization. Human beings and organizations have
+        different attributes i.e. People have first and last names while
+        groups have group names. Both person and party group are types of
+        parties and share information and processes common to parties.</para>
+      </glossdef>
+    </glossentry>
+
+    <glossentry xml:id="G_SECURITY_GROUP">
+      <glossterm>Security Groups</glossterm>
+
+      <glossdef>
+        <para>A collection of application privileges given to a user
+        login.</para>
+      </glossdef>
+    </glossentry>
+  </glossary>
+</book>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Accounting Maintenance/Accounting Main.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Accounting Maintenance/Accounting Main.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Accounting Maintenance/Accounting Main.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
+or more contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file
+distributed with this work for additional information
+regarding copyright ownership.  The ASF licenses this file
+to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
+"License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+   
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+   
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
+software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+"AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
+KIND, either express or implied.  See the License for the
+specific language governing permissions and limitations
+under the License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+         <title>The Accounting Main screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_main.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+
+        <para>
+        This is the default tab for the Accounting Manager application. The screen currently shows links that will display more detailed screens 
+        related to Agreements, Billing Accounts, Invoices and Payments.
+        </para>
+</section>
+
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Accounting Main/Accounting Main Screen.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Accounting Main/Accounting Main Screen.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Accounting Main/Accounting Main Screen.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
+or more contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file
+distributed with this work for additional information
+regarding copyright ownership.  The ASF licenses this file
+to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
+"License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+   
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+   
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
+software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+"AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
+KIND, either express or implied.  See the License for the
+specific language governing permissions and limitations
+under the License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" version="5.0" 
+    xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" 
+    xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook ../../../content/dtd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+       <title>The Accounting Main screen.</title>
+        <para>
+        This is the default tab for the Accounting Manager application. The screen currently shows links that will display more detailed screens 
+        related to Agreements, Billing Accounts, Invoices and Payments.
+        </para>
+</section>
+
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/Find Gateway Responses.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/Find Gateway Responses.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/Find Gateway Responses.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Find Gateway Responses help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_FindGatewayResponses.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>This is the default screen for the 'Transactions' sub menu. Press the 'Lookup' button to
+        display details of all transactions that have been authorised, captured or manually
+        entered.</para>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I view all Gateway response transactions?</title>
+        <para>
+            <orderedlist>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'Lookup' button</para>
+                </listitem>
+            </orderedlist>
+        </para>
+        <para>A list of all transactions that have been authorised, captured or manually entered
+            will be displayed.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+        <title>Transaction results (external link)</title>
+        <para>
+            <link xl:href="http://www.authorize.net/support/merchant/Transaction_Response/Transaction_Response.htm">
+                List of all the transaction results
+            </link>
+        </para>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/Payment Gateway Transactions.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/Payment Gateway Transactions.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/Payment Gateway Transactions.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+    <!--
+        Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or
+        more contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file
+        distributed with this work for additional information regarding
+        copyright ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the
+        Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use
+        this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain
+        a copy of the License at
+        http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+        applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed
+        under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+        WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+        See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+        and limitations under the License.
+    -->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>Payment Gateway Transactions.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_payment_gateway.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>The Payment Gateway is made up of a configurable interface
+        that
+        processes payments.</para>
+    <para>Payment transactions can be authorised, captured and processed
+        or
+        refunded via the selected mechanism. (eg Paypal, Authorise.net, etc)
+   </para>
+
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/View Gateway Response.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/View Gateway Response.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/View Gateway Response.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The View Gateway Response help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_ViewGatewayResponse.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>This screen shows details of an individual gateway transaction.
+        It displays specific information regarding the order and the payment.
+        The lower part of the screen shows the gateway response details
+        indicating the time and codes used to process the transaction through
+        the gateway.</para>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/Capture Transaction.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/Capture Transaction.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/Capture Transaction.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Capture Transaction help screen. </title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_CaptureTransaction.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>This screen is used to input or 'capture' a payment against a Sales Order. Unlike the
+        authorise, this function will actually deduct the amount from eg a credit card and apply the
+        payment to a specific order.</para>
+    <para>It is likely that the before the payment is 'captured' in this screen, it would have been
+        through an authorisation first.</para>
+    <para>NOTE TO CHECK: Investigate how this links in with the Payment Gateway Configurations
+        screens</para>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I capture a transaction?</title>
+        <para>
+            <orderedlist>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Enter the Order Id for the payment (eg Sales Order Id)</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Enter Order Payment Preference Id (Unsure of what this is...a type of
+                        unique identifier perhaps?)</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Select the 'Payment Method Type'</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Select the 'Payment Type'</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Enter the 'Amount'</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'Capture' button</para>
+                </listitem>
+            </orderedlist>
+        </para>
+        <para>A transaction will be created and can be viewed via the 'Gateway Responses' tab</para>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/Authorize Transactions.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/Authorize Transactions.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/Authorize Transactions.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Authorize Transaction help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_AuthorizeTransaction.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>An authorization is a temporary transaction that shows a commitment to take money from an
+        account.</para>
+    <para>The 'Authorize' process is the first step in allowing a sales transaction payment to be
+        accepted. In OFBiz a service would be defined to carry out the authorisation process each
+        time for example, a credit card is used. It will perform specific validation tests before
+        the payment can be classes as 'authorised'. </para>
+    <para>When a payment is authorised it means that it has been validated and that the credit card
+        or bank account has been checked to ensure that it has sufficient funds available to cover
+        the proposed transaction. A number or code may be issued as evidence of the
+        authorisation.</para>
+    <para>NOTE: In the 'Payment' settings for a store as part of the Product Payment setup the user
+        can specify various services that will process a payment transactions through to completion.
+        This includes the following:</para>
+    <para>
+        <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Payment Authorisation</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Payment Capture</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Payment Credit</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Payment Authentication Verification</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Payment Re-Authorisation</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Payment Refund</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Payment Release Authorisation </para>
+            </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+    </para>
+    <para>This is used to provide verification and approval for the first step of the sales
+        transaction payment process.</para>
+    <para>An 'Authorize' button is also displayed on Sales Order detail screen if a Credit Card
+        payment was specified for a sales order. This is probably a more natural place for a payment
+        transaction to be authorised.</para>
+    <para>NOTE: Using OFBiz demo data if DemoCustomer uses their credit card for payment then an
+        transaction is created that is automatically authorised and can be viewed using the Gateway
+        Responses. </para>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I create and authorise a transaction?</title>
+        <para>
+            <orderedlist>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Enter the 'Order Id' of the sales order for which payment is being
+                        made</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Enter the 'Order Payment Preference Id' (NOTE: This is automatically
+                        generated at sales order creation and may be difficult to find out...I found
+                        it by initially doing an order and then paying by DemoCustomer's credit card
+                        and checking Gateway Responses for what was displayed in that field for the
+                        order)</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Select the 'Payment Method Type' (NOTE TO CHECK: What happens if you use
+                        other selections not just credit card?)</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Enter the 'Amount'</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'Authorize' button</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>A new transaction should be displayed with the status of authorised</para>
+                </listitem>
+            </orderedlist>
+        </para>
+        <para>NOTE: The demo data payment settings for the Payment authorisation Service is set to
+            always approve so no transactions will display here because of this. Need to test and
+            maybe try removing the 'always approve' to see if the transaction will be created as
+            'unauthorised ' </para>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/Manual Transaction.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/Manual Transaction.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payment Gateway Transactions/Manual Transaction.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Manual Transaction help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_ManualTransaction.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>The Manual Electronic Transaction screen allows the user to manually input and process
+        payment related transactions.</para>
+    <para>Options available include the following:</para>
+    <para>
+        <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Authorising payment transactions</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Refunding payments</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Payment Re-Authorisation</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Payment Capture</para>
+            </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+    </para>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I create a manual electronic transaction?</title>
+        <para>
+            <orderedlist>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Select the 'Payment Method Type' (eg Credit Card)</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Select the 'Product Store'</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Select the 'Transaction Type' (NOTE: This is the type of transaction that
+                        needs to be created, eg authorisation, capture,refund etc)</para>
+                </listitem>
+            </orderedlist>
+        </para>
+        <para>Additional fields will be displayed </para>
+        <para>
+            <orderedlist>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Enter the required details (eg name, credit card, billing address, amount
+                        etc)</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'Submit' button</para>
+                </listitem>
+            </orderedlist>
+        </para>
+        <para>A transsaction will be created that can be viewed via the Gateway Transactions
+            screen</para>
+        <para>NOTE TO CHECK: Possible bug as could not get this to work using 'Payment Authorisation
+            Service' and error message appeared regarding a missing parameter missing for Order
+            Preference Id but the Order Preference Id was not displayed on the screen</para>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Accounting Features/Accounting Features.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Accounting Features/Accounting Features.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Accounting Features/Accounting Features.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+         <title>Accounting Features</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_Features.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    <para>
+        <orderedlist>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Invoices</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Payments</para>
+            </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+    </para>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Invoices/Edit Invoice Time Entries.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Invoices/Edit Invoice Time Entries.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Invoices/Edit Invoice Time Entries.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Edit Invoice Time Entries screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_editInvoiceTimeEntries.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>he Time Entries screen displays any time logged against the
+        invoice. For example these time entries can be from employee or
+        external supplier timesheets that are tracked within OFBiz. is used to
+        track any individual work or billable hours against an invoice.</para>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I add a new time entry for an invoice?</title>
+        <para>Threre are two options</para>
+        <orderedlist>
+        <listitem><para>Add time entry to a new invoice and add time entry
+            to an existing invoice.</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Timesheet entries can be added to an existing invoice from
+            Workeffort Manager.</para></listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I update a time entry for an invoice?</title>
+        <para>NOTE: To check if this can only be done via timesheets.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I remove a time entry from an invoice?</title>
+        <para>NOTE: To check if this is done via timesheets </para>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Invoices/Edit Invoice Applications.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Invoices/Edit Invoice Applications.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Invoices/Edit Invoice Applications.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Edit Invoice Applications screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_editInvoiceApplications.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>The Invoice Applications sub menu is where payments that have been made (or received) can
+        be linked or allocated to an invoice. The phrase 'applying' an amount to an invoice is often
+        used to describe this. The screen is divided into 3 main areas as follows.</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+            <para>Payments Applied (which shows details of the total amount 'Applied' and the total
+                amount 'Open'. Note that 'Open' here means outstanding)</para>
+        </listitem>
+        <listitem>
+            <para>Possible Payments to Apply (which shows all the payments that have been sent from
+                the same party id as the invoice - for a sales invoice this would be the customer
+                party id)</para>
+        </listitem>
+        <listitem>
+            <para>Assign Payment to Invoice (which allows you to manually assign a specific payment
+                id to this invoice)</para>
+        </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <para>GENERAL NOTE: General Ledger accounting transactions are generated during the payment
+        application process but unless your GL is setup with Unapplied Cash and Applied Cash
+        accounts - I'm not sure that there will be any true accounting impact. In the Sales Order
+        process the accounting transaction generated the following GL Accounting transaction is
+        generated for 'Payment Applied' o add some text here.</para>
+    <para>DR 120000 Accounts Receivable / CR 120000 Accounts Receivable - This transaction doesnt
+        really do anything! </para>
+    <para>It is used to link payments to invoices. It is also used to allocate which part of a
+        payment is allocated or applied to a specific invoice. This is extremely useful if your
+        customers pay multiple invoices with a single payment.</para>
+    <para>Example:</para>
+    <para>
+        <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>A customer could send a single payment of $1000 that can be used to pay for
+                    two invoices (eg $400 and $600)</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Using this applications sub menu allows you to allocate part of the $400 to
+                    one invoice and the balance ($600) to the other invoice </para>
+            </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+    </para>
+    <para>By default all 'unapplied' payments that have been entered into OFBiz from the customer
+        will be available for selection even if they have not yet been flagged as formally
+        'Received'. This means that these are payments that have not already been linked to another
+        invoice. If only part of a payment amount has been linked to an invoice then the remaining
+        amount is left available to be allocated to another invoice. Also note that a single invoice
+        could be paid by multiple payments being applied to it.</para>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I apply a payment (or payments) to an invoice?</title>
+        <orderedlist>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Select the 'Applications' sub menu for the invoice</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>A list of unapplied payments for the party id will be displayed </para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Press the 'Apply' button next to the entry that needs to be applied to the
+                    invoice (NOTE: More than one entry may be used. Also only part of a larger
+                    amount may be used)The Payments Applied total at the top of the screen will be
+                    updated with the amount selected. Also the Amount Open will be reduced by the
+                    amount selected.</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para> Once the total invoice amount has been selected a message will be displayed
+                    and only the first part of the screen will be displayed </para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>The top part of the screen will now be updated to show the 'Payments Applied'
+                    total is equal to the invoice total and the 'Amount Open' is zero. </para>
+            </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I update an applied payment for an invoice?</title>
+        <orderedlist>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Payments that have been applied to an invoice can be updated. This means that
+                    you can change the details of the payment transaction or adjust the amount that
+                    was applied to the invoice.</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Select the 'Applications' sub menu for the invoice</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>A list of payments already applied to the invoice will be displayed in the top
+                    part of the screen</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Enter or use the lookup to change the 'Payment Id' if required </para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Enter the updated amount in the 'Amount to Apply' field if required</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Press the 'Update' button</para>
+            </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I remove an applied payment (or payments) from an invoice?</title>
+        <para>NOTE TO CHECK: It can be done before transaction has been posted to GL but also need
+            to check if its can be done if the transaction has been posted. </para>
+        <orderedlist>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Select the 'Applications' sub menu for the invoice</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>A list of payments already applied to the invoice will be displayed in the top
+                    part of the screen</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Press the 'Remove' button next to the payment entry that needs to be
+                    removed</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>The entry will be removed and the top part of the screen will be update the
+                    'Payments Applied' total and 'Amount Open'</para>
+            </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Invoices/Invoice Send Per Email.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Invoices/Invoice Send Per Email.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Invoices/Invoice Send Per Email.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Send Per Email screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_sendPerEmail.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>This is used to send a copy of the invoice details to one or more
+        email addresses. The invoice is included as an attachment and the user
+        can add a simple accompanying email message.</para>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I send a copy of an invoice via email?</title>
+        <orderedlist>
+        <listitem><para>Select the 'Send per Email' sub menu</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>The 'Send per Email' default screen will be displayed</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Enter the 'From Email Address' (NOTE TO CHECK: Shouldnt this be
+            defaulted from the user login.....????)</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Leave the 'To Email Address' as it is as this will be defaulted
+            using the customer details from the invoice</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>If required enter the 'Copy Email address' for anyone that needs
+            to be copied on the email</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Leave the 'Subject' as the default of 'Please find attached
+            invoice'</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Leave the 'Other Currency' box blank (NOTE TO CHECK: Investigate
+            what effect this has on the email.....)</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Enter a short email message in the 'Email Body' </para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Press the 'Submit' button </para></listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+</section>
+
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Invoices/Edit Invoice.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Invoices/Edit Invoice.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Invoices/Edit Invoice.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Edit Invoice Header screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_editInvoice.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>The Invoice Header screen is used to view or update details from
+        the invoice header. Examples of the type of information that can be
+        changed are Due Date, Description, Currency.</para>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I update the header details for an Invoice?</title>
+        <orderedlist>
+        <listitem><para>Select the 'Header' sub menu and the header details of the
+            invoice will be displayed</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Update the fields required</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para> Press the 'Update' button</para></listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+</section>
+
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Invoices/Invoice Roles.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Invoices/Invoice Roles.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Invoices/Invoice Roles.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
+or more contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file
+distributed with this work for additional information
+regarding copyright ownership.  The ASF licenses this file
+to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
+"License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+   
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+   
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
+software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+"AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
+KIND, either express or implied.  See the License for the
+specific language governing permissions and limitations
+under the License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+   <title>The Invoice Roles screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_invoiceRoles.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+   
+    <para>The Invoice Roles screen allows parties with specific roles to be associated with and invoice. If the e-commerce or Sales Order entry route has already been used then the invoice generated will already contain the relevant roles from the various parties.</para>
+    <para>For a Sales Order examples of roles will include Bill From Customer, Bill To Customer, End User Customer,Ship To Customer etc.</para>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I add a party role to an invoice?</title>
+        <para>Party roles will automatically be added to an invoices that have been generated as a result of E-Commerce order entry or Sales Order entry. They can also be added be added manually.</para>
+        <orderedlist>
+        <listitem><para>Select the 'Roles' sub menu</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Enter or use the lookup to enter the party to be added to the invoice in the 'Party Id' field</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Use the drop down box to select the 'Role Type Id' </para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Leave the 'Date Time Performed' field blank (NOTE: This field is optional and can be entered if required. This field can be used to indicate the date and time this role was performed by the party for this invoice)</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Leave the 'Percentage' field blank (NOTE: This field is optional and can be entered if required. If roles are shared then this field can be used to indicate the assigned percentage for this role) </para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Press the 'Submit' button</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>The new role entry will be displayed on the bottom part of the screen</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>NOTE: If you select a role that is not associated with the party that has been entered an error message will be displayed. To fix it you will need to add the role to the party or choose another party that already has that role associated with it.</para></listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I update a party role on an invoice?</title>
+        <para>A party role cannot be updated via the current user interface. It can only be removed. If a party role needs to be updated then the entry must be deleted and then re-created. </para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I remove a party role from an invoice?</title>
+        <orderedlist>
+        <listitem><para>Locate the entry that needs to be removed</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Press the 'Remove' button next to the entry that needs to be deleted</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>The entry is now removed from the list of invoice roles </para></listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Invoices/Find Invoices.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Invoices/Find Invoices.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Invoices/Find Invoices.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Find Invoices screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_findInvoices.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>The default screen is for the Invoices tab is 'Find Invoices'. It
+        is used to locate existing invoices that have been created
+        automatically by the system or manually by the user. It can also be
+        used to create a new Sales or Purchase Invoice. </para>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I view all invoices?</title>
+        <orderedlist>
+        <listitem><para>Press the 'Search' button to view all invoices</para></listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I locate an existing invoice?</title>
+        <orderedlist>
+        <listitem><para>Enter the 'Invoice ID' if known</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Enter a word from the invoice description in the 'Description'
+            field if known</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Enter the 'Invoice Type' if known</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Enter the 'From Party Id' if known (NOTE: In most cases for a
+            Sales Invoices this will be Company. For Purchase Invoice it will be
+            the supplier party id)</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Enter the 'Billing Account Id' if known</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Enter the invoice status in the 'Status Id' field if known
+        </para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Enter the 'To Party Id' if known (NOTE: In most cases for a
+            Purchase Invoice this will be company. For Sales Invoices it will be
+            the customer party id)</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Press the 'Search' button to view all invoices</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>All invoices that meet the search criteria will be displayed.
+        </para></listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I update an invoice?</title>
+        <orderedlist>
+        <listitem><para>Locate the invoice using the 'Find Invoices' screen</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Using the relevant sub menu make the required changes.</para></listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I delete an invoice?</title>
+        <para>Invoices cannot be deleted through the user interface. They can
+            only be cancelled (eg if they have been entered or created by
+            mistake).</para>
+             
+        <para>NOTE: They can probably be deleted using Entity Data Maintenance
+            in the Webtools menu but this is not recommended for 2 reasons:
+        </para>
+        <orderedlist>
+        <listitem><para>It may cause data integrity problems.</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>In case of audit it would be a problem.
+        </para></listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Invoices/Invoice Overview.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Invoices/Invoice Overview.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Invoices/Invoice Overview.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
+or more contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file
+distributed with this work for additional information
+regarding copyright ownership.  The ASF licenses this file
+to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
+"License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+   
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+   
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
+software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+"AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
+KIND, either express or implied.  See the License for the
+specific language governing permissions and limitations
+under the License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Invoice Overview screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_invoiceOverview.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>The Invoice Overview screen is used to display the summary of an invoice in a single view. The screen is divided into sections that show various information related to the invoice (eg Roles, Status, Terms, Items, Payments Applied, etc).</para>
+   <para>The following options are currently available from this screen:</para>
+   <itemizedlist>
+   <listitem><para>Create New (Create a new invoice)</para></listitem>
+   <listitem><para>Copy (Create a copy of the current invoice)</para></listitem>
+   <listitem><para>PDF (View a PDF of the current invoice)</para></listitem>
+   <listitem><para>PDF default currency (NOTE TO CHECK: Need to see how this is different from just the PDF view......)</para></listitem>
+   <listitem><para>Status to 'Approved' (Change the status of the current invoice to 'Approved)</para></listitem>
+   <listitem><para>Status to 'Sent' (Change the status of the current invoice to 'Sent')</para></listitem>
+   <listitem><para>Status to 'Ready' (Change the status of the current invoice to 'Ready'. NOTE: This will create the relevant accounting transactions and post them to the general ledger)</para></listitem>
+   <listitem><para>Status to 'Cancelled' (Change the status of the current invoice to 'Cancelled')</para></listitem>
+   <listitem><para>Save as Template (NOTE TO CHECK: Save the current invoice format as a template)</para></listitem>
+   </itemizedlist>
+</section>
+
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Invoices/New Invoice.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Invoices/New Invoice.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Invoices/New Invoice.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The New Invoice screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_newInvoice.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>This screen allows the user to create a new Sales or Purchase
+        Invoice. Sales Invoices are created when a customer buys something
+        from you. Purchase Invoices are created when you buy something from a
+        supplier.</para>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I create a new Sales invoice?</title>
+        <orderedlist>
+        <listitem><para>Press the 'Create New' button</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>The New Sales Invoice / New Purchase Invoice screen is
+            displayed></para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Using the top part of the screen, leave Invoice type with its
+            default of 'Sales Invoice'</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Leave 'Organization Party Id' with its default of 'Company'
+        </para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Enter or use the lookup to find the 'To Party Id' (eg
+            DemoCustomer)</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Press the 'Create' button in the top part of the screen</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>The invoice header has been created and the default header
+            screen will be displayed</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Details on the invoice will need to be entered via the other sub
+            menus (eg Items, Time Entries etc)  </para></listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I create a new Purchase invoice?</title>
+        <orderedlist>
+        <listitem><para>Press the 'Create New' button</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>The New Sales Invoice / New Purchase Invoice screen is
+            displayed></para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Using the bottom part of the screen, leave Invoice type with its
+            default of 'Purchase Invoice'</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Leave 'Organization Party Id' with its default of 'Company'
+        </para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Enter or use the lookup to find the 'From Party Id' (eg
+            DemoSupplier)</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Press the 'Create' button in the bottom part of the screen
+        </para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>The invoice header has been created and the default header
+            screen will be displayed</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Details on the invoice will need to be entered via the other sub
+            menus (eg Items, Time Entries etc)  </para></listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Invoices/Invoices.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Invoices/Invoices.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Invoices/Invoices.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>Invoices.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_invoices.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>
+        Sales invoices are generated when customers buy something from your
+        business.
+        You will need to provide a detailed list of the items bought and relevant
+        taxes paid. They are often referred to a 'tax invoices' as they
+        contain
+        information relating to the amount of sales tax (eg VAT / GST)
+        charged on the product or service.
+        </para>
+    <para> Purchase invoices are generated by your suppliers when you
+        order something from them. You may send them an order in the form of
+        a Purchase Order. They will then send you the products and an invoice
+        for payment. This invoice is the Purchase Invoice and it will contain
+        details of the items bought plus any taxes.</para>
+    <para> Both of these documents are used as proof to various tax
+        authorities (eg Inland Revenue, Customs etc) that the required tax
+        has been charged or collected.</para>
+    <para>
+        GENERAL NOTE: The following is an extract from Ian McNulty's
+        documentation work on accounting:</para>
+    <para>Invoices are created automatically by the system when
+        certain criteria are met for each item on an order. The criteria
+        will vary depending on the type of product associated with the
+        order item, and the type of order (ie purchase/sales).</para>
+    <para>For Sales Orders that include digital goods, an invoice
+        will be created when the order is placed, and that invoice will be
+        for all digital goods in the order. If there are non-digital or
+        physical goods they will go in a separate invoice.</para>
+    <para>For Sales Orders that need physical fulfillment, an
+        invoice will be created for all items in a shipment when the
+        shipment goes into the 'Packed' status.</para>
+    <para>For Purchase Orders an invoice will be created from a
+        shipment when the shipment goes into the Received status.</para>
+  </section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Invoices/List Invoice Items.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Invoices/List Invoice Items.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Invoices/List Invoice Items.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
+or more contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file
+distributed with this work for additional information
+regarding copyright ownership.  The ASF licenses this file
+to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
+"License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+   
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+   
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
+software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+"AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
+KIND, either express or implied.  See the License for the
+specific language governing permissions and limitations
+under the License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Edit Invoice Items screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_listInvoiceItems.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>The Invoice Items screen displays the individual invoice line details and allows the user to update or remove an entry. As each invoice line is created it is allocated a specific sequence (or Item Number) which acts as a unique identifier.</para>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I create a new invoice line item?</title>
+        <para>Note that only invoices that have specific statuses can have new line items created. This means that if an invoice has already been paid and processed OFBiz will not allow any amendments to it.</para>
+        <orderedlist>
+        <listitem><para>Select the 'Items' sub menu for the invoice</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>The 'Add a new invoice item' screen will be displayed</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Leave the 'Item No' field blank (as it will be automatically generated)</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Select the 'Invoice Item Type' from the drop down box (NOTE: A typical line using the demo could be 'Invoice Finished Good Item' but ensure that it corresponds with the type of products setup in your catalog)</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Enter a description describing what the line item is  (NOTE: If you are going to enter a product in the Product Id field from the catalog then leave the 'Description' field blank as it will be used to show the product description)</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Leave the 'Override GL Account Id' field blank as it will use the default account based on the Chart of Accounts setup</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Use the lookup or enter a product code in the 'Product Id' field  (NOTE: This can be left blank if your invoice line is not related to a product in the catalog)</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Enter a number in the 'Quantity' field</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Enter a 'Unit Price' only if the Product Id field is blank (NOTE: If a Product Id has been entered then leave the 'Unit Price' field blank as it will pick up the product price from the catalog)</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Leave the 'Inventory Item' field blank</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Leave the 'Product Feature Id' field blank</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Leave the 'UOM' field blank</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Select 'Yes' for the 'Taxable Flag' field</para></listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+        <para>NOTE TO CHECK: Need to do some tests to see what line item type needs to be used for 'Sales Tax'. I think that it could be 'Invoice Item Sales Tax' since tax is currently calculated at invoice item line level. Also the automatically generated invoices from Order Entry and E-Commerce show taxes at the invoice item line level (think there may be some work going on - see JIRA on to consolidate entries). Need to do some tests using 'Invoice Sales Tax' to see how it works......... </para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I update an invoice line item?</title>
+        <para>Not all the fields on the invoice item line can be updated. For example Taxable Flag and Inventory Item cannot be updated. If these fields need to be amended then the invoice item will need to be removed and then re-created.</para>
+        <orderedlist>
+        <listitem><para>Select the 'Items' sub menu for the invoice</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Any existing line items will be displayed in the 'Items' box</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Amend the details in the line item that needs to be updated (eg Quantity, Invoice Item Type, Product Id, Description, Override GL Account, Unit Price)</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Press the 'Update' button displayed at the end of the line item that has been updated    </para></listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I delete an invoice item?</title>
+        <orderedlist>
+        <listitem><para>Select the 'Items' sub menu for the invoice</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Any existing line items will be displayed in the 'Items' box</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Press the 'Remove' button displayed at the end of the line item that needs to be deleted</para></listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+    
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Organization GL Settings.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Organization GL Settings.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Organization GL Settings.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>Organization GL Settings.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_organization_gl_settings.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+  
+  <para></para>
+    
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounts Summary.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounts Summary.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounts Summary.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Party Accounts Summary help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_PartyAccountsSummary.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para></para>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Available Internal Organizations.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Available Internal Organizations.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Available Internal Organizations.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+ -->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Available Internal Organizations help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_ListCompanies.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+ 
+ <para>The default screen shows a list of Party Groups that have the
+  role of 'Internal Organization' associated with them. If you have
+  installed the demo data then the default company 'Company' as well as
+  departments / business units and regional subsidiaries will be
+  displayed.</para>
+ <para>For each 'Internal Organization' there is the ability to set the
+  currency, fiscal periods and invoice prefixes.</para>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/Acctounting Preferences.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/Acctounting Preferences.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/Acctounting Preferences.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+ -->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Accounting Preferences help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_PartyAcctgPreference.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+ 
+ <para>Accounting Preferences are a set of configuration details that
+  are related to a party. To appear on this screen the party must be
+  setup with the role of 'Internal Organisation'. This means that you
+  can add the internal organisation role to a party and they will be
+  added to this screen and then can be configured.</para>
+ <para>The master default party is 'Company' but preferences can also be
+  setup for internal departments. The demo data shows some examples of
+  this (eg Marketing, Accounting, Sales, Development etc). Unless
+  overridden then then all other parties appearing on this screen will
+  take their default setup from 'Company'</para>
+ <para>NOTE: The majority of the configuration information displayed in
+  Accounting Preferences are taken from the Enumeration entity.</para>
+ <para>It is used for setting specifying information related to the
+  accounting setup for a specific organisation or parties that exist
+  within an organisation such as business units, cost centres,
+  departments ,subsidiaries etc. Information that can be setup include
+  the following:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>The start date of the Time Periods and Fiscal or Accounting
+    Year (eg 1st April, 1st January, 1st June etc)</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Tax Return Form (NOTE: Need to check how important this is and
+    where it is used.......possibly some kind of reporting???)</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>The method to be used for calculating Cost of Goods Sold (COGS)
+   </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Base Currency - eg USD, GBP, EUR etc (NOTE: May have main
+    company in USD but a subsidiary in EUR etc)</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Invoice prefix, numbering and sequencing (eg you may want each
+    business unit / subsidiary to have its own invoice numbering or
+    sequence etc)</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Quote prefix, number and sequencing</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Method to be used for refunds (eg cheque, direct bank credit,
+    voucher credit etc...)</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Specify which journal will be used to store error transactions
+   </para>
+  </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>NOTE: Key things that are usually need to be amended include the
+  base currency for the company, fiscal year information and invoice
+  numbering prefix or sequencing.</para>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I create or setup a new Accounting Preference?</title>
+  <para>IMPORTANT NOTE: A party must be setup with the role of 'Internal
+   Organisation' before it will appear on the Accounting Preferences
+   screen so that it can be setup.</para>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the 'Setup' button next to the party to be setup</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The Accounting Preferences screen is displayed. (IMPORTANT:
+     The first time this screen is displayed all of the fields will be
+     modifiable. Once this has been saved only certain fields will be
+     modifiable!!)</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The default entries will be based on (or inherited from)
+     'Company'</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Enter any changes that are required (eg Invoice Prefix, Error
+     Journal name - as you may want error transactions from separate
+     departments to be handled differently...)</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Add' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I update an Accounting Preference?</title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the 'Setup' button next to the party to be setup</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The Accounting Preferences screen is displayed but only
+     certain fields will be modifiable</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Enter any changes required</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Update' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+  <para>NOTE: If you need to change any of the fields that are not
+   modifiable then it can be done via the Entity Data Maintenance on
+   Webtools menu using the PartyAcctgPreference entity. You will need to
+   be careful in editing an existing preference especially if the
+   configuration already been used for transactions.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How to I delete an Accounting Preference?</title>
+  <para>There is currently no delete option via the user interface but
+   an Accounting Preference can be removed by deleting the role of
+   'Internal Organisation' from the party record.</para>
+  <para>NOTE TO CHECK: Need to investigate the impact of using an
+   accounting preference then removing it. What happens to the
+   transactions in process etc......???</para>
+ </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/Time Periods.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/Time Periods.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/Time Periods.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+ <!--
+  Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+  contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+  this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+  The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+  2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+  with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+  http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+  applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+  License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+  CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+  the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+  License.
+ -->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Time Periods help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_TimePeriods.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+ 
+ <para>Time periods are a defined period of time (usually a month,
+  quarter or year) that is used to group business transactions. It is a
+  key part of any general accounting setup.</para>
+ <para>Time periods can be used for the definition of :</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Company Financial Year</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Fiscal / Tax Periods (weeks, months, quarters)</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>VAT / GST Periods</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Sales Periods</para>
+  </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>The screen is divided into 3 main areas. The first two show lists
+  of the open and closed time periods. The area at the bottom allows you
+  to define and enter a new time period.</para>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I add a new Financial Year time period?</title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Using the area at the bottom of the screen labelled 'New'
+    </para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Leave the Parent Period Id field blank (NOTE: The financial
+     year will be the parent of other time periods eg fiscal months or
+     GST / VAT periods)</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select 'Fiscal Year' from the 'Period Type Id' drop down box
+    </para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Enter '13' in the Period Num field (NOTE: You can use any
+     number that does not conflict with the other time periods you want
+     to use. We plan to define 12 fiscal or tax months so will use 13
+     for the year)</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Enter 'FY 2010-2011' in the Period Name field (NOTE: You can
+     use any name you want but make sure it makes sense. This example is
+     an abbreviation for Fiscal Year 2010-2011)</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select '1st April 2010' using the calendar lookup in the 'From
+     Date' field</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select '1st April 2011' using the calendar lookup in the 'Thru
+     Date' field (NOTE: Even though we want our financial year to end on
+     31st March 2011 the test used is based on less than not an equal
+     to)</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Leave the 'Is Closed' field at its default of 'No'</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Create' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The new time period will now be displayed in the list of open
+     time periods.</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I add a new GST/ VAT time period?</title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Using the area at the bottom of the screen labelled 'New'
+    </para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the previously created financial year 'FY 2010-2011' in
+     the Parent Period Id field</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select 'Fiscal Month' from the 'Period Type Id' drop down box
+    </para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Enter '1' in the Period Num field (NOTE: This is the first of
+     12 periods that we want to define.) </para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Enter 'FM April 2010' in the Period Name field (NOTE: You can
+     use any name you want but make sure it makes sense. This example is
+     an abbreviation for Fiscal Month April 2010)</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select '1st April 2010' using the calendar lookup in the 'From
+     Date' field</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select '1st May 2010' using the calendar lookup in the 'Thru
+     Date' field (NOTE: Even though we want our fiscal month to end on
+     30th April 2010 the test is used is based on less than not an equal
+     to)</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Leave the Is Closed field at its default of 'No'</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Create' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The new time period will now be displayed in the list of open
+     time periods.</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I update a time period?</title>
+  <para>NOTE: Time periods cannot be updated via the current time
+   periods screen. If you need to amend time period details then it can
+   be done via Entity Data Maintenance in the Webtools menu.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I close a time period?</title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>To close a time period select the 'Close' button next to the
+     time period.</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The time period will be removed from the current open time
+     periods area and re-displayed in the closed time periods section of
+     the screen.</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+  <para>NOTE: Closing a time period is a trigger for an automatic
+   accounting transaction as follows:</para>
+  <itemizedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Transaction Type: Period Closing</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>DR ?????? (based on the GL account type mapping for Profit
+     Loss) </para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>CR 336000 Retained Earnings (based on GL account type mapping
+     for Retained Earnings)</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+  <para>NOTE: Both sides of this accounting transaction uses the same GL
+   account type default mapping. The account mapping for 'Profit Loss'
+   is not setup as part of the demo data so this transaction will not
+   automatically post to the general ledger but will instead be put in
+   the ERROR_JOURNAL as an unposted transaction. The transaction value
+   is zero for both sides of journal...Even if it does have a value do
+   we want to move it from P and L to Equity during the financial year?
+   Normally this is done once at the end of the financial year.</para>
+ </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Product GL Accounts.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Product GL Accounts.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Product GL Accounts.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+ -->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Product GL Accounts help screen</title>
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditProductGlAccounts.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+ 
+ <para>The Product GL Account is used to specify the default account to
+  be used for a specific Product' and 'Account Type' combination. This
+  setup will translate to one side of the journal entry only.</para>
+ <para>NOTE: Duplicate functionality .... This setup for the Product GL
+  Account can also be setup using the 'Accounts' sub menu for the
+  Product in Catalog Manager. Need to confirm whether this default work
+  like a hierarchy....eg Product GL Defaults will override General
+  Account defaults. </para>
+ <para>It is used for tracking product transactions at a more detailed
+  level. Examples could be as follows:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Tracking Accounts Receivable by Product in the General Ledger
+   </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Tracking Cost of Goods by product (or product variation) in the
+    General Ledger</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Tracking Commissions paid by Product in the General Ledger
+   </para>
+  </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I add a new Product / GL Account Type mapping?</title>
+  <para>By default there are no Product / GL Account Type mappings that
+   are configured as part of the OFBiz demo data.</para>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the 'Account Type' from the drop down list (NOTE: In
+     other screens this field is call the 'GL Account Type Id'.....)
+    </para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the ' GL Account' to map it to from the drop down list
+    </para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Enter or look up the 'Product Id' to be used</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Add' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The new mapping will be displayed in the list at the bottom of
+     the screen</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+  <para>NOTE: This mapping can also be also be done via the 'Accounts'
+   sub menu for the Product. Any mapping created here will be displayed
+   under the Product 'Accounts' sub menu. Alternatively any mapping
+   created in the Product 'Accounts' sub menu will also be displayed
+   here.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I update a Product / GL Account Type mapping?</title>
+  <para>A Product / GL Account Type mapping can be updated by modifying
+   the GL Account only. If the product needs to be updated then the
+   mapping will need to be deleted and then re-entered using the new
+   product.</para>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Locate the entry that needs to be updated in the list of
+     Product / GL Account Type mappings</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Modify the 'GL Account 'by using the drop down list next to
+     the 'GL Account' field</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Update' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The updated mapping will be displayed </para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I delete a Product / GL Account Type mapping?</title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Locate the entry that needs to be deleted in the list of
+     Product / GL Account Type mappings</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para> 2. Press the 'Remove' button next to the entry</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+  <para>NOTE: This can also be done via the 'Accounts' sub menu for the
+   Product using the 'Delete Link' button.</para>
+ </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Party GL Accounts.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Party GL Accounts.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Party GL Accounts.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Party GL Account help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditPartyGlAccount.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+ 
+ <para>he Party / GL Account mapping allows the translation of different
+  account types (eg Accounts Receivable, Accounts Payable etc) for a
+  party to be mapped to a separate general ledger account. The party
+  role (eg Bill To Customer) is also used to define the mapping even
+  further. OFBiz demo data setup comes with no entries here.</para>
+ <para>It is used as a way of implementing subledger functionality in
+  OFBiz. Subledger functionality is where a higher level account can be
+  split into lower levels. In this case these lower levels can be by
+  party.</para>
+ <para>An example could be that a business may want to use the general
+  ledger to track the Accounts Receivable (AR) by customer so the chart
+  of account would be setup something like as follows:</para>
+ <para>120000 Accounts Receivable</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>120010 Accounts Receivable - Customer A</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>120020 Accounts Receiviable - Customer B</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>120030 Accounts Receivalbe - Customer C</para>
+  </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>This has the main AR account is at the top of the hierarchy and 3
+  sub accounts below it. Entries for Customers A, B and C would be setup
+  with a role of 'Bill From Customer' as this is a role associated with
+  the customer when the Sales Invoice is generated.When a transaction
+  matching the criteria is processed in the system then these mappings
+  will control where it is posted to.In the case of Customer A any AR
+  transactions with role 'Bill To Customer' are posted to '120010'
+  instead of the standard '120000</para>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I add a new Party / GL Account mapping?</title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Enter or Lookup the party for the 'Party Id' field</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the 'Role Type Id' from the drop down list (NOTE: Be
+     careful that you select the correct role for the transactions you
+     want to track......)</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the 'GL Account Type Id' from the drop down list</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the 'GL Account Id' from the drop down list</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Add' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The new entry will be displayed at the bottom of the screen
+    </para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I update a Party / GL Account mapping?</title>
+  <para>Only the GL Account Id linked to the mapping can be updated.
+  </para>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Locate the Party / GL Account entry that needs to be updated
+    </para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the new 'GL Account Id' from the drop down list next to
+     the entry </para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Update' button next to the entry</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I remove a Party / GL Account mapping?</title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Locate the Party / GL Account entry that needs to be removed
+    </para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Delete' button next to the entry</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Tax Authority GL Accounts.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Tax Authority GL Accounts.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Tax Authority GL Accounts.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Tax Authority GL Accounts help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditOrganizationTaxAuthorityGlAccounts.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+ 
+ <para>The Tax Authority / GL Account default is used to map different
+  tax authorities to different general ledger accounts. This setup will
+  affect one side of a journal entry only.</para>
+ <para>NOTE: A tax authority is legal body usually the state (country)
+  that imposes a financial levy on business transactions.</para>
+ <para>Normal business rules require you will to keep track amounts
+  collected or paid to different tax authorities separately. This
+  mapping ensures that money collected or paid to various tax
+  authorities (eg through Sales Orders, Purchase Orders etc) can be
+  separated into specific accounts</para>
+ <para>The OFBiz demo data comes with 9 entries to show an example of
+  how this can be setup using the some of the US states as separate tax
+  authorities.</para>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I add a Tax Authority / GL Account mapping?</title>
+  <para>Unlike the other GL Account defaults you cannot add a Tax
+   Authority / GL mapping through these screens. It needs to be done via
+   the 'GL Accounts' sub menu under the 'Tax Authorities' menu. The
+   method of how to add a mapping using the 'Tax Authorities' is shown
+   below.</para>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>From the Accounting Manager / Tax Authorities Menu press the
+     'Edit' button next to the Tax Authority required</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the sub menu 'GL Accounts'</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Enter or Lookup the party for the 'Organisation Party Id'
+     field (NOTE: Use 'Company' as default)</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Enter or Lookup the GL Account to be mapped to</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Add' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The mapping will be displayed at the bottom of the screen.
+    </para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Return to the Tax Authority / GL Account default and this new
+     mapping will be shown in the list </para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I update a Tax Authority / GL Account mapping?</title>
+  <para>Only the GL Account Id linked to the mapping can be updated.
+  </para>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Locate the Tax Authority / GL Account entry that needs to be
+     updated</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the new 'GL Account Id' from the drop down list next to
+     the entry </para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Update' button next to the entry</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I remove a Tax Authority / GL Account mapping?</title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Locate the Tax Authority / GL Account entry that needs to be
+     removed</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Delete' button next to the entry </para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Credit Card Type GL Accounts.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Credit Card Type GL Accounts.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Credit Card Type GL Accounts.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Credit Card Type GL Accounts help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditCreditCardTypeGlAccounts.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+ 
+ <para>The Credit Card Type / GL Account default is used to map
+  different types of credit card to different general ledger accounts.
+ </para>
+ <para>NOTE: This setup will affect one side of a journal entry only.
+ </para>
+ <para>This type of mapping is useful if you need to track the amounts
+  to be collected from different credit card agents. The OFBiz demo data
+  comes with some setup here (NOTE: The demo entries appear to be
+  duplicated...has something changed in ENUM for defining each credit
+  card type.....?????)</para>
+ <para>Examples are as follows:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>American Express</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Visa</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Mastercard</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Diners Club </para>
+  </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I add a Credit Card Type GL Account mapping?</title>
+  <para>There are 10 mappings that come as part of the OFBiz demo data
+   but they do appear to be duplicated for some reason.</para>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the 'Card Type' from the drop down list</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the 'GL Account Id' to map it to from the drop down
+     list</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Add' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The new 'Credit Card / GL Account Id' mapping is displayed in
+     the list at the bottom of the screen</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I update a Credit Card Type GL Account mapping?</title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the 'Card Type' from the drop down list</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the updated 'GL Account Id' to map it to from the drop
+     down list</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Add' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The updated 'Credit Card Type / GL Account' mapping is
+     displayed in the list at the bottom of the screen</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+  <para>NOTE: Used 'Visa' as an example to update and the 'CCT_VISA' was
+   updated but the 'Visa' one wasnt. This is probably related to the
+   duplication.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I remove a Credit Card Type GL Account mapping?</title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Remove' button next to the entry that you want to
+     delete</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The entry is removed from the list of entries displayed</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Payment Method Id GL Accounts.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Payment Method Id GL Accounts.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Payment Method Id GL Accounts.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Payment Method GL Account Type help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_GlAccountNrPaymentMethod.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+ 
+ <para>The Payment Method GL Account Type Id is used to map the
+  different payment methods (eg Cash, Cheque etc) to a specific GL
+  Account Type Id. This will translate to one side of a GL entry only.
+ </para>
+ <para>A Payment Method is just a way to define the ways in which
+  payments can be made. Each payment method can be linked to a different
+  account in the general ledger. A main GL account used would be the one
+  that represents the Company bank account. In the demo data mappings
+  Electronic Funds Transfer, Company Account, Financial Account are all
+  linked to the Company bank account GL account.</para>
+ <para>OFBiz demo data defines 15 different payment methods as follows:
+ </para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Cash</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Certified Cheque</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Company Account</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Company Cheque</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Electronic Funds Transfer (NOTE TO CHECK: Problem with
+    definition or terminology - is this a Direct Debit.... ?? A direct
+    debit is controlled by the payee and an automatic payment via bank
+    account is controlled by the payer)</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Billing Account</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Cash on Delivery (COD)</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>eBay</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Offline Payment (NOTE: Is this ambiguous - since COD is an
+    offline payment...)</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>PayPal</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>WorldPay</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Financial Account</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Gift Certificate</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Money Order</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Personal Cheque</para>
+  </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>NOTE: A point to note is that these payment methods dont include
+  Credit Cards....(which I think is on purpose...). The majority of
+  these payment methods are linked to 'Undeposited Receipts' but an
+  additional accounting transaction may be needed once the funds have
+  cleared and are available in the Company bank account.</para>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I add a new Payment Method Id / GL Account Id mapping?
+  </title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the 'Payment Method Type' from the drop down list
+    </para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the 'GL Account Id' to map it to from the drop down
+     list</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Save' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The new Payment Method Type / GL Account Type mapping is
+     displayed in the list at the bottom of the screen</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I update a Payment Method Id / GL Account Id mapping?
+  </title>
+  <para>A Payment Method Type / GL Account Type mapping cannot be
+   updated directly but needs to be removed then re-created. If you try
+   to update an existing entry you will get an 'duplicate key' error
+   message</para>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Remove' button next to the entry that you want to
+     update</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The entry is removed from the list of entries displayed</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the 'Payment Method Type' from the drop down list
+    </para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the updated 'GL Account Type' to map it to from the
+     drop down list</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Save' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The new Payment Method Type / GL Account Type mapping is
+     displayed in the list at the bottom of the screen</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I remove a Payment Method Id / Gl Account Id mapping?
+  </title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Remove' button next to the entry that you want to
+     delete</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The entry is removed from the list of entries displayed</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/GL Account Type Defaults.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/GL Account Type Defaults.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/GL Account Type Defaults.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+ -->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The GL Account Type Defaults help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_GlAccountTypeDefaults.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+ 
+ <para>The GL Account Defaults screens are are method to setup rules
+  that are used to translate business transactions into accounting
+  transactions. It currently is made up of 12 sub menus that can be used
+  to map various transaction type codes to a specific general ledger
+  account</para>
+ <para>Accounting transactions are made up of a Debit Entry and a Credit
+  Entry. The GL Account defaults screens help map which accounts are to
+  be used to generate a each part of the transaction. This means that
+  certain mappings will be used to generate the Debit (or DR) entry part
+  of the transaction and others used to generate the Credit (or CR)
+  entry part of the transaction.</para>
+ <para>NOTE: Many of the accounting transactions are generated
+  'automatically' (or in the background) using the the accounting
+  services SECAS / EECAS. </para>
+ <para>The GL Account Type is used to specify the default account that
+  certain transactions (eg Accounts Payable, Accounts Receivable, etc)
+  are posted to. An accounting transaction (or journal entry) is made up
+  of two parts - a Debit Entry and a Credit Entry that balance each
+  other. The GL Account Type is used to translate one side of the
+  journal entry. </para>
+ <para>GL Account Types are stored in Entity GLAccountType which can be
+  viewed via Entity Data Maintenance in the Webtools menu. There are
+  currently 57 different GL Account Types that are part of the OFBiz
+  demo data but only 19 of these are setup as mappings</para>
+ <para>How the GL Account Type is used is best shown by an example. A
+  very simple description of an online Sales Order Process could be as
+  follows:</para>
+ <orderedlist>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Customer Orders a Product (and Creates a Sales Order)</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Customer Pays for Product (via Credit Card, Internet Banking
+    etc)</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Vendor confirms Payment and Dispatches the Product to the
+    Customer</para>
+  </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>Let's focus on the first part step of 3 in more detail.</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>The vendor has checked their bank statement and seen that the
+    customer has paid</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>In OFBiz Order Manager they will then look up the relevant
+    Sales Order and then click the 'Receive Payment' button to log the
+    payment in the system</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>The 'Receive Payment' button is a trigger for an 'automatic'
+    accounting transaction</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>The transaction type that is triggered is called 'Incoming
+    Payment'</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>The accounting entries generated are: DR 112000 Undeposited
+    Funds , CR 120000 Accounts Receivable </para>
+  </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>The CR (or Credit) entry for the transaction is created by the GL
+  Acccount Type mapping for 'Accounts Receivable' (which by using the
+  demo data default will go the 120000 Accounts Receivable)</para>
+ <para>The DR (or Debit) entry for the transaction is created by a
+  different GL Account default, the Payment Method Id / GL Account Id
+  mapping (eg Cash is setup as 112000 Undeposited Receipts)</para>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I create a new GL Account Type default mapping?</title>
+  <para>There are currently 57 different GL Account Types that come as
+   part of the demo data with OFBiz. This should be enough to manage the
+   vast majority of business transactions. These instructions show how
+   to add a mapping using the default data</para>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the 'GL Account Type Id' from the drop down list</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the 'GL Account' to map it to from the drop down list
+    </para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Save' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The new GL Account Type mapping is displayed in the list at
+     the bottom of the screen </para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+  <para>NOTE: If none of the demo data GL Account Types are sufficient
+   then new ones can be added using Entity Data Maintenance and the
+   entity 'GLAccountType' in the Webtools menu.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I update a GL Account Type default mapping?</title>
+  <para>A GL Account Type mapping cannot be updated directly but needs
+   to be removed then re-created. If you try to update an existing entry
+   you will get an 'duplicate key' error message.</para>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Remove' button next to the entry that you want to
+     update</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The entry is removed from the list of entries displayed</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the 'GL Account Type Id' from the drop down list</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the updated 'GL Account' to map it to from the drop
+     down list</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Save' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The new GL Account mapping is displayed in the list at the
+     bottom of the screen</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I delete a GL Account Type default mapping?</title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Remove' button next to the entry that you want to
+     delete</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The entry is removed from the list of entries displayed</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Payment Type GL Accounts.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Payment Type GL Accounts.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Payment Type GL Accounts.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Payment Type GL Account Type help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_GlAccountTypePaymentType.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+     <para>The Payment Type GL Account Type Id is used to translate (or map) the different payment types to a specific GL Account Type Id. The GL Account Type Id is then used via the 'GL Account Type Id' defaults to translate to one side of a journal entry.</para>
+    <para>NOTE: This GL Account default is used to link to another one of the GL Account defaults.</para>
+    <para>A Payment Type is just a way to categorize transactions. Examples of Payment Types could be as follows:</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Commission Payments</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Customer Payments</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Vendor (or Supplier) Payments</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Customer Refunds</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Customer Prepayments or Deposits</para></listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <para>These payment types can then be mapped to the required account type in the Chart of Account. Examples of these type of mappings could be as follows:</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Customer Payments are mapped to Account Receivable </para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Vendor (or Supplier) Payment are mapped to Account Payable</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Customer Refunds are mapped to Customer Credits</para></listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <section>
+    <title>How do I add a Payment Type / GL Account Type Id mapping?</title>
+    <para>There are currently 14 different Payment Type / GL Account Types mappings that come as part of the demo data with OFBiz and should cover a good variety of payment related transactions.</para>
+    <orderedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Select the 'Payment Type Id' from the drop down list</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Select the 'GL Account Type Id' to map it to from the drop down list</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Press the 'Save' button</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>The new 'Payment Type / GL Account Type' mapping is displayed in the list at the bottom of the screen</para></listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+    <title>How do I update a Payment Type / GL Account Type Id mapping?</title>
+    <para>A Payment Type / GL Account Type mapping cannot be updated directly but needs to be removed then re-created. If you try to update an existing entry you will get an 'duplicate key' error message.</para>
+    <orderedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Press the 'Remove' button next to the entry that you want to update</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>The entry is removed from the list of entries displayed</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Select the 'Payment Type Id' from the drop down list</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Select the updated 'GL Account Type Id' to map it to from the drop down list</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Press the 'Save' button</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>The new 'Payment Type / GL Account Type' mapping is displayed in the list at the bottom of the screen</para></listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+    <title>How do I remove a Payment Type / GL Account Type Id mapping?</title>
+    <orderedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Press the 'Remove' button next to the entry that you want to delete</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>The entry is removed from the list of entries displayed</para></listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Product Category GL Accounts.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Product Category GL Accounts.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Product Category GL Accounts.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+ -->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Product Category GL Accounts help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditProductCategoryGlAccounts.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+ 
+ <para>The Product Category GL Account is used to specify the default
+  account to be used for a specific 'Product Category' and 'Account
+  Type' combination. This setup will translate to one side of the
+  journal entry only.</para>
+ <para>It is used for tracking product category transactions at a more
+  detailed level. Examples could be as follows:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Tracking Accounts Receivable by Product Category in the General
+    Ledger</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Tracking Cost of Goods by Product Category in the General
+    Ledger</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Tracking Commissions paid by Product Category in the General
+    Ledger</para>
+  </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>The demo data gives an idea of the use of product categories to
+  classify or separate different products streams. If specific
+  accounting or management reporting is required at this level then the
+  General Ledger can be setup to provide this detail. </para>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I add a new Product Category / GL Account Type mapping?
+  </title>
+  <para>By default there are no Product Category / GL Account Type
+   mappings that are configured as part of the OFBiz demo data.</para>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the 'Account Type' from the drop down list (NOTE: In
+     other screens this field is call the 'GL Account Type Id'.....)
+    </para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the ' GL Account' to map it to from the drop down list
+    </para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Enter or look up the 'Product Category Id' to be used</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Add' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The new mapping will be displayed in the list at the bottom of
+     the screen</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I update a Product Category / GL Account type mapping?
+  </title>
+  <para>A Product Category / GL Account Type mapping can be updated by
+   modifying the GL Account only. If the product category or the Account
+   Type needs to be updated then the mapping will need to be deleted and
+   then re-entered using the new product category or Account Type.
+  </para>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Locate the entry that needs to be updated in the list of
+     Product Category / GL Account Type mappings</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Modify the 'GL Account 'by using the drop down list next to
+     the 'GL Account' field</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Update' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The updated mapping will be displayed</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I remove a Product Category / GL Account Type mapping?
+  </title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Locate the entry that needs to be deleted in the list of
+     Product Category / GL Account Type mappings</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Remove' button next to the entry</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Fin Account Type GL Accounts.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Fin Account Type GL Accounts.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Fin Account Type GL Accounts.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+ -->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Financial Account GL Account Type help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditFinAccountTypeGlAccounts.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+ 
+ <para>The FinAccount Type GL Account (Financial Account Type / GL
+  Account Type) is used to specify the default account to be used for a
+  specific type of Financial Account. This setup will translate to one
+  side of the journal entry only.</para>
+ <para>IMPORTANT NOTE: There is a limitation that only one account can
+  be specified per Financial Account type. Currently there are 6 types
+  of Financial Account (Bank, Deposit, Investment, Gift Certificate,
+  Replenish, Service Credit) - so if you have more than one of these
+  type of accounts that you need to track separately then there could be
+  a problem. </para>
+ <para>This mapping is normally be triggered if something is paid or
+  uses a Financial Account. Using the demo data this mapping is
+  triggered when someone purchases a gift certificate, or pays money
+  into a financial account.</para>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I add a new Financial Account Type / GL Account mapping?
+  </title>
+  <para>By default there are 4 Financial Account Type / GL Type mappings
+   that are configured as part of the OFBiz demo data.</para>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the 'FinAccount Type Id' from the drop down list</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the ' GL Account' to map it to from the drop down list
+    </para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Add' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The new mapping will be displayed in the list at the bottom of
+     the screen</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I update a Financial Account Type / GL Account mapping?
+  </title>
+  <para>A Financial Account Type / GL Account Type mapping can be
+   updated by modifying the GL Account only. Unlike other screens in
+   this area if the GL Account Type needs to be updated then it can be
+   done by creating a new record with the correct GL Account type which
+   will overwrite the existing record.</para>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Locate the entry that needs to be updated in the list of
+     Financial Account Type / GL Account Type mappings</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Modify the 'GL Account 'by using the drop down list next to
+     the GL Account field</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Update' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The updated mapping will be displayed</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I remove a Financial Account Type / GL Account mapping?
+  </title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Locate the entry that needs to be deleted in the list of
+     Financial Account Type / GL Account Type mappings</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Remove' button next to the entry</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Purchase Invoice.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Purchase Invoice.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Purchase Invoice.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Purchase Invoice help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_GlAccountPurInvoice.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+ 
+ <para>The Purchase Invoice sub menu is used to specify the default
+  account to be used for the individual line items that appear on a
+  Purchase Invoice. The items are identified by a line description which
+  can be mapped to a specific general ledger account. Purchase invoices
+  can be made up of a variety of items as well as the product that is
+  being bought (eg discounts, promotions, work effort or labour costs
+  etc). The majority of businesses will want to track these type of
+  items separately in the general ledger and this screen will allow this
+  type of setup.</para>
+ <para>This setup will translate to one side of the journal entry only.
+ </para>
+ <para>IMPORTANT: This screen is one of the screens where the default
+  entries that are displayed here are entered via the Global GL Settings
+  under the sub menu 'Invoice Item Type'. This screen allows users to
+  override the global settings for the Purchase Invoice item type. An
+  example of why this could be necessary could be that a company many
+  want to isolate the sales reporting of a specific department or
+  business unit separately (eg subledgers etc) but still have the option
+  of a 'catch all' global general ledger account.</para>
+ <para>VERY IMPORTANT NOTE: Need to do more investigation but the it
+  looks like these Purchase Invoice mappings dont work when used as part
+  of the Purchase Order to Purchase Invoice Process.(Have been doing
+  some tests to try and get it to post to a different account than
+  'Uninvoiced Shipment Receipts' and 'Inventory' but hasnt worked so
+  far.) We need to be able to specify things such as Sales Tax, Freight
+  and any Purchase Order adjustments.</para>
+ <para>These override mappings do work if there is no Purchase Order
+  just a Purchase Invoice as shown in the simple process below. How the
+  Purchase Invoice mappings are used is best shown by an example. A very
+  simple description of a Purchase Invoice Process could be as follows:
+ </para>
+ <orderedlist>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>You have ordered something from a supplier (eg indirect
+    purchasing such as stationery etc via phone)</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>The Supplier ships the products to you (NOTE: as they are not
+    stored in the Warehouse but in your offices - so dont need an
+    Inventory Receive.....????)</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>You receive the product and an invoice from the Supplier
+    (Purchase Invoice)</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>You enter the Purchase Invoice pay the Supplier the amount
+    invoiced</para>
+  </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>Let's focus on step of 4 in more detail.</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>You have received the product from the supplier with an invoice
+   </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>In OFBiz you enter the Purchase Invoice using 'Create New' in
+    the 'Invoices' menu of Accounting Manager</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Using the 'Items' sub menu you can create individual items on
+    the Purchase Invoice (eg Paper, Pens, Sales Tax etc and they dont
+    need to have a Product Id associated with them)</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>When you add a new invoice item to the Purchase Invoice it is
+    the 'Invoice Item Type' that is affected by the Purchase Invoice
+    override mappings</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>The Purchase Invoice can then be moved to various statuses
+    (Approved, Received, Ready or Cancelled)</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>When the status is moved to 'Ready' this is a trigger for an
+    'automatic' accounting transaction</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>The transaction type generated is called 'Purchase Invoice' and
+    it uses the Purchase Invoice override mappings</para>
+  </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>Transaction Type: Purchase Invoice, DR 516100 Purchase Order
+  Adjustments , DR ????? Sales Tax, CR 210000 Accounts Payable </para>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I add a new Purchase Invoice override mapping?</title>
+  <para>By default there are no Purchase Invoice override mappings that
+   are configured as part of the OFBiz demo data.</para>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the 'Invoice Purchase Item Type' from the drop down
+     list</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the ' Invoice Override Expense GL Account Id' to map it
+     to from the drop down list</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Save' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The new mapping will be displayed in the 'Invoice Override
+     Expense GL Account' column in the list at the bottom of the screen
+    </para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I update a Purchase Invoice override mapping?</title>
+  <para>An existing Purchase Invoice override mapping cannot be updated
+   but needs to be removed and a new mapping added. If you try to add an
+   override to an item that already has an override you will get a
+   duplicate record error message.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I remove a Purchase Invoice override mapping?</title>
+  <para>NOTE: Only the override mapping can be deleted. The default
+   mapping record cannot be deleted here (even though the Remove button
+   is displayed next to it!)</para>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Locate the entry that needs the override deleted in the list
+     of Purchase Invoice override mappings</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Remove' button next to the entry</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The override mapping will be removed from the 'Invoice
+     Override Expense GL Account' column of the entry </para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Variance Reason GL Accounts.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Variance Reason GL Accounts.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Variance Reason GL Accounts.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Variance Reason GL Accounts help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditVarianceReasonGlAccounts.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+ 
+ <para>The Variance Reason / GL Account default is used for mapping any
+  stock differences to a particular general ledger account. If there are
+  variances in the number of products that are in stock then this
+  affects the value of inventory in the general ledger. By using this GL
+  default you can offset any differences in stock to the relevant
+  general ledger account.</para>
+ <para>The number of products (or items) in stock can vary. These
+  differences can be caused by numerous reasons. Some of these could be
+  as follows:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Products have been damaged</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Products were lost or stolen</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Products were found </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Under or over supply of a Product from a Supplier (eg. You have
+    ordered 10 and 11 are delivered....) </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Free samples or giveaways to potential clients</para>
+  </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>NOTE: These mappings are used in Catalog Manager when a manual
+  inventory adjustment is done through the Inventory Item screens.
+ </para>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I add a new Variance Reason / GL Account mapping?
+  </title>
+  <para>There are 6 mappings that come as part of the OFBiz demo data.
+  </para>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the 'Variance Reason Id' from the drop down list</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the 'GL Account Type Id' to map it to from the drop
+     down list</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Add' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The new 'Variance Reason / GL Account Type' mapping is
+     displayed in the list at the bottom of the screen</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I update a Variance Reason / GL Account mapping?</title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the 'Variance Reason Id' from the drop down list</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the updated 'GL Account Type Id' to map it to from the
+     drop down list</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Add' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The updated 'Variance Reason / GL Account Type' mapping is
+     displayed in the list at the bottom of the screen</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I remove a Variance Reason / GL Account mapping?</title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Remove' button next to the entry that you want to
+     delete</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The entry is removed from the list of entries displayed</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Sales Invoice.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Sales Invoice.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/GL Account Type Defaults/Sales Invoice.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Sales Invoice help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>SOME_SOURCE</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+ 
+ <para>The Sales Invoice sub menu is used to specify the default account
+  to be used for the individual line items that appear on a Sales
+  Invoice. The items are identified by a line description which can be
+  mapped to a specific general ledger account. Sales invoices can be
+  made up of a variety of items as well as the product that is being
+  sold (eg discounts, promotions, work effort or labour costs etc). The
+  majority of businesses will want to track these type of items
+  separately in the general ledger and this screen will allow this type
+  of setup.</para>
+ <para>This setup will translate to one side of the journal entry only.
+ </para>
+ <para>A key mapping used is linked directly to the Product Type (eg
+  Invoice Digital Good Item, Invoice Finished Good Item, Invoice
+  Finished/Digital Good Item....). This controls where the sales revenue
+  received from the sale of the product is stored in the general ledger
+ </para>
+ <para>Only a limited number of general ledger accounts that are
+  available to be mapped. Currently this is 7 and limited to the
+  accounts that have been assigned to the organisation from the Global
+  Chart of Accounts that have a 'GL Account Class Id' = 'Revenue' (NOTE:
+  You will see that Discounts on Sales is not available to be selected
+  because it's GL Account Class Id = 'Cost of Goods Sold Expense'. It
+  appears as a default because it is setup in the Global GL settings
+  that doesnt seem to have any limitations of the account.)</para>
+ <para>IMPORTANT: This screen is one of the screens where the default
+  entries that are displayed here are entered via the Global GL Settings
+  under the sub menu 'Invoice Item Type'. This screen allows users to
+  override the global settings for the Sales Invoice item type. An
+  example of why this could be necessary could be that a company many
+  want to isolate the sales reporting of a specific department or
+  business unit separately (eg subledgers etc) but still have the option
+  of a 'catch all' global general ledger account.</para>
+ <para>If an override account is added it will appear in the Override GL
+  Account column on the screen.</para>
+ <para>The only mapping that seems a bit out of place here is Sales Tax.
+  It is blank because Sales Tax is setup using Tax Authorities so dont
+  know why you would want to override the Sales Tax account to a Sales
+  Revenue Account.</para>
+ <para>NOTE: Also need to highlight that in the Global Settings it uses
+  the ENUM description to select the item and there are duplicate
+  descriptions between the Sales Invoice and the Purchase Invoice. Not
+  too much of a problem here but it does cause problems in Agreements
+  when setting up things like Commissions based on line items as you
+  cant tell the difference between the description of a Sales Invoice
+  item called 'Invoice Adjustment' and a Purchase Invoice item called
+  'Invoice Adjustment' ..... except by trial and error</para>
+ <para>How the Sales Invoice mappings are used is best shown by an
+  example. A very simple description of an online Sales Order Process
+  could be as follows:</para>
+ <orderedlist>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Customer Orders a Product (and Creates a Sales Order)</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Customer Pays for Product (via Credit Card, Internet Banking
+    etc)</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Vendor confirms Payment and Dispatches the Product to the
+    Customer</para>
+  </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>Let's focus on the second part step of 3 in more detail.</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>The vendor has verified that the customer payment has been
+    received</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>In OFBiz Order Manager they will then look up the relevant
+    Sales Order and then click the 'Quick Ship Entire Order' button to
+    log the dispatch of the order in the system</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>The 'Quick Ship Entire Order' button is a trigger for an
+    'automatic' accounting transaction</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>The transaction type that is triggered is called 'Sales
+    Invoice' </para>
+  </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>Transaction Type: Sales Invoice DR 120000 Accounts Receivable, DR
+  410000 Discounts on Sales, DR 400000 Sales, CR 22????? Sales Tax
+  Collected </para>
+ <para>DR Sales is used for item promotions where product cost is simply
+  reversed. Only order promotions are coded to Discounts. The Sales Tax
+  account will be dependent on your sales tax setup. The demo data posts
+  to tax accounts by US state.</para>
+ <para>One of the CR (or Credit) entries for the Sales Invoice
+  transaction is created using the Sales mapping defined here in the
+  Sales Invoice (and the other is created another GL Account default for
+  'Tax Authority GL Accounts')</para>
+ <para>All of the the DR (or Debit) entries for the Sales Invoice
+  transaction (except for Accounts Receivable which is comes from the GL
+  Account Type defaults) are created using the mappings defined here in
+  the Sales Invoice</para>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I add a Sales Invoice override mapping?</title>
+  <para>By default there are no Sales Invoice override mappings that are
+   configured as part of the OFBiz demo data.</para>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the 'Invoice Item Type' from the drop down list</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the ' Override Revenue GL Account Id' to map it to from
+     the drop down list</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Save' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The new mapping will be displayed in the 'Override GL Account'
+     column in the list at the bottom of the screen</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I update a Sales Invoice override mapping?</title>
+  <para>An existing Sales Invoice override mapping cannot be updated but
+   needs to be removed and a new mapping added. If you try to add an
+   override to an item that already has an override you will get a
+   duplicate record error message.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I remove a Sales Invoice override mapping?</title>
+  <para>NOTE: Only the override mapping can be deleted. The default
+   mapping record cannot be deleted here (even though the Remove button
+   is displayed next to it!)</para>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Locate the entry that needs the override deleted in the list
+     of Sales Invoice override mappings</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Remove' button next to the entry</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>he override mapping will be removed from the 'Override GL
+     Account' column of the entry</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/Chart of Accounts.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/Chart of Accounts.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/Chart of Accounts.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+ -->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Chart of Accounts help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_ListGlAccountOrganization.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+ 
+ <para>OFBiz comes with a master template for a very comprehensive chart
+  of accounts. This can be found in 'Global GL Defaults' under the
+  'Accounting' tab.</para>
+ <para>A couple of points to note</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>you do not need to use all the accounts defined in this master
+    template (but it may be simpler to look for the accounts that you
+    can use or rename)</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>you can create your own additional accounts if you dont want to
+    use the ones in the master template</para>
+  </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>The chart of accounts for the default organisation (Company) is
+  built up by selecting the accounts that you want to use from the
+  global chart of accounts master template. This means that if you want
+  to create a new account then you need to create it first in the Global
+  Chart of Accounts and then link (or assign) it to the chart of
+  accounts for Company.</para>
+ <para>Details of the Chart of Accounts can be exported as a CSV file or
+  PDF using the buttons displayed.</para>
+ <para>IMPORTANT NOTE: You need to be careful if you do decide to create
+  your own accounts that they contain all the details required and that
+  they are linked into the relevant configuation for the setup of the GL
+  defaults. This means that if you change an account (eg Inventory) to
+  one of your own - you need to check the GL defaults setup and replace
+  any reference to the Inventory account to the one you have created.
+ </para>
+ <para>This Chart of Accounts screen is used to define the list of
+  accounts (or chart) that will be actively used by the company.For
+  example the Global chart of accounts may contain 100 different
+  accounts but only 20 need to be used for your specific business. This
+  means the you need only to create assignments to the accounts that you
+  actively want to use.</para>
+ <para>The Chart of Accounts is a mixture of business needs (ie being
+  able to track the information you need for your business) and tax
+  requirements (i.e. legal or government requirements necessary for
+  operating a business). The type of Chart that you setup will be
+  dependent of your business type.</para>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I create a Chart of Accounts?</title>
+  <para>As mentioned above the chart of accounts for the default
+   organisation (Company) is built up by selecting the accounts that you
+   want to use from the global chart of accounts master template. This
+   means that if you want to create a new account then you need to
+   create it first in the Global Chart of Accounts and then link (or
+   assign) it to the chart of accounts for Company. By creating an
+   assignment to an account it is then added to the Chart of Accounts.
+  </para>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the account Gl Account Id that you need from the drop
+     down box</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Create Assignment' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The account is added to the Chart of Account</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I update a Chart of Accounts?</title>
+  <para>Updating the Chart of Accounts will involve either creating a
+   new assignment or removing an existing one. A new assignment is
+   created using the instructions above. The added complication may be
+   that the account that you need does not exist in the Global Chart of
+   Accounts. As mentioned above it will need to be created and then
+   linked.</para>
+  <para>See the instructions below to remove an existing account
+   assignment. </para>
+  <para>NOTE: If a completely new account is required that does not
+   already exist as part of the Global Chart of Accounts template then
+   it will need to be created as part of the Global template first
+   before it can be used as an assignment in the Organisation Chart of
+   Accounts.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I delete a Chart of Accounts?</title>
+  <para>Accounts are not deleted from the Chart of Accounts - they are
+   simply no longer selected to be used.</para>
+  <para>It is important that you do not remove accounts that are active
+   and have already been used for transactions. Even if the net balance
+   of the account is zero then from an audit perspective then you should
+   not be removing accounts.</para>
+  <para>You should only be looking to remove accounts that have not been
+   used. To un-link or un-assign accounts from the default company then
+   use the Entity Data Maintenance from the Webtools menu. Look for the
+   entity 'GlAccountOrganization' and delete the record to remove the
+   link.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I update the details for an account in the Chart of
+   Accounts?</title>
+  <para>Details of the accounts that make up the Chart of Accounts can
+   be accessed from this screen. </para>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Click on the 'GL Account Id' of the account required</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The 'Edit GL Account' screen is displayed showing the details
+     of the account selected (NOTE:This screen is also accessible via
+     'Global GL Settings / Chart of Account / Navigate Accounts '</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Amend the fields required (NOTE: The GL Account Id and Posted
+     Balance fields cannot be amended)</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Update' button </para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/Journals.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/Journals.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Organizatin GL Settings/Available Internal Organizations/Accounting Preferences/Journals.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+ -->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Journals help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_SetupGlJournals.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+ 
+ <para>A journal is a detailed accounting transaction that is recorded
+  (or posted) to the General Ledger. It is made up of a debit and a
+  credit component.(IMPORTANT NOTE TO CHECK: Is this screen really about
+  Journals or is it about Suspense Accounts.....??????)</para>
+ <para>NOTE: By default in OFBIZ a journal called 'ERROR_JOURNAL' is
+  created as part of the demo data installation.This 'ERROR_JOURNAL' is
+  referenced in the Accounting Preferences setup for 'Company'. The
+  'ERROR_JOURNAL' is used to store details of any transaction that fails
+  and cannot be posted to a general ledger account. Transactions falling
+  into error can be as the result of incomplete setup or an invalid
+  transaction (eg a transaction that should never occur).</para>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I create a journal?</title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Enter a journal name in the Gl Journal Name field (eg
+     MY_JOURNAL)</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Submit' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The journal is created and will appear in the journal list at
+     the bottom of the screen (Note that the Journal ID is automatically
+     generated)</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I update a journal?</title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the journal to be updated from the list of journals at
+     the bottom of the screen</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The journal details will be displayed on the screen</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Update the Gl Journal Name (as this is currently the only
+     field that can be updated)</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Submit' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The updated journal will appear in the journal list at the
+     bottom of the screen</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I delete a journal?</title>
+  <para>Be careful if you need to remove an existing journal as it may
+   have transactions associated with it.</para>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Remove' button next to the journal that you want to
+     delete</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The journal is deleted and the screen is redisplayed</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Billing Account Payments.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Billing Account Payments.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Billing Account Payments.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Billing Account Payments help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_BillingAccountPayments.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>This sub menu allows the creation of a payment that is automatically applied to the
+        billing account.</para>
+    <para>It is used when a payment has been received from a customer that is used to pay off the
+        balance (or part balance) of a billing account. </para>
+    <para>An example of how this works is similar to a credit card statement where a list of
+        transactions have been incurred over the previous month and one payment is used to settle
+        the outstanding balance.</para>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I add a payment to a billing account?</title>
+        <para>
+            <orderedlist>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Select the 'Payments' sub menu</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>The 'Create Payment' screen is displayed</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Enter or use the lookup to enter the 'From Party Id' (NOTE: By default
+                        this will be the Bill To Party of the Billing Account)</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Select the 'Organisation Party Id' from the drop down box</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Select the 'Payment Type Id' from the drop down box (NOTE: By default this
+                        will be set to 'Customer Deposit')</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Leave the 'Payment Method Type' as 'Billing Account' (NOTE TO CHECK: What
+                        happens if you do change this....)</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Enter the 'Amount' of the payment</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'Create' button</para>
+                </listitem>
+            </orderedlist>
+        </para>
+        <para>The new entry is displayed at the bottom of the screen. </para>
+        <para>NOTE: The total amount of the payment will be applied to the Billing Account. This can
+            be verified by going to Accounting / Payments menu and locating the newly created
+            payment. The 'Amount to Apply' column will be zero.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I update a payment for a billing account?</title>
+        <para>A payment can be updated for a billing account by amending the amount of the payment
+            that has been applied to the billing account. For example if a payment of $100 has been
+            applied to a billing account it can be amended so that only $75 will be applied and $25
+            will be available to be applied elsewhere.</para>
+        <para>
+            <orderedlist>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Click on the 'Payment Id' of the payment that needs to be removed</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>The 'Payment Overview' screen is displayed</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'Update' button in the 'Payments Applied' box</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>The 'Payment Applications' screen is displayed</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Locate the 'Billing Account Id' and 'Amount Applied'</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Amend the 'Amount Applied' for the billing account</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'Update' button next to the entry that refers to the 'Billing
+                        Account Id'</para>
+                </listitem>
+            </orderedlist>
+        </para>
+        <para>A message will be displayed saying that the payment has been removed from the billing
+            account</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I delete a payment from a billing account?</title>
+        <para>A payment can be removed from billing account by removing the link that has applied
+            the payment to the billing account.</para>
+        <para>
+            <orderedlist>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Click on the 'Payment Id' of the payment that needs to be removed</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>The 'Payment Overview' screen is displayed</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'Update' button in the 'Payments Applied' box</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>The 'Payment Applications' screen is displayed</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'Remove' button next to the entry that refers to the 'Billing
+                        Account Id'</para>
+                </listitem>
+            </orderedlist>
+        </para>
+        <para>A message will be displayed saying that the payment has been removed from the billing
+            account</para>
+        <para>NOTE : The above example was done when the payment status was at 'Not Paid' - need to
+            test if it still works if the payment status is at 'Received' or 'Confirmed' too.
+        </para>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Billing Account Orders.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Billing Account Orders.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Billing Account Orders.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Billing Account Orders help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_BillingAccountOrders.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>This sub menu lists the details of any Sales Orders that have
+        been charged to the billing account. A Sales Order is charged to a
+        billing account by selecting the billing account as the Payment
+        Method.</para>
+    <para>NOTE: The details displayed here in conjunction with the
+        'Payments' sub menu could also be used to generate a customer
+        statement or account showing details of customer activity during a
+        specified time period.</para>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Edit Billing Account.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Edit Billing Account.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Edit Billing Account.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Edit Billing Account help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditBillingAccount.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>The 'Account' sub menu is used to enter the basic details required for setting up a new
+        billing account or editing an existing one.</para>
+    <para>It can be used to create or update the following details for a Billing Account:</para>
+    <para>
+        <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Billing Account Identification</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Party to be Billed</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Billing Account Limit (NOTE: This is how much credit the customer will be
+                    given eg $5000)</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Currency to be used for Billing Account</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Start and End Dates </para>
+            </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+    </para>
+    <para>NOTE: There are currently two ways to add a party to a billing account.</para>
+    <para>
+        <orderedlist>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Enter a party id in the 'Party Billed To' field</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Use the 'Roles' sub menu to add a party id with the role of 'Bill To
+                    Customer'</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>If using the first method then when you press the update button this removes
+                    the party id from this field and automatically creates the party under the Roles
+                    sub menu with the role of 'Bill To Customer' </para>
+            </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+    </para>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I create a new Billing Account?</title>
+        <para>NOTE TO CHECK: If the party doesnt have the role 'Bill To Customer' is it
+            automatically added when the billing account is created or will the creation
+            fail?..</para>
+        <para>Example: To create a new Billing Account</para>
+        <para>
+            <orderedlist>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'New' button and the 'Edit Billing Account' screen is
+                        displayed</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Enter a code or number for the 'Billing Account Id' (NOTE: If this is left
+                        blank a number will be automatically generated)</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Enter a number for the 'Billing Account Limit' (eg 5000)</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Leave the 'Account Currency UOM Id' as it is (NOTE: This should be the
+                        default currency for Company...)</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Enter a description that can be used to identify the Billing Account (eg
+                        Joe Bloggs Builders Billing Account)</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Leave the 'Contact Mech' field as it is (NOTE: This field cannot be filled
+                        in until either the 'Party Billed To' has been filled in or a party with the
+                        role of 'Bill To Customer' has been added under the 'Roles' sub menu</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Enter the Billing Account start date in the 'From Date' field. (NOTE: If
+                        left blank then this will default to the current date and time. NOTE TO
+                        CHECK: Can this date be in the future.....?)</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Leave the 'Thru date' field blank</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Enter or use the lookup to select the 'Party Billed To'</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'Update' button</para>
+                </listitem>
+            </orderedlist>
+        </para>
+        <para>After the 'Update' button has been pressed then the 'Contact Mech Id' field will
+            either be automatically filled in or will allow you to select a contact mech from a drop
+            down list </para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I update an existing Billing Account?</title>
+        <para>Billing Account details can be updated. A key field that may need to be updated is the
+            actual Billing Account Limit if a customer reduces or improves their credit
+            rating</para>
+        <para>Example: To Update a Billing Account</para>
+        <para>
+            <orderedlist>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Click on the 'Billing Account Id' of the Billing Account to updated</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>The 'Edit Billing Account' screen is displayed</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Enter the changes required</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'Update' button</para>
+                </listitem>
+            </orderedlist>
+        </para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I delete a Billing Account?</title>
+        <para>Billing Accounts cannot be deleted. They can only be expired. This means that they
+            will no longer be able to be used to associate invoices or payments against.</para>
+        <para>Example: To Expire a Billing Account</para>
+        <para>
+            <orderedlist>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para> Click on the 'Billing Account Id' of the Billing Account to be
+                        expired</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>The 'Edit Billing Account' screen is displayed</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Enter the current date in the 'Thru date' field</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'Update' button </para>
+                </listitem>
+            </orderedlist>
+        </para>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Find Billing Account.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Find Billing Account.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Find Billing Account.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+    <title>The Find Billing Account help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_FindBillingAccount.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>The default screen is for the Billing Account tab is 'Find
+        Billing Account'. It is used to locate existing billing accounts that
+        have been created.</para>
+    <para>The user has the option to select an existing billing account or
+        create a new one by clicking on the 'New' button.</para>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Billing Account Invoices.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Billing Account Invoices.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Billing Account Invoices.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Billing Account Invoices help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_BillingAccountInvoices.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>The Billing Account Find Invoices screen displays by default a list of invoices that have
+        been charged to the billing account.</para>
+    <para>Any invoice displayed here means that its invoice amount has been deducted from the
+        billing account credit limit.For example: If the Billing Account Credit Limit is $100 and
+        the there are 2 invoices displayed with amounts $10 and $25 then the available credit for
+        the billing account will be $75.</para>
+    <para>The invoice can be at various statues and there is an option to locate an invoice by
+        status.</para>
+    <para>It is also used to apply any payments that have been made into the Billing Account to an
+        invoice. A 'Capture' button is displayed next to each invoice displayed that has an amount
+        outstanding.</para>
+    <para>Example:</para>
+    <para>
+        <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Two invoices are charged to a Billing Account (Invoice A $10 and Invoice B
+                    $25)</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>A payment of $17 has been paid into the Billing Account</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>If the Capture button is pressed for the invoice A then $10 of the $17 payment
+                    will be applied to this invoice and a new payment transaction of $7 will be
+                    created and available to apply to a different invoice </para>
+            </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+    </para>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I locate an invoice by status?</title>
+        <para>
+            <orderedlist>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Select the 'Invoices' sub menu</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Use the drop down box to select the 'Status Id' for the invoice
+                        required</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'Submit' button</para>
+                </listitem>
+            </orderedlist>
+        </para>
+        <para>A list of invoices with the required status will be displayed </para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I capture a payment for an invoice?</title>
+        <para>IMPORTANT: In order for this to work a payment needs to have been made to the billing
+            account that has not been completely applied to any other invoices. Payments to a
+            billing account can be done via the 'Payments' sub menu for the billing account or by
+            using Accounting / Payments menu.</para>
+        <para>
+            <orderedlist>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Select the 'Invoices' sub menu</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Locate the invoice required (NOTE: The 'Amount to Apply' is the same as
+                        the 'Total' column)</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'Capture' button (NOTE: The 'Amount to Apply' is different to
+                        the 'Total' column)</para>
+                </listitem>
+            </orderedlist>
+        </para>
+        <para>The 'Capture' button is no longer displayed next to the invoice and an additional
+            payments transaction will be created for any difference between the invoice total and
+            the amount paid (Eg Invoice Total $100, Payment Amount $125, the new payment transaction
+            amount will be $25)</para>
+        <para>NOTE: The above example assumes that the payment available will cover the total amount
+            outstanding for the invoice</para>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Edit Billing Account Roles.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Edit Billing Account Roles.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Edit Billing Account Roles.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Billing Account Roles help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditBillingAccountRoles.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>This sub menu allows parties with specific roles to be associated with to a Billing
+        Account. Roles allows you to specify a party role. </para>
+    <para> is used to specify which party should be billed for the billing account. It can be used
+        as follows:</para>
+    <para>
+        <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Simple billing account for a single party</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>More complex billing account where multiple parties (eg company subsidiaries)
+                    charge invoices to the billing account but a different party (eg head office)
+                    will pay the account </para>
+            </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+    </para>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I add a party role to a billing account?</title>
+        <para>Select the 'Roles' sub menu</para>
+        <orderedlist>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Enter or use the lookup to select the 'Party Id'</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Select the 'Role Type Id' from the drop down box (eg Bill To Customer)</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Leave the 'From Date' blank (NOTE: If left blank it will default to the
+                    current date and time)</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Leave the 'Thru Date' blank</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Press the 'Add' button</para>
+            </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+        <para>The new party role is displayed at the bottom of the screen </para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I update a party role for a billing account?</title>
+        <para>The only field that can be updated for a party role is the 'Thru Date'. If any other
+            details need to be amended then the entry will need to be deleted and then
+            recreated.</para>
+        <para>
+            <orderedlist>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Select the 'Roles' sub menu</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Locate the entry that needs to be amended</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Enter or use the lookup to enter the 'Thru Date'</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'Update' button for the entry </para>
+                </listitem>
+            </orderedlist>
+        </para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I delete a party role from a billing account?</title>
+        <para>
+            <orderedlist>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Locate the entry that needs to be deleted</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'Delete' button next to the entry</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>The entry will be removed from the bottom of the screen </para>
+                </listitem>
+            </orderedlist>
+        </para>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Edit Billing Account Terms.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Edit Billing Account Terms.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Edit Billing Account Terms.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Billing Account Terms help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditBillingAccountTerms.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>This sub menu allows terms to be associated with a billing account. Currently these can be
+        the following:</para>
+    <para>
+        <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>payment terms (discounted if paid within specified days)</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>payment terms (due on a specified day per month)</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>payment terms (net days)</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>penalty terms (late fee)</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>penalty terms (collection agency fee)</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>miscellaneous (non returnable sales item)</para>
+            </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+    </para>
+    <para>>NOTE: There is an overlap here with the terms that can be specified in an agreement.
+        Would a billing account party also have an agreement for payment terms...? .</para>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I add terms to a billing account?</title>
+        <para>
+            <orderedlist>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Select the 'Terms' sub menu</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Select a 'Term Type' from the drop down box (eg. Payment net days)</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Leave the 'UOM' field blank</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Enter a number in the 'Term Value' field (eg. 30 which would mean '30
+                        days' when related to 'Payment net days')</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'Save' button</para>
+                </listitem>
+            </orderedlist>
+        </para>
+        <para>The term is displayed in the top part of the screen </para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I update terms for a billing account?</title>
+        <para>Select the 'Terms' sub menu</para>
+        <para>
+            <orderedlist>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'Edit' button next to the entry that needs to be amended</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>The details are displayed in the 'Edit Billing Account Terms' box</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Update the 'Term Type', 'UOM' or 'Term Value' as required</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'Save' button</para>
+                </listitem>
+            </orderedlist>
+        </para>
+        <para>The updated term is displayed in the top part of the screen </para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I remove terms from a billing account?</title>
+        <para>
+            <orderedlist>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Select the 'Terms' sub menu</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'Delete' button next to the entry that needs to be removed
+                    </para>
+                </listitem>
+            </orderedlist>
+        </para>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Billing Accounts.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Billing Accounts.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Billing Accounts/Billing Accounts.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>Billing Accounts.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_billing_accounts.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>A billing account is a way of allowing customers to consolidate several invoices into an
+        account that is paid off at a later date.Customers can be allocated a credit limit and
+        orders can be taken up to the value of the credit limit without any payment being made.
+        Statements to the customer can then be generated (eg monthly) and payment is made based on
+        the outstanding amount.</para>
+    <para>NOTE: A billing account does not change the flow of the normal Invoice and Payment
+        processes. It simply allows for a more structured organisation of Invoices and
+        Payments..</para>
+    <para>Billing Accounts can be used for the following:</para>
+    <para>
+        <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Setting credit limits for customers</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Keeping track of credit available to customer for purchase on account</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Keeping track of payments made in advance (NOTE TO CHECK: Could also use
+                    Financial Account for advance payments but need to understand the differences in
+                    functionality and process) </para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Keeping track of a subset of payments and invoices for a specific client, i.e.
+                    allowing them to have multiple billing accounts (NOTE TO CHECK: This is from
+                    David - does this mean having multiple accounts for one customer or does it mean
+                    one billing account can track a hierarchy of invoices and payments.....)</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Allow multiple authorised parties to bill against the same account which one
+                    party is responsible for paying (e.g. different offices of the same organisation
+                    may have one single account with a supplier to make use of order volume
+                    discounts)</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Managing and generating customer statements ??</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Customer specific order tracking</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Accounts Receivable / Debt Management</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Analysis and monitoring customer spending (creditworthiness / discounts /
+                    product popularity ???)</para>
+            </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+    </para>
+    <para>NOTE: A payment that is applied (or matched) to a Billing Account it should still be
+        applied to an invoice. In the case where the payment arrives before the invoice has been
+        generated then once the invoice is generated it should be applied to the payment or
+        payments.</para>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Edit Invoice Item Type.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Edit Invoice Item Type.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Edit Invoice Item Type.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Edit Invoice Item Type help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditInvoiceItemType.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para></para>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Edit Payment Method Type.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Edit Payment Method Type.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Edit Payment Method Type.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Edit Payment Method Type help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditPaymentMethodType.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para></para>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find GL Account Category/Edit Category.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find GL Account Category/Edit Category.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find GL Account Category/Edit Category.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Edit GL Account Category help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditGlAccountCategory.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para></para>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find GL Account Category/Find GL Account Category.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find GL Account Category/Find GL Account Category.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find GL Account Category/Find GL Account Category.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Find GL Account Category help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_FindGlAccountCategory.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para></para>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find GL Account Category/Edit Category Member.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find GL Account Category/Edit Category Member.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find GL Account Category/Edit Category Member.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Edit GL Category Member help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditGlAccountCategoryMember.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para></para>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/View Rates.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/View Rates.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/View Rates.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The View Rates help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_ViewRateAmounts.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para></para>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Edit Custom Time Period .xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Edit Custom Time Period .xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Edit Custom Time Period .xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Edit Custom Time Period help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditCustomTimePeriod.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para></para>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find Global GL Account/Assign GL Account.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find Global GL Account/Assign GL Account.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find Global GL Account/Assign GL Account.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Assign GL Account help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_AssignGlAccount.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>The chart of accounts for the default organisation is built up by selecting or 'assigning' accounts that you want to use from the global chart of accounts master template. This means that if you want to create a new account then it needs to be created in the global chart of accounts before it can be assigned to be used. </para>
+    <section>
+    <title>How do I assign a GL account?</title>
+    <orderedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Click on the 'Assign GL Account' tab</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Use the drop down box to select the 'GL Account Id' to required</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Use the drop down box to select the 'Party Id' to assign the GL Account to (NOTE: Only parties that have been setup under 'Organization GL Settings' will be displayed)</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Press the 'Create Assignment' button</para></listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+    <para>NOTE: All assignments for a party can be viewed under 'Organization GL Settings / Setup / Chart of Accounts' for the party required.</para>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find Global GL Account/Find Global GL Account.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find Global GL Account/Find Global GL Account.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find Global GL Account/Find Global GL Account.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Find Global GL Account help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_FindGlobalGlAccount.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para> The default screen is for the Global GL Settings tab is 'List Accounts'. If the demo data has been loaded then the default screen displays a list of the general ledger accounts that form the Global Chart of Accounts template. All general ledger accounts must exist in the global template before it can be assinged to be used at the organisation level (eg Company)</para>
+    <para>It is used to view or edit the details of the general ledger accounts in the global template and there are options to print or export the account details.</para>
+    <section>
+    <title>How do I view details for an account?</title>
+    <orderedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Locate the account required</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Click on account id</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>The account details will be displayed</para></listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find Global GL Account/Navigate Accounts.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find Global GL Account/Navigate Accounts.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Find Global GL Account/Navigate Accounts.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Navigate GL Accounts help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_GlAccountNavigate.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>This screen is split into two areas:</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem><para>one for navigating the general ledger accounts in the global template and;</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>the other for adding or editing the details of an account</para></listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <para>This screen can also be used as follows:</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem><para>To locate a particular account</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>To view the chart of account structure or hierarchy</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>To update the details of an existing account</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>To add a new account to the chart of accounts template</para></listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <para>NOTE: When adding or creating an account it is important to understand the fields used in the chart of accounts hierarchy. The following list tries to define these.</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem><para>GL Account Id: A unique identifier used to identify the account. (NOTE: If using the demo data chart of accounts template then keep any new accounts within the same structure)</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>GL Account Type Id: This appears to be a way of translating a business transaction into an accounting transaction (NOTE: In 'Organization GL Settings / Setup / GL Account Type Defaults' it is the GL Account Id that is used to specify which GL account that particular type of transaction will post to such as Accounts Payable, Accounts Receivable etc. When a payment is created thne based on the type of payment made such as 'Customer Deposit' then it will translate to a GL Account Type Id which in turn will map to an actual GL Account)</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>GL Account Class Id: This appears to be a classification system and hierarchy for reporting purposes.</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>GL Resource Type Id: This appears to be a way of specifying the type of account possibly for reporting (eg Services, Finished Goods, Labour, etc)</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>GL Xbrl Class Id: This appears to be indicate the which accounting standards are used. Current examples are as US Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (US GAAP) or International Accounting Standards (IAS) </para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Parent GL Account Id: The GL Account of an account that is the next level up in the chart of account hierarchy</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Account Code: This is the same as the GL Accound Id...not sure why???</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Account Name: The name or description of the account</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Description: A further or long description of the account or the details it will contain</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Product Id: This may be for specifying that only details for a specific product can be posted to this account...Needs To be verified...</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Posted Balance: For the Global Template this cannot be updated and is zero</para></listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <section>
+    <title>How do I add a new GL account?</title>
+    <orderedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Click on the 'Navigate Accounts' tab</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>The default display will be to add a new account</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Enter the 'GL Account Id' for the new account (NOTE:This must be entered)</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Enter the 'GL Account Type' for the new account</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Enter the 'GL Account Class Id' for the new account</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Enter the 'GL Resource Type Id' for the new account</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Enter the 'Parent GL Account Id' if required</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Enter the 'Account Code' for the new account (NOTE: This should be the same as the GL Account Id)</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Enter the 'Account Name' for the new account</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Press the 'Add' button</para></listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+    <title>How do I update an existing GL account?</title>
+    <orderedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Use the 'Navigate Accounts' window to find the account required</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Click on the Account Id and the details will be displayed in the lower part of the screen</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Update the details required</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Press the 'Update' button</para></listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Global Gl Settings.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Global Gl Settings.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Global Gl Settings.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>Global GL Settings.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_global_gl_settings.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>The Global GL Settings tab is where a limited global or 'master' accounting configuration can be done.</para>
+    <para>These include:</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Reviewing the chart of account structure or hierarchy (Navigate Accounts)</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Adding new accounts</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Updating an existing account (eg. change the description, change the type of account, change the parent account or hierarchy)</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Linking an account from the master chart to 'Company' or any other of your company departments, subsidiaries or business units</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Creating new component costs for products</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Setting default accounts for different types of payments</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Setting default accounts for invoice line items (Note: This includes all types eg: payroll, commission, purchase, return, sales etc)</para></listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <para>NOTE: Some of the configuration specified here can be over-ridden using the 'Organization GL Settings' tab</para>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Edit Cost Calculations.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Edit Cost Calculations.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Edit Cost Calculations.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Edit Cost Calculations help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditCostCalcs.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para></para>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Cost Centers.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Cost Centers.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/Cost Centers.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Cost Centers help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_CostCenters.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para></para>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/View Foreign Exchange Rates.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/View Foreign Exchange Rates.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Global GL Settings/View Foreign Exchange Rates.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The View Foreign Exchange Rates help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_ViewFXConversions.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>Foreign exchange rates are used to convert from one currency to another. Usually a business will want to work in one main currency (eg GBP) but will allow transactions in other currencies (eg EUR, USD). These currencies will need to be converted to the main currency at some point in order to generate financial reports (eg Balance Sheet or Income Statement) and most importantly to adhere to tax authority regulations.</para>
+    <para>OFBiz currently allows you to input to 3 different rates for the same currency using the 'Purpose' field. With this you can specify whether the conversion is to be used internally, externally or leave the field blank. Also the start and end date for a conversion can be specified beforehand.</para>
+    <section>
+    <title>How do I add a new foreign exchange rate?</title>
+    <para>To add a new rate for US Dollars (USD) to Euro (EUR)</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Using the drop down box on the 'From Currency' field, select 'American Dollar - USD'</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Using the drop down box on the 'To Currency' field, select 'Euro - EUR'</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>The 'Purpose' field can be left blank or you can select 'Internal Conversion' or 'External Conversion' from the drop down list</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Enter the exchange rate in the 'Rate' field (eg 0.72883) </para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Enter the 'From Date' (NOTE: If left blank then will default to the current date and time)</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Leave the 'Thru Date' blank</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Click the 'Update Foreign Currency Rates' button</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>The new foreign exchange rate will be displayed</para></listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    </section> 
+    <section>
+    <title>How do I update an existing foreign exchange rate?</title>
+    <para>NOTE: Existing foreign exchange rates cannot be updated - instead the existing rate is expired and a new rate is created. Currently up to 3 different exchange rates can be created by using the 'Purpose' field to distinguish them.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+    <title>How do I delete a foreign exchange rate?</title>
+    <para>Foreign exchange rates cannot be deleted. Existing rates can be expired by entering a new exchange rate for the same currency and purpose.</para>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payment Gateway Config/Edit Payment Gateway Config.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payment Gateway Config/Edit Payment Gateway Config.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payment Gateway Config/Edit Payment Gateway Config.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Edit Payment Gateway Config help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditPaymentGatewayConfig.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>This screen allows the user to update the payment gateway configuration.</para>
+    <para>A range of parameters need to be set before the payment gateway will work This includes
+        details of the username and password required for the validation of the external account
+        that will be using the gateway.</para>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I update a Payment Gateway Configuration?</title>
+        <para>
+            <orderedlist>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Select the gateway Find Payment Gateway Config screen</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Enter the details required for the configuration type selected (NOTE: This
+                        will be different for each individual configuration selected)</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'Update' button</para>
+                </listitem>
+            </orderedlist>
+        </para>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payment Gateway Config/Edit Payment Gateway Config Type.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payment Gateway Config/Edit Payment Gateway Config Type.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payment Gateway Config/Edit Payment Gateway Config Type.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Edit Payment Gateway Config Type help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditPaymentGatewayConfigType.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>This screen allows the update of an existing payment gateway configuration type.</para>
+    <para>NOTE: New Payment Gateway Configuration Types cannot be created via this screen.</para>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payment Gateway Config/Payment Gateway Config.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payment Gateway Config/Payment Gateway Config.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payment Gateway Config/Payment Gateway Config.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>Payment Gateway Config.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_payment_gateway_config.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>Payment Gateway Configuration is used to setup the parameters required for the system to
+        accept payments via different or external applications</para>
+    <para>Examples of these include:</para>
+    <para>
+        <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Paypal</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>PayFlow</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Authorise.net</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Clear Commerce</para>
+            </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+    </para>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payment Gateway Config/Find Payment Gateway Config.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payment Gateway Config/Find Payment Gateway Config.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payment Gateway Config/Find Payment Gateway Config.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Find Payment Gateway Config help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_FindPaymentGatewayConfig.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>The default screen allows the user to search for any payment gateway configurations that are setup.</para>
+    <para>Press the 'Lookup' button to see a list of existing configurations.</para>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payment Gateway Config/Find Payment Gateway Config Types.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payment Gateway Config/Find Payment Gateway Config Types.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payment Gateway Config/Find Payment Gateway Config Types.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Find Payment Gateway Config Types help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_FindPaymentGatewayConfigTypes.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>This screen lists some of the most common payment gateway
+        configuration types that have been created as part of the seed or demo
+        data.</para>
+        <para>Press the 'Lookup' button to see a list of existing payment gateway configuration types.</para>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Accounting.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Accounting.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Accounting.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
+or more contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file
+distributed with this work for additional information
+regarding copyright ownership.  The ASF licenses this file
+to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
+"License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+   
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+   
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
+software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+"AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
+KIND, either express or implied.  See the License for the
+specific language governing permissions and limitations
+under the License.
+-->
+<section version="5.0"
+         xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+         xml:id="acctintro" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+         xmlns:xs="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema"
+         xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>Accounting Introduction</title>
+
+  <info>
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>The Accounting system is organized according to age old and generally
+  accepted principles such as double-entry accounting, a General Ledger with
+  hierarchical accounts, journals and posting of transactions and
+  corresponding entries.</para>
+
+  <para>The structure is primary based on the OMG GL standard and the work
+  that was done on an AR/AP extension of the OMG GL standard. This correlates
+  well with other standards such as ebXML and OAGIS.</para>
+
+  <para>The Accounting entities are structured such that accounts for multiple
+  organizations can be managed. The multiple organizations could be multiple
+  companies, or departments or other organizations within a company. Each
+  Organization can have various GL Accounts associated with it so that it can
+  operate with its own subset of the Master Chart of Accounts.</para>
+
+  <para>Each Organization can also have its own set of Journals for
+  flexibility, even though the use of Journals should be as minimal as
+  possible in favor of allowing the system to automatically create and post
+  transactions based on business events triggered by standard procedures and
+  documents such as purchase and sales orders, invoices, inventory transfers,
+  payments, receipts, and so forth.</para>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority GL Accounts.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority GL Accounts.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority GL Accounts.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Edit Tax Authority GL Accounts screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditTaxAuthorityGlAccounts.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+ 
+ <para>The GL Accounts sub menu screen allows you specify which general
+  ledger account any tax calculated for this tax authority will be
+  posted. This is done at at organisation level so the minimum
+  requirement is that 'Company' is setup.</para>
+ <para>It is used to consolidate taxes for a specific tax authority into
+  one general ledger account. It can be very useful if you need to track
+  taxes for several tax authorities (eg different states or countries).
+ </para>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I add a new general ledger account for a Tax Authority?
+  </title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Enter or use the lookup to select the 'Organisation Party Id'
+     (NOTE: Normally this would be 'Company')</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Enter or use the lookup to select the 'GL Account'</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Add' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+  <para>NOTE: The GL account used must have already been created in the
+   Global GL Settings and linked to the chart of accounts for 'Company'
+  </para>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I update a general ledger account for a Tax Authority?
+  </title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The general ledger account can be updated by simply adding a
+     new account to replace the existing entry.</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Enter or use the lookup to select the 'Organisation Party Id'
+     (NOTE: Normally this would be 'Company')</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Enter or use the lookup to select the updated 'GL Account'
+    </para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Add' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The existing entry will be replaced by the updated GL Account
+    </para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+  <para>NOTE: Be careful when updating a general ledger account because
+   some transactions may have already been posted to the existing
+   account.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I delete a general ledger account for a Tax Authority?
+  </title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Locate the entry required</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Delete' button next to the entry that needs to be
+     deleted</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The entry is removed </para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority Party Information.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority Party Information.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority Party Information.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
+or more contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file
+distributed with this work for additional information
+regarding copyright ownership.  The ASF licenses this file
+to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
+"License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+   
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+   
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
+software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+"AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
+KIND, either express or implied.  See the License for the
+specific language governing permissions and limitations
+under the License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Edit Tax Authority Party Info screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditTaxAuthorityPartyInfo.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+       
+        <para>This screen is used to create or update details for a Tax Authority Party entry.</para>
+        <para>If a new entry is being created all fields are available to be entered. If an existing entry is being updated only limited fields are available to be amended.</para>
+        <section>
+        <title></title>
+        <para></para>
+        </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
+or more contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file
+distributed with this work for additional information
+regarding copyright ownership.  The ASF licenses this file
+to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
+"License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+   
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+   
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
+software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+"AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
+KIND, either express or implied.  See the License for the
+specific language governing permissions and limitations
+under the License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Edit Tax Authority screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditTaxAuthority.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+       
+        <para>The 'Edit Tax Authority' sub menu is the first of six sub menus used in the creation or update of a Tax Authority. On the creation or update of a Tax Authority it is the default screen that is displayed.</para>
+        <para>It can be used for updating the basic details of a Tax Authority such as:</para>
+        <orderedlist>
+        <listitem><para>Changing whether a tax id or code is required for an exemption</para></listitem> 
+        <listitem><para>Modifying the tax id or code format</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Updating where or not to include the tax calculation as part of the product price</para></listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+        <para>NOTE: An example of the Tax Id is as follows:</para>
+        <para>\d{2}\-\d{7}|\d{3}\-\d{2}\-\d{4} which translates to 99-9999999 or 999-99-9999</para>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority Product Rates.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority Product Rates.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority Product Rates.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Edit Tax Authority Product Rates screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditTaxAuthorityRateProducts.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+ 
+ <para>This screen allows the setup of tax rates and types. The rates or
+  type can be assigned globally to a store (ie tax will be applied to
+  all products at the same rate) or category (ie limited to products in
+  a specific category).</para>
+ <para>Other parameters are available to allow the user to limit whether
+  the tax is to be applied to all purchases / sales or only those which
+  are above a certain threshold. </para>
+ <para>Tax associated with shipping charges or promotions can also be
+  configured here.</para>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I add a new product tax rate?</title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Use the drop down box to select the tax 'Type' (eg Sales Tax)
+    </para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Use the lookup to select a 'Store Id' (or leave blank for all
+     Stores)</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>If a category has been setup it will be available for
+     selection in 'Category' field otherwise leave this blank</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Leave 'Title Transfer' blank</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Enter a value for the 'Minimum Price' for a product where the
+     tax is to be applied (NOTE: The Demo Data sets this as zero)</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Enter a value for the 'Minimun Purchase' where the tax is to
+     be applied (NOTE: The Demo Data sets this as zero)</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Use the drop down box to select whether 'Shipping Charges'
+     will be taxable</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Enter the tax rate in the 'Tax Percentage' field (eg 12.5)
+    </para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Use the drop down box to select whether products on
+     'Promotion' will be taxable</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Leave the 'From Date' and 'Thru Date' blank</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Enter the name of the tax in the 'Description' field (eg VAT)
+     as this will be displayed and printed on documents when the tax is
+     applied</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Add' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I update an existing product tax rate</title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the entry that needs to be updated</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Make the changes required</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Update' button next to the entry that needs to be
+     updated</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I delete a product tax rate?</title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Delete' button next to the entry that needs to be
+     removed</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+  <para>NOTE: The deletion of tax rates may cause audit problems
+   particularly if the rate has already been used as part of a
+   transaction. In this case it would be better to expire the old rate
+   using the 'Thru Date' field and then enter the new rate.</para>
+ </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Tax Authorities/List Tax Authority Parties.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Tax Authorities/List Tax Authority Parties.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Tax Authorities/List Tax Authority Parties.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The List Tax Authority Parties screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_ListTaxAuthorityParties.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+ 
+ <para>This screen list any parties that have been associated with a tax
+  authority and tax rate. To have any tax calculated for Sales Orders or
+  Purchase Orders then an entry must exist for 'Company'.</para>
+ <para>Entries can also be created, updated or deleted.</para>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I add a new Tax Authority Party Info?</title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'New Tax Authority Party Info' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Enter or use the lookup to select the 'Party Id'</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Leave the 'From Date' blank (NOTE: Default will be current
+     date and time)</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Leave the 'Thru Date' blank</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Enter the 'Party Tax Id' if required (NOTE: This can be VAT or
+     GST number)</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Use the drop down box to select whether the party select is
+     'Tax Exempt'</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Use the drop down box to select whether the party selected is
+     'Nexus' (See note below)</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Create' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+  <para>NOTE: 'Nexus' is a term that refers to an agreement for between
+   the tax authority and potential tax payer that the tax authority can
+   impose the tax. This is usually for Sales Tax. If you have a Sales
+   Tax that is uniformly applied to a product or range of products then
+   the 'Nexus' field can be set to 'Y'</para>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I update a Tax Authority Party Info?</title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Edit' button next to the entry that needs to be
+     amended</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Update the fields as required</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Update' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I delete a Tax Authority Party Info?</title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Delete' button next to the entry that needs to be
+     deleted</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority Assocsiations.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority Assocsiations.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority Assocsiations.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Edit Tax Authority Associations screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditTaxAuthorityAssocs.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+ 
+ <para>An association is a way of specifying how tax authorities can be
+  linked to each other.</para>
+ <para>It can be used in the situation where the tax structure is
+  hierarchical (eg city tax, plus county tax plus state tax).</para>
+ <para>Using associations allows tax rates from multiple authorities to
+  be applied to a particular order at once.</para>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I add a new association for a Tax Authority?</title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Enter or use the lookup to find the 'To Tax Auth Geo Id'
+    </para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Enter of use the lookup to find the 'To Tax Auth Party Id'
+    </para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Leave the 'From Date' blank (NOTE: It will default to the
+     current date and time</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Leave the 'Thru Date' blank</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the 'Type' from the dropdown or leave blank</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Add' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The new tax authority association is displayed at the bottom
+     of the screen.</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I update an association for a Tax Authority?</title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Only two fields are available for update, these are the 'Thru
+     Date' and 'Type'</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Enter the changes required</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Update' button next to the entry updated</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I remove an association for a Tax Authority?</title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Delete' button next to the entry that needs to be
+     deleted</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Find Tax Authority.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Find Tax Authority.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Find Tax Authority.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
+or more contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file
+distributed with this work for additional information
+regarding copyright ownership.  The ASF licenses this file
+to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
+"License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+   
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+   
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
+software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+"AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
+KIND, either express or implied.  See the License for the
+specific language governing permissions and limitations
+under the License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Find Tax Authorities screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_FindTaxAuthority.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>The default screen displays a list of Tax Authorities that have been setup.</para>
+    <para>IMPORTANT: You will need to create a party in Party Manager for the tax authority before
+        you can add a new tax authority in the accounting / tax authorities screen.</para>
+    <para>Steps to create the party to be used for the tax authority are as follows:</para>
+    <para>
+        <orderedlist>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Create New Party Group</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Fill in basic details (eg name, address etc)</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Once the party record is created then add the role of 'Tax Authority' to the
+                    party</para>
+            </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+    </para>
+    <para>Only when the tax authority party record is created can you continue.</para>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I create a new tax authority?</title>
+        <para>Press the 'New Tax Authority' button</para>
+        <para>
+            <orderedlist>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Select or enter the code for the country, state or region that is
+                        applicable for the 'Geo' field</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Select or enter the party id of the Tax Authority party that has been
+                        created in Party Manager</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Leave the 'Require Tax Id for Exemption' field at its default of 'Y'(NOTE:
+                        This triggers tax not to be charged if a valid Tax Id is found!)</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Leave 'Tax Id Format Pattern' blank (NOTE: This specifies the format of
+                        the Tax Id so that it can be validated)</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Fill in the 'Include Tax in the price' - the default is 'N'. (NOTE: If
+                        prices need to include tax such as GST or VAT in the price then change this
+                        to 'Y')</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'Update' button</para>
+                </listitem>
+            </orderedlist>
+        </para>
+        <para>NOTE: The above process creates the basic tax authority detail but there are further
+            details that can be added via the other tax authority sub menus</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I update a tax authority?</title>
+        <para>
+            <orderedlist>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Select the 'Edit' button next to the tax authority that you wish to
+                        update</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>The 'Edit Tax Authority' screen is displayed</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Update the details of the tax authority as required including any
+                        submenus</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'Update' button</para>
+                </listitem>
+            </orderedlist>
+        </para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I delete / remove a tax authority?</title>
+        <para>Tax authorities cannot be deleted via the Tax Authority screens. If they need to be
+            removed then it can be done via the Webtools and Entity Data maintenance.</para>
+        <para>NOTE: Be very careful removing tax authorities records unless you are completely
+            certain that they have not been already used for transaction calculations. </para>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority Categories.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority Categories.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Edit Tax Authority Categories.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Edit Tax Authority Categories screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditTaxAuthorityCategories.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+ 
+ <para>The Tax Authority Categories sub menu screen allows you link a
+  tax authority to a specific catalog or product category.</para>
+ <para>It can be used to add product categories to a tax authority. This
+  means that all products in this category will be taxed at the rate
+  specified for the tax authority.</para>
+ <para>An example of this could be separating products into categories
+  for export to different countries. A separate tax authority will be
+  associated with each category so that the specific tax rate for each
+  of them will be applied.</para>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I add a new Tax Authority / Category mapping?</title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Enter or Lookup the 'Category Id' to be mapped</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Add' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The new mapping will be displayed at the bottom of the screen
+    </para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I update a Tax Authority / Category mapping?</title>
+  <para>A Tax Authority / Category mapping cannot be updated. If it
+   needs to be changed then the entry must be deleted and then
+   re-entered.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I remove a Tax Authority / Category mapping?</title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Locate the entry that needs to be removed</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Delete' button next to the entry </para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Tax Authorities.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Tax Authorities.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Tax Authorities/Tax Authorities.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>Tax Authorities.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_tax_authorities.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>A tax authority is legal body usually the state (country) that imposes a financial levy on
+        business transactions.</para>
+    <para>In OFBiz tax authorities are used to calculate where business or related taxes are
+        due.</para>
+    <para>Tax setup is very important as it links into the calculated price that you can charge your
+        customers and also flows through into any related legal documents that are generated (eg
+        Sales Order, Sales Invoice, Purchase Order etc).</para>
+    <para>Each country or region will have specific rules regarding what should or should not be
+        taxed. There will also be very strict regulations on how taxable transactions should be
+        recorded and tracked in the general ledger or chart of accounts.</para>
+    <para>Tax authority setup allows configuration of the following :</para>
+    <para>
+        <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Income tax</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Value Added Tax (VAT) / Goods and Services Tax (GST)</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Import / Export tax /Custom and Excise Duty</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>State, City or County taxes </para>
+            </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+    </para>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payments/Payment Applications.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payments/Payment Applications.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payments/Payment Applications.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Payment Applications help screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_editPaymentApplications.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>The Payments Applications sub menu is where payments that have
+        been made (or received) can be linked or allocated to an invoice,
+        another payment, a billing account or a tax authority.</para>
+    <para>NOTE: General Ledger accounting transactions are generated during
+        the payment application process but unless your GL is setup with
+        Unapplied Cash and Applied Cash accounts - I'm not sure that there will
+        be any true accounting impact. In the Sales Order process the
+        accounting transaction generated the following GL Accounting
+        transaction is generated for 'Payment Applied'</para>
+    <para>The following options are currently available from this screen:    
+    </para><itemizedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Create New (Create a new payment)</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Status to 'Received' (Change the status of the current payment
+        to 'Received. NOTE: This will create the relevant accounting
+        transactions and post them to the general ledger)</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Status to 'Cancelled' (Change the status of the current payment
+        to 'Cancelled')</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Status to 'Confirmed' (Change the status of the current
+        invoice to 'Confirmed'. NOTE: This status option will not appear until
+        the status has been changed to 'Received')
+    </para></listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I apply a payment to an invoice?</title>
+        <orderedlist>
+        <listitem><para>Select the 'Applications' sub menu for the payment</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>A list of invoices will be displayed in the 'Possible Invoices
+            to Apply' box (NOTE: If no open invoices exist for the party that is
+            sending the payment then this may not list any invoices)</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Press the 'Apply' button next to the invoice (or invoices) that
+            this payment is for</para></listitem>
+        </orderedlist>    
+        <para>NOTE: Although it can be overriden the 'Amount to Apply' field
+            will default to the lesser of the invoice total or the payment
+            amount. This can be shown by examples as follows:</para>
+        <para>* If a payment of $150 is received but the invoice total is $120
+            then the 'Amount to Apply' will default to $120</para>
+        <para>* If a payment of $150 is received but the invoice total is $170
+            then the 'Amount to Apply' will default to $150
+        </para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I apply a payment to an invoice, tax authority, billing
+            account or another payment?</title>
+        <orderedlist>
+        <listitem><para>Select the 'Applications' sub menu for the payment</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Using the 'Apply this payment to' box at the bottom of the
+            screen</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Enter or use the lookup to enter the 'Invoice Id' to apply the
+            payment to (NOTE: This can be used if the invoice is to another party
+            eg ordered by a subsidiary but paid for by another company of the
+            same group)</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Enter or use the lookup to enter the 'To Payment Id' to apply
+            the payment to if required (NOTE TO CHECK: How does this work....?)
+        </para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Enter or use the lookup to enter the 'Billing Account Id' to
+            apply the payment to if required</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Enter or use the drop down box to select the 'Tax Auth Geo Id'
+            to apply the payment to if required (NOTE TO CHECK: This is a country
+            so need to test how this actually works......)</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Enter an amount in the 'Amount to Apply' (NOTE: This must be
+            less than or equal to the payment amount)</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Press the 'Apply' button
+        </para></listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payments/Create New Payment.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payments/Create New Payment.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payments/Create New Payment.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The New Payment help screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_newPayment.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>This screen is used to create a new payment. Payments can be
+        incoming (eg from a customer) or outgoing (eg to a supplier). Payment
+        types are used to describe what the payments are used for in the
+        system.</para>
+    <para>Examples of incoming payment types are as follows:</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Customer Deposit</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Customer Payment</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Interest In</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>POS In (POS = Point of Sale)</para></listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <para>Examples of outgoing payment types are as follows:</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Commission Payment</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Pay Check</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Income Tax Payment</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Vendor Payment</para></listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I create a new incoming payment?</title>
+        <orderedlist>
+        <listitem><para>Press the 'Create New Payment' button</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>The New Incoming Payment / New Outgoing Payment screen is
+            displayed</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Leave 'Organization Party Id' with its default of 'Company'
+        </para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>
+            Select the 'Payment Type Id' from the drop down box (NOTE: This
+            is currently limited to the following: Customer Deposit, Customer
+            Payment, Interest In, POS Paid In and Gift Certificate Deposit)
+        </para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Enter the payment amount in the 'Amount' field</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Enter or use the lookup to find the 'From Party Id'</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Select the 'Payment Method Type' from the drop down box (eg how
+            the payment was paid - cash, cheque, money order etc)</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Leave the 'Currency' field with its default of 'USD' (NOTE: This
+            default comes from Company)</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Press the 'Create' button</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>The payment header is created and the default header
+            screen will be displayed subsection content</para></listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+         <para>NOTE: Need to understand what happens if customer pays in a
+            currency that is not the company default.... if the exchange rate is
+            specified then I think it should convert the currency to the default
+            currency for accounting purposes.... need to investigate and test.
+        </para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I create a new outgoing payment?</title>
+        <orderedlist>
+        <listitem><para>Press the 'Create New Payment' button</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>The New Incoming Payment / New Outgoing Payment screen is
+            displayed</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Leave 'Organization Party Id' with its default of 'Company'
+        </para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Select the 'Payment Type Id' from the drop down box (NOTE: This
+            is currently limited to 11 entries including Commission Payment,
+            Customer Refund, Vendor Payment, Income Tax Payment)</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Enter the payment amount in the 'Amount' field</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Enter or use the lookup to find the 'To Party Id'</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Select the 'Payment Method Type' from the drop down box (eg how
+            the payment is to be paid - cash, cheque, money order etc)</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Leave the 'Currency' field with its default of 'USD' (NOTE: This
+            default comes from Company)</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Press the 'Create' button</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>The payment header is created and the default header screen will
+            be displayed subsection content</para></listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payments/Edit Payment.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payments/Edit Payment.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payments/Edit Payment.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Payment Header help screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_editPayment.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>The Header screen displays the header details for the payment
+        transaction and allows all fields to be updated if required. </para>
+
+    <para>The following options are currently available from this screen:
+    </para><itemizedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Create New (Create a new payment)</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Status to 'Received' (Change the status of the current payment
+        to 'Received. NOTE: This will create the relevant accounting
+        transactions and post them to the general ledger)</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Status to 'Cancelled' (Change the status of the current payment
+        to 'Cancelled')</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Status to 'Confirmed' (Change the status of the current invoice
+        to 'Confirmed'. NOTE: This status option will not appear until the
+        status has been changed to 'Received')</para></listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I update the header details for a Payment?</title>
+        <orderedlist>
+        <listitem><para>Select the 'Header' sub menu and the header details of the
+            payment will be displayed</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Update the fields required</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Press the 'Update' button</para></listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payments/Payment Overview.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payments/Payment Overview.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payments/Payment Overview.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Payment Overview help screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_paymentOverview.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>The Payments Overview screen displays the summary details of the
+        payment. On one side it shows information related to the payment
+        transaction header (eg Payment Type, Status, Amount, Effective Date
+        etc) and the other it shows if the payment has been applied (or
+        matched) to an invoice or billing account etc.</para>
+    <para>The following options are currently available from this screen:
+    </para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Create New (Create a new payment)</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Status to 'Received' (Change the status of the current payment
+        to 'Received. NOTE: This will create the relevant accounting
+        transactions and post them to the general ledger)</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Status to 'Cancelled' (Change the status of the current payment
+        to 'Cancelled')</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Status to 'Confirmed' (Change the status of the current invoice
+        to 'Confirmed'. NOTE: This status option will not appear until the
+        status has been changed to 'Received')</para></listitem>
+     </itemizedlist>
+        
+    <para>NOTE: The general ledger transactions generated as a result of
+        the payment are based on the GL Account Type defaults for Company as
+        follows:</para>
+        <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Debit Entry (GL Account Type defaults)</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Credit Entry (Payment Method Id / GL Account Id)</para></listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payments/Payments.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payments/Payments.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payments/Payments.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>Payments.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_payments.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>Payments are transactions that received by or generated by a business. They can be incoming or outgoing. Incoming payments are normally from customers and outgoing ones to suppliers. </para>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payments/Find Payments.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payments/Find Payments.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payments/Find Payments.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Find Payments help screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_findPayments.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>The default screen is 'Find Payment' which allows the user to
+        search for and view the details related to a payment transaction.
+        Specific search criteria can be entered as a filter to locate the
+        payment quickly. </para>
+    <para>
+        Payments can be incoming or outgoing and the demo data contains a
+        list of payment type descriptions that describe the reason for the
+        payment in more detail (eg Customer Deposit, Tax Payment, Commission
+        Payment etc).
+        </para>
+    <para>This screen is used to locate existing payments that have been
+        created
+        automatically by the system or manually by the user. There are
+        links
+        from this page that can be used to do the following: </para>
+        <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Create a new incoming or outgoing payment
+    </para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Find Sales Invoices by due date 
+    </para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Find Purchase Invoices by due date </para></listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I view all payments?</title>
+        <orderedlist>
+        <listitem><para>Press the 'Search' button to view all payments</para></listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I locate an existing payment?</title>
+        <orderedlist>
+        <listitem><para>Enter the 'Payment ID' if known</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Enter a word from the payments 'Comment'field if known</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Enter the 'Payment Type Id' if known</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Enter the 'From Party Id' if known (NOTE: In most cases for an
+            incoming payment this will be the customer party id)</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Enter the payment amount in the 'Amount' field if known</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Enter some details from the payment reference number in the
+            'Reference No' field if known
+        </para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Enter the status of the payment in the 'Status Id' field if
+            known</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Enter the 'To Party Id' if known (NOTE: In most cases for an
+            incoming payment this will the the customer party id. For outgoing
+            payments this will be the supplier id, or customer id for a refund)
+        </para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Press the 'Search' button to view all payments</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>All payments that meet the search criteria will be displayed.
+        </para></listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payments/Find Purchase Invoices By Due Date.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payments/Find Purchase Invoices By Due Date.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payments/Find Purchase Invoices By Due Date.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Find Purchase Invoices By Due Date help screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_FindPurchaseInvoicesByDueDate.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>This screen allows the user to search for and locate Purchase
+        Invoices based on their due date. The 'Due Date' can be defined as the
+        last possible date that payments can be received for the invoice
+        without triggering any late payment penalties. The 'Invoice Date' can
+        be defined as the date that the invoice was created and this is
+        normally based on when products were received or services were
+        provided.</para>
+    <para>NOTE TO CHECK: See if the same bug that exists with Sales
+        Invoices is here too.</para>
+    <para>A Purchase Invoice may be due to be paid immediately or you may
+        be given a 'grace period' after which the invoice is due.</para>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I find Purchase Invoices by Due Date?</title>
+        <orderedlist>
+        <listitem><para>Press the 'Find Purchase Invoices by Due Date' button</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>The Find Purchase Invoices by Due Date screen is displayed
+        </para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Enter the 'Organization Party Id' (eg. Normally this will be
+            Company)</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Enter the 'Party Id' that the Purchase Invoice (eg. Normally
+            this will be the Supplier Party Id)</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Enter a number in the 'Days Offset' field that represents the
+            number of in which the invoice will become due (eg If an invoice is
+            due to be paid in 5 days then enter 5 or greater)</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Press the 'Select' button</para></listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payments/Find Sales Invoices By Due Date.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payments/Find Sales Invoices By Due Date.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Payments/Find Sales Invoices By Due Date.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Find Sales Invoices By Due Date help screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_FindSalesInvoicesByDueDate.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>This screen allows the user to search for and locate Sales
+        Invoices based on their due date. The 'Due Date' can be defined as the
+        last possible date that payments can be received for the invoice
+        without triggering late payment penalties. The 'Invoice Date' can be
+        defined as the date that the invoice was created and this is normally
+        based on when products were shipped or services were provided.</para>
+       
+    <para>NOTE TO CHECK: There appears to be a minor bug here as if the
+        Invoice 'Due Date' is different to the Invoice Date (eg. Invoice
+        Creation Date) then the Invoice Date is used as the Due Date in this
+        screen which I dont think is correct......</para>
+
+    <para>A Sales Invoice may be due to be paid immediately or as in some
+        cases the customer is given a 'grace period' after which the invoice
+        is generated and becomes due. Examples of this include only generating
+        a customer invoice after a certain amount of time after the dispatch
+        of their order. (NOTE: There are several ways this can be achieved in
+        OFBiz including the use of agreements and billing accounts).
+    </para>
+    <para>This screen can be used to locate Sales Invoices as follows:
+    </para><itemizedlist>
+    <listitem><para>That will become due within a fixed timeframe (eg the next 5
+        days)</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>That may already be overdue</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>That have been automatically generated by the system (eg as a
+        result of Agreements based on payment in 30 days etc....TO CHECK)
+    </para></listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <para>NOTE: See details from Jacopo below regarding future work
+        regarding Find Sales Invoice by Due Date and Find Purchase Invoice by
+        Due Date functionality:</para>
+
+    <para>* The two links are used to search invoices' due dates for
+        payments - there are plans to add links to quickly create payments for
+        them etc. So they are somewhat in the middle between an invoice thing
+        and a payment thing. By the way, for now I will close this issue
+        because
+        the best spot to place them is in the AR and AP applications,
+        but there
+        is still a lot of work to do to make them usable. </para>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I find a Sales Invoice by Due Date?</title>
+        <orderedlist>
+        <listitem><para>Press the 'Find Sales Invoices by Due Date' button</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>The Find Sales Invoices by Due Date screen is displayed</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Enter the 'Organization Party Id' (eg. Normally this will be
+            Company)</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Enter the 'Party Id' that the Sales Invoice (eg. Normally this
+            will be the Customer Party Id)</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Enter a number in the 'Days Offset' field that represents the
+            number of in which the invoice will become due (eg If an invoice is
+            due to be paid in 5 days then enter 5 or greater)</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Press the 'Select' button</para></listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/Edit Agreement Workeffort.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/Edit Agreement Workeffort.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/Edit Agreement Workeffort.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Agreement Work Effort Applications help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditAgreementWorkEffortApplics.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+
+    
+    <para>This screen is used to link a work effort to the whole agreement or an individual agreement item.</para>
+    <section>
+    <title>How do I add a work effort to an agreement?</title>
+    <orderedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Use the drop down box to select the 'Agreement Item Seq Id'</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Use the lookup to select the 'Workeffort Id'</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Press the 'Add' button</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>The new entry is displayed in the lower part of the screen</para></listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+    <title>How do I update a work effort for an agreement?</title>
+    <para>Work efforts can only be added or deleted. They cannot be updated</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+    <title>How do I delete a work effort from an agreement?</title>
+    <orderedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Press the 'Delete' button for the entry that needs to be deleted</para></listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/Find Agreements.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/Find Agreements.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/Find Agreements.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Find Agreements help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_FindAgreement.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+
+    
+    <para> The default screen is for the Agreements tab is 'Find Agreements'. It is used to locate existing agreements that have been created. The user has the option to</para>
+    <itemizedlist><listitem><para>use the 'Find' button to locate an existing agreement or </para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>create a new one by clicking on the 'Create Agreement' button.</para></listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <section>
+    <title>How do I locate an existing agreement?</title>
+    <orderedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Enter search option details if known</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Press the 'Find' button</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>A list of existing agreements will be displayed</para></listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+    <title>How do I create a new agreement?</title>
+    <orderedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Press the 'Create Agreement' button</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>The 'Edit Agreement' screen is displayed</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Enter the details required and press the 'Submit' button</para></listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+    <title>How do I cancel an agreement?</title>
+    <orderedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Locate the agreement required</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Press the 'Cancel' button on the agreement entry that needs to be cancelled</para></listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/Edit Agreement Roles.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/Edit Agreement Roles.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/Edit Agreement Roles.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Edit Agreements Roles help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditAgreementRoles.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+
+    <para>This screen is used to assign a party roles for an agreement.</para>
+    <section>
+    <title>How do I add a party role to an agreement?</title>
+    <orderedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Use the lookup to select the 'Party Id'</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Use the drop down box to select the 'Party Role Id'</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Press the 'Add' button (NOTE: If the party does not have this role associated with them then an error will be displayed)</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>The new entry will be displayed in the lower part of the screen</para></listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+    <title>How do I update a party role for an agreement?</title>
+    <para>Party roles can only be added and deleted. They cannot be updated.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+    <title>How do I delete a party role from an agreement?</title>
+    <orderedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Press the 'Remove' button for the entry that needs to be deleted.</para></listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/Agreements.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/Agreements.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/Agreements.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+ <title>Agreements</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_agreements.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+
+    
+    <para>An agreement is a way of recording a business arrangements or contract that your business makes with other companies or individuals. Common examples include Payment Terms (where you allow a customer up to 30 days to pay you) or Prompt Payment Discounts (where you offer a reduction on the amount owing if your customer pays you before a certain date)</para>
+    <para>It can be used for the following:</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Defining Payment Terms for Customers or Suppliers</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Defining Sales Commissions</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Setting up Prompt Payment Discounts</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Setting up Price Lists (NOTE TO DO: Need to investigate how this logic overlaps with PRICE RULES in Catalog Manager)</para></listitem>
+   <listitem><para>Defining Late Fee Penalties</para></listitem>
+   <listitem><para>Defining preferred freight carriers or specific codes to be used</para></listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/Edit Agreement Terms.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/Edit Agreement Terms.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/Edit Agreement Terms.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+ -->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Edit Agreement Terms help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditAgreementTerms.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+
+ 
+ <para>Agreement Terms are the rules that make up the agreement.
+  Agreements may have a one or more terms.</para>
+ <para>Examples of agreement terms from a sales and purchase viewpoint
+  include the following:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Payment due within a certain timeframe (eg 30 days)</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Discounts for early payment</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Specifying Late fee penalties</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Purchasing agreements</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Specifying commission rates</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Exclusive Relationship</para>
+  </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>NOTE: Agreements can also be specified for Employment, Legal, Non
+  Compete etc.</para>
+ <para>Agreement terms are configured by linking them to the Invoice
+  Item Type.</para>
+ <para>IMPORTANT NOTE: The drop down box for 'Invoice Item Type'
+  contains what appears to be duplicates for items such as 'Invoice
+  Fee', 'Invoice Discount', 'Invoice Finished Good Item' etc. These are
+  NOT duplicates one of these entries refers to the Sales Invoice and
+  the other refers to the Purchase Invoice. As the descriptions are
+  exactly the same it is impossible to know which refers to which so
+  needs to be done using trial and error!</para>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I add a payment term for 30 days?</title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select 'Payment Net Days' from the 'Term Type Id' drop down
+     box</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Enter '30' in the 'Term Days' field</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Submit' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I add a discount term of 2% if paid within 10 days?
+  </title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select 'Payment Discounted if paid with Specified Days' from
+     the 'Term Type Id' drop down box</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Enter '2' in the 'Term Value' field</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Enter '10' in the 'Term Days' field</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Submit' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I specify pricing in a specific currency only for this
+   customer or supplier?</title>
+  <para>This is done using the 'Agreement Items' sub menu</para>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I delete a payment term?</title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Locate the payment term required</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Remove'on the entry that needs to be removed</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/Edit Agreements.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/Edit Agreements.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/Edit Agreements.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Edit Agreement help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditAgreement.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+   
+     <para>The 'Agreement' sub menu is used to enter the basic details required for setting up a new
+        agreement or editing an existing one.</para>
+    <para>It can be used to create or update the following details for an Agreement:</para>
+   <itemizedlist>
+   <listitem><para>The parties the agreement is between and their roles</para></listitem>
+   <listitem><para>The agreement type (eg Sales, Purchase, Commission, Employment etc)</para></listitem>
+   <listitem><para>Specific products </para></listitem>
+   <listitem><para>Start and End Date</para></listitem>
+   <listitem><para>Description</para></listitem>
+   </itemizedlist>
+  <section>
+    <title>How do I edit an agreement?</title>
+    <orderedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Find the agreement that needs to be amended</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Click on Agreement Id</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>The 'Edit Agreement' screen will be displayed</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Amend the details required and press the 'Submit' button (NOTE: Additional agreement details can be updated via the other tabs eg Agreement Terms, Agreement Roles, Agreement Items and Agreement Work Effort Appls)</para></listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+   </section>
+   <section>
+   <title>How do I copy an existing agreement?</title>
+   <orderedlist>
+   <listitem><para>Find the agreement that needs to be copied</para></listitem>
+   <listitem><para>Click on the Agreement Id</para></listitem>
+   <listitem><para>The 'Edit Agreement' screen will be displayed</para></listitem>
+   <listitem><para>At the bottom of the screen press the 'Copy' in the 'Copy Agreement' window (NOTE: The default tick boxes will copy the agreement terms, products and party. If not required then click on the boxes to stop them being copied)</para></listitem>
+   </orderedlist>
+   </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Parties.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Parties.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Parties.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Agreement Items Parties help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_ListAgreementItemParties.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+
+    
+    <para>This screen is used to display any parties that have been linked to this agreement item.</para>
+    <section>
+    <title>How do I create a party for an agreement item?</title>
+    <orderedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Press the 'New' button</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>The 'Edit Agreement Item Party' screen is displayed</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Manually enter or use the lookup to select the 'Party Id'</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Press the 'Submit' button</para></listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+    <title>How do I remove a party for an agreement item?</title>
+    <orderedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Press the 'Delete' button for the entry that needs to be deleted.</para></listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Products.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Products.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Products.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Agreement Item Products help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_ListAgreementItemProducts.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+
+
+    <para>This screen is used to link a specific product or products to an agreement. This can be useful for restricting a discount or product pricing to a particular product (or range of products) for a specific customer.</para>
+    <section>
+    <title>How do I add a product to an agreement item?</title>
+    <orderedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Press the 'New Product' button</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>The 'Edit Agreement Item Product' screen is displayed</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Manually enter or use the lookup to select the 'Product Id'</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Enter the 'Price' to be associated to the product for this agreement item</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Press the 'Submit' button</para></listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+    <title>How do I update a product linked to an agreement item?</title>
+    <orderedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Select the product required by clicking on the 'Product Id'</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>The 'Edit Agreement Item Product' screen is displayed</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Update the 'Price' for the product (NOTE: Only product price is available for update)</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Press the 'Submit' button</para></listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+    <title>How do I delete a product from an agreement item?</title>
+    <orderedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Press the 'Remove' button on the entry that needs to be deleted</para></listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+ </section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement ItemTerms.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement ItemTerms.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement ItemTerms.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Edit Agreement Item Term help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditAgreementItemTerm.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+
+    
+    <para>This screen is used to create or update the terms for an agreement item.</para>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Geo.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Geo.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Geo.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The List Agreement Geo help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_ListAgreementGeographicalApplic.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+
+    
+    <para>This screen is used to display a list of the geographical locations that are valid for the agreement item.</para>
+    <section>
+    <title>How do I create a new geographical location for an agreement item?</title>
+    <orderedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Press the 'New' button</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>The 'Edit Agreement Geographical Application' screen is displayed</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Use the drop down box to select the 'Geo Id'</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Press the 'Submit' button</para></listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+    <title>How do I delete a geographical location for an agreement item?</title>
+    <orderedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Press the 'Delete' button for the entry that needs to be deleted</para></listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Promotions.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Promotions.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Promotions.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Agreements Item Promotions help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_ListAgreementPromoAppls.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+
+    
+    <para>This screen is used to enter or maintain any promotions that are associated with the Agreement Item. This can be useful if you want to limit where a particular promotion is applied. Promotions are setup in Catalog Manager and can be selected here.</para>
+    <section>
+    <title>How do I add a promotion to an agreement item?</title>
+    <orderedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Press the 'Add New Promotion' button</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>The 'Edit Agreement Promo Applications' screen is displayed</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Select the 'Product Promo Id' from the drop down box</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Enter the 'From Date'</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Enter the 'Thru Date' if required (NOTE:This can be left blank)</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Enter the 'Sequence Num' if required</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Press the 'Submit' button</para></listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+    <title>How do I edit an existing promotion for an agreement item?</title>
+    <orderedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Select the agreement item promotion by clicking on on the promotion id</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>The 'Edit Agreement Promo Applications' screen is displayed</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Update the details required</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Press the 'Submit' button</para></listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+    <title>How do I delete a promotion from an agreement item?</title>
+    <orderedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Press the 'Remove' button on the entry that needs to be deleted.</para></listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Item Geo.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Item Geo.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Item Geo.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Edit Agreement Geo help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditAgreementGeographicalApplic.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+
+    
+    <para>This screen is used to create a geographical location for an agreement item.</para>
+    <para>NOTE: A new entry can be created or removed but not updated.</para>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Terms.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Terms.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Terms.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Agreements Item Terms help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_ListAgreementItemTerms.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+
+    
+    <para>This screen is used to enter or maintain terms that are specific to an agreement item. The terms available are the same as those found under the 'Agreement Terms' tab and any related terms will be displayed both here and under the 'Agreement Items' tab .</para>
+    <section>
+    <title>How do I create a term for an agreement item?</title>
+    <orderedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Press the 'Create Term' button</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>The 'Edit Agreement Item Term' screen is displayed</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Enter the term details required</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Press the 'Submit' button</para></listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+   </section>
+   <section>
+   <title>How do I update a term for an agreement item?</title>
+   <orderedlist>
+   <listitem><para>Select the term for the agreement item by clicking on the term id</para></listitem>
+   <listitem><para>The 'Edit Agreement Item Term' screen is displayed</para></listitem>
+   <listitem><para>Update the details required</para></listitem>
+   <listitem><para>Press the 'Submit' button</para></listitem>
+   </orderedlist>
+   </section>
+   <section>
+   <title>How do I delete a term for an agreement item?</title>
+   <orderedlist>
+   <listitem><para>Press the 'Remove' button on the term entry that needs to be deleted.</para></listitem>
+   </orderedlist>
+   </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Item Products.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Item Products.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Item Products.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Edit Agreement Item Product help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditAgreementItemProduct.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+
+    
+    <para>This screen is used to create or update a product entry for an agreement item.</para>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Items.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Items.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Items.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Edit Agreement Item help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditAgreementItem.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+
+    
+    <para>This screen allows specific items to be added to agreement. Currently these are limited to the following:</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Pricing</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Commission Rate</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Sub-Agreement</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Exhibit</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Section</para></listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <section>
+    <title>How do I create an agreement item?</title>
+    <orderedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Press the 'Create Agreement Item' button</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>The 'Edit Agreement Item' screen is displayed</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Select the 'Agreement Item Type Id' from the drop down box</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Use the drop down box to select the 'Currency' for the Agreement Item</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Enter any 'Agreement Text' if required</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Enter path for 'Agreement Image' if required</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Press the 'Submit' button</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>A new sub menu will be displayed containing 'Promotions','Terms','Products','Party' and 'Geo' for additional details that can be setup for the agreement item</para></listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+    <title>How do I edit an agreement item?</title>
+    <orderedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Select the agreement item to be updated by clicking on the Agreement Item Id</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>The 'Edit Agreement Item' screen is displayed</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Update the fields required (NOTE: Additional details can be updated by selecting the Promotions, Terms, Product, Party or Geo sub menus)</para></listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Item Parties.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Item Parties.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Item Parties.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Edit Agreement Item Party help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditAgreementItemParty.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+
+    
+    <para>This screen is used to add or update a party linked to an agreement item. This could be useful for storing specific contact names associated with an agreement item.</para>
+    <section>
+    <title>How do I update a party for an agreement item?</title>
+    <para>Parties for an agreement item cannot be updated. They can only be added or removed.</para>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Items.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Items.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Items.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The List Agreement Items help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_ListAgreementItems.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+
+    
+    <para>This screen is used to display a list of items that have been created for an agreement.</para>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Supplier Products.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Supplier Products.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/List Agreement Item Supplier Products.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The List Agreement Item Supplier Products help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_ListAgreementItemSupplierProducts.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+
+    
+    <para>This screen is used to link a specific product (or range of products) to an agreement. This can be useful for restricting a discount or product pricing to a product (or range of products) for a particular supplier.</para>
+    <para>NOTE: Products created here will be linked to the product and can be view using Catalog Manager. Entries can be viewed under the Product 'Suppliers' and 'Agreements' tabs.</para>
+    <section>
+     <title>How do I add a product to an agreement item?</title>
+    <orderedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Press the 'New Product' button</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>The 'Edit Agreement Item Product' screen is displayed</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Manually enter or use the lookup to select the 'Product Id'</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Enter the 'Available From Date'</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Leave the 'Thru Date' blank</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Using the drop down box select the 'Supplier Order Pref Id'</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Enter the 'Last Price'</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Enter 'Supplier Product Id'</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Enter any other details as required or leave blank</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Press the 'Submit' button</para></listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+    <title>How do I update a product linked to an agreement item?</title>
+    <orderedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Select the product required by clicking on the 'Product Id'</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>The 'Edit Agreement Item Product' screen is displayed</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Update the details as required</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Press the 'Submit' button</para></listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+    <title>How do I delete a product from an agreement item?</title>
+    <orderedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Press the 'Remove' button on the entry that needs to be deleted</para></listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Item Supplier Products.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Item Supplier Products.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Agreements/List Agreement Items/Edit Agreement Item Supplier Products.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Edit Agreement Item Supplier Product help screen</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditAgreementItemSupplierProduct.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+
+    
+    <para>This screen is used to create or update a product entry for a supplier agreement item. Any updates made in this screen can also be viewed in Catalog Manager for the product under the product 'Suppliers' and 'Agreements' tabs.</para>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Withdraw/New Deposit Payment.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Withdraw/New Deposit Payment.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Withdraw/New Deposit Payment.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
+or more contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file
+distributed with this work for additional information
+regarding copyright ownership.  The ASF licenses this file
+to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
+"License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+   
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+   
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
+software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+"AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
+KIND, either express or implied.  See the License for the
+specific language governing permissions and limitations
+under the License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Financial Account New Deposit Payment screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_NewDepositPayment.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>This screen allows the user to create an incoming payment to a financial account that has
+        been linked to the company bank account.</para>
+    <para/>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I create a New Deposit Payment?</title>
+        <para>
+            <orderedlist>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'Create New Deposit Payment' button</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>The 'Create New Deposit for Financial Account' screen is displayed</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Select the 'Payment Type' from the drop down menu (NOTE: Only incoming
+                        transaction payment types are shown)</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Select the 'Payment Method Type' from the drop down menu (eg Cash)</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Enter or use the lookup to select the 'From Party Id' (eg
+                        DemoCustomer)</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Enter or use the lookup to select the 'To Party Id' (eg Company)</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Enter the date of the deposit in the 'Effective Date' field</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Enter the amount in the 'Amount' field for the deposit</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>If required then tick the box next to 'Deposit Payment in:....' (NOTE: If
+                        this is ticked then the transaction will not be displayed and so will not
+                        have a deposit slip associated with it)</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'Create' button</para>
+                </listitem>
+            </orderedlist>
+        </para>
+        <para>The new transaction will be created.</para>
+        <para>NOTE: The default status of the payment will be 'Received'.A new payment transaction
+            will be created and it will be linked to the specified bank account but the status of
+            the transaction will be 'Created'.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I view a newly created Deposit Payment transaction?</title>
+        <para>
+            <orderedlist>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Go to the 'Transactions' submenu</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'Search' button</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>The newly created transaction should be displayed in the search results at
+                        the bottom of the screen.</para>
+                </listitem>
+            </orderedlist>
+        </para>
+        <para>NOTE: If when the transaction was created the 'Deposit Payment in:....' was ticked
+            then the transaction will not be displayed on this screen. It will still show up under
+            the 'Transactions' tab and linked to the bank account.</para>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Withdraw/New Withdrawal Payment.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Withdraw/New Withdrawal Payment.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Withdraw/New Withdrawal Payment.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
+or more contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file
+distributed with this work for additional information
+regarding copyright ownership.  The ASF licenses this file
+to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
+"License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+   
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+   
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
+software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+"AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
+KIND, either express or implied.  See the License for the
+specific language governing permissions and limitations
+under the License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Financial Account New Withdrawal Payment screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_NewWithdrawalPayment.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>This screen allows the user to create an outgoing payment to a financial account that has
+        been linked to the company bank account.</para>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I create a New Withdrawal Payment?</title>
+        <para>
+            <orderedlist>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'Create New Withdrawal Payment' button</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>The 'Create New Withdrawal for Financial Account' screen is
+                        displayed</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Select the 'Payment Type' from the drop down menu (NOTE: Only outgoing
+                        transaction payment types are shown)</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Select the 'Payment Method Type' from the drop down menu (eg Cash)</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Enter or use the lookup to select the 'From Party Id' (eg Company)</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Enter or use the lookup to select the 'To Party Id' (eg
+                        DemoSupplier)</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Enter the date of the withdrawal in the 'Effective Date' field</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Enter the amount in the 'Amount' field for the withdrawal</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>If required tick the box next to 'Withdrawal Payment from:....' (NOTE: If
+                        this is ticked then the transaction will not be displayed but it can be
+                        found under the 'Transactions' tab for the bank account.)</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'Create' button</para>
+                </listitem>
+            </orderedlist>
+        </para>
+        <para>The new transaction will be created.</para>
+        <para>NOTE: The default status of the payment will be 'Sent'. A new payment transaction will
+            be created and it will be linked to the specified bank account and will have a default
+            status of 'Created'.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I view a newly created Withdrawal Payment transaction?</title>
+        <para>
+            <orderedlist>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Go to the 'Transactions' submenu</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'Search' button</para>
+                </listitem>
+            </orderedlist>
+        </para>
+        <para>The newly created transaction should be displayed in the search results at the bottom
+            of the screen.</para>
+        <para>NOTE: If when the transaction was created the 'Withdrawal Payment from:....' was
+            ticked then the transaction will not be displayed on this screen. It will still show up
+            under the 'Transactions' tab and linked to the bank account</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+        <title/>
+        <para/>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Withdraw/Financial Accout Deposit Withdraw.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Withdraw/Financial Accout Deposit Withdraw.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Withdraw/Financial Accout Deposit Withdraw.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
+or more contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file
+distributed with this work for additional information
+regarding copyright ownership.  The ASF licenses this file
+to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
+"License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+   
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+   
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
+software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+"AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
+KIND, either express or implied.  See the License for the
+specific language governing permissions and limitations
+under the License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Financial Account Deposit / Withdraw screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_PaymentsDepositWithdraw.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>By default this screen will display all payment transactions both incoming and outgoing
+        that have not already been associated with a financial account that represents one of the
+        company's bank accounts.</para>
+    <para>This screen also gives the option to create new deposit or withdrawal payments.</para>
+    <para>The user can select a number of incoming deposit payments (eg Customer Payments etc) and
+        group them together into a payment group (i.e AR Batch of Payments) that will create a
+        'deposit slip'.</para>
+    <para>If you select a number of incoming payments and dont group them then no payment group is
+        created (and therefore not deposit slip either) but the individual transactions will be
+        created for the 'bank account' financial account.</para>
+    <para>Note that outgoing payments cannot be grouped together and will not create a 'deposit
+        slip'.</para>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I list Deposit or Withdrawal Payments not linked to a Bank Account?</title>
+        <para>
+            <orderedlist>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'Find' button on the 'Deposit/Withdraw' screen.</para>
+                </listitem>
+            </orderedlist>
+        </para>
+        <para>All deposit and withdrawal transactions not associated with a bank 'financial account'
+            will be displayed.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I group payments and create a deposit slip?</title>
+        <para>
+            <orderedlist>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press 'Find' to list all Deposit or Withdrawal payments</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Use the 'Select All' or click on the check box associated with the
+                        transactions required </para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Enter a name for the Payment Party Group Name (eg XYZ Deposits) to group
+                        the transactions together</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'Deposit/Withdraw' button</para>
+                </listitem>
+            </orderedlist>
+        </para>
+        <para>A deposit will be created that can be viewed under the 'Deposit Slip' tab and grouped
+            transaction will be created under the 'Transactions' tab with a link to the deposit slip
+            breakdown</para>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Financial Account authorizations.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Financial Account authorizations.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Financial Account authorizations.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
+or more contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file
+distributed with this work for additional information
+regarding copyright ownership.  The ASF licenses this file
+to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
+"License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+   
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+   
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
+software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+"AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
+KIND, either express or implied.  See the License for the
+specific language governing permissions and limitations
+under the License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Edit Financial Account Authorizations screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>SOME_SOURCE</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>An authorization is a temporary transaction showing a commitment to take money from a
+        financial account. It is like a 'transaction in progress' where there can be delay between
+        when you buy something and the time it actually appears on your statement.</para>
+    <para>Authorizations can be time limit specific meaning that they can be controlled by entering
+        a start and end date so that they are only valid for a certain length of time. They can also
+        be expired. When an authorization is expired it removes the commitment from the financial
+        account. The history of expired authorizations are shown on the financial account.</para>
+    <para>NOTE:This could be very useful in ensuring that customers are not overcommitted and
+        keeping within their approved credit limits.</para>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I add an authorization?</title>
+        <para>
+            <orderedlist>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Enter an amount in the 'Amount' field (Eg 1000)</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Leave the 'Currency' field blank as the default currency will be
+                        used</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Enter a date in the 'Authorisation Date' field</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Leave the 'From Date' field blank</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Leave the 'Thru Date' field blank</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'Add' button</para>
+                </listitem>
+            </orderedlist>
+        </para>
+        <para>NOTE: When you now view the Financial Account detail the 'Actual Balance' and
+            'Available Balance' fields will be different.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I update an authorization?</title>
+        <para>An authorization cannot be updated. It can only be expired. If you have made a mistake
+            and need to change an authorization then it needs to expired and then re-created
+            correctly.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I delete an authorization?</title>
+        <para>Authorizations are not deleted they are instead expired. This means that the history
+            of the authorizations will remain on the account as an audit trail.</para>
+        <para>Example: To expire an authorisation</para>
+        <para>
+            <orderedlist>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Select the 'Authorizations' tab for the Financial Account</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Any authorizations will be displayed at the bottom of the screen</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>If the authorization is still current the 'Thru Date' field will be blank
+                        (NOTE TO CHECK: May not always be true as you can specify a future date for
+                        it to expire......!!!)</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Select the 'Expire' button next to the authorisation to be expired</para>
+                </listitem>
+            </orderedlist>
+        </para>
+        <para>The authorization is removed from the financial account and the screen is redisplayed
+            with the 'Thru Date' field completed </para>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Create - Edit Financial Account.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Create - Edit Financial Account.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Create - Edit Financial Account.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
+or more contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file
+distributed with this work for additional information
+regarding copyright ownership.  The ASF licenses this file
+to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
+"License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+   
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+   
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
+software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+"AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
+KIND, either express or implied.  See the License for the
+specific language governing permissions and limitations
+under the License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Edit Financial Account screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditFinAccount.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>This screen allows the user to create a new financial account or to edit an existing
+        one.</para>
+    <para>The 'Financial Account' submenu is the first of four submenus used in the creation or
+        update of a Financial Account. On the creation or update of a Financial Account it is the
+        default screen that is displayed.</para>
+    <para>It can be used for updating the basic details of a Financial account such as:</para>
+    <para>
+        <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Type of Account (eg Deposit, Investment, Gift Certificate)</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Account Status (Active, Frozen, Cancel, etc)</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Account Name and Code</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Currency </para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Owner Party ID</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Default GL Account for Posting</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Replenishment Level </para>
+            </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+    </para>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I create a new Financial Account?</title>
+        <para>Select the 'Create New Financial Account' button from the 'Find Financial Accounts'
+            screen</para>
+        <orderedlist>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>The 'Create/Update Financial Account' screen is displayed.</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Keep the default entry of 'Deposit Account' for the Fin Account Type
+                    field</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Keep the default entry of 'Active' for the status field</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Enter a description (eg ABC Customer Prepaid Account) for the 'Fin Account
+                    Name' field</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Leave the Fin Account Pin field blank (NOTE TO CHECK: I think this is only
+                    used in creation of Gift Cards and Certificates..)</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Leave the Fin Account Code field blank (NOTE TO CHECK: I think this is only
+                    used in the creation of Gift Cards and Certificates...)</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>The currency field will be the default currency of Company (eg USD). If this
+                    account is to be in another currency (eg EUR) then select it from the drop down
+                    list.</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Set the Organization Party ID field to be 'Company'</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Fill in the Owner Party Id field with the party id of the customer who has the
+                    Financial Account (eg DemoCustomer or DemoCustCompany)</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Fill in the 'Post to Gl Account field' to post the transactions for this
+                    financial account to post to a specific GL Account</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Select the current date from the calendar to fill in the 'From date' field
+                    (NOTE: It can be left blank and still appears to work)</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Leave the 'Thru date' field blank (NOTE TO CHECK: I think this could be used
+                    to close or stop the use of an account ..)</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Leave the default of 'Is Refundable' as 'Y' (NOTE TO CHECK: I think this will
+                    allow money to be refunded to this account - eg if you have a return or credit
+                    for the customer)</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Leave the 'Replenish Payment ID' blank (NOTE TO CHECK: Not sure what this is -
+                    maybe to automatically replenish account if it gets to a certain limit???)Leave
+                    the 'Replenish Level' blank (NOTE TO CHECK: Not sure what this is but probably
+                    linked to Replenish Payment ID where you set the limit - eg $100)</para>
+            </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+        <para>Press the 'Create' button and message appears saying that the account was successfully
+            created </para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I update an existing Financial Account?</title>
+        <orderedlist>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Press the 'Search' button on the Financial Account main screen</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>A list of all existing Financial Accounts will be displayed</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>The 'Create/Update Financial' screen is displayed</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Update the details of the financial account </para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Press the 'Update' button</para>
+            </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Transactions/Bank Reconciliation.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Transactions/Bank Reconciliation.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Transactions/Bank Reconciliation.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+ <!--
+  Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+  contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+  this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+  The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+  2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+  with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+  http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+  applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+  License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+  CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+  the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+  License.
+ -->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Financial Account Bank Reconciliation screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_BankReconciliation.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+ 
+ <para>Bank Reconciliation is a regular task where transactions from the
+  company bank statement are matched against transactions that have
+  occurred in the General Ledger. This is done based on a specific
+  date(NOTE: This can be done daily, weekly but is usually an end of
+  month).</para>
+ <para> A specific GL account is normally used to represent the company
+  bank account and any accounting transaction that involves the bank
+  account will automatically record and entry in
+  the GL. </para>
+ <para>The bank reconciliation process ensures that the GL account and
+  the
+  bank statement reconcile to the same amounts. </para>
+ <para>Differences can occur between the GL and the bank statement for a
+  variety of valid reasons including the following:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Payments or Deposits in process (especially cheques)</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Interest or Bank Charges that are not known in advance but are
+    applied to the bank account</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Currency or Exchange Rate variations / charges</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Any outstanding </para>
+  </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>NOTE: The differences will occur because of timing differences of
+  when and how transactions are recorded. Examples are as follows:
+ </para>
+ <orderedlist>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>Bank charges are known to the bank first and only once they
+    have applied the charge to the bank account can the company
+    duplicate the transaction in the GL to make the balance reconcile.
+   </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>A customer cheque payment may be recorded in the GL first
+    before it is paid into the bank account</para>
+  </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I create a Bank Reconciliation?</title>
+  <para>The bank reconciliation process is made up of 3 steps.</para>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Creating an account reconciliation group</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Assigning transactions to the reconciliation</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Validating the figures and confirming the reconciliation
+    </para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I create an account reconciliation group for Bank
+   Reconciliation?</title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Go to the Financial Account 'Reconciliation' sub menu for the
+     bank account to be reconciled</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Create New Financial Account Reconciliations'
+     button</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Complete the details (eg name, description, organisation and
+     opening balance) required on the 'Add New Financial Account
+     Reconciliations' screen and press the 'Create' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The new account reconciliation group is created and may be
+     used to assign transactions to</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I locate transactions that have not been assigned to a
+   Bank Reconciliation?</title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Go to the Financial Account 'Transactions' sub menu of the
+     bank account to be reconciled</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The 'Find Transactions For Financial Account: XXXX' is
+     displayed </para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Use the dropdown box for 'GL Reconciliation Id' field to
+     select 'Not Assigned' and then press the 'Search' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>A list of transactions (deposits, withdrawals or adjustments)
+     that have not been reconciled will be displayed (NOTE: If no
+     transactions are displayed then there are no transactions to
+     reconcile)</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Click on the 'check box' at the end of the transaction line
+     that corresponds to the entry that needs to be assigned (NOTE:More
+     than one transaction can be selected at a time)</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Above the 'check box' is the 'Assign to Reconciliation' button
+     and to the left of this is a dropdown box to select the
+     reconciliation that the transaction is to be assigned to.</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Using the drop down box select the reconciliation required and
+     press the 'Assign to Reconciliation' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The transaction is removed from the 'Not Assigned' status and
+     added to the specified reconciliation group</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+  <para></para>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I validate and confirm the Bank Reconciliation?</title>
+  <para>Validation can be done for individual transactions or for the complete account reconciliation group. The user controls this by the search criteria entered on this screen.</para>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Go to the 'Transactions' sub menu for the bank account and press the 'Bank Reconciliation' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Select the 'GL Reconciliation Id' that is to be reconciled</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Click on the 'Select All' check box on the right hand side of the screen. (NOTE: All transactions in this group will be reconciled)</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Reconcile' button above the 'Select All' check box</para>
+   </listitem>
+     </orderedlist>
+     </section>
+      <section>
+  <title>How do I view a Bank Reconciliation?</title>
+  <para>Once all the transactions in a reconciliation group have been reconciled then the status of the group is changed to 'Reconciled'. This means that no new transactions can be added to the is group and the reconciled balance is fixed.</para>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Go to the 'Reconciliation' sub menu for the bank account</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>A list of all the bank reconciliation groups are displayed with details of the status (eg Created or Reconciled)</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Click on the 'GL Reconciliation Id' of the group and the details are displayed</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+     </section>
+      <section>
+  <title>How do I cancel a Bank Reconciliation?</title>
+  <para>If a bank reconciliation needs to be cancelled due to a mistake or error then the bank reconciliation can be cancelled as long as it has not been fully reconciled (i.e. the status of the reconciliation has not been changed to 'Reconciled'. This will allow you to start the bank reconcilation again.</para>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Go to the 'Reconciliation' sub menu for the bank account</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>A list of all the bank reconciliation groups are displayed (NOTE: If no transactions are associated with a reconciliation group then it will not be displayed here)</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Click on the 'Cancel' button associated with the 'GL Reconciliation Id' of the group that needs to be cancelled</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>All transactions will be removed from the reconciliation group and their status will be changed back to 'Not Assigned' so that they can be re-assigned to this or any other reconciliation.</para>
+   </listitem>
+   </orderedlist>
+     </section>
+ </section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Transactions/Find Financial Account Transactions.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Transactions/Find Financial Account Transactions.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Transactions/Find Financial Account Transactions.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Find Financial Account Transactions screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_FindFinAccountTrans.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+ 
+ <para>A transaction is an entry that is shown on the financial account.
+  Transactions can be one
+  of the following types:</para>
+ <para>
+  <itemizedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Deposits</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Withdrawals</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Adjustments</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ <para>Transactions are used to show entries and the financial history
+  of the financial account.
+  Similar to a bank account or credit card statement the transaction will show
+  details of what
+  was spent or paid into the account.</para>
+ <para>Some transaction totals have been added to this screen to help as
+  part of the
+  reconciliation processes. Additional details available include number of
+  transactions,
+  transaction totals and status.</para>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I find transactions for a Financial Account?</title>
+  <itemizedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Search' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>A list of transactions for the financial account will be
+     displayed</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+ </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Transactions/Edit Financial Account Transactions.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Transactions/Edit Financial Account Transactions.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Transactions/Edit Financial Account Transactions.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
+or more contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file
+distributed with this work for additional information
+regarding copyright ownership.  The ASF licenses this file
+to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
+"License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+   
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+   
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
+software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+"AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
+KIND, either express or implied.  See the License for the
+specific language governing permissions and limitations
+under the License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Edit Financial Account Transactions screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditFinAccountTrans.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I add transactions to a financial account?</title>
+        <para>An example of how to bring in an opening balance is shown below:</para>
+        <para>
+            <orderedlist>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Navigate to the the Financial Account Transactions sub menu</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Select 'Adjustment' in the Fin Account Trans Type Id field</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Leave the 'Party Id' field blank</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Fill in the 'Transaction Date' field</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Fill in the 'Entry Date' field (NOTE TO CHECK: Need to check exactly what
+                        this is - is it the date the transaction is entered or is it the date the
+                        transaction is processed?)</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Fill in the 'Amount' field with the transaction amount (Eg. In our case
+                        this is the opening balance such as 353.88 - dont think we need the $
+                        sign)</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Leave the 'Payment Id' field blank</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Leave the 'Order Id' field blank</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Leave the 'Order Item Seq Id' field blank</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Leave the 'Reason Enum Id' field blank (NOTE TO CHECK: This could be
+                        useful in identifying transactions to a greater level of detail....)</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Fill in the 'Comments' field (Eg: Opening Balance from XYZ
+                        Statement)</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'Add' button and the transaction will be displayed at the bottom
+                        of the screen</para>
+                </listitem>
+            </orderedlist>
+        </para>
+        <para>NOTE: When you now view the Financial Account detail the 'Actual Balance' and
+            'Available Balance' fields will show the entered opening balance (eg 353.88)</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+        <title>Other ways to add transactions to a financial account?</title>
+        <para>
+            <itemizedlist>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>By selecting financial account as a payment method for a customer</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>By selecting financial account as a refund method for a customer </para>
+                </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+        </para>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Edit Financial Account Reconciliations.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Edit Financial Account Reconciliations.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Edit Financial Account Reconciliations.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
+or more contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file
+distributed with this work for additional information
+regarding copyright ownership.  The ASF licenses this file
+to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
+"License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+   
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+   
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
+software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+"AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
+KIND, either express or implied.  See the License for the
+specific language governing permissions and limitations
+under the License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Edit Financial Account Reconciliations screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditFinAccountReconciliations.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+       
+        <para>This screen is used to create or update a reconciliation group / bank reconciliation. The following details can be input or updated for the reconciliation:</para>
+        <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem><para>GL Reconciliation Name or Identifier</para></listitem>
+       <listitem><para>Description for the reconciliation</para></listitem>
+       <listitem><para>Organisation Party Id for the reconciliation</para></listitem>
+       <listitem><para>Opening Balance for the reconciliation</para></listitem>
+        <listitem><para>Reconciliation date</para></listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+        <section>
+        <title></title>
+        <para></para>
+        </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/View Gl Reconciliation.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/View Gl Reconciliation.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/View Gl Reconciliation.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+ <!--
+  Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+  contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+  this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+  The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+  2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+  with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+  http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+  applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+  License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+  CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+  the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+  License.
+ -->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The View Financial Account Reconciliations screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_ViewGlReconciliationWithTransaction.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+
+ <para>This screen gives an overview of a reconciliation group / bank
+  reconciliation. Note that a reconciliation must have at least one
+  transaction associated with it for this screen to be displayed. It is
+  used as follows:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>to view transactions associated with a reconciliation group /
+    bank reconciliation</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>to remove transactions from a reconciliation group / bank
+    reconciliation</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>to reconcile the reconciliation group / bank reconciliation
+   </para>
+  </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>The screen displays the current reconciliation details plus
+  details of the previous reconciliation if one exists. This ensures the
+  closing balance of the previous reconciliation is the same as the
+  opening balance for the current one.</para>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I edit reconciliation?</title>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Edit' button in the 'Current Bank Reconciliation'part of the screen</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The 'Edit Financial Account Reconciliations' screen isdisplayed</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Update the details required</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Update' button</para>
+   </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+  <title>How do I remove a transaction from a bank reconciliation?</title>
+  <para>On the lower part of the screen a list of all transactions associated with the reconciliation is displayed.</para>
+  <orderedlist>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>Press the 'Remove' button next to the entry that needs to be removed</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+    <para>The transaction is removed</para>
+   </listitem>
+   </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+ <title>How do I reconcile a bank reconciliation?</title>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem><para>A total of all transactions associated with the reconciliation is shown in the lower part of the screen</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Press the 'Reconcile' button next to the total</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Each transaction status will be changed to 'Approved' and the reconciliation / bank reconciliation status will be changed to 'Reconciled' (NOTE: This means that no new transactions can be added to this reconciliation and it will no longer be available to assign transactions to)</para></listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Financial Accounts.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Financial Accounts.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Financial Accounts.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>Financial Accounts.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_financial_accounts.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>A financial account is a tool (similar to bank account statement) that is used for
+        monitoring monetary transactions. Normally they will be linked to a party and the various
+        transactions details (eg payments or receipts) will be shown as entries.</para>
+    <para>The entries for a financial account can be displayed using the 'Financial Account' tab in
+        Accounting or in Party Manager if you enter a party as the owner of the financial
+        account.</para>
+    <para>Currently in OFBiz financial accounts can have the following types:</para>
+    <para>
+        <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Bank Account (by default this type will post to 213500 CUSTOMER DEPOSIT
+                    ACCOUNTS)</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Deposit Account (by default this type will post to 213500 CUSTOMER DEPOSIT
+                    ACCOUNTS)</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Gift Certificate (by default this type will post to 213200 GIFT CERTIFICATES
+                    UNREDEEMED)</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Investment Account (by default this type will post to 213500 CUSTOMER DEPOSIT
+                    ACCOUNTS)</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Replenish Account (no default posting account in demo data setup)</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Service Credit Account (no default posting account in demo data setup)</para>
+            </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+    </para>
+    <para>NOTE:</para>
+    <para>
+        <orderedlist>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>In GL Account Defaults there is a specific tab 'FinAccount Type Gl Account'
+                    for specifying which type of Financial accounts are posted to which general
+                    ledger account.</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>In GL Account Defaults there is also a tab 'Payment Method Id / GL Account ID'
+                    for specifying the account to post transactions to if 'Financial Account' is
+                    selected as the Payment Method instead of (Cash, Cheque, Credit Card, etc). By
+                    default the demo setup posts transactions to 111100 GENERAL CHECKING
+                    ACCOUNT.</para>
+            </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+    </para>
+    <para>You can also setup each financial account to post to a specific general ledger account for
+        each party. This is done via a specific field during the creation or update of a financial
+        account. This will override the default setting by type.</para>
+    <para>Financial Accounts can be used for the following</para>
+    <para>
+        <orderedlist>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Managing and Tracking Customer Prepaid Accounts</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Managing and Tracking Customer Credit Limit (NOTE: Need to verify this)</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Managing Electronic Gift Certificates / Gift Vouchers/ Gift Card</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Reload of Electronic Gift Card</para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+                <para>Company Bank Account Transaction Tracking</para>
+            </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+    </para>   
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Edit Financial Account Roles.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Edit Financial Account Roles.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Edit Financial Account Roles.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
+or more contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file
+distributed with this work for additional information
+regarding copyright ownership.  The ASF licenses this file
+to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
+"License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+   
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+   
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
+software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+"AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
+KIND, either express or implied.  See the License for the
+specific language governing permissions and limitations
+under the License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Edit Financial Account Roles screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditFinAccountRoles.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>The Financial Account Roles sub menu screen allows you specify a party and link them to a
+        role for a particular financial account.</para>
+    <para>It can be used to add party roles eg 'Approver' or 'Administrator' for credit limits or
+        updates to the account. If an account belongs to a company then you may want to add a person
+        as a 'Contact' for dealing with the account.</para>
+    <para>The roles can also be time bound. This means that you can specify a start and end date for
+        the party role.</para>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I add a Party Role to a Financial Account?</title>
+        <para>
+            <orderedlist>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Select the 'Roles' sub menu for the Financial Account</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Fill in the Party Id field by using the field lookup tool or by directly
+                        entering the party id (eg flexadmin)</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Select the role from the drop down list for the Role Type Id field (eg
+                        administrator)</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Enter the From Date field </para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Enter if the Thru Date field (optional)</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'Add' button </para>
+                </listitem>
+            </orderedlist>
+        </para>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Help Portlet List Bank Account.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Help Portlet List Bank Account.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Help Portlet List Bank Account.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
+or more contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file
+distributed with this work for additional information
+regarding copyright ownership.  The ASF licenses this file
+to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
+"License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
+software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+"AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
+KIND, either express or implied.  See the License for the
+specific language governing permissions and limitations
+under the License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The List Bank Accounts Portlet</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_PORTLET_ListBankAccount.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>The default display is a list of financial accounts that have the type 'bank account'.</para>
+    <para>A company will have at least one main bank account that will be used to accept payments from customers or to generate payments to suppliers. The financial account will mirror the transactions appearing on a bank statement so that they can be reconciled with the true bank statement when it arrives.</para>
+    <para>Click on the bank account to display further information.</para>    
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I remove a bank account?</title>
+        <para>Press the 'Delete' button next to the account that needs to be deleted.</para>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Find Deposit Slips/Find Deposit Slips.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Find Deposit Slips/Find Deposit Slips.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Find Deposit Slips/Find Deposit Slips.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
+or more contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file
+distributed with this work for additional information
+regarding copyright ownership.  The ASF licenses this file
+to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
+"License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+   
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+   
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
+software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+"AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
+KIND, either express or implied.  See the License for the
+specific language governing permissions and limitations
+under the License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Find Deposit Slips screen.</title>
+  
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_FindDepositSlips.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>This screen is used to locate payment groups and their associated deposit slips that have
+        been created. Deposit slips are created by grouping transactions together into a Payment
+        Group. This can be done using the 'Accounting / Payment Group' tab, the 'Financial Account /
+        Deposit Withdraw' tab or the 'Create New Deposit Slip' button. </para>
+    <para>Currently Deposit Slips are created for AR Batch Payments only.</para>
+    <para>The deposit slips are available in PDF format and there is an option to cancel the batch
+        that generated the deposit slip if required.</para>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I locate an existing Deposit Slip?</title>
+        <para>Enter some characters from the 'Payment Group Id' or 'Payment Group Name' if
+            known</para>
+        <para>Press the 'Search' button</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I update an existing Deposit Slip?</title>
+        <para>
+            <orderedlist>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Locate the Payment Group required</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Select the Payment Group by clicking on the Payment Group Id</para>
+                </listitem>
+            </orderedlist>
+        </para>
+        <para>The 'Edit Payment Group' screen is displayed</para>
+        <para>Add any new payment deposits or update existing deposits for the Payment Group</para>
+        <para>All changes in the Payment Group will automatically be updated to the Deposit
+            Slip</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I delete an existing Deposit Slip?</title>
+        <para>A deposit slip can not be directly deleted but it is removed when a Payment Group is
+            cancelled</para>
+        <para>Press the 'Cancel' button next to the Payment Group required to cancel a payment
+            group</para>
+        <para>The Payment Group is removed from the 'Find Deposits' screen and no deposit slips can
+            be viewed or printed.</para>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Find Deposit Slips/New Deposit Slip.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Find Deposit Slips/New Deposit Slip.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Find Deposit Slips/New Deposit Slip.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
+or more contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file
+distributed with this work for additional information
+regarding copyright ownership.  The ASF licenses this file
+to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
+"License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+   
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+   
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
+software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+"AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
+KIND, either express or implied.  See the License for the
+specific language governing permissions and limitations
+under the License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Financial Account New Deposit Slip screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_NewDepositSlip.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>This screen allows the user to create an Payment Group and the transactions associated
+        with the Payment Group will generate a deposit slip.</para>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I create a New Deposit Slip?</title>
+        <para>
+            <orderedlist>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'Find' button to list all the available transactions</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Select the transactions to include in the Payment Group by using the
+                        'Select All' or the check box that corresponds to the transactions
+                        required</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Enter a 'Payment Group Name' if required (If none is entered then by
+                        default this will be 'Payment Group Name')</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'Create Batch' button</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>A button to print the deposit slip will be displayed as well as the edit
+                        screen to make any further changes to the Payment Batch</para>
+                </listitem>
+            </orderedlist>
+        </para>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Find Deposit Slips/Edit Deposit Slip.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Find Deposit Slips/Edit Deposit Slip.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Find Deposit Slips/Edit Deposit Slip.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
+or more contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file
+distributed with this work for additional information
+regarding copyright ownership.  The ASF licenses this file
+to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
+"License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+   
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+   
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
+software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+"AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
+KIND, either express or implied.  See the License for the
+specific language governing permissions and limitations
+under the License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Financial Account Edit Deposit Slip screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_EditDepositSlipAndMembers.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+    
+    <para>This screen displays the details of a Payment Group and its transactions. The Deposit Slip
+        for the Payment Group can be printed if required and the Payment Group itself can be
+        updated.</para>
+    <para>Details that can be updated include the name of the Payment Group itself and the addition,
+        removal or update of transactions.</para>
+    <para>NOTE: Any changes to the Payment Group will be automatically updated to the Deposit
+        Slip.</para>
+    <section>
+        <title>How do I update a Deposit Slip?</title>
+        <para>
+            <orderedlist>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Select the Payment Group required</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Update the 'Payment Group Name' if required</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Use the lookup for 'Payment Id' to add new transactions to the Payment
+                        Group if required</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Use the 'Cancel' button next to a particular transaction to remove it from
+                        the Payment Group</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'Update' or 'Add' buttons as required</para>
+                </listitem>
+                <listitem>
+                    <para>Press the 'Print Deposit Slip' button</para>
+                </listitem>
+            </orderedlist>
+        </para>
+        <para>The Deposit Slip will be displayed with the latest details of the transactions for the
+            Payment Group</para>
+    </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Financial Account Main.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Financial Account Main.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Financial Account Main.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+ -->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Financial Account Main screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_FinAccountMain.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+ 
+ <para>The default screen for Financial Accounts displays a list of any
+  bank accounts that have been created. Details listed include the
+  account the following</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>account name</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>organisation the account is linked to</para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+   <para>account balances (available and actual)</para>
+  </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Find Financial Accounts.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Find Financial Accounts.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Find Financial Accounts.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
+or more contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file
+distributed with this work for additional information
+regarding copyright ownership.  The ASF licenses this file
+to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
+"License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+   
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+   
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
+software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+"AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
+KIND, either express or implied.  See the License for the
+specific language governing permissions and limitations
+under the License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Find Financial Accounts screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_FindFinAccount.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+       
+        <para>This screen is used to locate existing financial accounts that
+        have been created.</para>
+        <para>It also includes the option to use the 'Advanced Search' button to display additional fields that can be used to locate a specific financial account.</para>
+        <para>New Financial Accounts can be created using the 'Create New Financial Account' button.</para>
+        <section>
+            <title>How do locate an existing Financial Account?</title>
+            <para>Press the 'Search' button</para>
+            <para>A list of all existing Financial Accounts will be displayed.</para>
+        </section>        
+        <section>
+        <title>How do I delete an existing Financial Account?</title>
+               <para>Press the 'Search' button on the Financial Account main screen</para>
+               <para>A list of all existing Financial Accounts will be displayed</para>
+               <para>Press the 'Delete' button next to the Financial Account that needs to be deleted.</para>
+           </section>
+</section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Find Financial Account Reconciliations.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Find Financial Account Reconciliations.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/data/helpdata/docbook/accounting/Accounting/Financial Accounts/Find Financial Account Reconciliations.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!--
+Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
+this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
+The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache License, Version
+2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by
+applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the
+License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
+CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for
+the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+License.
+-->
+<section xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+    version="5.0" xmlns:xl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+    xsi:schemaLocation="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook http://www.docbook.org/xml/5.0/xsd/docbook.xsd"
+    xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>The Find Financial Account Reconciliations screen.</title>
+
+  <info>    
+    <bibliosource>HELP_ACCOUNTING_FindFinAccountReconciliations.xml</bibliosource>
+  </info>
+       
+        <para>This screen displays the details of any reconciliations in progress for a financial account. Only reconciliations that have actual transactions associated with them will be displayed. If a reconciliation group has no transactions assigned to it then it will not be displayed.</para>
+ </section>
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/testdef/OFBizHelpTests.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/testdef/OFBizHelpTests.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/testdef/OFBizHelpTests.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<test-suite suite-name="OFBizHelptests"
+        xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+        xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="http://ofbiz.apache.org/dtds/test-suite.xsd">
+
+
+</test-suite>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/ofbiz-component.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/ofbiz-component.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/ofbiz-component.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<ofbiz-component name="ofbizhelp"
+        xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+        xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="http://ofbiz.apache.org/dtds/ofbiz-component.xsd">
+
+    <webapp name="ofbizhelp"
+        title="OFBiz Help"
+        server="default-server"
+        location="webapp/ofbizhelp"
+        base-permission="OFBTOOLS,OFBIZHELP"
+        mount-point="/"/>
+</ofbiz-component>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/config/OFBizHelpUiLabels.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/config/OFBizHelpUiLabels.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/config/OFBizHelpUiLabels.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<resource xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance">
+    <property key="OFBizHelpApplication">
+        <value xml:lang="en">OFBizHelp Application</value>
+        <value xml:lang="zh">OFBizHelp应用程�?</value>
+    </property>
+    <property key="OFBizHelpCompanyName">
+        <value xml:lang="en">OFBiz: OFBizHelp</value>
+    </property>
+    <property key="OFBizHelpCompanySubtitle">
+        <value xml:lang="en">Part of the Open For Business Family of Open Source Software</value>
+        <value xml:lang="it">Un modulo della famiglia di software open source Open For Business</value>
+        <value xml:lang="zh">开�?软件OFBiz的组�?部分</value>
+    </property>
+    <property key="OFBizHelpViewPermissionError">
+        <value xml:lang="en">You are not allowed to view this page.</value>
+        <value xml:lang="zh">�?�?许你�?览这个页�?�。</value>
+    </property>
+</resource>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/build.xml
===================================================================
--- hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/build.xml	(revision 0)
+++ hot-deploy/ofbizhelp/build.xml	(revision 0)
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<project name="OFBiz - OFBizHelp Component" default="jar" basedir=".">
+    <import file="../../common.xml"/>
+
+    <!-- ================================================================== -->
+    <!-- Initialization of all property settings                            -->
+    <!-- ================================================================== -->
+
+    <property environment="env"/>
+    <property name="desc" value="OFBizHelp Component"/>
+    <property name="name" value="ofbizhelp"/>
+    <property name="component-name" value="ofbizhelp"/>
+    <property name="ofbiz.home.dir" value="../.."/>
+    <property name="src.dir" value="src"/>
+    <property name="lib.dir" value="lib"/>
+    <property name="build.dir" value="build"/>
+
+    <property name="docbook.xsl.dir" value="docbook-xsl-1.77.1" />
+    
+    <property name="html.stylesheet" value="${docbook.xsl.dir}/html/docbook.xsl" />          
+    <property name="javahelp.stylesheet" value="${docbook.xsl.dir}/javahelp/javahelp.xsl" />    
+    <property name="fo-rtf.stylesheet" value="${docbook.xsl.dir}/fo/fo-rtf.xsl" />
+    <property name="fo-pdf.stylesheet" value="${docbook.xsl.dir}/fo/docbook.xsl" />
+        
+    <!-- source -->
+    <property name="docbook.sec.dir.humanres" value="data/helpdata/docbook/humanres" />
+    <property name="docbook.sec.dir.accounting" value="data/helpdata/docbook/accounting" />
+    <property name="images.src.dir" value="data/helpdata/docbook/images" />
+    
+    <!-- destination -->
+    <property name="html.dir" value="data/helpdata/html/accounting" />
+    <property name="javahelp.humanres" value="webapp/ofbizhelp/javahelphumanres" />
+    <property name="rtf.dir" value="webapp/ofbizhelp/rtf" />
+    <property name="pdf.dir" value="webapp/ofbizhelp/pdf" />        
+    <property name="images.dir.web" value="webapp/ofbizhelp/images" />
+    <property name="images.dir.html" value="data/helpdata/html/images" />             
+
+    <property name="xalan.lib.dir" value="lib/" />
+
+    <!--
+      - Sets up the classpath for the Xalan and Xerces implementations
+      - that are to be used in this script, since the versions that ship
+      - with Ant may be out of date.
+      -->
+    <path id="xalan.classpath">
+        <fileset dir="${xalan.lib.dir}" id="xalan.fileset">
+            <include name="xalan.jar" />
+            <include name="xercesImpl.jar" />
+        </fileset>
+    </path>
+
+    <path id="local.class.path">
+        <fileset dir="${lib.dir}" includes="*.jar"/>
+        <fileset dir="../../framework/base/lib" includes="*.jar"/>
+        <fileset dir="../../framework/base/lib/j2eespecs" includes="*.jar"/>
+        <fileset dir="../../framework/base/build/lib" includes="*.jar"/>
+        <fileset dir="../../framework/entity/lib" includes="*.jar"/>
+        <fileset dir="../../framework/entity/build/lib" includes="*.jar"/>
+        <fileset dir="../../framework/security/build/lib" includes="*.jar"/>
+        <fileset dir="../../framework/service/lib" includes="*.jar"/>
+        <fileset dir="../../framework/service/build/lib" includes="*.jar"/>
+        <fileset dir="../../framework/minilang/build/lib" includes="*.jar"/>
+        <fileset dir="../../framework/widget/build/lib" includes="*.jar"/>
+        <fileset dir="../../framework/webapp/lib" includes="*.jar"/>
+        <fileset dir="../../framework/webapp/build/lib" includes="*.jar"/>        
+    </path>
+
+    <!-- ================================================================= -->
+    <!-- Targets to create  patch files                                    -->
+    <!-- ================================================================= -->
+
+    <target name="create-ofbiz-patches" description="Creates patches for root, framework, application and specialpurpose components">
+        <exec executable="svn" output="patches/root.patch" dir="${ofbiz.home.dir}">
+            <arg value="diff"/>
+            <arg value="--depth=files"/>
+        </exec>
+        <exec executable="svn" output="patches/framework.patch" dir="${ofbiz.home.dir}">
+            <arg value="diff"/>
+            <arg value="framework"/>
+        </exec>
+        <exec executable="svn" output="patches/applications.patch" dir="${ofbiz.home.dir}">
+            <arg value="diff"/>
+            <arg value="applications"/>
+        </exec>
+        <exec executable="svn" output="patches/specialpurpose.patch" dir="${ofbiz.home.dir}">
+            <arg value="diff"/>
+            <arg value="specialpurpose"/>
+        </exec>
+        <!-- this allow to work correctly on Windows machines without issues on Linux machines -->
+        <fixcrlf srcdir="patches" includes="**/*.patch" eol="crlf" />
+    </target>
+
+    <target name="revert-ofbiz-patches" description="Remove any local change in the files or any previously applied local patch.">
+        <exec executable="svn" dir="${ofbiz.home.dir}">
+            <arg value="revert"/>
+          <arg value="--depth=files"/>
+            <arg value="${ofbiz.home.dir}"/>
+        </exec>
+        <exec executable="svn" dir="${ofbiz.home.dir}">
+            <arg value="revert"/>
+            <arg value="-R"/>
+            <arg value="framework"/>
+        </exec>
+        <exec executable="svn" dir="${ofbiz.home.dir}">
+            <arg value="revert"/>
+            <arg value="-R"/>
+            <arg value="applications"/>
+        </exec>
+        <exec executable="svn" dir="${ofbiz.home.dir}">
+            <arg value="revert"/>
+            <arg value="-R"/>
+            <arg value="specialpurpose"/>
+        </exec>
+    </target>
+
+    <target name="apply-ofbiz-patches" description="Apply the patches to root, framework, application and specialpurpose components.">
+        <fail message="Patch files not found.">
+            <condition>
+                <or>
+                    <not><isset property="component-name"/></not>
+                    <not>
+                        <resourcecount count="3" when="gt">
+                            <fileset dir="patches" includes="*.patch"/>
+                        </resourcecount>
+                    </not>
+                </or>
+            </condition>
+        </fail>
+        <patch strip="0" patchfile="patches/root.patch" dir="${ofbiz.home.dir}" failonerror="true"/>
+        <patch strip="0" patchfile="patches/framework.patch" dir="${ofbiz.home.dir}" failonerror="true"/>
+        <patch strip="0" patchfile="patches/applications.patch" dir="${ofbiz.home.dir}" failonerror="true"/>
+        <patch strip="0" patchfile="patches/specialpurpose.patch" dir="${ofbiz.home.dir}" failonerror="true"/>
+        <delete>          
+            <fileset dir="${ofbiz.home.dir}" includes="**/*.rej"/>
+        </delete>
+    </target>
+
+    <target name="reapply-ofbiz-patches" description="First removes any previously applied patch and then applies the new patch">
+        <fail message="Patch files not found.">
+            <condition>
+                <or>
+                    <not><isset property="component-name"/></not>
+                    <not>
+                        <resourcecount count="3" when="gt">
+                            <fileset dir="patches" includes="*.patch"/>
+                        </resourcecount>
+                    </not>
+                </or>
+            </condition>
+        </fail>
+        <antcall target="revert-ofbiz-patches"/>
+        <antcall target="apply-ofbiz-patches"/>
+    </target>
+    
+    <description>
+            This section is used to transform DocBook XML to various HTML files using docbook-xsl-1.76.1 
+    </description>
+    
+    <!--
+      - target:  clean
+      -->
+    <target name="clean" description="Cleans up generated files.">                
+        <delete dir="${javahelp.humanres}" />
+        <delete dir="${html.dir}" />
+        <delete dir="${pdf.dir}" />   
+        <delete dir="${rtf.dir}" />
+        <delete dir="${images.dir.web}" />
+        <delete dir="${images.dir.html}" />
+    </target>     
+    
+    <target name="web-images" description="Refresh images in web container">
+        <delete dir="${images.dir.web}" />
+        <mkdir dir="${images.dir.web}" />
+        <copy todir="${images.dir.web}"><fileset dir="${images.src.dir}"/></copy>  
+    </target>
+    
+    <!-- Transforms accounting xml to HTML, can be used in a JavaHelp tool to create Accounting JavaHelp -->
+    <!-- Converting directly to Java Help using docbook-xsl-1.76.1 creates multiple help files -->
+    <target name="build-html" 
+        description="Generates HTML files from DocBook XML for Accounting help">
+        <delete dir="${html.dir}" />
+        <mkdir dir="${html.dir}" />  
+        <xslt style="${html.stylesheet}" extension=".html" 
+            basedir="${docbook.sec.dir.accounting}" destdir="${html.dir}">
+            <classpath refid="local.class.path"/>            
+        </xslt>        
+        <delete dir="${images.dir.html}" />
+        <mkdir dir="${images.dir.html}" />
+        <copy todir="${images.dir.html}"><fileset dir="${images.src.dir}"/></copy>
+    </target>    
+    
+    <!-- Creates a usable jave help file that can be dropped into Tomcat -->
+    <target name="build-javahelp" 
+        description="Generates Java Help files from DocBook XML for Human Resourcw">        
+        <delete dir="${javahelp.humanres}" />
+        <mkdir dir="${javahelp.humanres}" />
+        <xslt style="${javahelp.stylesheet}" extension=".html" 
+            basedir="${docbook.sec.dir.humanres}" destdir="${javahelp.humanres}">   
+            <classpath refid="local.class.path"/>
+        </xslt>
+        <delete dir="${images.dir.web}" />
+        <mkdir dir="${images.dir.web}" />
+        <copy todir="${images.dir.web}"><fileset dir="${images.src.dir}"/></copy>  
+    </target>
+    
+    <!-- Creates a single REF file - file has a lot of empty lines, needs work -->
+    <target name="build-rtf" depends="web-images" 
+        description="Generates RTF files from DocBook XML">
+        <delete dir="${rtf.dir}" />
+        <mkdir dir="${rtf.dir}" />
+        <xslt style="${fo-rtf.stylesheet}" extension=".rtf" 
+            basedir="${docbook.sec.dir.humanres}" destdir="${rtf.dir}">            
+            <classpath refid="local.class.path"/>
+        </xslt>
+    </target>    
+    
+    <!-- Creates a PDF file but file not reconized as pdf - needs work -->
+    <target name="build-pdf" depends="web-images" 
+        description="Generates PDF files from DocBook XML">
+        <delete dir="${pdf.dir}" />
+        <mkdir dir="${pdf.dir}" />
+        <xslt style="${fo-pdf.stylesheet}" extension=".pdf" 
+            basedir="${docbook.sec.dir.humanres}" destdir="${pdf.dir}">
+            <classpath refid="local.class.path"/>
+        </xslt>    
+    </target>    
+    
+    <target name="build_all" depends="clean, build-html, build-javahelp, build-rtf, build-pdf" description="Generates HTML, JavaHelp, RTF and PDF files from DocBook XML">
+        <echo>All Done</echo>
+    </target>
+
+</project>
